Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

39th Annual Convention; Minneapolis, MN; 2013

Program by Day for Sunday, May 26, 2013


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Special Event #106
Pilates/Yoga Session
Sunday, May 26, 2013
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
101 H (Convention Center)
Chair: Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Fresno)
Presenting Authors:

Come join us for what has become an annual tradition at ABAI. This Pilates/Yoga session is led by certified instructors and is designed for every level and participant. Wear comfortable clothing. Participants may wish to bring a towel to use while in class. Relax, refresh and recharge!

 
 
Business Meeting #107
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2013
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
M100 J (Convention Center)
Chair: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Presenting Authors:

The annual report of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis will be presented, followed by the discussion of editorial policies and issues. We encourage past and present associate editors and board members, authors and prospective authors, and any other interested parties to attend. Questions and suggestions EW encouraged.

Keyword(s): editorial policies, journal
 
 
Business Meeting #108
Parent Professional Partnership Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2013
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
102 F (Convention Center)
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Association for Science in Autism Treatment)
Presenting Authors:

Behavior analysts involved in clinical practice recognize that we owe much to parents of children with autism who have been staunch advocates for higher quality services for their children. The synergy that can arise from parents and professionals working together creates exciting opportunities and possibilities. The Parent Professional Partnership SIG is one such opportunity. A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, to outline the PPP SIG's goals and objectives, and to discuss ways to improve upon the SIG's joint website with the Autism SIG. All interested parents and professionals are encouraged to attend this meeting chaired by Co-Presidents David Celiberti and Pamela Gorski and visit our webpage at www.AutismPPPSIG.org.

 
 
Business Meeting #109
Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2013
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
101 A (Convention Center)
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health)
Presenting Authors:

This will be the annual business meeting of the Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group.

 
 
Business Meeting #110
Standard Celeration Society
Sunday, May 26, 2013
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
M101 C (Convention Center)
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (Precision Teaching Learning Center)
Presenting Authors:

Members of the Standard Celeration Society will congregate to discuss all business-related matters regarding the society, including but not limited to membership, finances, and the annual International Precision Teaching Conference.

Keyword(s): Celeration Charting, Precision Teaching
 
 
Business Meeting #111
Northwestern Association for Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2013
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
200 J (Convention Center)
Chair: Rick Shaw (Behavior Issues)
Presenting Authors:

Please join us for the Northwestern Association for Behavior Analysis annual business meeting. Also, please review our website for upcoming regional events and conferences. The association serves the Pacific Northwest: Washington, Montana, Oregon, Idaho, and British Columbia

 
 
Business Meeting #113
Education and Treatment of Children Editorial Board
Sunday, May 26, 2013
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
101 J (Convention Center)
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:

We invite all those on the Education and Treatment of Children journal editorial review board and those interested in becoming involved to attend. We will be discussing policies and initiatives that strengthen and maintain the journal. Data on manuscript flow and subscriptions will be presented and discussed.

Keyword(s): education treatment children, ETC Business meeting, ETC editoral board
 
 
Business Meeting #114
New York State Association for Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2013
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
M101 B (Convention Center)
Chair: Deborah A. Napolitano (University of Rochester)
Presenting Authors:

The New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA) is the official representative for behavior analysis across New York. NYSABA is the state affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts. NYSABA represents families, practitioners, and scholars committed to research and practice of behavior analysis. All behavior analysts and consumers residing or practicing in New Yorkare encouraged to attend.

 
 
Business Meeting #115
Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts
Sunday, May 26, 2013
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
201 A-B (Convention Center)
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
Presenting Authors:

The is the annual Business Meeting forthe Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts.

Keyword(s): multicultural
 
 
Business Meeting #116
Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2013
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
M101 A (Convention Center)
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Presenting Authors:

Provides intellectual, clinical, and organizational support to other professionals interested in aging and to foster behavior analytic research in aging. The goal of this year's meeting is to discuss issues in the field as well as issues of professional development. In addition, members will provide feedback on student presentations on research in the area of aging, which will be used to award the student researcher award. Finally, new officers will be chosen for any vacated positions in the special interest group.

Keyword(s): Behavioral Gerontology
 
 
Business Meeting #117
Introduction to Behavior Analyst Certification Board Certification
Sunday, May 26, 2013
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
M100 A (Convention Center)
Chair: Christine L. Ratcliff (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Presenting Authors:

This meeting will cover important components of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), including information on BACB credentials, eligibility requirements, approved course sequences, examination administration, and applying for examination. The presentation also will offer information regarding BACB growth and development. This meeting is intended for individuals who are planning to become certified.

Keyword(s): BACB, BCaBA, BCBA, certification
 
 
Special Event #118
ABAI Program Committee Meeting
Sunday, May 26, 2013
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
L100 D-E (Convention Center)
Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois, Chicago)
Abstract:

#none#

 

AAB: Applied Animal Behavior

KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University), Megan E. Maxwell (Pet Behavior Change, LLC)
Abstract:

#none#

 

AUT: Autism

DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

#none#

 
BPH: Behavioral Pharmacology
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (University of North Texas), Paul L. Soto (Johns Hopkins University)
 
CBM: Clinical, Family, Behavioral Medicine
THOMAS J. WALTZ (VA Ctr for Mental Healthcare and Outcomes Research), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
 
CSE: Community Interventions; Social and Ethical Issues
PATRICIA BACH (University of Central Florida), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
DDA: Developmental Disabilities
JENNIFER M. ASMUS (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University)
 
DEV: Human Development
HAYNE W. REESE (West Virginia University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
EAB: Experimental Analysis of Behavior
MATTHEW C. BELL (Santa Clara University), Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
 
EDC: Education
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of Glamorgan), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon)
 

OBM: Organizational Behavior Management

LORI H. DIENER-LUDWIG (Performance Blueprints, Inc.), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (University of Maryland Baltimore County)
Abstract:

#none#

 
PRA: Practice
JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
 
SCI: Science
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University)
 
TBA: Teaching Behavior Analysis
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
 
TPC: Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues
PER HOLTH (Oslo and Akershus University College), Marleen T. Adema (Dutch Association for Behavior Analysis)
 

VRB: Verbal Behavior

ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract:

#none#

 

CE: Continuing Education

RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University), Maria E. Malott (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract:

#none#

 
 
Panel #119
PDS EVENT: Graduate Study in Applied Animal Behavior
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
101 F (Convention Center)
Area: AAB/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Lyndsy S. Gordon (California State University, Los Angeles)
ERICA N. FEUERBACHER (University of Florida)
STEPHANIE KEESEY (Simmons College)
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The applied analysis of animal behavior is a promising area of research and practice within the field of behavior analysis. Applied behavior analysts improve the lives of animals and their human caregivers in many settings, including homes, shelters, and zoos. Although this work is interesting to many students of behavior analysis, the path is not always clear. Students often wonder where and how to pursue graduate study in this unique specialization. This panel will be comprised of graduate students studying applied animal behavior in several different university programs. Panelists will discuss how they chose a graduate program, as well as their actual graduate school experiences. Topics will include coursework, research and practicum opportunities, life as a graduate student, long term goals, and other advice for interested students and prospective students. Audience members will have opportunities to pose questions to panelists.

Keyword(s): Applied Animal Behavior, Graduate Study
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #120
CE Offered: BACB

Resurrecting the Environmental Movement

Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Main Auditorium (Convention Center)
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mark P. Alavosius, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno)
PETER KAREIVA (The Nature Conservancy)
Dr. Peter Kareiva is the chief scientist and vice president of The Nature Conservancy, where he is responsible for maintaining the quality of more than 600 staff engaged in conservation science in more than 30 countries around the world. Kareiva studied political science and zoology at the Duke University for his bachelor's degree and ecology and applied mathematics at Cornell University for his Ph.D. He is the author of more than 150 scientific publications and author or editor of eight books, including a textbook on conservation science. Kareiva is a fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences and a member of The National Academy of Sciences. Before joining The Nature Conservancy, Kareiva was the director of conservation biology at the Northwest Fisheries Science Center, and before that he was a professor at University of Washington and Brown University, with teaching or faculty stints at Stanford University, University of Virginia, Uppsala University, and Oxford University. His current research concerns the connection between human activities and changes in ecosystem services, as part of the Natural Capital Project, which he co-founded with Gretchen Daily, Steve Polasky, and Taylor Ricketts. Kareiva also is studying the linkage between the sustainability initiatives of global corporations and their impact on ecosystems as well as their own corporate performance. In the past, Kareiva has published on biotechnology, agriculture, risk assessment, climate change, invasive species, and the importance of getting our children into nature. He currently lives in Seattle, WA.
Abstract:

Polls, presidential politics, and relentlessly increasing greenhouse gas emissions expose an environmental movement that is running on 20th Century metaphors in a 21st Century world. All of the land protection in the world will do little good if 7 billion people do not move to "green behavior." By dissecting past failures, we can learn where to go in the future with how we talk about and do conservation. We need to stop overstating doom and gloom, and recognize that opportunity, not despair, motivates people. Luckily, we have the science to support a new message of a resilient earth, which can then be a foundation for leaving behind worshipping at the false temple of pristine nature.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #121
CE Offered: PSY

Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptor Function Modulates Impulsivity in ADHD: Clinical Implications

Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Auditorium Room 1 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Alexandra S Potter, Ph.D.
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
ALEXANDRA S. POTTER (University of Vermont)
Dr. Alexandra Potter is a research assistant professor and the associate director of the Clinical Neuroscience Research Unit at the University of Vermont. Dr. Potter received her Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology from the University of Vermont in 2003, and accepted a faculty position at the University of Vermont in 2004 after completing her clinical internship. She is a licensed clinical psychologist who maintains a small practice working with children and families with developmental disabilities in addition to her research. Her research program is focused on understanding the role of nicotinic acetylcholine receptor function in complex behaviors such as impulsive responding. She currently uses methodologies including acute pharmacological challenge and functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) either alone or in combination to explore the underlying neurobiology of impulsivity in a variety of subject groups including adolescents and adults with ADHD, patients with Parkinson's disease, young adults with prodromal schizophrenia, and cigarette smokers. This basic approach uses well defined behavioral phenotypes (such as impulsive responding, or high risk taking) that can be precisely measured to understand their relationship with both clinical behaviors and cortical circuitry.
Abstract:

Background: Impulsivity is a central behavioral feature of attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and many other psychiatric and substance use disorders. In recent years, the multi-dimensional nature of impulsivity has been recognized with cognitive processes including risk and reward evaluation, response inhibition, and delay discounting implicated in impulsive behavior. The nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR) system has long been recognized for its role in regulating attention. Understanding the role of nAChR function in impulsivity has widespread clinical implication including providing a novel pharmacological treatment target. Methods: Data from human experiments using pharmacological manipulations of nAChR function and measuring response inhibition, risk taking and delay discounting will be presented. Studies using acute pharmacological challenge in combination with fMRI will illustrate potential mechanisms for nAChR regulation of impulsivity. Results: Acute nicotine and novel nicotinic agonists improve response inhibition and delay aversion in ADHD. Nicotine and mecamylamine (a nicotinic antagonist) have rate dependent effects on risk taking regardless of diagnostic group. Both nicotine and a novel nicotinic agonist significantly decrease the cognitive and clinical symptoms of ADHD. Conclusion: Targeting nAChR function may provide a novel treatment target for ADHD and other disorders involving impulsive behavior. The use of reliable laboratory measures of different facets of impulsivity will allow for refined treatment strategies targeting precise cognitive mechanism related to impulsivity.

Target Audience: Graduate students, practitioners, and scientists in psychology and mental health.
Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of this talk, participants will be able to identify different cognitive mechanisms that underlie impulsive behavior in ADHD. 2. At the conclusion of this talk, participants will be able to discuss how nicotinic acetylcholine receptor function affects impulsive behavior in normal development and psychiatric disorders.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #122
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Food Dudes in the United States: Incentivizing Elementary School Children's Consumption of Fruits and Vegetables

Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Auditorium Room 3 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Gregory J. Madden, Ph.D.
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon)
GREGORY J. MADDEN (Utah State University)
Dr. Gregory J. Madden is an associate professor in the Department of Psychology at Utah State University. He teaches an introductory course in behavioral processes. Topics range from free will to interventions designed to treat drug dependence. In 2009, Dr. Madden was awarded the ING Excellence in Teaching Award. Dr. Madden's research broadly examines decision making. For example, he and his graduate- and undergraduate student colleagues study how medications affect our ability to resist temptations such as gambling or succumbing to immediate gratification. Other studies are examining how to teach individuals to better delay gratification, with the long-term goal of reducing susceptibility to addictions. Still other studies are designed to improve the diet choices made by children in elementary schools. These projects are supported by grants from the National Institutes of Health (National Institute on Drug Abuse) and the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Dr. Madden earned a master's degree in behavior analysis from the University of North Texas in 1992, a Ph.D. in psychology from West Virginia University in 1995, and completed a post-doctoral research fellowship at the University of Vermont in 1998. In the ensuing years, he was privileged to work with outstanding groups of teachers and researchers at the University of Kansas and the University of Wisconsin–Eau Claire. Dr. Madden served as associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior from 2002-2008, and is the editor-elect of this prestigious journal (2011-2014). He is the executive editor of the APA Handbook of Behavior Analysis (forthcoming). He has served on a number of decision-making bodies, including his current appointment on the Executive Council of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. He frequently reviews grant proposals for the National Institutes of Health and, every once in a while, he skis, mountain bikes, and hikes with his family.
Abstract:

Although the health benefits of consuming a diet rich in fruits and vegetables are well documented, few Americans consume the recommended amounts of these foods. The results of these food choices are many and varied (e.g., increased costs of health care resulting from higher rates of cancers and obesity). A preventative approach targets elementary school children because food-choice patterns in childhood are predictive of these patterns in adulthood. The Food Dudes program was developed by behavioral psychologists Fergus Lowe and Pauline Horne at Bangor University in Wales. The program targets food choices made in primary schools and iterations of it have been successfully implemented for some time in the United Kingdom. These successes will be summarized and data will be shown illustrating the effects of three different versions of the Food Dudes program that have been tested in the United States. These different versions were designed to adapt to the unique characteristics of U.S. schools

Target Audience: This presentation is targeted towards psychologists and/or behavior analysts working in educational settings or other settings with an interest in systems-change.
Learning Objectives: 1. Define choice from a behavior economics perspective 2. Explain how a prevention-based approach may be most appropriate for addressing food choice in schools. 3. Delineate how behavioral economics can account for the nutrition/food choices made by individuals. 4. Explain steps that might be taken to enhance student nutrition in schools
 
 
Panel #123
CE Offered: BACB
PDS EVENT: Insights on Practitioner Training Programs and Current State of Affairs of Behavior Analysis Outside North America
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
M100 J (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Shiri Ayvazo, Ph.D.
Chair: Yannick Schenk (Western Michigan University)
SHIRI AYVAZO (Tel Aviv University)
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (University of North Texas)
YOSHIAKI NAKANO (Japanese Institute for Education and Treatment)
Abstract:

Panelists will discuss their personal and professional experiences in developing training programs for students of behavior analysis (within their area of expertise). They will discuss how far the rest of the world has come in recognizing behavior analysis in practice (i.e., political and public recognition of behavior analysis as an evidence-based field of practice; credentialing issues; current barriers impeding further recognition; and future directions). Panelists will also discuss their personal training experience, how it has shaped their area of expertise, and whether or not their training enables them to practice outside of the United States and Canada (practitioner vs. academia). One question panelists could address is what should students of behavior analysis know before committing to a BA training program if they plan to practice outside North America? And/or what can training programs do better to ensure employability of their graduates? Finally, panelists will give recommendations and advice to those looking to expand the professional domains of behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): ABA International, Prospective Students, Training Programs
 
 
Symposium #124
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Functional Analysis and Function-Based Treatment of Disruptive Behavior in School Settings
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
205 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David W. Sidener (Garden Academy)
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College)
CE Instructor: David W. Sidener, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will be comprised of data-based presentations that describe innovative research on functional analysis of disruptive behavior in children with autism in school settings. In the first study, the authors customized the experimental design, conditions, and session length of a functional analysis to determine the function of aggressive behavior. Findings indicated only when sessions were lengthened to an entire school day (i.e., 6 hours) and attention in the form of physical restraint was evaluated were clearly differentiated functions determined. In the second study, the authors evaluated the effects of pre-session exposure to putative reinforcers prior to functional analysis sessions. Results showed that pre-session exposure resulted in differential levels of problem behavior during functional analysis sessions. The third study included a functional analysis and an evaluation of functional communication training for aggressive behavior maintained by escape from demands. Results showed that over time, positive practice (i.e., direction following) could be faded and functional communication training (i.e., requesting a break) alone was effective.

Keyword(s): Autism, Functional analysis, Functional communication training, School-based treatment
 

Individualizing Functional Analysis: Establishing Experimental Control of Aggressive Behavior by Modifying Experimental Design, Conditions, and Session Duration

BRIDGET SPANARKEL (Garden Academy), David W. Sidener (Garden Academy), Megan Cassella (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

An Analog Functional Analysis was conducted to identify the environmental conditions maintaining the aggressive and self-injurious behaviors of a 12 year old boy diagnosed with autism (Iwata, et al, 1982; Iwata, et al, 1994). The assessment was conducted in a school setting using first a multi-element research design, which was later changed to a reversal design to control for potential carryover effects. Over 70 sessions were conducted. Initially, sessions were 10 minutes, then 20 minutes in duration. Due to a lack of clearly differentiated results, sessions were extended to six hours in duration, with the exception of needed bathroom and lunch breaks. The experimental conditions consisted of a control condition, escape from demands, no interaction, denied access to tangible items, divided attention, and a series of customized attention conditions. Results suggested that the aggressive and self-injurious behaviors were primarily maintained by two variables, escape from the presentation of demands and physical attention in the form of modified, partial, or full restraint. Based on these results, a treatment package consisting of Extinction, Non-contingent Attention, FCT and Protective Equipment was designed. This individualized treatment entailed the termination of the response-reinforcer contingency maintained by physical restraint and escape from demands. Upon the occurrence of aggressive and self-injurious behavior, there was no immediate, contingent cessation of instructional demands or increased attention in the form of restraint or blocking. Protective equipment was applied as necessary to maintain the safety of the participant. In addition, throughout the participant’s day at school, non-contingent physical attention in the form of play (e.g., hugs, firm shoulder squeezes) and functional communication training, was provided.

 
Effects of Differential Exposure to Reinforcers Prior to Functional Analysis Sessions
ERIC CRUZ (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), Frank R. Cicero (Eden II Programs), Patrick R. Progar (Caldwell College)
Abstract: Participants with autism were exposed to different durations of exposure to putative reinforcers prior to functional analysis sessions. Satiation resulted in lower levels of problem behavior than brief exposure and deprivation.
 

Functional Analysis of Aggressive Behavior and FCT Evaluated in a School Setting With a Kindergarten Student

AMYLIN ADER (Garden Academy), David W. Sidener (Garden Academy), Jill Bernstein (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

An Analog Functional Analysis was conducted to identify the environmental conditions maintaining a student’s aggressive behaviors (Iwata, et al, 1982; Iwata, et al, 1994). Over 70 sessions were conducted during the functional analysis. Sessions were 10- minutes in duration. The experimental conditions included in this study consisted of a control condition, escape from demands, no interaction, denied access to tangible items, and an attention condition. Results suggested that the aggressive behavior was primarily maintained by escape from the presentation of demands. A function based intervention in the form of functional communication training and positive practice decreased aggression and increased appropriate requests for a break from demand. Implications for conducting functional analyses and conducting in-session treatment analyses in a school setting are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #125
CE Offered: BACB
Functionality, Affect, and Quality of Life: Issues in Lives of Adolescents and Adults With Autism
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
211 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College)
Discussant: Julie S. Vargas (B.F. Skinner Foundation)
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The incidence of autism continues to increase to 1 in 88 individuals. The majority of services that exist now focus on the 0-21 age group and are provided through public education. Over the next several years, services for adolescents and adults are going to be severely needed, and as of right now, few such services exist. The need for these services is extremely critical for two primary reasons. First, the sheer number of individuals with ASD is likely to overwhelm the existing service structure. Second, more information is coming to light that the needs of these older individuals will be intense and dramatic. As these individuals enter the community and adult world, there will need to be a focus on three primary issues – functionality of the activities in which they engage, their happiness, and, subsequently, an enhanced quality of life. These are the three goals that community programming must strive to achieve in order for adolescents and adults with autism to maximally function in their communities. The papers in this symposium will address the conceptual issues involved in community programming and specific research studies that investigate issues surrounding the determination of functional goals and the relationship between preference and affect.

Keyword(s): affect, autism, community-based programming, functional activities
 

Adolescents and Adults With Autism Living Well: Functionality, Affect, and Quality of Life

Gloria M. Satriale (Adult Competence and Employment Program), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), Kaitlin Ross (Adult Competence and Employment Program), Gina Satriale (Adult Competence and Employment Program), Javius Galan (Adult Competence and Employment Program), RICKIESHA MARCH (Adult Competence and Employment Program)
Abstract:

As adolescents and adults with autism leave the public school system and enter the world of work and community, the goals of training change. At this point in their lives, these individuals have goals quite different from those being pursued in the 0-21 public school education system. Now, integration into the community is the ultimate criterion to achieve. But what that means has never been well defined. This presentation will discuss three major areas of importance to community-based individuals. The functionality of the activities in which they engage is of primary importance. In addition, the activities both work and leisure must make the individuals happy and satisfied. Lastly, the quality of life for these people must be taken into consideration when care providers consider training targets. A review of the literature in these three areas will be presented, as well operational definitions of these areas that can be used by service providers to enhance the quality of service provision in the community.

 

Testing the Validity of the Functionality Index With Adolescents and Adults With Autism

PETER F. GERHARDT (The McCarton School)
Abstract:

The advent of the Board Certification for behavior analysts has generally been considered a positive development in the field of behavior analysis. In fact, the certification process has resulted in increasing numbers of individuals with autism being provided evidence-based interventions across their lifespans. Unfortunately while instructional priorities for young children are fairly well established, the same cannot be said for adolescents or adults. With this population, there is an increased importance in targeting functional skills and activities for engagement in their lives. The current study investigated the potential effectiveness of newly developed tool, the Functionality Index (FI), in identifying individual specific instructional priorities for this group of learners. By assessing six, operationally defined parameters of potential goals, the FI is intended to aid competent behavior analysts in the identifying contextually appropriate and socially important instructional targets for older learners.

 

Do What You Love, and Love What You Do: Preference Assessments and Affect

JESSICA ZAWACKI (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life), Kaitlin Ross (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life)
Abstract:

One of the essential and widely applied principles of human behavior is positive reinforcement. Preference assessments can be used to aid in identifying potential reinforcers and their potency. They should also be considered when identifying potential preferred environments or activities. Another component in identifying potential reinforcers is to consider the momentary effectiveness of any stimulus change as reinforcement indicated by the existing level of motivation. Motivating operations (MO) include both establishing operations (EO), a MO that increases the current effectiveness of a reinforcer, as well as abolishing operations (AO) a MO that decreases the current effectiveness of a reinforcer. Prior to determining educational and residential placements, job matches, and leisure activities, a preference assessment and analysis of affect and behavior should be conducted to determine if environments are preferred or non-preferred. This study conducted a preference assessment of various activities available in both the day program and a leisure environment with adolescents and adults with Autism. Data targeting affect and maladaptive behaviors were then collected in those environments. Results showed an inverse relationship between preferred activities and rates of maladaptive behavior. Results indicate that a consideration should be made of individual preferences prior to determining placements for individuals with disabilities.

 
 
Symposium #126
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in Improving Social and Learning Repertoires of Children With Autism
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
205 C-D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Bridget A. Taylor, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Learning to observe the behavior of others has both educational and social benefits. Joint attention requires the ability to shift attention among various social and environmental stimuli, and observational learning requires attention to the model and the ability to discriminate the consequences of the model's behavior. The three studies in this symposium have evaluated strategies for addressing specific topographies of both joint attention and observational learning with children with autism using both typical peers and adults as social partners. Responses related to joint attention, such as gaze shifting and commenting were successfully taught in the first study using multiple exemplar training and social reinforcers. Observational learning repertoires, such as selective imitation and the discrimination of reinforced from non-reinforced responses were addressed in the second study. The third study evaluated procedures for teaching children with autism to observe (i.e., monitor) an instructional interaction of a typical peer and teacher and measured the learning of new academic targets by the participants with autism. All three studies have vast implications for improving the ability to learn by observing the behavior of others.

Keyword(s): joint attention, observational learning
 

Teaching Joint Attention Using Social Reinforcers: Assessing Generalization and Maintenance of Effects Using Multiple Exemplar Training

BRIANNE MONETTE (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P.F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of multiple exemplar training and social reinforcement on the acquisition and generalization of joint attention initiations across toy classes. Participants were 2 typically developing children (TDC) and 2 children with autism spectrum disorder (CWA). After analyzing typical samples of joint attention initiations, a composite score was developed and used to evaluate joint attention initiations of the CWA. Gaze shifting and commenting were taught using social reinforcement in a multiple exemplar format. Training sessions were followed by probes of untrained stimuli both within and across toy classes. Results showed that the CWA acquired both gaze shifting and commenting using social consequences as reinforcers. Multiple exemplar training was also effective in facilitating acquisition within classes and joint attention maintenance during follow-up probes. Additionally, both participants generalized the acquired skills to a class of untrained stimuli. The implications of multiple exemplar training as a way to establish maintenance and generalization of training effects are discussed.

 

Building Observational Learning Repertoires in Children With Autism: Selective Imitation and the Discrimination of Consequences

JAIME A. DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime Stine (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Little research has explored procedures for teaching children with autism observational learning repertoires such as discriminating the consequences of others' responses or the prerequisite skills necessary to do so. To assess possible prerequisite skills, we measured selective imitation as a child's immediate performance of known responses following reinforced and non-reinforced responses of a model. In another series of experiments, a multi-element design was used to determine the effects of teaching a child with autism to discriminate reinforced from non-reinforced responses modeled by an adult on the acquisition of new word labels. Discrimination training was conducted during training sessions with one set of pictures. Discrimination training was not used during probe sessions and the participant was merely exposed to the adult model's reinforced and non-reinforced responses using a different set of pictures. Test sessions conducted 10 minutes after each session revealed that the participant learned new picture labels, but simply imitated the adult's responses regardless of whether or not they were reinforced. Once the target set of words was reduced and the reinforcer made more salient in Experiment 2, the participant quickly acquired the novel word labels as well as the discrimination between reinforced and non-reinforced responses.

 

The Effects of a Peer-Yoked Contingency Game Board on the Induction of Two Types of Observational Learning

LISA GOLD (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to test the effects of a peer-yoked contingency on the acquisition of two types of observational learning: changes in performance and the acquisition of new operants via observation, as well as the Naming capability. Three male K-1st grade students with disabilities were selected as participants because they did not have observational learning for performance or acquisition, nor did they have the Naming capability in their repertoires. Three other male K-1st grade students were chosen to serve as peers during the intervention because they had performance observational learning in repertoire but lacked the Naming capability and acquisition observational learning. A delayed multiple probe design was used to measure participants acquisition of both types of observational learning and Naming. The independent variable in this study was a peer-yoked contingency game board involving a task requiring the participants to observe their peers. Results showed that the peer-yoked contingency game was effective for inducing both types of observational learning and Naming for the target participants. The intervention was also effective in the induction of Naming and the acquisition of new operants via observational for the peers.

 
 
Symposium #127
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Evoked by Demands
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
208 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Sloman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes four research papers involving the assessment and treatment of problem behavior evoked by demands. In the first presentation, Lauren Pepa will present a study on the application of behavioral economics to increase compliance with non-preferred tasks in individuals with escape-maintained problem behavior. In the second presentation, Kyung Mo Nam will discuss the relationship between noncompliance and prompt dependence as well as strategies to increase independent compliance during tasks for two individuals. In the third presentation, Jillian Planer will present a study evaluating the effects of including relevant or irrelevant tasks in high probability instructional sequences on decreasing noncompliance. In the last presentation, Rebecca Schulman will present a study on the assessment and treatment of problem behavior maintained by escape from demands in the context of classroom noise.

 

Addressing Escape-Maintained Behavior in Adolescents and Adults With Autism With Economic Manipulations and Choice

LAUREN ALISON PEPA (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Anton Shcherbakov (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), James Maraventano (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Suzanne Corinne Wichtel (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Autism is characterized by difficulties in communication, social functioning, and the presence of stereotyped behaviors/restricted interests. While not inherent in autism, maladaptive behavior is common in this population. Research suggests that challenging behavior is most effectively addressed with sound functional assessments and function-based treatments. Escape-maintained problem behavior presents a unique challenge as best practice dictates that escape extinction be used to prevent problem behavior from contacting reinforcement. However, attempting to physically prompt older, stronger individuals may put staff and the individual themselves at risk for injury. One potential way to increase engagement in low-probability activities without physical prompting is through the manipulation of pay rates of less-preferred tasks and the cost of preferred reinforcing items. The current study explored the utility of manipulating economic variables to address escape-maintained problem behavior in two adults with autism. Specifically, the cost of reinforcers and the pay for different jobs were altered to encourage the participants to make more cost-effective choices (selecting a less preferred task that pays more over an easy task that pays less). The results from the investigation indicate that the manipulation resulted in the voluntary selection and completion of previously low-probability tasks without physical prompting or the occurrence of challenging behavior.

 

Decreasing Prompt Dependence During Independent Tasks

KYUNG MO NAM (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Rebecca Schulman (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Lauren Alison Pepa (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Matthew L. Edelstein (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Mariana Torres-Viso (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey)
Abstract:

Independent engagement with activities is a common goal for individuals with autism and developmental disabilities (Hall, McClanahan, & Gast, 1995). However, this independence may be hindered when individuals are reliant on external stimuli (e.g., the presence of or acknowledgement from an instructor) to complete a task. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of a stimulus control procedure on decreasing noncompliance and increasing independent task completion. Participants were two males referred for the assessment and treatment of noncompliance during independent activities. Specifically, both students would pause for extended periods of time (e.g., 10 minutes) during independent activities. Assessments indicated that task completion was dependent on staff proximity and/ or delivery of prompts (e.g., keep going). Treatment involved teaching the participants to exchange an all done card to staff members. Next, training took place during independent activities that were correlated with lower levels of noncompliance and prompt dependence to promote successful card exchanges. That is, staff placed a stimulus cue (all done) at the bottom of independent tasks and instructed the participants to a) work until they reached the card and b) exchange card to staff members. Results showed that appropriate card exchanges increased and noncompliance and prompt dependence decreased. Baseline data are currently being collected in the classroom setting for both participants. Treatment will be implemented across activities associated with high levels of noncompliance and prompt dependence.

 

Comparisons of Relevant and Irrelevant Requests Used in a High-Probability Request Sequence to Decrease Non-compliance in Elementary School Children With Autism

JILIAN PLANER (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Patrick R. Progar (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Randi A. Sarokoff (Comprehensive Behavior Analytic Program)
Abstract:

Non-compliance can sometimes be prevalent in children with autism and related disorders and can often impede skill acquisition for these individuals. Antecedent interventions such as providing high probability requests sequences are viable alternatives to consequence procedures and have been shown to be effective with individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. High-probability request sequences and their implications for increased compliance are well researched with this population. However, previous literature has not evaluated the specifics of the high-probability requests involved in thesequence. Second, previous literature has not evaluated a fading procedure that incorporated variable presentations of high-probability requests. The current study compared the effects of relevant and irrelevant high-probability tasks on compliance to low-probability requests in children with autism. After high levels of compliance were achieved in both relevant and irrelevant conditions, fixed and variable presentations of the high-probability requests were compared. The results show that the relevant high-probability requests increased percentage of compliance more than irrelevant high-probability requests. Additional results and social validity of procedures, goals, and outcomes will be presented.

 

Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Evoked by Demands in the Presence of Noise

REBECCA SCHULMAN (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kyung Mo Nam (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Matthew L. Edelstein (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Mariana Torres-Viso (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey)
Abstract:

Research has shown that background noise may influence problem behavior (e.g., O'Reilly, Lacey, & Lancioni, 2000). O'Reilly and colleagues conducted a functional analysis of aggression and disruption with and without background noise. Results showed increased rates of problem behavior in the presence of noise, especially in the escape from demands condition. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of background noise on problem behavior. Participants were two children diagnosed with autism. Both individuals were referred for the assessment and treatment of aggression and disruption, which was reported by staff to be correlated with classroom noise (e.g., peers engaging in tantrums or loud vocalizations). First, a traditional functional analysis was conducted in a quiet environment using procedures described by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richmand, 1982. Next, a modified functional analysis was conducted comparing conditions presented with background noise recordings to conditions with no noise recordings. During the noise conditions, the noise recordings remained on throughout the entire session while specific consequences were in place (e.g., escape from demands). Results indicated the frequency and intensity of problem behavior was increased in the escape from demands (noise present) conditions. A treatment analysis including functional communication training and differential reinforcement using noise recordings decreased inappropriate behavior for both participants. However, behavior remained low for both participants when a reversal to baseline was conducted indicating the participants may have habituated to the noise recordings. Descriptive analyses of events preceding problem behavior in the classroom were conducted for both participants. Results indicated that problem behavior was correlated with classroom noise. Treatment analyses in the classroom are ongoing. Implications for assessing and treating problem behavior evoked by peer vocalizations will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #128
CE Offered: BACB
Standardization and Application of the Korean Version of Autism-Related Instruments
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
101 E (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
CE Instructor: Kyong-Mee Chung, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Due to increased awareness for assessment and treatment for autism in Korea, more attempts have been made to accumulate scientific knowledge for this population. Along with their core issues such as restricted social interaction, children with autism also show difficulties in sleeping, eating, and problem behaviors. Developing and establishing a valid and reliable assessment tool is a must, for both research and clinical purposes. In this symposium, psychometric properties of the Korean version of few assessment instruments will be introduced, along with their application to autism population. Both parent-proxy reports and computerized tests will be covered and issues related to their use in clinical settings will be discussed.

Keyword(s): ABC, autism, CHSQ, Facial recognition
 

Parent Mealtime Actions and Children's Weight Status: A Cross-Cultural Examination

SUJIN LEE (Yonsei University), Jeong Hyun Choo (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University), Bonkyong Koo (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Helen Hendy (Penn State University, Schuylkill), Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center)
Abstract:

Cultural differences between countries may produce differences in parent feeding style and children's weight status.The present study investigated cultural differences in parent mealtime actions and children's weight status for 496 US preschool children(261 male, 228 female, 7 unreported) and 325 Korean children(167 male, 158 female). The mean age of US children was 4.06 years (SD=.72) and for Korean children it was 3.88 years (SD=.79). Children's parents were asked to respond to complete Parent Mealtime Action Scale(PMAS; Hendy et al., 2009) with 798 parents completing the nine PMAS dimensions, and with 475 parents providing height and weight information to calculate their children's body mass index percentile (BMI%). Independent sample t-tests were conducted fornine PMAS dimensions to examine the differences between the two countries, with significant differences reported for all dimensions except SPECIAL MEALS and MANY FOOD CHOICES. Korean parents used more PMAS actions of USE OF REWARDS, FAT REDUCTION and INSISTENCE ON EATING, and US parents reported more PMAS actions like DAILY FV AVAILABILITY, SNACK LIMITS, POSITIVE PERSUASION and SNACK MODELING. Also, participants were divided into weight status categories of normal weight(BMI% = 1-85%), overweight(85-95%) and obese(over 95%). For US children, 13.3% were overweight and 35.1% were obese whereas for Korean children 11.4% were overweight and 12.1% were obese. The difference in ratio of overweight and obese children between the two countries were statistically significant(x2=39.094, df=2, p<.001).

 

Investigation of Sleep Patterns Among Children with Autism Using the Korean Version of the Childrens' Sleep Habits Questionnaire

MINJOO LEE (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University), Hyunsook Chang (Municipal Children's Hospital of Korea)
Abstract:

CSHQ (Children’s Sleep Habits Questionnaire) is an instrument to measure the parents’ perception of children’s sleep behaviors. It has been used to identify sleep patterns of children with PDD, showing that more than half of children with PDD have sleep problems (Honomichl, Goodlin-Jones, Burnham, Gaylor, & Anders, 2002). The purpose of this study was to examine how parents of the children with PDD perceive their children’s sleep behaviors in Korea. Participants were 122 mothers of children with PDD, 77.9% (n=95) of the children were male and 22.1% (n=27) were female; and the mean age was 7.4years (SD=2.4 years, range from 4 to 12). The results showed that 52.5% (n=64) of parents reported their children have problems with night waking; 22.1% (n=27) had sleep onset delay problems; 14.8% (n= 18) had problems with sleep resistance; 10.7% (n=13) had sleep duration problems. Also, 9.8% (n=12) had problems with sleep anxiety; 9% (n=11) had daytime sleepiness; 3.3% (n=4) had Sleep disordered breathing and only 0.8% (n=1) had parasomnia. Gender differences were not significant (p>.05). Compare to the research by Liu, Hubbard, Fabes and Adam (2006), Korean children with PDD have problems with bedtime resistance, insomnia, parasomnia and sleep disordered breathing less than U.S. samples (53.9%, 56.3%, 53.3%, and 24.6%, respectively). The results implicate that children with PDD in Korea have problem with maintaining sleep during the night while not many of them suffer from sleep disorders. Also, Korean children with PDD seem to have sleep disorders less than U.S. children with PDD.

 

Perceptional Thresholds and Sensitivity of Facial Emotion Recognition Among Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)

CHUNMEI LEE (Yonsei University), Jungin J. Won (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to investigate out the perceptual thresholds and sensitivity of facial emotion among children with ASD. Two basic emotions, Happiness and anger, were tested. Five children with ASD (Age Mean=8.58(1.52), IQ Mean=102.40(28.48)) and their age and IQ matched typically developing children (controls; Age Mean=8.72(1.50), IQ Mean=95.40(10.53)) were participated. Via use of neutral and full-valenced pictures, 11 levels of gradually intensifying facial expressions were created by a photo-morphing program with 10% increment ranged from 0% to 100%. Participants were asked to identify the emotion (e.g., happy or unhappy) after looking at the picture presented randomly on a computer screen for a very brief time. Psychometric function (bootstrapping) was used to calculate the threshold and the sensitivity. ASD group showed significantly lower thresholds compared to the control group in happy valence. For both groups, the thresholds for happiness were significantly lower than those for anger. Also, both groups responded more sensitively to happy valence than anger valence. Research and clinical implications and limitations are discussed.

 

Standardization of Aberrant Behavior Checklist-Community Among Korean Children and Adolescence With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JUNGIN J. WON (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University), Yuna Kim (Municipal Children's Hospital of Korea)
Abstract:

Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) are acknowledged as highly heterogeneous neurodevelopmental disorders. In addition to core diagnostic features of ASD, people diagnosed with ASD often exhibit diverse types of aberrant behaviors with varying intensity, including self-injury, tantrums, and aggression (Emerson et al., 2001a). Prevalence rate of challenging behaviors are reported to be very high, and studies report that severity of ASD may be associated with severity of problem behaviors (Matson & Wilkins, 2009). Despite the fact that these behaviors pose significant risk to childrens safety and to their parents mental health (Hartley et al., 2012), relatively few research has focused on problem behaviors among ASD population. The Aberrant Behavior Checklist-Community (ABC-C) developed by Aman and Singh (1994) is one of the most widely used assessment instrument that assesses problem behaviors of developmentally delayed individuals. The purpose of the study is to standardize the ABC-C in Korea to provide an understanding of current problem behaviors, and guide treatment direction. The present study recruited 169 children and adolescents with ASD (142 male, 27 female). Parent reported data were analyzed by Principle Axis Factor (PAF) with a Varimax rotation. Eigenvalue greater than two were selected and five factors explained 52.32% of the variance in the items. A Pearson product-moment correlation coefficient was computed to assess the relationship between factors and items. There was a significant correlation between each factor and its items (r > .30, p < .001). The internal consistency was good with a Cronbachs coefficient alpha of .95. ABC-C seems to be an effective instrument in providing more continuous measures of ASD.

 
 
Symposium #129
CE Offered: BACB
Effects of Pre-session Access to Reinforcers on Subsequent Performance of Children With Autism
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
208 C-D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amanda Karsten (Western New England University)
Discussant: Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin)
CE Instructor: Amanda Karsten, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Multiple parent- and practitioner-oriented websites describe pre-session exposure to reinforcers as paramount in order for learning to occur (e.g., Barbera, 2009, "What does an ABA session look like?" 2005). The main proposed benefit of pre-session access to reinforcers is an increase in the student's readiness or motivation to learn (e.g., sitting at the work table, complying with instructions, etc.). Practitioners have also cited a lack of effective pairing between reinforcers and the teacher or context as one explanation for increased problem behaviors such as crying, fleeing from the environment, and protesting during one-on-one teaching sessions (Barbera & Rasmussen, 2007). To date, few published studies have evaluated the effects of pre-session access to reinforcers on subsequent behavior of children with autism (i.e., behavior-altering and value-altering effects of exposure or deprivation). This symposium includes three experiments which examine the relation between pre-session exposure to reinforcers and subsequent performance of children with autism.

Keyword(s): autism, motivating operations, pairing, reinforcer sampling
 

Effects of Presession Pairing on Challenging Behavior and Academic Responding for Children With Autism

AMANDA N. KELLY (SEEM Collaborative, Massachusetts), Ronald F. Allen (Simmons College), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College)
Abstract:

As a result of being paired with work demands, the presence of an instructor may signal a worsening set of aversive conditions (i.e., reflexive conditioned motivating operation; CMO-R). The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of presession pairing of the instructor with preferred stimuli on disruptive behavior and correct responding. Functional analyses indicated a primary or combined escape function for three children diagnosed with autism. For participants with multiply maintained challenging behavior, attention was also a co-occurring function. The investigator conducted preference assessments to identify preferred items for each participant. In the presession pairing phase, the experimenter engaged playfully with the participant with a highly preferred item for 2-4 minutes immediately prior to the instructional session. The discrete trial training used to teach math and spelling skills was the same across the baseline and presession pairing sessions. Results in a multiple baseline across participants design indicated that presession pairing was effective in reducing disruptive behaviors, increasing latencies to challenging behavior, and increasing inter-response times of challenging behaviors. Interobserver agreement collected on 30% of sessions, averaged 97.6% (91.1% - 100%); procedural integrity collected on 30% of sessions, averaged 98.5% (97-100%). Future research recommendations and implications are discussed.

 

Effects of Reinforcer Sampling on Correct Responding and Problem Behavior of Children With Autism

CHARLOTTE MANN (New England Center for Children), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University), Erin Michaud (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Reinforcer sampling has been demonstrated to increase correct academic responding during teaching sessions (Park, Pereia Delgado, Choi & Greer, 2008) and to increase the frequency with which adults with developmental disabilities exchanged tokens for reinforcing events (Ayllon & Azrin, 1968). The current study evaluated effects of pre-session exposure to reinforcers on academic skill acquisition, academic skill maintenance, and problem behavior. To date, one child with autism has participated in the study. Data were collected on percentage correct performance (acquisition and maintenance) and percentage of trials with problem behavior. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was collected for 25% of sessions with mean agreement of 98.6% (range 97-100%). Pre-session exposure to edible and social reinforcers was associated with slower acquisition than a no-exposure comparison condition. Results for problem behavior and academic skill maintenance were undifferentiated between conditions.

 

Analysis of the Value Altering Effect of Motivating Operations

BAILEY DEVINE (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Laraway, Snycerski, Michael, and Poling (2003) discussed two effects that motivating operations have on behavior. First is the behavior-altering effect, in which the occurrence of behavior is momentarily altered. Second is the value-altering effect, in which the value of some consequence as a reinforcer is altered. Studies have demonstrated changes in behavior that can be attributed to the behavior-altering effect, but few studies have analyzed the value-altering effect. The purpose of the current study was to investigate the effect of deprivation or satiation on the value of edible reinforcers. Participants were children aged 5-10 diagnosed with autism. During conditioning, pre-session edible access was manipulated and paired with neutral stimuli to create conditioned motivating operations. Participants clicked on a red or blue box that moved around a screen; the colors were differentially associated with the deprivation and satiation conditions. Accurate clicking was reinforced via edible delivery, and reinforcers were yoked across conditions. Probes were conducted under extinction, and both colored boxes were concurrently available. During the probes, participant 1 allocated more responding to the box associated with deprivation, which suggests that deprivation from edibles may increase their value as reinforcers. Data collection with additional participants is under way.

 
 
Invited Panel #130
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Licensure vs. Certification to Work as a Non-BCBA Clinician: Implications for BA Training Programs and Students
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Ballroom B (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town)
CE Instructor: Michelle Ennis Soreth, Ph.D.
Panelists: STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), MARICEL CIGALES (Florida International University), MICHELLE SORETH (Rowan University), W. LARRY WILLIAMS (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Clinical behavior analysts have been working as licensed psychologists and certified mental health professionals for decades. Applied behavior analysis training programs outside of clinical and counseling psychology are currently facing pressures to produce students who are credentialed, and eligible for third-party payment. While training leading to eligibility for BCBA certification is one path that a program can take, there are other credentialing options that have existing training infrastructures and credentialing bodies. Members of this panel will discuss their experiences exploring these other credentialing options: the challenges, opportunities, and potential long-term implications for their programs, staff, and students.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

This event specifically targets doctoral level academics who serve as administrators or instructional faculty for behavioral analysis training programs.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants will be able to: 1. Enumerate the costs and benefits of supplementing BCBA credentials with credentials as licensed behavior analysts, certified mental health counselors and as licensed psychologists. 2. Describe the impact credentialing and reimbursement forces have on academic program design. 3. Describe the impact the different credentialing options have on the scope of practice.
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University)
Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is a professor of psychology at Western Michigan University. She also serves as the director of the Graduate Training Program in Behavior Analysis there. Recently, the state of Michigan enacted insurance billing laws requiring insurance companies to pay for autism treatment. In addition, at the time of this writing, Medicaid changes are in the process of being enacted. As a result, Dr. Peterson has had the opportunity to work though certification and licensure issues with state and local agency personnel. Dr. Peterson has taught in a number of university programs that offer behavior analytic training, and specifically coursework geared toward the BCBA credential, as well as teacher-certification programs. In her current position, Dr. Peterson directs graduate training in behavior analysis in a program that offers the coursework and practicum experiences for the BCBA credential.
MARICEL CIGALES (Florida International University)
Maricel Cigales, Ph.D., BCBA-D, was named program director of the Behavior Analysis Program in Florida International University’s Department of Psychology in 2011. She also served as the department’s associate chair from 2008 to 2012. Dr. Cigales holds her Ph.D. and M.S. in psychology from FIU. She earned a B.S. in psychology from Louisiana State University. As a board-certified behavior analyst, she worked in the field of applied behavior analysis for more than 17 years, before returning to FIU. Her applied field experience included serving as senior behavior analyst while directing the Behavior Analysis Services Program in Miami-Dade County, a state of Florida program providing behavioral services to thousands of children and caregivers in Florida’s foster care system. She also was the program director for a state-funded program that provided behavioral services to individuals with developmental disabilities in Miami-Dade County, and was the president of Behavior Services Inc., which provided behavioral services to a broad population of families and individuals. Dr. Cigales is currently part of a team that is developing a combined Counseling Psychology–Applied Behavior Analysis Program at FIU that will train master’s-level students to become both licensed mental health counselors and board-certified behavior analysts.    
MICHELLE ENNIS (Rowan University)
Michelle Ennis Soreth, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is an associate professor of psychology at Rowan University in southern New Jersey. After completing her BA under Maria Ruiz at Rollins College, she earned her Ph.D. in experimental psychology at Temple University under the mentorship of Philip Hineline. Her research interests span basic behavioral phenomena, wide-scale application and dissemination of behavior analysis, and the philosophy of behavior analytic theory. In 2006, she joined the faculty at Rowan University and within three years helped establish Rowan's Center for Behavior Analysis and three successful behavior analytic graduate programs. Rowan University recently has undergone rapid development, including the establishment of the first new medical school in New Jersey in more than 30 years and the first-ever M.D.-granting program in South Jersey. Initiatives to establish graduate programs in the health sciences have led to the development of a proposal for the second doctoral program at the university--a PsyD with concentrations in behavior analysis and health psychology. The proposed program is designed to train professionals for emerging trends in health care from a uniquely behavior analytic perspective and aims to meet the requirements for licensure as a psychologist and accreditation by the APA, ABAI, and the BACB.
W. LARRY WILLIAMS (University of Nevada, Reno)
W. Larry Williams, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is an associate professor of psychology and the past director of the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno. After earning his Ph.D. from the University of Manitoba, Canada, he helped establish and later directed the first graduate program in special education in Latin America at the Federal University at Sao Carlos, Sao Paulo, Brazil, teaching for an 8-year period. He subsequently directed several clinical programs for people with intellectual disabilities at Surry Place Center in Toronto, Canada, for  10 years. Having published several books and more than 60 journal articles and book chapters,  he maintains a lab group with interests in conditional discrimination processes, relational responding, verbal behavior, clinical assessment and interventions, and staff training and management systems for human services delivery. Dr. Williams will discuss new developments in Nevada, where the state now licenses behavior analysts and this licensure is governed by the State of Nevada Board of Psychological Examiners. 
Keyword(s): accreditation, certification, licensure, scope of practice
 
 
Symposium #131
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies for Teaching and Maintaining Social Skills With Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
201 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kristina Vargo (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
CE Instructor: Kristina Vargo, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium will present four data-based presentations focused on the teaching, maintenance, and generalization of social skills of children or young adults diagnosed with developmental disabilities (e.g., autism spectrum disorder). This topic is important because individuals with developmental disabilities often show deficits in social communication behaviors and may benefit from a variety of teaching strategies. Specifically, presenters will show data depicting the use of differential reinforcement and behavioral skills training to teach social communicative beahviors. The social skills taught range from vocal and non-vocal conversational skills to peer mands. Theses papers also investigate strategies to increase maintenance and generalization of the skills. In addition, one presentation will discuss the effects of teaching multiple social communicative responses (e.g., mands) versus a single response on resurgence of problem behavior and maintenance of the communicative responses. Together, these data demonstrate strategies for increasing and maintaining social communicative behaviors with individuals with developmental disabilities.

 

Multiple Mand Training: Reducing the Effects of Alternative Response Extinction on the Resurgence of Problem Behavior

JOSEPH MICHAEL LAMBERT (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark), Andrew M. Rodewald (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Sometimes interventions that eliminate problem behavior during initial implementation become less effective during maintenance. One reason for this might be that caregiver treatment fidelity is lower than that of the original therapist. For example, a failure to reinforce appropriate responses could result in the resurgence of problem behavior. Resurgence is the reemergence of an extinguished response when an alternative response is placed on extinction (Leitenberg, Rawson, & Mulick, 1975). In our study we evaluated whether increasing the total number of responses in a response class would decrease the magnitude of target response resurgence. In Experiment 1 we established target responding in two different contexts. In one context we placed the target response on extinction and we trained a single alternative response. In the other context we trained three alternative responses. Finally, we placed the alternative responses in both contexts on extinction and measured the magnitude of target response resurgence. In all cases alternative responses resurged before the target response. Additionally, the magnitude of target response resurgence was smaller in the context in which three alternatives had been trained. In Experiment 2 we replicated our procedures with the problem behavior (target) and appropriate communicative responses (alternative) of two children diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Results and implications for the use of differential reinforcement of alternative responses or similar interventions are discussed.

 

Training and Generalization of Peer-Directed Mands With Non-vocal Children With Autism

AMBER R. PADEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Nitasha Dickes (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Previous research has evaluated procedures for teaching non-vocal children with autism to engage in peer-directed mands using alternative forms of communication such as pictures (Paden, Kodak, Fisher, Gawley-Bullington, & Bouxsein, 2012). Despite the importance of teaching individuals with autism to approach and interact with their peers, few studies have examined the generalization of peer-directed mands to other peers in the classroom. The current investigation evaluated the effects of extinction and prompts on training and generalization of peer-directed mands for preferred items with two children diagnosed with autism. Children engaged in peer-directed mands using a picture exchange communication system. Results showed that peer-directed mands increased during treatment for both participants. In addition, peer-directed mands generalized to a novel peer and maintained in a more naturalistic setting that simulated a free-play activity in a classroom. IOA for all dependent measures exceeded 80%. We will discuss the implications of these results for practice and suggest areas of future research.

 

Assessment of Generalization and Stimulus Control When Teaching Social Responses to Children With Autism

JOANNA NICOLE JONES (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

We taught social responses to young children with autism using an adult as the recipient of the social interaction and then assessed generalization of performance to adults and peers who had not participated in the training. Generalized performance across new recipients was assessed repeatedly while holding constant other irrelevant aspects of the training that may have exerted stimulus control over responding (e.g., setting, materials). Although the participants performance was similar across adults, responding was less consistent with peers. A subsequent probe, in which we assessed generalization across adults and peers using novel materials and in a novel setting, suggested that the recipient of the social behavior (i.e., adult versus peer) controlled responding. We then evaluated the effects of having participants observe a video of a peer engaged in the targeted social behavior with another peer, who provided reinforcement for the social response. Together, the findings suggested that generalization of social responses may be more likely to occur across certain irrelevant, potential sources of stimulus control (setting, materials) than others (adult vs. peer recipient) and that video viewing may be an effective and efficient way to promote generalization to peers.

 

Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Vocal and Non-vocal Conversation Skills to Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders

Jodi Elizabeth Neurenberger (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Joel Eric Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University), KRISTINA VARGO (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Anna Crumpecker (Southern Illinois University), Karl Gunnarsson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training was used to teach vocal and non-vocal conversation skills to three young adults with autism spectrum disorders. A task analysis identifying various necessary steps for conversations was created. Skills that were included on the task analysis were both vocal conversation skills, such as making comments related to the conversation topic, and and non-vocal conversation skills that included maintaining eye contact with the peer and appropriate distance. The behavioral skills training package included instructions, modeling of an appropriate conversation, and role-playing with the participants in a private training room. In-situ training followed each successful role-play. Access to a preferred item/activity was provided for performing at or above the previous session. The training package was shown to be effective and effects maintained during four to eight week follow-up observations. Implications of behavioral skills training with young adults with developmental disabilities will be discussed as well as areas for future research.

 
 
Symposium #132
CE Offered: BACB
Educational Procedures for Enhancing Outcomes for Students With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
202 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Linsey M. Sabielny (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: Linsey M. Sabielny, M.S.
Abstract: In this symposium, educational procedures that have been found to be effective in enhancing the educational outcomes of students with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Four studies will be presented that explored these procedures. In two studies, methods exploring how to identify reinforcers for students with severe intellectual and physical disabilities. In one study, the effects of using eye-gaze as a selection response was explored. The second study examined the potency of reinforcers identified through a preference assessment across skills that were and were not in acquisition. In the second set of studies, different prompting strategies were assessed to determine if one approach would lead to more efficient skill acquisition. Specifically, physical prompts with and without verbal prompts were compared in one study, and in the second study, tactile prompts were evaluated. Overall, these studies provide a variety of educational procedures that can be used to enhance the outcomes for students with intellectual and developmental disabilities.
Keyword(s): methodological comparisons, preference assessment, prompting strategies
 
Using Eye Gaze to Identify Reinforcers for an Individual With Severe Multiple Disabilities
Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Linsey M. Sabielny (The Ohio State University), Christopher A. Tullis (The Ohio State University), OLIVIA MILLER (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to replicate Fleming et al. (2010), examining the use of eye gaze in identifying reinforcing stimuli for an individual with severe multiple disabilities. Preference was measured in a paired-choice assessment using duration of eye gaze to determine stimulus selection. A subsequent reinforcer assessment used a reversal design to test the reinforcing effects of the high and low preference stimuli. The results replicated Fleming et al. (2010), indicating that using eye gaze as a selection method successfully identified a reinforcing stimulus.
 
An Analysis of the Effectiveness of Reinforcers Identified via Multiple-Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessments
CHRISTOPHER A. TULLIS (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Preference assessment methodologies have been demonstrated to effectively identify reinforcers for individuals with moderate to intensive disabilities, but the primary method of validating assessment outcomes has been to measure the occurrence of a simple operant response (e.g., card exchange). The effectiveness of a stimulus to function as a reinforcer for a simple operant response may not generalize to more complex responses (e.g., dressing). This investigation presents an exploration of the reinforcing effectiveness of stimuli identified using a preference assessment in basic and complex arrangements for three adolescent males with moderate to intensive disabilities. An MSWO was conducted to identify high- (HP) and low-preference (LP) stimuli. Next, a basic reinforcer assessment was used to determine if the identified HP and LP stimuli functioned as reinforcers with a simple operant response (i.e., card exchange). The item identified as a reinforcer with a simple operant response was then tested using a complex operant response (i.e., discrimination). For both participants, the HP item was a reinforcer in the basic assessment, but not in the complex assessment.
 
The Effects of a Tactile Prompt on Water Consumption During Exercise in Adolescents With Autism
DANIELLE SCHATZ (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to investigate the effects of a tactile prompt on water consumption during exercise with adolescents with autism using a delayed multiple probe design across participants. During baseline, participants exercised on a treadmill with water available but were not prompted to drink the water. During pre-training, which took place in the participants’ classrooms, the participants were systematically taught to consume water in response to a tactile prompt. After meeting criteria, participants were taught to respond to the tactile prompt by drinking water while exercising on a treadmill in a gymnasium. Maintenance of water consumption was programmed for by thinning the schedule of reinforcement and fading the proximity of the experimenter out of the participants view. Generalization was programmed for and assessed across treadmills and experimenters. The results show that the use of a tactile prompt was successful in increasing water consumption during exercise with adolescents with autism. Future research and limitations will be discussed.
 
A Comparison of Prompting Strategies on the Acquisition of Daily Living Skills
LINSEY M. SABIELNY (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Determining the most effective prompting strategies to be used for individuals with significant intellectual disabilities can assist in the acquisition of skills, reduction of errors, and avoidance of prompt dependency. However, few studies have directly compared the effects of different prompting strategies to determine which are the most effective. In the present study, physical only and physical plus vocal prompting strategies were compared to determine if one led to more efficient acquisition of two folding tasks than the other. An alternating treatments design was used with two individuals with significant disabilities, where the prompting strategies were counterbalanced across folding a shirt and folding a pair of pants. Results demonstrated that both strategies were equally effective for one participant, whereas the physical only prompting strategy may have been the more effective strategy for the second participant. The results suggest that pairing vocal instructions with a physical prompting strategy neither inhibits nor assists the acquisition of daily living skills for individuals with significant disabilities.
 
 
Symposium #133
CE Offered: BACB
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Challenging Behavior in Children With Intact Functional Communication Repertoires
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
200 F-G (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Timothy R. Moore (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Timothy R. Moore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Function-based treatment for challenging behavior often includes Functional Communication Training (FCT) to replace the behavior with a desirable communicative alternative, but for people with intact functional communication repertoires alternative assessment and intervention approaches are often necessary. Study 1 involved a young child with autism and an evaluation, across functional analysis (FA) and FCT sessions, of his destructive behavior, screaming, and manding that each functioned to gain access to preferred items. Results indicated a preference for manding even when the other members of the response class were reinforced. In Study 2 a stimulus control procedure was developed to reduce the rate of requesting in a child with Smith-Magenis Syndrome whose denied requests to escape or alter tasks were reliably antecedent to self-injury. The intervention effectively controlled rate of requesting. Study 3 describes the use of a progressive-ratio schedule to identify demand limitations for a child with autism whose aggressive behaviors functioned to escape tasks. Results will be discussed in light of generalization challenges, determining the momentary likelihood of members of a response class, and the importance of antecedent assessment and interventions.

Keyword(s): progressive-ratio, response class, stimulus control
 

Evaluation of the Persistence of Non-verbal and Verbal Behaviors Within a Response Class Used to Gain Access to Tangible Items

JOHN F. LEE (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

We evaluated changes in a childs destructive behavior, screaming, and manding to gain access to preferred items across functional analysis (FA) and functional communication training (FCT) sessions. The participant was a preschool-aged boy with an Autism diagnosis. Previous studies have suggested that manding is unlikely to replace problem behaviors within the same response class if problem behaviors continue to obtain reinforcement (Horner & Day, 1991; Shirley, et al., 1997). This study evaluated persistence of destruction, screaming, and manding within multielement designs when: (a) only destruction was reinforced, (b) both destruction and screaming were reinforced, and (c) destruction, screaming, and manding behaviors were all reinforced. Initial results showed the persistence of screaming and destruction when only destructive behavior was reinforced, but only screaming occurred when it was also reinforced. Thus, screaming appeared to occur prior to destruction. However, during FCT when manding was also reinforced, neither destruction nor screaming occurred, suggesting that mands occurred first in the hierarchy. IOA for child behavior was at least 90% and was collected for 30% of sessions. Results will be discussed in relation to the conditions under which extinction, effort, and response history may interact with mands when mands are selected as a replacement behavior.

 

Stimulus Control in the Treatment of Self-Injury in a Child With Smith-Magenis Syndrome

TIMOTHY R. MOORE (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

A functional analysis of self-injurious behavior (SIB) was conducted for an 8-yr old child (Erik) with Smith-Magenis Syndrome. Results suggested denied requests for activity change during seated work were reliably antecedent to SIB, while escape from work was the maintaining consequence. The research team, in-home clinical team, and Eriks mother agreed on a stimulus control approach to intervention, targeting a reduction in requesting during seated work. Results demonstrated that requesting occurred at a steady rate in the presence of an sD (blue work lists) and at a diminished rate in the presence an s-delta (gold work lists). Self-injury occurred at a low rate across conditions, attributed by clinical staff to the structured task presentation. Task completion data indicate increased success following denied requests as the study progressed. Generalization of stimulus control was initially unsuccessful and disrupted stimulus control in the training setting, but stimulus control was regained at the conclusion of the study. Clinical staff and parent social validity ratings indicated good contextual fit of the intervention. Results are discussed in light of generalization challenges and the use of this type of intervention for children whose frequent requests for items and activities are associated with denial and challenging behavior.

 

Using a Progressive-Ratio Schedule to Determine Favorable Conditions for Compliance in a Child With Autism

ADELE DIMIAN (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

The current study describes the use of a progressive-ratio schedule to identify favorable conditions for compliance in an 8-year-old male with autism and severe aggressive behavior. A functional analysis of precursor behaviors to aggression (e.g., Smith & Churchill, 2002) indicated this response class was multiply maintained by access to food and escape from task demands. The progressive-ratio schedule involved increasing the number of matching tasks required for reinforcement incrementally across trials while holding the quantity of the reinforcer constant. Results demonstrated the childs success covaried with the reinforcement schedule. He chose and successfully completed work (without challenging behavior) on a majority of trials when the number of tasks to be completed was 15 or less. When the number of tasks exceeded that amount, the number of trials in which the participant selected a break and/or engaged in challenging behavior increased. This type of analysis may be effective for identifying the conditions under which children with escape-maintained problem behavior will comply with task demands.

 
 
Symposium #134
Applications of Notions of Reinforcing Value and Behavioral Developmental Stage
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
M101 A (Convention Center)
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University)
Abstract: This symposium presents a number of applications of a new theory that integrates notions of reinforcing value with a behavioral notion of developmental stage. The first paper is a study of how attachment entities change with development, with children reporting attachments mainly to people, pets, and objects, while adults report attachments to more abstract entities, such as ideals. These changes are shown to conform to the theory of behavioral developmental stages. The second paper replaces Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs with a conception that shows that both notions of reinforcing value and notions of behavioral developmental stage can explain the same behaviors without appealing to hypothetical, internal constructs. The third paper presents data showing that people have different preferences for stories involving the behavioral developmental stage at which religious or atheistic beliefs at taught. Such preference represents the value people give to each of the vignettes. The fourth paper presents data showing that the behavioral developmental stage of responses on vignettes about moral development did not predict what political party people would vote for.
Keyword(s): Behavioral developmental stage, Reinforcing values
 
Respondent Conditioning Leading up to Classical Attachment Along with Behavioral Developmental Stage Determine the Value of Attachment Objects
PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has posited that changes in the reinforcing value of events with development happen as the result of different secondary reinforcers developing by respondent conditioning. More recent alternative answers to this question have been that the change of value is also due to a change in behavioral developmental stage (Commons, 1991; Miller and Commons, 2011). Here the notion of behavioral developmental stage is used to show how three notions of the development of attachment value fit together to address these questions. Here, the development of behavioral developmental stages of attachment will be shown to develop along the lines of a model developed by Commons (1991) and Miller & Commons (2011). Eighteen children (9 girls and 9 boys; mean age = 8.38) and 22 adults (13 female and 9 male; mean age = 30.52) were interviewed about attachment entities they cared about that they had lost. They were asked which losses were more important. Data showed that children and adults differed in values assigned to attachment objects and in their behavior, F(5,185) = 3.99, p < .002; ? = .31. This implies that as children and adults are at different stages of behavioral development, their value of attachment entities differs.
 

Replacing Maslow's Needs Hierarchy With Stage and Value

WILLIAM JOSEPH HARRIGAN (Harvard University)
Abstract:

This paper suggests that Maslow's hierarchy of needs may be interpreted from the perspective of behavioral developmental stage and value. "Needs" can be understood as primary and secondary reinforcers that change with behavioral developmental stage. At different behavioral developmental stages, there are different sources of reinforcement. This generates the hierarchy from simpler to more abstract reinforcers. Higher order reinforcers would be relatively high in the Maslows hierarchy of needs. In addition to changes of source of reinforcement, what contingencies make contact with behavior also change. Individuals who understand complex contingencies may be more likely to act on long term benefits. Contingencies may not make contact with behavior in three circumstances. First, is that the consequence itself is not valued by the individual. This could be because the consequence a) requires too high a behavioral developmental stage to appreciate or b) is not of interest to the person. A more typical reason is when c) they occur too far away in time, and more short term consequences are perceived as more valued. It is predicted that individuals who score higher on Maslow's hierarchy will also be higher in their behavioral developmental stage of social perspective taking.

 

An Analysis of "Causing Religious Belief and Atheism" Instruments and Hierarchical Complexity

ANDREW M. RICHARDSON (Dare Institute), Nicholas Hewlett Keen Commons-Miller (Tufts University)
Abstract:

People show different preferences for stories involving the formation of religious or atheistic beliefs. Such preference represents the value people give to each of the vignettes. This study analyzed the relationship between preference for vignettes to help determine the relationship between Rasch scaled stages of development, which is also the value, and the hierarchical complexity of the items. The Causing Religious Belief and Causing Atheism instruments were administered to 46 participants and to 34 participants, respectively. Participants rated the quality of the arguments on a 1 to 6 scale. A Rasch analysis produced stage scores for each of the vignettes, which were regressed against the order of hierarchical complexity of the vignettes. The study showed that among these Atheistic and Religious dilemmas, there is a strong relationship between the order of hierarchical complexity of the items and Rasch measured Atheistic and Religious person development scores, r(140) = .603, p (1-tailed) = .000. The higher stage vignettes received higher Rasch-scaled scores, and therefore were preferable.

 

Political and Moral Reasoning Stages Based on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity Do Not Predict the Value of Political Party

TERRI LEE ROBINETT (University of Phoenix)
Abstract:

Empirical evidence has demonstrated the validity and reliability of moral development instruments such as Model of Hierarchical Complexity vignettes (item reliability .97), Defining Issues Test (DIT, reliability .95) and Moral Judgment Test (MJT, reliabiltiy .95. ). One purpose of the current study is to demonstrate that the newer behavioral developmental Model of Hierarchical Complexity does at least as well as more traditional developmental stage measures. Rasch scores of responses to each instruments' items correlated well with the items' measure of hierarchical complexity: Right to bear ( r = .-286, p < .027), Defining Issues Rasch Scores (r= .372; p < .003), Moral Judgement (r = .557, p < .005), and Political-voter problem (r = .767, p < .000). Test items used to measure moral reasoning were significantly correlated. None of the three instruments, stage of moral development predicted political affiliation or voting. This supports Kohlberg's claim that structure, not content, underlies stage. Sometimes stage and value may be independent of one another.

 
 
Symposium #135
CE Offered: BACB
Functional Assessment in Applied Settings: Current Advances and Methodological Considerations
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
200 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael E. Rohr (Behavioral and Counseling Services, LLC)
Discussant: Michael Weinberg (Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Michael E. Rohr, Ed.D.
Abstract: The focus of this event is to present current issues and updated methods regarding functional assessments in applied settings. Protracted analog conditions are not permitted or practical in most applied settings such as schools or homes yet we strive for empirically validated data on which to base our functional assessment conclusions and behavior intervention plans. We also see regulatory requirements to conduct indirect assessments such as the FAST, MAS or QABF which do not have validity data to support them. This situation results in Behavior Analysts in these situations utilizing more questionable descriptive assessment methods which may result in less or ineffective interventions that has ethical implications. A review of current innovations and prior research on these methods will be presented. Also, newer brief, practical, empirically validated methods to determine function and which will likely lead to more effective intervention from the start, will be presented.
Keyword(s): Empirical, Functional Assessment
 
Indirect Assessment: Approximating Empirical Decision-Making Using the QABF, Clinical Interviewing, and Functional Analytic Probes
MICHAEL E. ROHR (Behavioral and Counseling Services, LLC)
Abstract: The “sin qua non” of our profession is empiricism! Without that foundation our profession would cease to exist. Yet LISTSERVE and collegial discussions challenge conducting a Functional Analysis (FA): Best Practice. Why? There are simple arguments but they are rationalizations for lack of training and experience. We do not conduct FAs because…we are reinforced for conducting something else and by definition IT is not empirical. A successive approximation to Best Practice will be presented: why the Indirect Assessment instrument QABF is used; a structured interviewing outline that integrates the MO, the 3-Term Contingency, prevention, and interruption strategies; and conducting a FA-Probe that approximates empirically the conclusions drawn from staff interviews and QABF derived functions. Teaching and reinforcing behavior analysis staff these assessment skills will generalize when we conduct FAs: Best Practice!
 
A Functional Analysis Methodology for Identifying Motivating Operations of Behavior
WILLIAM T. MARSH (Brevard Public Schools)
Abstract: Previous work conducted by this presenter with others, known as Molecular Functional Analysis (Marsh et. al, 2005), involved a pre-determined series of short, 5 minute analog conditions leading to identification of function as well as a potential replacement behavior. More recent advances by this author involves even briefer validated methods using single-trial manipulations that are based upon identification of the Motivating Operation for the behavior and "neutralizing" effects of the maintaining consequence. Current advances regarding this method as well as conceptual issues pertaining to function of behavior, MOs, methodology, potential outcomes, and implications for the future of conducting empirically-validated Functional Analyses in applied settings will be presented. In addition, a descriptive assessment tool to aid in determining MOs that will direct the nature of the single-trial manipulations will be presented. Some current case studies and preliminary data using these methods will also be presented.
 
A Quick Functional Analysis Method for Teachers, Parents and Behavior Analysts in Applied Settings
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.)
Abstract: Previous work by Marsh et. al, 2005 referred to as "Molecular Functional Analysis" involved a series of short analog conditions to determine function and potential replacement behavior. This methodology was developed in a school and residential setting to use an more efficient, empirically-validated means of quickly identifying function and intervention methods based upon sound behavior analytic practices. This approach was also intended to identify potential multiple reinforcers maintaining the same target behavior. Recent advances by these authors involve more efficiently identifying function by focusing on Motivating Operations to identify the function(s) of problem target behavior. Use of this approach along with conceptual and methodological issues and advances will be discussed. The new handbook being devised for practitioners and others, such as parents and teachers, to efficiently and effectively identify function(s) and replacement behavior will also be presented using this conceptualization of identify function related to Motivating Operations.
 
 
Symposium #136
CE Offered: BACB
Evidence-Based Practice for Applied Behavior Analysts: Necessary or Redundant?
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
200 C-E (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute)
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The evidence-based practice (EBP) movement has become a significant force in a many of human service disciplines and among important funding agencies. Applied Behavior Analysts interact with many of these disciplines and agencies but to date the EBP movement has not gained much traction within applied behavior analysis (ABA). Perhaps, because of the long tradition within ABA for basing intervention recommendations of empirical research and data-based decision making, EBP is perceived as being redundant and therefore has little to contribute to ABA. The papers in this symposium argue that, when thoughtfully conceived, EBP is supportive of the fundamental values and orientation of ABA and EBP can be a means of further strengthening ABA practice as well as reaching out to important disciplines and agencies outside of ABA. This symposium will offer an analysis of the major components of EBP (best available evidence, professional judgment, and client values and context), describe how these components articulate with the fundamental values and orientation of ABA, and suggest reasons why it is necessary for ABA to adopt the EBP framework.

Keyword(s): decision making, evidence-based practice
 

Evidence-Based Practice of Applied Behavior Analysis: The Best Available Evidence

TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University), Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute)
Abstract:

In this paper we will propose that evidence-based practice (EBP) of applied behavior analysis (ABA) be defined as a decision-making process that integrates (a) the best available evidence with (b) professional judgment and (c) client values and context. We will discuss the historical precedence for this definition and how the definition relates to the fundamental tenets of ABA. We will point out features of the definition that are critical if EBP is to be fully supportive of the best ABA practice. We will then discuss the meaning of the key term best available evidence. We will argue that EBP can be most powerful and most supportive of ABA if best available evidence is understood to indicate that many kinds of evidence may be used in EBP, and that the practitioner should be most influenced by the evidence that has the highest validity and most relevance to a particular decision.

 
Professional Judgment: Embrace It, Shape It, and Strengthen It
TRINA D. SPENCER (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract: Professional judgment is an underappreciated aspect of behavior analytic practice. Some argue that practitioners’ judgments are subjective, biased and unreliable and therefore, should not infiltrate Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Despite efforts to reject clinical judgment or professional wisdom, it remains a vital part of decision-making (perhaps currently only as the ignored step-child). In reality, practitioners make hundreds, even thousands, of judgments every day. Its pervasiveness suggests that professional judgment cannot be neglected forever. It serves our profession to embrace it, develop it, teach it, and promote it. In this paper, the concept of professional judgment will be explored as it relates to evidence-based practice and ABA. Three arguments will be presented: a) professional judgment is necessary and without it behavior analysts become mindless technicians; b) professional judgment can be strengthened through an explicit recognition of its role, constant contact with empirical research, careful analysis of principles and tactics, and ongoing measurement of relevant outcomes; c) professional judgment can be shaped via preservice training, supervised field experiences, and real-world contingencies.
 

Including Client Values When Designing Interventions: Revisiting Wolf's Social Validity

TERI LEWIS (Oregon State University)
Abstract:

While adoption and implementation of empirically supported treatments is critical, so is facilitating the fidelity of implementation of these practices to ensure their effectiveness. This is not a new consideration for behavior analysts. Wolf’s (1978) seminal article on Social Validity highlighted the importance of the subjective side of applied behavior analysis. Specifically, Wolf defined social validity as focusing on the social significance of the goals, the social appropriateness of the procedures and the social importance of the effects. More recently, Sacket et al (1997) refocused scientific practice on client values as a key component of evidence-based practices. This session will identify the continued importance of client values to applied behavior analysis, both from a research and a practice perspective. Additionally, the session will include information on contextual factors including contextual-fit, culture, politics, race and ethnicity.

 

Contingencies and Evidence-Based Practice: Are We Seeking Punishers for Our Scientists and Practitioners?

SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University)
Abstract:

Evidence-Based Practice (EBP) is critical in education, psychology, and other fields in which we participate. Systematic reviews have served as the method for determining treatment efficacy in EBP. Instead of adopting EBP, ABA has largely ignored this approach, with many behavior analysts remarking weve always make decisions on evidence. Unfortunately, our lack of understanding and participation in EBP has consequences. Our failure to keep pace with EBP means we do not communicate effectively with colleagues and leaders in our work settings, thus limiting practitioners ability to produce the greatest client gains. States may pass laws requiring insurance companies to reimburse services for specific conditions but if we do not provide evidence that these treatments are efficacious, insurance companies can deny services immediately or after years of service delivery. In the latter case, practitioners can anticipate returning hundreds of thousands of dollars per client as a direct result of our fields inability to participate in EBP. Further, our scientists will not be competitive for federal funding geared toward increasing the identification and full-scale implementation of EBP. If we seek to avoid punishers for all members of our field, we must become well informed about EBP and participate fully in this approach.

 
 
Symposium #137
CE Offered: BACB
Conceptual Analyses of Private Events and Other Confusing Things Verbally Sophisticated Organisms Do
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
101 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders and ARG)
Discussant: William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus)
CE Instructor: Jonathan J. Tarbox, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis has made remarkable progress in analyzing and intervening on a large variety of problems of human behavior, including autism, education, sports and fitness, business and industry, psychopathology, and many others. However, the more complex the behavior, the less time the science of behavior analysis seems to dedicate to the problem. This relation may be the reverse of what is desirable, if progress is to be made in areas of complex human behavior. Thus, more behavior analytic work on complex human behavior is needed. This symposium consists of three conceptual papers grappling with topics of complex human behavior. The first paper, by Jonathan Tarbox, presents a pragmatic approach to research and practice in improving behavioral repertoires labeled as cognitive by the general psychology community. The second paper, by Maria Munoz Blanco, presents a conceptual analysis of creativity. The third paper, by Linda Hayes, presents a conceptual analysis of dreaming. The symposium concludes with a discussion by William Potter.

 
Stop Being Afraid of Private Events
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (Center for Autism and Related Disorders and ARG)
Abstract: We will argue that the approach that the discipline of behavior analysis has taken to private events is cowardly and unproductive. Sixty seven years have elapsed since Skinner proposed the basic tenets of Radical Behaviorism, a philosophical position that allows for the study of private events as part of the natural science of behavior analysis, and yet little progress has been made since then. The rest of psychology accuses behavior analysis of neglecting the mind. Conceptually, this is false: Radical Behaviorism offers a thoroughly natural science context for dealing with the mind. However, the nearly non-existent research and practice record of the discipline in the area of private events reveals that the criticism, practically speaking, may be fair. We believe the lack of research and practice in the area of private events is due to a common fear on the part of behavior analysts of damaging behavior analysis as a natural science. This fear is unnecessary. Private events, in both research and practice, can be addressed in the same way as public events: One must do the best one can to identify the problem of interest, measure it in the most valid manner available, and manipulate the environment until a useful outcome is produced. If the behavior-environment relations are replicated in the context of a valid experimental design and one is inferring the existence of nothing other than what one has direct evidence for, then one is conducting natural science research on private events. We have taken this practical approach to teaching repertoires that the rest of the world calls “cognitive” to children with autism. Thus far, it has been productive in both research and service delivery. Recent publications in areas of rule-governed behavior, perspective-taking, metaphorical reasoning, and executive functions will be offered as evidence.
 

A Creative Approach to Creativity

Maria Isabel Munoz Blanco (University of Nevada), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), TOM BUQO (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Psychology has historically been considered to be responsible for explaining a number of concepts frequently used to describe ordinary behavior. As a result, scientists are pressured to provide an explanation for these concepts although many remain insufficiently defined. This is the case for creativity. People are inclined to identify that which is not considered to be “creative”, yet few have attempted to define what the phenomena of creativity actually is and how it occurs. Creativity has been described as magical and mysterious, perhaps related to geniuses who are able to engage in this behavior (Marr, 2003). For behavior analysts, creative behavior presents a problem based on our standard methods of analysis: Creative behavior, by definition, is not dependent on a history of reinforcement. Several authors have tried to define creativity in terms of multiple stimulus control (Epstein, 1991) or informal stimulus control (Sloane, Endo and Della-Piana, 1980); however, these explanations hinder the study of the complexity of creative behavior by reducing it to variability and novel behavior training (i.e. Pryor, Haag and O’Reilly, 1969). In this presentation, the author attempts to explain creativity without reducing this phenomenon to simple novel problem solving activities.

 
Dreaming
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The phenomenon of dreaming has inspired countless fantastical interpretations. No such fantasy will be invoked in the present account of this phenomenon. Instead, dreaming will be examined from the perspective of a natural science of behavior. In so doing, dreaming will be described as continuous with waking behavior with respect to such durative properties such as emotion and motivation. The participation of ambient environing conditions and momentary actualizations of substitute responding and stimulating in the absence of editing for conventional form will also be addressed. This interpretation will be exemplified by a case study of dreaming.
 
 
Paper Session #138
The Chomsky-Skinner Debate and Contingencies of Reinforcement
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
101 A (Convention Center)
Area: TPC
Chair: Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College)
 

The Skinner-Chomsky Debate: A Sympathetic Reinterpretation

Domain: Theory
KRISTJAN GUDMUNDSSON (Reykjavik College of Women)
 
Abstract:

Although B. F. Skinner himself never replied to N. Chomsky's infamous Review (1959) of Skinner's Verbal Behavior (1957), many have since attempted to do so. Behaviorists regard the responses as more than adequate, in fact most would argue that they demolish the review. In the filed of philosophy, linguistics and even in cognitive psychology, the view is quite different. This is strange indeed. This paper attempts to interpret both the view of Skinner and of Chomsky by entertaining their respective basic assumptions, so as to be able to understand why there is this gap in understanding between the fields. Actually Chomsky often simply misunderstands or even misrepresents Skinner's views, but I argue that one can still regard the review as constructive criticism. This is difficult to do, due to the disrespectful attitude obvious in Chomsky's remarks, but still it should be done, so as to give both views the full respect they deserve. For it has to be admitted both that Skinner regarded his book, Verbal Behavior, as his most important book, and further that Chomsky was not known when he wrote the review, but it has since become a defining character of his position. He often returned to the review, and he regards it as absolutely crucial in giving cognitivism the space it needed to develop alongside behaviorism. Many startling conclusions emerge from a sympathetic approach such as this one, in both directions, for although Chomsky viciously attacks Skinner, he does admit his importance and Skinnerians should realize that the basis assumption shared by both Chomsky and Skinner, that the theory of verbal behavior is extrapolated from basic animal research, is in fact not correct. Although not yet established, Skinner's first attempts at verbal behavior began very early in his career, and in fact in totally forgotten experiments on humans.

 
Problem Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement: Fact or Fiction?
Domain: Theory
FRANS VAN HAAREN (Autism Early Intervention Clinics)
 
Abstract: A divers literature has developed over the last 50 years in which the concepts of sensory reinforcement, perceptual reinforcement and automatic reinforcement have been invoked to explain how a class of behavior that consists of self-stimulation, stereotypy and some self-injury is established and maintained in the absence of any socially-mediated consequences. Modern-day functional analysis with its emphasis on present contingencies as determinants of problem behavior has left little room to explore the possible contribution of a subject's prior history to its current repertoire. In this paper, I will explain how a subject's prior learning history can be invoked to explain how behavior, previously thought to be maintained by automatic (non-social) reinforcement, in effect can be maintained by social negative reinforcement (avoidance or escape from instructional stimuli or stimuli associated with these events). I will present evidence from the experimental as well as the applied literature to support this analysis.
 

Laws as Contingencies of Reinforcement

Domain: Theory
INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo and Akershus University College)
 
Abstract:

In Behavior and Social Issues, 14, 86-91 (2005), Joao Claudio Todorov describe laws as metacontingencies. Capitalizing on his work and on Sigrid Glenn`s conceptualization of metacontingencies, I will discuss the so called Nota Fiscal Paulista in Brazil and the Italian initiative to fight tax evation, Scudo Fiscal as systems of reinforcement. In theory, the two systems represent respectively a positive and a negative reinforcement approach. I will discuss the two approaches from a behavior analytic perspective, and also try to pinpoint some results of the two efforts to combat tax evation.

 
 
 
Symposium #139
CE Offered: BACB
Promoting Spontaneous, Variable, and Social-Mediated Tacting and Intraverbal Behavior With Children Diagnosed With Autism
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
200 H-I (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
CE Instructor: M. Alice Shillingsburg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral interventions for children with severe language deficits often incorporate teaching basic skills under contrived conditions and progress to developing spontaneous complex language that is socially-directed and maintained. Previous research has shown that applied behavior analytic procedures result in acquisition of tact and intraverbal skills in children with language delays. However, many procedures promote acquisition of these behaviors in the context of a specific discriminative stimulus (i.e., what is it?) and may result in inflexible responding. Procedures to enhance tact and intraverbal behavior under more naturalistic conditions that are socially-directed and enhance variability in responding are needed. This symposium will present data from three studies investigating procedures to promote tacts to initiate and reciprocate conversational exchanges and promote variability in intraverbal responding. Contreras and Betz utilized a lag schedule to evaluate variability in intraverbal responses and compared two methods to analyze the findings. Shippee, Shillingsburg, Kliebert, and Discalfani taught participants to emit novel tacts embedded in a vocal exchange and used naturally occurring activities to promote generalization. Perry, Kelley, and Peterson employed an intervention to increase spontaneous tacting to initiate a conversational exchange and assessed for generalization. Results are discussed in terms of promoting spontaneity and variability of verbal behavior.

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Initiate Conversation Through Tact Training

TAMARA L. PERRY (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Michael E. Kelley (Florida Institute of Technology and The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Sean Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Tacting is prerequisite for beginning conversational skills in young children. Though tacting programs are a common feature of early intervention programs for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), most programming does not target socially-directed tact behavior. Therefore, we evaluated an intervention to increase spontaneous tacting in preschoolers with ASD who emitted impure tacts (i.e., following the discriminative stimulus, "What is it?" or if a therapist held up an item), but did not do so when in less contrived conditions. Treatment consisted of teaching participants to share an item with an adult while simultaneously labeling it using a progressive prompt-delay. Generalization probes were then conducted, in which untrained, known items were available within a naturalistic setting. Results indicated that all participants were successfully taught to initiate conversation with others with six objects; however, one participant required specific training for each object and generalization did not occur. In contrast, another participant mastered all objects during generalization probes after teaching was conducted with one item only and these gains were effectively generalized to another classroom setting with novel targets.

 

Teaching Novel Conversational Tacts

DIANNA M. SHIPPEE (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center), Megan Kliebert (Marcus Autism Center), Justin DiScalfani (The ELIJA School)
Abstract:

Tacts embedded in natural reciprocal conversation, as opposed to tacts following a specific vocal discriminative stimulus (e.g., when directly asked what is it?) may have added benefit in establishing complex conversational skills in individuals with language delays. One potential way to establish conversational tacting is embedding instruction within a vocal exchange. In this study, two children diagnosed with autism were taught to engage in tacts embedded in a vocal exchange during common activities (e.g., reading a book, looking through a toy box). The therapist initiated the exchange by tacting an item present (e.g., I see a fish!). A conversational tact was scored if the participant then tacted a different item present (e.g., I see a frog!). Treatment in the form of prompt fading was implemented at the teaching table first using an array of pictures. Following mastery for both participants, probes for generalization were conducted in novel settings. Generalized responding was seen in one participant to a novel activity in 2 different settings. Generalized responding in the second participant was seen in one novel activity but not another. Treatment was implemented during a variety of naturally occurring activities to promote generalized responding for the second participant.

 

Evaluation of the Levels of Variable Verbal Responding Produced by Lag Schedules When Implemented With Children With Autism

BETHANY P. CONTRERAS YOUNG (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Within the past few decades, researchers have shown that variability is a dimension of behavior that can be directly reinforced. In other words, variability itself is an operant (Page & Neuringer, 1985). Additionally, Neuringer (2002, 2004) stated that the term variability may refer to a continuum from stereotypic to stochastic. One method of directly reinforcing variability within this continuum is the use of lag schedules of reinforcement, in which a response is only reinforced if it differs from a specified number of responses. The purpose of the current study was to more precisely evaluate the level of response variability produced by lag schedules by measuring both responses varied and number of different responses emitted per session. An additional purpose of this study was to evaluate the extent to which analyzing both response measures alter the interpretation of result. Results showed that lag schedules of reinforcement were effective at increasing response variability for 2 out of 3 participants, and were effective for the third participant following variability training. Evaluating both response measures allowed the researchers to identify different levels of variability within and across the participants and also allowed the researchers to make appropriate treatment decisions.

 
 
Panel #140
PDS EVENT: Careers in Applied Animal Behavior
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
101 F (Convention Center)
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Lyndsy S. Gordon (California State University, Los Angeles)
SUSAN G. FRIEDMAN (Utah State University)
MEGAN E. MAXWELL (Pet Behavior Change, LLC)
TERRI M. BRIGHT (Simmons College/MSPCA)
Abstract:

In collaboration with the Student Committee, the Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest group presents a panel discussion with behavior analysts working in applied animal behavior in a variety of settings including zoo/aquarium, university, and private practice. Panelists will discuss their experiences in applied animal behavior with regard to training, opportunities and challenges in various settings, and the market for behavior analysts in the field of applied animal behavior.

Keyword(s): animal behavior, career
 
 
Invited Tutorial #141
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Individual Differences in Sweet Preference and Impulsivity Predict Vulnerability to Drug Abuse and Treatment Outcome
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Auditorium Room 1 (Convention Center)
Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D.
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas)
Presenting Authors: : MARILYN CARROLL (University of Minnesota), Nathan A. Holtz (University of Minnesota), Natalie E. Zlebnik (University of Minnesota), Anna K. Radke (University of Minnesota), Paul S. Regier (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Rats selectively bred for high (HiS) vs. low (LoS) saccharin preference exhibit high and low vulnerability, respectively, for cocaine-seeking behavior. Also, rats selected for high (HiI) vs. low (LoI) impulsivity, based on a delay-discounting task for food, show similar high vs. low vulnerability, respectively, vulnerability for drug seeking. These findings agree with those of other laboratories that have selected or selectively bred rats for high or low reactivity to novelty or sign-tracking vs. goal tracking. These phenotypic markers for drug addiction also are related to age and sex differences in which adolescents and females are more avid drug-seekers than adults and males, and the vulnerability markers appear to be additive. This presentation will discuss how HiS vs. LoS and HiI vs. LoI rats differentially respond to behavioral (exercise), and pharmacological treatments, and their combinations, to reduce drug seeking. It also will discuss how high and low drug seekers respond to aversive drug effects of drugs such as withdrawal and punishment. Overall, the results suggest commonalities among the drug-seeking phenotypes, and that drug-addiction-prone rats are more sensitive to reward and less sensitive to aversive effects, while drug-resistant phenotypes are more responsive to aversive effects of drugs and less motivated by reward. This information is valuable for developing strategies for prevention and designing treatments for drug abuse. Supported by NIDA grants: R01 DA003240, R01 DA019942, P20 DA024196.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The target audience are researchers and practitioners that deal with populations at risk for developing substance abuse and dependence problems.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants will be able to: 1. Understand methods and procedures used to measure impulsivity. 2. Understand how individual sensitivities contribute to risk of drug abuse. 3. Become familiar with modern approaches to understanding how genes and environment jointly determine risk for substance abuse.
 
MARILYN CARROLL (University of Minnesota), Nathan A. Holtz (University of Minnesota), Natalie E. Zlebnik (University of Minnesota), Anna K. Radke (University of Minnesota), Paul S. Regier (University of Minnesota)
Dr. Marilyn Carroll is a professor of psychiatry and neuroscience, and adjunct in psychology at the University of Minnesota. Her work focuses on addictive behavior, mainly drug addiction, but also overindulgence in food, and the similarities and interchangeability of drug and food addiction. She has studied biological determinants of drug abuse such as sex, hormonal conditions, age, impulsivity, genetic propensity for sweet intake, and environmental determinants such as avidity for exercise, food access, and social factors. Her work has been funded by a National Institutes of Health/National Institute on Drug Abuse Method to Extend Research in Time award, a K05 award, several R01s, and recently a P50 SCOR grant. Her current work involves treatment for cocaine and other forms of stimulant addiction using highly novel methods. As a subcontractor on an Avant-Garde Award from NIDA (Stephen Brimijoin, principal investigator, Mayo Clinic), Dr. Carroll's lab has found that a viral vector-delivered cocaine hydrolase (CocH) blocks cocaine relapse for at least 6 months. Cocaine's stimulant effects also are reduced by CocH and further reduced by adding the cocaine vaccine. With Dr. Kenneth Baker (University of Minnesota), Dr. Carroll studies effects of deep brain stimulation (DBS) on alcohol and cocaine-rewarded behavior in monkeys and rats. She also studies exercise as a means to interfere with cocaine-seeking in rats and found dramatic reductions that were enhanced by a medication treatment.
Keyword(s): Drug Abuse, Impulsivity, Individual Differences, Preference
 
 
Invited Tutorial #142
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis in Public School Settings: Creating, Expanding and Integrating Accelerated Independent Learner Model Classrooms Into the Everyday Fabric of School District Life
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Auditorium Room 3 (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Grant Gautreaux, Ph.D.
Chair: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
Presenting Authors: : JOANN PEREIRA DELGADO (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

This tutorial will outline the steps required to create, expand, and integrate an Accelerated Independent Learners (AIL) model of learning into general education settings. AIL is the general education initiative of CABAS, a systems-based model of schooling at the center of the Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis programs at Teachers College, Columbia University. These efforts have included teaching district-based staff to implement basic principles and tactics from the science of behavior. The completion of CABAS ranks are part of the training for teachers and teaching staff in AIL programs. The learn unit is the basic method of instruction and learning pictures provide the visual display of learning in AIL classrooms. TPRA observations, and decision protocols assure the accuracy of instructional presentations and related decisions. The VBDA and C-PIRK assessments provide curricular and protocol based objectives and criterion referenced measures of learning for both at-risk and advanced students. Furthermore, the AIL model has been effective in raising performance outcomes for included students with disabilities, students considered at-risk, and students at advanced levels of achievement.

 
JOANN PEREIRA DELGADO (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Jo Ann Pereira Delgado, Ph.D., is an associate adjunct professor and supervisor of student teaching in education and psychology in the program for teaching as applied behavior analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. She is also a consultant for public schools in New Jersey. Dr. Delgado received her Ph.D. from Columbia University in Applied Behavior Analysis in 2005 under the supervision of R. Douglas Greer. Her research included one of the first studies that induced observational learning in students with disabilities. Dr. Delgado was then awarded a post-doctoral fellowship at Teachers College, where she continued her research on the induction of key verbal developmental cusps and capabilities while employed as the assistant director of the Fred S. Keller School (a private research-based preschool). Currently, Dr. Delgado supervises the Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) program, which is an inclusion program in a public school setting. She is committed to the application of the science of teaching to the general education environment. Her other research interests include the development and identification of key verbal milestones that are necessary for students to succeed in the general education setting. Dr. Delgado is a published researcher in the fields of education and behavior analysis and has presented at international conferences. She is certified as a school district administrator in New York State and has Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) board certified ranks as both an assistant research scientist and senior behavior analyst.
Keyword(s): public schools, systems approach, teacher training
 
 
Invited Panel #143
CE Offered: BACB
Forging Linkages: Motivating "Green Behavior"
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:00 AM–11:20 AM
Main Auditorium (Convention Center)
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Mark P. Alavosius, Ph.D.
Panelists: PETER KAREIVA (The Nature Conservancy), FABIO TOSOLIN (Milan Polytechnic), RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University), WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

This moderated panel discussion considers cross-science collaboration on issues in environmentalism, human behavior, and sustainable communities within the boundaries of a resilient planet. Mobilizing action for large-scale behavior change might be accomplished by forging linkages across scientific, community, business, and community organizations. Our panelists will provide unique perspectives on this opportunity.

PETER KAREIVA (The Nature Conservancy)
Peter Kareiva is the chief scientist and vice president of The Nature Conservancy, where he is responsible for maintaining the quality of more than 600 staff members engaged in conservation science in more than 30 countries around the world. Kareiva studied political science and zoology at  Duke University for his bachelor's degree and ecology and applied mathematics at Cornell University for his Ph.D. He is the author of more than 150 scientific publications and author or editor of eight books, including a textbook on conservation science. Kareiva is a fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences and a member of The National Academy of Sciences. Before joining The Nature Conservancy, Kareiva was the director of Conservation Biology at the Northwest Fisheries Science Center, and prior to that he was a professor at University of Washington and Brown University, with teaching or faculty stints at Stanford University, the University of Virginia, Uppsala University, and Oxford University. His current research concerns the connection between human activities and changes in ecosystem services, as part of the Natural Capital Project, which he co-founded with Gretchen Daily, Steve Polasky, and Taylor Ricketts. Kareiva also is studying the linkage between the sustainability initiatives of global corporations and their impacts on ecosystems as well as their own corporate performance. In the past, Kareiva has published on biotechnology, agriculture, risk assessment, climate change, invasive species, and the importance of getting our children into nature. He currently lives in Seattle, WA.
FABIO TOSOLIN (Milan Polytechnic)
Since the 1980s, Fabio Tosolin has been introducing and spreading Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) and Performance Management (PM) in Italy. In the 1990s, he applied Lindsley's Precision Teaching (PT) and Fluency Building Approach to the rapidly growing e-learning applications: developing PT in a software application for the first time in Italy. From 2009 to 2012, he has been the leader of the Italian Cluster in the European ManuVAR Consortium that adopted Precision Teaching method in the operators' training through Virtual and Augmented Reality learning machines. Further, he led many Italian and European industries in their implementation of Behavior-Based Safety (B-BS) processes. He is currently professor of health, safety, environment, and quality at the Milan Polytechnic, Faculty of Engineering of the Industrial Processes. He has been the chair of the last seven editions of the European Behavior-Based Safety Conference and led the scientific committee for the certification of B-BS process and professionals. He is author of more than 100 scientific communications, experimental studies, articles and books on psychology of learning, didactic communication, learning technologies, behavior management and B-BS. He is the president of the Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis, the Italian Chapter of ABAI, and adviser of the Cambridge Center for Behavior Studies.
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno)
Dr. Ramona Houmanfar joined the faculty in the Department of Psychology at University of Nevada, Reno, in 1998. She is currently an associate professor in the Department of Psychology at UNR and serves as the director of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR, a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, chair of the Organizational Behavior Management Section of Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, editor of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and an editorial board member of Behavior and Social Issues. She is also the former senior co-chair of the Association for Behavior Analysis, director of the Organizational Behavior Management Network and president of the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis. Dr. Houmanfar has published dozens of articles and chapters, delivered more than 100 presentations at regional, national, and international conferences in the areas of rule governance, communication networks, organizational change, cultural psychology, and bilingual repertoire analysis and learning. She has published two co-edited books titled Organizational Change (Context Press) and Understanding Complexity in Organizations (Taylor & Francis Group).
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University)
Dr. Richard F. Rakos received his BA (1972) in psychology from The State University of New York Stony Brook and his MA (1975) and Ph.D. (1978) in psychology from Kent State University. He is a professor of psychology and associate dean for faculty in the College of Sciences and Health Professions at Cleveland State University. He has published extensively on assertive behavior and social skills, behavioral self-management, cultural-behavioral analyses related to societal change, and belief in free will. Dr. Rakos edited Behavior and Social Issues for 11 years and currently serves as consulting editor for BSI. He recently rotated off the Editorial Board of Law and Human Behavior after 10 years of service, twice served on the Editorial Board of The Behavior Analyst, and for many years served as co-chair of Behaviorists for Social Responsibility and as area coordinator for the Community Interventions, Social and Ethical Issues track of the ABAI Program. He is a fellow in American Psychological Association and on the Advisory Board of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies.
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University)
Dr. William L. Heward has had an international impact on improving the education and treatment of people with disabilities by influencing the ways many teachers provide education to those children. He has accomplished this not only through his writing but also his university teaching and advising, consulting to schools and other educational programs, his extensive research programs in the field and numerous presentations at professional meetings for researchers and practitioners. Dr. Heward is perhaps best known for his publication (with Dr. John O. Cooper and Professor Timothy E. Heron) of the widely read Applied Behavior Analysis, an introduction to behavior analysis. Dr. Heward has written five other books, including Exceptional Children: An Introduction to Special Education, now in its eighth edition and translated into multiple foreign languages. In addition, Dr. Heward has published more than 100 journal articles and book chapters, and has served on the editorial boards of The Behavior Analyst, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Teacher Education and Special Education, Education and Treatment of Children, and Behavior Modification. In addition, Dr. Heward's peers recognized him for his contributions to education by awarding him the 2006 American Psychological Association's Division 25 Fred S. Keller Behavioral Education Award. Dr. Heward led the team organizing the ABAI  Behavior Change for Sustainable World conference and provides positive leadership of behavior analysts engaged with issues in behavior change related to sustainability.
 
 
Symposium #144
Looking Into Details: Delayed Reinforcement, Behavioral Variability, Continuous Repertoires and Stimulus Control
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:00 AM–11:20 AM
101 H (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Iver H. Iversen (University of North Florida)
Abstract:

Delayed reinforcement, lag-N contingencies, and multiple exemplar training have all been applied in many behavior-analytic studies. The papers presented in this symposium are concerned with looking more into the details of how behavior is affected under variations of these well-known procedures.

 
Analysis of Contingencies of Delayed Reinforcement
IVER H. IVERSEN (University of North Florida)
Abstract: Acquisition of operant behavior with delayed reinforcement has been established with delays up to 30 s for several species and types of reinforcement. However, how subjects respond to changes in contingencies of reinforcement after behavior has been acquired with delayed reinforcement has not been a topic for research. Rats were used as subjects, and a nose-poking response (without response feedback) produced a single food pellet after an 8-s resetting delay. After acquisition, some rats were exposed to a Fixed-Duration (FD) schedule with a gradually increasing response duration requirement up to 1 s while other rats were exposed to Fixed Ratio (FR) up to 5. Then, the delay was removed while the schedule was retained. Next, the 8-s delay was reinserted. After acquisition with delayed reinforcement, behavior was maintained under FD or FR but in a very inefficient manner with considerable response variability. When the delay was removed behavior improved in efficiency and variability was reduced but not as much as for comparison rats who acquired the same response under FD 1 s or FR 5 without delay during acquisition. Contingencies of delayed reinforcement are complex and induce considerable response variability that does not easily recover when delays are removed. The paper will present various methodological issues related to studying the effects of changing contingencies of delayed reinforcement.
 

Behavioral Variability as an Operant Dimension?

LINE FLATEBØ WIDMARK (Oslo and Akershus University College), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Variation is the raw material on which selection operates. Behavior variability is a prerequisite for learning to occur, as operants are selected from variation by their consequences. Some well-known experiments have suggested that variability can be directly reinforced and can function as an operant class of its own, and that organisms can engage in the strategy of a quasi-random generator. One aim of the present study was to investigate the occurrences of increased and decreased response variability under different lag contingencies in rats. A second purpose was to study the immediate effect of reinforcement of new responses. After a baseline of reinforcement of four different response topographies according to a lag 3 contingency, we introduced a fifth operandum and changed to a lag 4 contingency. The results indicate that reinforcement typically produces stereotypic responding, while response variability increases during extinction. When reinforcement was contingent on a novel response, immediate subsequent responding was not novel or varied, but repetition of the response topography that produced reinforcers.

 
Establishment of a Continuous Repertoire in Rats
MORTEN BERGER (Oslo and Akershus University College), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: In a continuous repertoire, a response dimension varies as a function of changes along some stimulus dimension. Such repertoires include a spread of effect from trained to untrained exemplars. However, the empirical evidence for such repertoires is sparse. The few experiments that have demonstrated continuous repertoires have varied with respect to procedures, findings, and conclusions. The present study showed the establishment of a continuous repertoire in four Wistar rats. The stimulus dimension consisted of seven cue lights arranged in a horizontal row, and the response dimension was given by a horizontal line of seven levers, localized just below the row of lights. The results showed that intermediate response values emerged in the presence of intermediate stimulus values, and that responses outside of the trained range emerged in the presence of corresponding stimuli outside the ranges of stimuli during training.
 
Teaching Rats to Play the Keyboard: Stimulus Control Concerns
PER HOLTH (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: Four rats participated in an experiment on continuous repertoires. The apparatus used in the experiment was a standard operant experimental chamber supplied with seven adjacent levers that could serve as a keyboard, and sounds of different pitches were programmed as immediate consequences of lever presses. After participating in the experiment on a continuous repertoire, random sequences of lights were programmed, and corresponding sequences of responses (light following) were intermittently reinforced. Different tones were programmed as consequences of pressing the seven levers as a keyboard. Finally, a sequence of lights was programmed to indicate the sequence of levers to be pressed to produce Pink Floyd’s “Another Brick in the Wall” (“We don’t need no education”), and then “White Christmas”. Video demonstrations show the rats’ final performances.
 
 
Symposium #146
Effects of Delayed Reinforcement on Response Acquisition and Maintenance
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:00 AM–11:20 AM
101 I (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: James E. Cook (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Delays to reinforcement are ubiquitous in the natural environment and as one of the main parameters of reinforcement can affect both response acquisition and maintenance. As such a greater understanding of the effects of delayed reinforcement is important in broadening our knowledge of behavior. The speakers in this symposium will present some of the most recent research on the effects of delayed reinforcement. Ezra Hall will present on response acquisition and the development of temporal control on tandem fixed interval fixed time schedules. Robin Kuhn will present on the acquisition and maintenance of sequences of responses when reinforcement is delayed. Rogelio Escobar will present research on the effects of signaled delays on the maintenance of patterns of responding. James Cook will compare the effects of fixed and mixed delays to reinforcement on responding previously maintained by immediate reinforcement. The research presented in these talks will expand our knowledge of the effects of delayed reinforcement and indicate new directions for future research.

 

Response Acquisition With Delayed Reinforcement and the Development of Temporal Control of Behavior

EZRA GARTH HALL (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The development of responding without response shaping and prior training has been shown to occur under various conditions of immediate and delayed reinforcement. The current research further investigated response acquisition while simultaneously examining development of temporal control of behavior under conditions of delayed reinforcement. Three experimentally nave White Carneau pigeons are being maintained at 75% of their free feeding body weights. Pigeons were magazine trained in operant chambers with no illumination except for white hopper lights turned on during 4-s presentations of mixed grain. Sessions following magazine training last for 2 hours or until fifty 4-s hopper presentations occur according to a tandem fixed-interval fixed-time schedule. All pigeons acquired responding, two have developed positively accelerated response patterns over the course of numerous sessions and the third pigeon is showing a linear pattern of responding as of session 52. The results of the experiment thus far extend response acquisition to tandem fixed-interval fixed-time schedules of reinforcement and have allowed a more detailed look at how temporal control develops throughout the delay period under extended exposure to such conditions.

 

Sequence Acquisition and Maintenance with Resetting Delayed Reinforcement in Rats

ROBIN KUHN (Central Michigan University), John R. Smethells (Central Michigan University), Andrew T. Fox (University of Kansas), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

While the effects of delays to reinforcement on acquisition of single responses are well established, little is known regarding how delays effect on the acquisition of response sequences. The results of four experiments examining acquisition of a left-right response sequence (LR) in rats are presented. Results from the first experiment, a parametric analysis of LR sequence acquisition with resetting, delayed reinforcement in 30 rats with a history of left-lever pressing, indicate that rats can acquire a LR sequence with unsignaled, resetting reinforcement delays of up to 5 s. Results of Experiment 2 extend the findings of Experiment 1 to 8 nave rats. Results from Experiment 3, suggest that maintenance of the LR sequence at increasing delays is improved when the LR sequence is acquired with a longer delay to reinforcement, and that typical delay-of-reinforcement gradients are obtained with sequences. Results from Experiment 4, conducted with 12 nave rats, show that signaled delays facilitate LR sequence acquisition, and increase resistance to extinction, relative to unsignaled delays. Taken in sum, these findings indicate that LR sequence acquisition mirrors acquisition of a single response with resetting delays to reinforcement, and highlights the reorganization of behavior due to the selective effects of delayed reinforcement.

 
The Effects of Delayed Reinforcement on Shaped Behavioral Patterns in Rats
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Fixed and variable-interval schedules of reinforcement result in distinctive temporal patterns of responding within the inter reinforcement interval. Aside from these patterns, it is also possible to shape a pattern of responding in pigeons with a schedule in which the delivery of food is contingent upon the extent to which the temporal pattern of responding within a trial conforms to a predetermined pattern. This finding was replicated in this study in three Wistar rats using 8-s trials in which a retractable lever was available. Two types of differentially-signaled trials were scheduled and, during 100 sessions, two patterns were shaped: a scalloped and a constant-response pattern. As in previous studies, the occurrence of such patterns apparently challenges the fact that response-reinforcer contiguity is an essential aspect of conditioning. In subsequent conditions, it was determined if the patterns as a whole were sensitive to the effects of delayed reinforcement. Therefore, a 4 and a 16 s signaled delays were added after the completion of the correct pattern and before reinforcer delivery. The results for the three rats support the fact that the lack of response-reinforcer contiguity notably decreases the rate of occurrence of the reinforced patterns of responding relative to immediate reinforcement.
 

Effects of Fixed and Mixed Delays on Responding

JAMES E. COOK (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Delays to reinforcement are ubiquitous in the natural environment, where those delays often vary; yet most research that has examined delayed reinforcement focused only on fixed delays, and little research has examined the effects of variable delays. Nonresetting fixed and mixed delays to reinforcement were imposed on the responding of 4 pigeons previously maintained on a multiple variable-interval (VI) VI schedule of immediate reinforcement. Mixed delays consisted of two alternating delay values, the mean of which equaled the value of the fixed delay. A progressive delay procedure was used, in which delay values increased across sessions. Conditions included using unsignaled (Condition A) and signaled delays (Condition B) in which both mixed delay values changed across sessions, and Condition C involved using unsignaled delays in which one of the mixed delay values remained constant across sessions. Response rates decreased more and changes in interresponse times were greater with unsignaled than signaled delays. With unsignaled delays, changes in responding were found to be a function of the average obtained delay within each component of the multiple schedule, regardless of whether the delays were fixed or mixed, though obtained delays tended to be shorter in the mixed delay component.

 
 
Symposium #147
Operant Variability: Current Research and Theory
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:00 AM–11:20 AM
101 J (Convention Center)
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Allen Neuringer (Reed College)
Abstract: The control of behavioral variability by reinforcing consequences has increasingly been a focus of research, application, and theory. This symposium brings together four widely published researchers from four different countries to discuss the latest findings and theorizing. B. F. Skinner (1938) wrote that instances of a response class emerge (or are emitted) randomly. Over the past 50 years, experimental analyses have documented the ways in which within-class probabilities are influenced by reinforcement contingencies. That is, response variability (or unpredictability) is sensitive to reinforcers contingent upon the variability. The symposium will demonstrate the broad stretch of research concerning reinforced variability. The presentations span the range of studies from controlled “physiologic” phenomena, such as eye movement variability, to effects of contingent aversive events on response variability, to applications, including treatment of individuals with autism, to relationships to other fields of science, including physics and biology. Opportunity will be provided (at a time to be announced) for informal discussion with each of the presenters. The focus on one topic from four different perspectives will hopefully permit attendees to appreciate the general importance of variability research and application.
Keyword(s): operant-variability, negative-reinforcement, autis
 

Negative Reinforcement of Behavioral Variability in Rats and People

MARIA HELENA HUNZIKER (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Desiree Cassado (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Mariana Samelo (University of São Paulo, Brazil)
Abstract:

Can behavioral variability be negatively reinforced? To answer this question, we performed two experiments in which negative reinforcement was contingent on response variations. In one, rats could poke their noses across three holes to terminate electric shock. Shocks (1mA) were delivered according to a VT 60-s schedule. Under different phases of the experiment, each shock episode was terminated by a sequence of two poke responses according to FR2, LAG1 or LAG3 contingencies. Under FR2, shock offset (negative reinforcement) was independent of response location, i.e., any 2 responses terminated the shock; under the LAG contingencies, negative reinforcement was contingent on nose-poke sequences differing from the previous single (LAG 1) or three sequences (LAG 3). In the second experiment, three groups of graduate students were exposed to aversive tones. For two groups, interruption of the tone was contingent on variable sequences of four responses on a computer screen under a LAG 0 or Lag 8 contingency; for the third group, the tone was interrupted independent of the response variation (yoke procedure). For both rats and people, negative reinforcement contingent on variation increased levels of variability. These data provide important evidence of a parallel between positive and negative reinforcement of behavioral variability.

 

Operant Variability in Saccades

LAURENT MADELAIN (Universite Lille Nord de France), Celine Paeye (Department of Psychology, Justus-Liebig-University)
Abstract:

Variability in some types of motor behavior, e.g., eye movements, has conventionally been viewed as resulting fromnoise (that is, stochastic variability arising from the central nervous system). This noise is thought to be insensitive to environmental contingencies. However, experiments have shown that operant response variability is, in fact, controlled by reinforcers directly contingent on that variability. We recently extended the operant research by manipulating contingencies of reinforcement based on saccadic eye movements and, in particular, the variability of saccade amplitudes (i.e. distances moved) (Paeye and Madelain, 2011). Saccades are rapid eye movements allowing the eye to quickly move the image of a visual stimulus from an eccentric retinal location to the center of the retina. Our results clearly demonstrate that the spread of the amplitude distributions (or variability of distances moved) was controlled by reinforcement. Control over variability was independent of average saccadic amplitudes. We also shaped saccadic reaction time variability, further confirming that variations in saccades is, at least in part, a learned phenomenon (Madelain et al., 2007). We will discuss these results and contrast them with conventional models that predict a necessary relationship between the mean and the variance of response distributions.

 

Translational Research in Operant Variability and Applications to Clinical Problems

TRACY L. KETTERING (Bancroft), Megan Mims (Illinois Institute of Technology), Meghan G. McClure (Great Strides Behavioral Consulting), Rachael Schneider (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Variability is an operant dimension of behavior, contingencies for which can specify the amount of variability required to produce reinforcement (e.g. Lag schedule). Experimental studies have explored different variability requirements with lag schedules (Page & Nueringer, 1985), stimulus control over variable response patterns (Denny & Neuringer, 1992), and the relation between variable responding and learning (Neuringer, Deiss, & Olson, 2000). Although reinforcement has been used to increase variation in applied research, few studies have explored other aspects of operant variability in applied settings and most applications have occurred only within the autism population. This presentation will provide an overview of experimental research on operant variability and highlight data from several translational research projects on 1) lag schedules and operant variability, 2) stimulus control, 3) generalization, and 4) preference for Lag schedules. Implications for individuals with lower baseline levels variability will be discussed (e.g., autism, depression) and the need for continued translational and applied research on operant variability will be highlighted. Specifically, the data will highlight the need for 1) well controlled, translational research informed by the experimental literature and 2) well controlled translational research that is designed to answer questions that arise during the clinical application of contingencies for variability.

 
Variation and Selection Across Fields of Study
ALLEN NEURINGER (Reed College)
Abstract: Contingencies of reinforcement control many different response dimensions, e.g., rate, force and topography. Variations in responses are similarly controlled. From random-like unpredictability to repetitive, predictable responding, levels of variability (or predictability/unpredictability) are influenced by reinforcement contingencies. Stated differently, variability is selected (or controlled) by its consequences. The present paper relates the controlled nature of operant variability to controlled variability in other sciences. In physics, for example, quantum mechanical randomness is lawful: instances can’t be predicted, but distributions are orderly. In biology, the effects on the genome of random mutations are controlled, e.g., with differential susceptibility for mutations at different locations along the DNA molecule. Additional parallels are shown by replicability in mitosis and unpredictability in meiosis; and by variations and selections in immune system reactions. Although “random variations” are often thought to be independent of selection processes, the two are better conceptualized as interacting and interwoven. By identifying these relationships, we may better understand the extraordinary power of variation and selection in operant behavior.
 
 
Symposium #148
CE Offered: BACB
Alternative Treatments Among Autism Spectrum Disorders
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
208 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Laura Coviello (Baylor University)
Discussant: Erica Strickland (Texas A&M University)
CE Instructor: Tonya Nichole Davis, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium we present research regarding popular treatments for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) that may be considered alternative and/or are lacking in empirical support. Parents of children with ASD face a multitude of treatment choices, which represent a wide range of experimental support and popularity of use; therefore, it is imperative to not only identify the effectiveness of all treatment options, but understand the treatment selection process. The first paper examines the effectiveness of animal-assisted therapy. Specifically, research regarding the effectiveness of treatment incorporating non-human mammals to improve core characteristics of ASD is systematically reviewed. The second paper investigates the popularity of Social Stories, one of the most frequently-implemented interventions among ASD. A survey among parents of children with ASD reveals the appeal of Social Stories utilizing concepts of social validity. The third paper systematically evaluates the use of sensory integration therapy, the third most utilized treatment among individuals with ASD. Results discuss the variety of intervention procedures, outcomes, and certainty of evidence.

Keyword(s): animal-assisted therapy, autism, sensory integration therapy, social stories
 

Animal Assisted Therapy: A Systematic Review

RACHEL SCALZO (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Megan Stauffer (Baylor University), Stacy L. Carter (Baylor University), Scott Perez (Baylor University), Erin Butler (Baylor University), Cathryn Clark (Baylor University), Alicia Kobylecky (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Animal-assisted therapy is the inclusion of an animal into individual and/or group interactions for therapeutic purposes. Animal-assisted therapy has been utilized across therapeutic contexts, including a range of participant characteristics, disabilities, and diagnoses. One such application of animal-assisted therapy is among children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). We conducted a systematic search to identify studies that (a) included non-human mammal(s) (b) as part of a treatment or treatment package (c) among participant(s) with ASD (d) aimed to ameliorate at least one of the core symptoms of ASD (i.e., communication skills, social skills, and/or repetitive and stereotyped patterns on behavior). Results were analyzed in terms of (a) participant characteristics, (b) treatment characteristics, (c) study outcomes, and (d) certainty of evidence. Results conclude that a wide variety of animals have been incorporated into the treatment of ASD, with horses, dolphins, dogs being most frequently utilized; however, the majority of evidence contains significant methodological limitations.

 
Social Stories: Discovering the Social Validity of a Popular Treatment
ALICIA KOBYLECKY (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Erin Butler (Baylor University), Rachel Scalzo (Baylor University), Cathryn Clark (Baylor University), Scott Perez (Baylor University), Laura Coviello (Baylor University), Megan Stauffer (Baylor University)
Abstract: Social Stories™ are short narrative stories aimed at improving the social skills of individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Created by Carol Gray in the 1990s, Social Stories™ have gained immense popularity over the past 20 years, ranking as the fifth most utilized treatment among individuals with ASD. Despite their popularity, recent systematic reviews of Social Stories™ have concluded that they have limited clinical effects on social skills. In other words, Social Stories™ remain prevalent despite lack of strong empirical support. This phenomenon of limited empirical support combined with high social validity presents challenges and learning opportunities for practitioners. In this study, we attempt to uncover the characteristics of Social Stories™ that have resulted in their frequent implementation. Survey questions were designed based on Wolfe’s (1978) definition of social validity in hopes to understanding parents’ affinity for the use of Social Stories™. Results of the survey provide insight into the decision-making process of parents’ treatment selection for their child with ASD.
 

Sensory Integration for Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Systematic Review

TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (Baylor University), Russell Lang (Texas State University, San Marcos), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin), Olive Healy (National University of Ireland, Galway), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Helena Lydon (Behavior Analysis in Ireland), Soyeon Kang (University of Texas at Austin), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Intervention studies involving the use of sensory integration therapy (SIT) were systematically identified and analyzed. Twenty-five studies were described in terms of: (a) participant characteristics, (b) assessments used to identify sensory deficits or behavioral functions, (c) dependent variables, (d) intervention procedures, (e) intervention outcomes, and (f) certainty of evidence. Overall, 3 of the reviewed studies suggested that SIT was effective, 8 studies found mixed results, and 14 studies reported no benefits related to SIT. Many of the reviewed studies, including the 3 studies reporting positive results, had serious methodological flaws. Therefore, the current evidence-base does not support the use of SIT in the education and treatment of children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Practitioners and agencies serving children with ASD that endeavor, or are mandated, to use research-based, or scientifically-based, interventions should not use SIT outside of carefully controlled research.

 
 
Symposium #149
CE Offered: BACB
The Use of Mobile Devices and Tablets in the Acquisition of Communicative Behaviors in Individuals With Autism
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
205 C-D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth R. Lorah, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The focus of the symposium will be the evaluation of handheld mobile devices, such as the iPod and iPad, and the application Proloquo2Go as a voice output communication aid in children with autism. The symposium will evaluate data comparing acquisition rates between picture exchange and the mobile device, the use of within stimulus prompts in the training of discrimination between pictures on the screen of the device, and the effects of using a peer-assisted communication application training procedure on the acquisition of communicative behaviors.

 

Evaluating Picture Exchange and the iPad as a Voice Output Communication Aid in Young Children With Autism

ELIZABETH R. LORAH (Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Rowan University, Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Anna Hickey (Temple University)
Abstract:

The focus of this study was to compare mand acquisition using PE and the iPad as a VOCA, in terms of acquisition rate and participant device preference. Three participants acquired the ability to communicate using the iPad as a VOCA more readily and two participants acquired the ability to communicate more quickly using PE, while the overall rate of independent manding was higher for four participants using the VOCA. Regarding device preference, four participants demonstrated a clear preference for the VOCA device and one for PE.

 

The Effects of Stimulus Prompts for Discrimination Training Using the iPad as a Voice-Output Communication Aid

JULIE CROUSER (Temple University), Elizabeth R. Lorah (Temple University)
Abstract:

The focus of this study was the use of within stimulus prompts in the training of discrimination between pictures; using the application Proloquo2Go and the iPad as a voice output communication aid. The training procedure involved a multiple step sequence of stimulus manipulations on the screen of the iPad and within the application Proloquo2Go. Three preschool aged children with autism participated in the study. Following training, the participants demonstrated the ability to discriminate between the pictures presented on the screen of the iPad, during mand training sessions.

 

Effects of Peer Assisted Communication Application Training on the Communicative and Social Behaviors of Children With Autism

SEAN STRASBERGER (Michigan State University), Summer Ferreri (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the effects of peer assisted communication application training to increase communication and social interactions for children with autism. Four children with autism across two schools were taught how to use a communication application to mand using a 2-step sequence and respond to the questions, What do you want? and What is your name? using a 2-step sequence. Using a multiple baseline design, data were taken on the number of independent mands, independent responses, social initiations, length of social interactions, problem behaviors, and verbalizations. The implications of the study are analyzed in regards to the effectiveness of peer assisted communication application training to teach sophisticated communication skills and increase socialization.

 
 
Symposium #150
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Social Behaviors to Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
208 C-D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Misty Oppenheim-Leaf (Behavior Therapy and Learning Center)
Discussant: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey)
CE Instructor: Justin B. Leaf, Ph.D.
Abstract:

One of the diagnostic criteria for an autism spectrum disorder is a qualitative impairment in social behaviors, which can range from failure to develop meaningful social relationships to rejecting others in his or her environment. These impairments in social behavior can lead to negative long term outcomes (e.g., depression). Today, there are several interventions that are being implemented to increase social behaviors for individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum. In this symposium three papers will be presented that evaluate different interventions to improve social behaviors for individuals diagnosed with autism. The first paper will present data that compares two social interventions (i.e., social stories and the teaching interaction procedure) for increasing social behaviors for three young children diagnosed with autism. The second paper will describe the results of the implementation of conjugate reinforcement as it relates to increasing social and other behaviors (e.g., motor skills) to children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. The third paper will describe the results of a social skills group that was implemented for children diagnosed with autism who were more cognitively impaired (e.g., lower IQ and limited language) and who have more aberrant behaviors.

Keyword(s): conjugate reinforcement, social skills groups, social story, teaching interaction procedure
 

Comparing Social Stories to Teaching Interactions When Implemented in a Group Instructional Format

ALYNE KUYUMJIAN (Autism Partnership), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership and Great Strides Behavioral Consulting), Daniel Ravid (Autism Partnership), Jeremy Andrew Leaf (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), John McEachin (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorders are marked by qualitative impairments in social behavior, which can lead to failures in developing meaningful social relationships, depression, negative views towards school, and problems in school. Over the past 30 years, a variety of methods have been implemented to teach social behaviors to children with autism. Two of these interventions include social stories and the teaching interaction procedure. In this study we compared social stories to the teaching interaction procedure to teach social behaviors to three children diagnosed with autism. Each participant was taught three social skills with social stories and three social skills with the teaching interaction procedure. All skills were taught in a group instructional format. Using an adapted alternating treatment design, we compared the two teaching procedures in terms of skill acquisition, maintenance, efficiency, and generalization of skills across settings or people. The results, clinical implications, and areas for future research will be discussed throughout the presentation.

 

The Use of Conjugate Reinforcement in Autism Treatment Programs: A Demonstration and Discussion

STEPHANY REETZ (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Joseph H. Cihon (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The effect of a reinforcer on behavior is largely determined by the schedule in which it is implemented. One type of reinforcement schedule that has not been explored extensively in applied settings is conjugate reinforcement. Previous research (Lindsley, 1962; Rovee & Rovee, 1969) suggested that various topographies of behavior reinforced on a conjugate schedule are maintained at high rates across a variety of reinforcers. The current study extended application by exploring the effectiveness of conjugate reinforcement across a variety of responses, across different reinforcers, in a wide range of participants diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder, and implemented by several interventionists. The results indicated that delivering social, audio, visual, and tangible stimuli on conjugate schedules resulted in increased durations of various target responses (e.g. social skills, motor skills) and non-targeted measures (e.g., approach, social bids, speed) across participants. Considerations regarding reinforcer and response selection in implementing conjugate schedules are provided.

 

A Description and Evaluation of a Social Skills Group for Young Children With Autism

JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership and Great Strides Behavioral Consulting), Stephanie Bloomfield (Autism Partnership), Aditt Alcalay (Autism Partnership), Dana Redican (Autism Partnership), Aisha Spoto (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), John McEachin (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

Today, there are several studies that have evaluated the effectiveness of social skills interventions to increase social behaviors exhibited by "higher functioning" children with autism. Additionally, social skills groups are now commonly implemented to "higher" functioning children and adolescents diagnosed with autism as part of a comprehensive intervention plan. There are few studies, however, that have evaluated social skills groups for those students who have lower IQ scores, lower language capabilities, and who display more aberrant behaviors. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a description of a summer social skills group that was implemented for children diagnosed with autism who had lower IQ scores and who displayed several aberrant behaviors. The presenters will describe the curriculum that was utilized, the various teaching strategies that were implemented, the reinforcement systems that were put in place, as well as preliminary results. Suggestions for clinicians, steps to run successful social skills groups, and areas for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #151
CE Offered: BACB
Intensive Early Intervention: Program Management Through Dynamic Programming Systems Using Functional Mastery Criteria
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
205 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Svein Eikeseth (Akershus University College)
Discussant: Svein Eikeseth (Akershus University College)
CE Instructor: Eric V. Larsson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The purpose of this symposium is to present studies in the use of a comprehensive set of programming and management skills that have been developed and validated to both establish and maintain childrens skills consistently throughout the child's life. A particular challenge is to train staff to use independent clinical judgment and make the dynamic programming decisions on a daily basis that support optimal rates of child behavior development. In addition, the team leaders must possess the skills to organize and progress programming as the child's behavior rapidly develops. The skills necessary in the third year of programming are much more complex and varied than are those in the first year of programming. A dynamic system requires functional data-collection system for staff management at the child and programmatic levels. Dynamic self-feedback systems give staff daily, weekly, and 6-month feedback on the success of their treatment decisions, enabling the most cost-effective therapy for achieving the best outcomes.

Keyword(s): clinical judgment, data-based decision making, dynamic programming, staff training
 

The Effects of Dynamic Programming on Child Outcome in Early Intervention

CHARRYSE M. LUCKEY (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Danielle Pelletier (Autism Intervention Services), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Abstract:

In recent years there has been a dramatic increase in the number of agencies implementing organized service delivery systems to treat children with autism. Organizational management features designed to manage staff and child progress are critical in producing the highest quality outcomes in the children served. The current study seeks to identify a system for management of clinical outcomes. Four children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and the four teams of staff implementing their ABA treatment program participated in evaluating the effects of a system for management of clinical outcomes. During baseline, typical systems were in place to manage the childrens learning. The clinical management system, known as Dynamic Programming was introduced via a multiple baseline design across children. Dynamic Programming is an intervention package that includes: (a) therapist self-monitoring while teaching new program exemplars, (b) therapist public posting of child mastery (c) probes of child behavior to test or confirm therapist self-monitoring and public posting (each therapist reports their results on the Dynamic Programming sheet and team members check one another). After treatment implementation, each childs rate of learning increased and maintained 5-10 weeks post treatment. Results suggest that the childrens rate of learning was accelerated through the implementation of Dynamic Programming. The parents of the children were satisfied with the implementation and outcome for their children.

 
A Comparison of a Dynamic Preference Assessment and a Brief Multiple-Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessment in an Applied Setting
ASHLEY WARLING-SPIEGEL (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Abstract: Preference assessments are used to identify preferred stimuli. The present study was conducted to determine if there was a difference between a brief multiple-stimulus without replacement assessment and a dynamic assessment in identifying effective reinforcers. Three child-staff member pairs participated in a multi-element design. Three dependent variables were measured during both assessment sessions: percent correct trials, assessment duration, and verbal protests. The results showed higher percent correct and fewer protests with the dynamic assessment, and shorter assessment duration with the brief MSWO assessment. These results suggest the dynamic assessment might be a more effective preference assessment.
 

The Development Of Generative Social Comprehension in Children Who Suffer From Autism

ANGELA M. KEENE (University of Kansas), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Abstract:

Social comprehension refers to the ability to understand social concepts which entail the interactions between two or more individuals. The present study utilized commercially-available children's books to evaluate the effectiveness of a dynamic social comprehension training procedure that utilized multiple exemplars to develop generative social comprehension in children with autism. A multiple probe design across five common childhood social concepts (e.g, sharing) was employed for each of the three children who participated in this study. Probes were conducted on the first presentation of novel books and the proportion of correct responses to the questions was measured. Training on each social concept continued until a generative mastery criterion was met in which the child responded correctly to at least 14 out of 16 questions on three consecutive novel books. The results showed that all of the children were able to answer an increasing proportion of the questions correctly on novel books. However, only 2 of the 3 children were able to meet the generative mastery criterion on 4 out of the 5 social concepts. Generalization probes across untrained in-vivo social scenarios were also assessed. Here, all of the children responded to a high percentage of questions following social comprehension training.

 
 
Symposium #152
CE Offered: BACB
Is Applied Behavior Analysis for Autism Equivalent to Evidence-Based Treatment?
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
211 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Discussant: Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest)
CE Instructor: Eric V. Larsson, Ph.D.
Abstract: In the field of Behavioral Health, one of the criteria that must be met for a treatment to be considered “medically necessary” enough to be “covered” (paid for) is that it be “Evidence Based.” When a treatment is not yet considered to be Evidence Based, it has been termed to be “investigative.” This is often a challenge to ABA-based interventions, because they tend to be typified by rigorous ongoing evaluation. This makes it appear to be investigative, when it may already be “proven” as Evidence Based. There are several forms of evidence that are typically required in order for a treatment to no longer be considered investigational. Some of these forms have been described as follows: 1. The scientific evidence on the effect of the treatment on health outcomes consists of well-designed and well-conducted investigations published in peer-reviewed journals. 2. The net health outcomes are measured in a way that shows that the diagnosed condition is improved. 3. The evidence is validated by the conclusions of a national association, consensus panel or other technology evaluation body. 4. The treatment is shown to improve the net health outcome as much as or more than established alternatives. 5. The improvement is shown to be attainable outside the investigational settings. 6. The improvement is cost-effective when compared to the community standards of practice This symposium will answer a series of questions related to whether ABA for autism would be considered to be evidence-based treatment of autism.
Keyword(s): advocacy, evidence-based treatment
 

Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) for Increasing Functional Behaviors and Skills in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD)

BRIAN REICHOW (Yale University)
Abstract:

Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) is one of the most widely used treatments for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The purpose of this presentation is to examine the research on EIBI, based upon a series of reviews, including a recent Cochrane review (Reichow, Barton, Boyd, & Hume, 2012). It is believed that the Cochrane review may be the most rigorous meta-analysis of EIBI to date, given the requirements of the process. The Cochrane review, for example, found a total of five studies that compared EIBI to generic special education services for children with ASD in schools. Only one study randomly assigned children to a treatment or comparison group, which is considered the 'gold standard' for research. The other four studies used parent preference to assign children to groups. A total of 203 children (all were younger than six years old when they started treatment) were included in the five studies. The Cochrane review found that children receiving the EIBI treatment performed better than children in the comparison groups after about two years of treatment on tests of adaptive behavior (behaviors that increase independence and the ability to adapt to one's environment), intelligence, social skills, communication and language, autism symptoms, and quality of life. The evidence supports the use of EIBI for some children with ASD. However, the Cochrane review concluded that the quality of this evidence is low as only a small number of children were involved in the studies and only one study randomly assigned children to groups.

 

Common Methodological Issues in the Assessment of Treatment Outcomes in Applied Behavior Analysis

JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (University of Manitoba)
Abstract:

The evaluation of treatment outcomes across all clinical disciplines is based almost exclusively in group-based designs. Randomized controlled trials, meta-analyses, and expert panel evaluations of empirical evidence are considered the highest standards for the ascertainment of evidence-based treatments. Behavior analysis, with its long tradition in single-subject design is a relatively newcomer to this methodological scene. Behavior analysis focus on non-standardized outcomes and individualized treatment places the field in a disadvantage when confronted with a scientific standard that promotes standardization of outcomes and interventions. In this presentation, I will discuss common methodological limitations of ABA-based intervention studies following group-based designs. Also, I will describe approaches to controlled trials design and treatment outcome measurement that may help to reconcile ABA interventions with traditional methods for the evaluation of treatment outcomes.

 

A Comparison of the Evidence Base for Autism Treatment Between Applied Behavior Analysis and Traditional Approaches to Program Evaluation

HAROLD STANISLAW (California State University, Stanislaus), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Abstract:

A misimpression stands that the treatment of autism lacks evidence-based approaches. However, in actuality, Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) are possibly the best examples of evidence-based behavioral health care. In contrast to the folklore that one hears, independent reviews consistently agree that ABA and EIBI treatments for autism are effective, and that the extensive body of research meets high standards of evidence. A variety of such independent reviews will be analyzed for the relative quality of research from the perspective of both ABA criteria (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968), and criteria for RCT Randomized Clinical Trials. It is clear that expert pane reviews typically will restrict their analysis to a small range of the available research, and that this selectivity will affect public policy decisions. This paper will review the pyramid of available research, presented here in rough order of strength of evidence: o Independent Expert Panel Reviews o Peer Review Papers o Multi-site Group Outcome Studies o Between-Group Outcome Studies o Long-Term Outcome Studies o RCTs Randomized Controlled Trials o Non-Randomized Matched Trials o Clinical Registries o Comparison Data Reviews o Meta-Analysis Studies o Cost-Effectiveness Analyses o Service Delivery Research o Program Evaluation Research o Component Analysis Research o Within-Subject Experimental Studies o Quasi-Experimental Large N Analyses o Individual Case Studies o Pilot Studies o Descriptive Papers The implications of various selection criteria will be examined.

 
 
Symposium #153
The Utility of Behavior Analogues: Findings, Challenges, and Implications of Studying Trauma-Related Outcomes
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
102 D-E (Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eliza McManus (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Behavioral clinical psychologists are interested in using principles of behavior analysis to understand and influence complex human behaviors in clinical populations. While traditional psychologists may rely on self-report and retrospective measures there are several limitations with these methods of inquiry. This is particularly true with regards to the current literature base on trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder. Additionally a large body of clinical research is interested in understanding the potentially traumatic experiences which may lead to posttraumatic stress disorder. Analogue paradigms provide a useful way to investigate sensitive topics and reduce the limitations of retrospective and self-report data. The theme of the papers presented in this symposium is the use of analogue paradigms for studying trauma related outcomes. The first paper describes the use of a think aloud procedure to understand decision-making in risky dating vignettes. The second paper describes a longitudinal design that utilizes the Balloon Analogue Risk Task to predict risky sexual behavior. The third paper describes a use of a computerized mindfulness exercise to lower the PTSD-like symptoms in response to viewing a trauma analogue. The utility, implications, and limitations for using an analogue for studying current trauma symptoms and future trauma risk in the laboratory will be discussed.
Keyword(s): analogue, PTSD, trauma
 
Using Articulated Thoughts in Risky Dating Vignettes to Examine Factors Affecting Decision-Making Among College Women
ELIZA MCMANUS (Western Michigan University), Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Sexual victimization is a prevalent problem on college campuses with many long-lasting, negative consequences. It is important to provide women with accurate information and effective skills to reduce their risk of sexual victimization. Two factors that may place women at a greater risk for sexual victimization are lack of risk detection and ineffective behavioral responding to the threat. The present study aims to improve upon the limitations of self-report methodologies by using a vignette analogue to investigate decision-making skills related to sexual victimization risk. Sixty female participants were randomly assigned to articulate verbal responses to either a high intimacy vignette dating scenario or a low intimacy dating scenario to better understand factors related to women’s decision-making in risky dating situations. The Articulated Thoughts in Simulated Situations (ATSS) paradigm was used to capture participant responses in the high and low intimacy conditions. Implications for the use of dating vignettes in sexual assault prevention research and the limitations of trauma analogues will be discussed.
 
Utilization of the BART to Predict Sexual Risk Behavior and Sexual Victimization
TARA CASADY ADAMS (Western Michigan University), Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The sexual victimization of women is a prevalent problem that has several deleterious consequences for the victim as well as society in general. Based on this research, many researchers have focused on identifying variables that are associated with an increased risk for sexual victimization as well revictimization, mostly utilizing self-report measures. Given the limitations of self-report measures of involvement in risky practices, researchers have developed behavior analogue measures to address these limitations. However, controversy exists regarding the construct of risk taking and the type of risk these behavior analogues measure. The current study investigates the utility of the Balloon Analogue Risk Task to predict sexually risky behavior, substance use, and sexual victimization status in a sample of college-aged females. Through the utilization of a longitudinal design, the study tracks participant risk behavior and victimization status from 2 months to 12 months after the date of initial completion of the BART.
 

Utilizing an Analogue to Prospectively Examine A Primary Prevention Program for Posttraumatic Stress Symptoms

ABBY E. BLANKENSHIP (Southwest Consortium), Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

One major limitation of the traumatic stress literature is the reliance on retrospective reporting. Showing participants films with distressing content is one strategy that may be an appropriate analogue for real-life trauma (Holmes & Bourne, 2008). The current study investigated the ability of a one session computerized mindfulness intervention to mitigate PTSD-like symptoms in response to a video analogue. Ninety-two participants were randomly assigned to receive either mindfulness training or no treatment. Participants assigned to the mindfulness training completed a one hour computerized mindfulness training, and practiced the skills learned for one week. After one week, all participants were exposed to the video analogue, and were followed for two weeks. A linear mixed model procedure was utilized to analyze the data. Participants assigned to the mindfulness condition exhibited significantly lower levels of PTSD-like symptoms at two week follow-up in comparison to the no treatment condition. This finding has implications for individuals who work in occupations that put them at risk for exposure to traumatic events, such as military personnel and first responders, The utility for using an analogue for studying PTSD-like responses in the laboratory as well as the limitations will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #154
PDS EVENT: Introduction to Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT)
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
102 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: David Houghton (Missouri State University)
ANN ROST (Missouri State University)
DANIEL J. MORAN (Pickslyde Consulting)
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
THOMAS J. WALTZ (VA Ctr for Mental Healthcare and Outcomes Research)
Abstract:

Panelists will discuss their personal account of becoming an expert in ACT. They will give recommendations and advice to those looking to expand their knowledge and professional domains of ACT and clinical behavior analysis. Panelists will also discuss progression and personal research interests in the field.

Keyword(s): ACT, Clinical Interventions, Professional Development Series
 
 
Symposium #155
Reinforcing Value and Behavioral Developmental Stage
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
M101 A (Convention Center)
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: This symposium presents both theoretical analyses and data showing that behavioral developmental stage and value of reinforcers obtained can be combined to form a new theoretical model that explains behavior more powerfully than looking at reinforcing value alone. First, we illustrate how behavioral developmental stage on one hand and value of reinforcement interact. One way this happens is that the stage required for contingencies between one's own behavior and the consequences to be discriminable may exceed the stage of performance of the person. A second way is that stage has an influence on the effective value of events. This new integrative theory is then illustrated using data from a study of peddlers, in which it is shown that there is an empirical relationship between behavioral stages of development on economic tasks and the income people obtain (value). A third paper makes predictions about how investors might do in the stock market, given different behavioral stages of investing (lower stage investors net lower values). Finally, a fourth paper presents empirical data that confirms in another context that an expert’s developmental stage of understanding predicts how biasing (a measure of value) they perceive a professional situation to be.
Keyword(s): Behavioral developmental stage, Reinforcing value
 

Behavioral Developmental Stage and Value of Reinforcers Strongly Interact With Each Other: an Overview

MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis has concentrated on contingencies of reinforcement and reinforcement value. We present a series of analyses and data showing that behavioral developmental stage and value of reinforcers obtained strongly interact with each other. This is especially important for interventions. For example, only about 20% of persons designated as Autistic are mainstreamed. This may be largely due to ignoring developmental sequences. Prerequisite behaviors have to be acquired first. Otherwise, one starts with too high a behavioral stage behavior for interventions to be successful. Behavioral developmental stage on one hand and amount and value for reinforcement interact in at least two ways. First, the stage required for contingencies between one's own behavior and the consequences to be discriminable may exceed the stage of performance of the person. A second way is that stage has an influence on the effective value and amount of events.

 
Behavioral Developmental Stage of Pricing Strategy Predicts Earnings: A Study of Informal Economics
LUCAS ALEXANDER HALEY COMMONS-MILLER (Dare Institute)
Abstract: Social stratification, when driven by high levels of income disparity, is a significant moral issue. A common notion is that such disparity can be reduced by creating equal opportunity of education for all. Here, a cross-cultural study examines the relationship between behavioral stages of development on economic tasks and the income people obtain. Two groups of people from the United States and Brazil were studied (N = 51): people who sell things on the sidewalks (peddlers) and people who transport goods (carters). Three quasi-independent variables were examined: the behavioral stage of the person’s economic behavior, the country in which they lived, and how much schooling they had. It was found that the behavioral developmental stage of participants’ pricing strategies correlated most with how much they earned, r(53) = .506. The behavioral developmental stage (ß = 0.388, p = 0.03) was a better predictor of income than education (ß = 0.254, p = 0.057). These results show that behavioral developmental stage is a better predictor of income that other indicators such as education. This suggests that social stratification will continue to persist as long as differences in developmental stages persist.
 
How Behavioral Developmental Stage Limits Success in Investing
CHARU TARA TULADHAR (Mount Holyoke College)
Abstract: Behavioral stage of development of most individual investors explains why their investments do not even keep up with inflation in and the vast majority (85%) of mutual funds do worse than the indexes. Concrete stage people listen to their friends, family and take tips that they follow. At the abstract stage, which is the stage of social norms, they buy what is popular. At the formal stage, almost everyone is risk adverse and buy very low yield “safe” things. At the systematic stage, they calculate utility knowing that yield is the value times the probability of obtaining that value. At the metasystematic stage one stops buying mutual funds and instead buys Exchange Traded Funds (ETF's); one understands portfolio theory. There is no reason to pay someone 1% when those people do worse than the indexes. They understand that the market is somewhat efficient; that the knowledge of everyone in the market is greater than the knowledge of almost any one individual. Only at the metasystematic stage by comparing systems, do people understand that within mid-range risk, increasing risk increases return. Therefore, behavioral developmental stage helps explain why there is social stratification even among the relatively high stage investors
 
How Stage and Value Explain the Questionable Biases of Expert Witnesses
EVA YUJIA LI (Harvard Graduate School of Education)
Abstract: This paper is an empirical study showing the relatedness of the stage of behavior required by a situation and the perceived amount of bias in that situation. Forty-six participants, attendees at a workshop at the American Association of Psychiatry and the Law, were asked to rate the biasing potential of a number of situations that might affect the behavior of an opposing expert. A Rasch Analysis produced a linear scale as to the perceived biasing potential of such situations, from the most biasing to the least biasing. Working for only one side in both civil and criminal cases had large scaled values, which means that they were seen as highly biasing; they were also the first factor in a factor analysis. In interesting contrast, a) an opposing expert also serving as the litigant's treater and b) an opposing expert being viewed as a "hired gun" (supplying an opinion only for money) were two situations viewed as not very biasing. In a regression analysis, r(16) = 0.698, r2 = 0.487, the order of hierarchical complexity of an item predicted the perceived bias of the items from the 1st, 2nd and 3rd factors (F(1, 16) = 15.193, p = 0.001).
 
 
Paper Session #156
Historical and Theoretical Issues in Human Development
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
M101 C (Convention Center)
Area: DEV
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
Errors in Citations of John B. Watson's Book, Behaviorism
Domain: Theory
HAYNE W. REESE (West Virginia University)
 
Abstract: Four main versions of Watson's book Behaviorism have been cited in the literature. The first was a series of 12 paperback pamphlets published by The People's Publishing Company, 6 in 1924 and 6 in 1925; the second was a hardcover collation of the pamphlets, published by W. W. Norton in 1925; the third was a revised edition published by W. W. Norton in 1930; and the fourth was a reproduction of the 1930 edition, published by the University of Chicago Press in 1958 with only the introduction and some other front matter revised. Many authors have made errors in citing the book; the errors and a sample of the erring authors are identified in this paper. Formally correct bibliographic citations of the 4 versions are presented and are recommended as ways to provide a rational basis for making future citations formally correct and uniform. The forms are derived, but not slavishly, from rules in the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association
 
Why Do We Follow Rules? A Functional and Structural Analysis of Rules and Rule-Governed Behavior
Domain: Theory
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
 
Abstract: Behavior analysts distinguish rule-governed behavior from direct contingency-shaped behavior on the bases of different sets of controlling contingencies (e.g., Galizio, 1979; Reese, 1989; Verplanck, 1992; Zettle & Hayes, 1982). However, the contingency-specifying verbal stimuli (i.e., the rules), whose function is to control behavior and that have function-altering effects (Schlinger & Blakely, 1987) have not been systematically analyzed, deconstructed, or classified in terms of both, form and function. The classification of rules offered here may contribute to an advancement in the structural and functional analysis of rule-governed behavior. I will report results of an experiment that describes how the dimensions/characteristics of rules can relate to the listener's (child) behavior and the listener’s history of contingencies. The classification is made according to rule: (a) explicitness (specification), (b) accuracy (congruence or correspondence), (c) complexity (first order, second order conditional discriminations), and (d) source (given by others or self-derived), and (e) time (immediate vs. delayed or long-term consequences).
 
Essays Masquerading as Proper Research Reports: Uses and Misuses of Demographic Independent Variables in Process-Theory Analyses
Domain: Service Delivery
JACOB L. GEWIRTZ (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
Abstract: Where a process theory is the basis of behavior analysis, a problem is posed when, instead of direct assessments of putative causes (that typically would involve cumulative features of behavior-environment interchange), demographic categories are employed as independent-variable proxies, and speculative assumptions about the implication of those gross demographic categories for the proximal causes are advanced to comsepensate for the failure to assess them directly. No matter how sophisticated the statistical designs used in such process-theory contexts, scientificc resources and opportunities are squandered when reports based on demographic independent variables are received by the field as adequate and proper and not labeled as the essays they are.
 
 
 
Symposium #157
CE Offered: BACB
Scaling Up: Assessing and Addressing Challenging Behavior in School Settings With a Hierarchy of Support
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
M100 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Katie Snyder (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Katie Snyder, M.S.
Abstract:

Despite the growth of school-wide positive behavior supports and IDEA mandates for function-based assessment, schools still have difficulty supporting students with challenging behavior. A continuum of supports, with primary, secondary, and tertiary interventions in place, helps schools effectively meet the needs of students by providing a structure from which to approach assessment and intervention of challenging behavior. Wilcox and Lewis present the results from semi-structured interviews of school personnel on the barriers to implementing function-based assessment, along with data demonstrating the impact of systems-level changes at one school spurred by interview results. The remainder of papers in the symposium examine the efficacy of the Check-In/Check-Out (CICO) procedure, a secondary intervention designed to support students with mild challenging behavior. Charlton and Ross discuss the outcomes of a study examining a modified CICO procedure at the high school level. Ross and Sabey present results from a study on the implementation of social skills training within a CICO system. This supplemented-CICO procedure, implemented with students in elementary school with social deficits, resulted in increases in behaviors related to self-control, assertiveness, and cooperation. Finally, Snyder and colleagues systematically review the quality and quantity of research supporting Check-In/Check-Out (CICO) and related procedures, discussing the implications of the review for the treatment of challenging behavior within systems of tiered supports and future research on the prevention, assessment, and treatment of challenging behavior in school settings.

Keyword(s): challenging behavior, school settings
 
Identifying Challenges to Implementing Effective Behavior Support in Schools
BAILEY WILCOX (Oregon State University), Teri Lewis (Oregon State University)
Abstract: Since the reauthorization of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) in 1997, schools have been required under certain circumstances to develop behavior intervention plans (BIPs) based on functional behavior assessment (FBA) data for students with individualized education plans (IEPs) who engage in serious problem behavior. However, schools continue to struggle to implement FBAs and BIPs in schools. While many researchers have proposed suggestions for why schools struggle to implement FBA-BIP in schools, no research studies to date have specifically asked participating team members. This session presents data from semi-structured interviews with key school personnel to identify barriers and challenges to implementation of the FBA-BIP in their school. Additionally, we will outline one school’s approach to using the interview data to design and implement systems-level changes to alleviate the identified barriers.
 

Effects of a Modified Check-in/Check-out (CICO) Procedure on the Academic Engagement of Secondary School Students

CADE T. CHARLTON (Utah State University), Scott Warren Ross (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The efficacy of the Check-in/Check-out (CICO) procedure has been examined in elementary and middle schools (Davies & McLaughlin, 1989; Campbell & Anderson, 2008; Davies & McLaughlin, 1989; Fairbanks, Sugai, Guardino, & Lathrop, 2007) using a variety of research designs (Simonsen, Myers, & Briere, 2011). These studies support the efficacy of this approach when addressing the needs of students with attention maintained problem behavior (Campbell & Anderson, 2008; Fairbanks, Sugai, Guardino, & Lathrop, 2007). Unfortunately, there is no research to date on the efficacy of CICO in secondary schools and very little focused on tier 2 intervention in general. The purpose of this study was to examine the efficacy of a modified version of the CICO procedure in a secondary school setting. Modifications to the procedure include a focus on emphasizing access to peer attention as an important reinforcer for the targeted students and an opportunity to fade out potentially aversive elements of the intervention including regularly checking in with adults at the school and receiving teacher feedback. These components are systematically faded and elements of self-management are implemented (Shapiro, DuPaul, & Bradley-Klug 1998; Young, Smith, West, & Morgan, 1978).

 
Effects of a Modified Check-in/Check-out (CICO) Procedure with Social Skills Instruction
SCOTT WARREN ROSS (Utah State University), Christian Sabey (Utah State University)
Abstract: Social skills training (SST) has been used for decades as a popular intervention for improving students’ social behavior. Despite their popularity and broad use, many SST programs have not produces meaningful and lasting behavior changes for struggling students. In this presentation we will discuss principles of effective SST intervention and an application of those principles within a system of Check-in/Check-out when implemented with elementary students with social deficits. We will present guiding principles of effective delivery, the efficient integration into established systems, and the results of implementation across two separate studies. Results suggest that this treatment package is effective for increasing behaviors related to self-control, assertiveness, and cooperation.
 

Check-In/Check-Out and Check, Connect, and Expect: A Systematic Review of Common Secondary Interventions

KATIE SNYDER (Utah State University), Scott Warren Ross (Utah State University), Christian Sabey (Utah State University), Cade T. Charlton (Utah State University), Dan Pyle (Utah State University), Emily M. Lund (Texas A&M University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Check-In/Check-Out (CICO) and Check, Connect and Expect (CCE) are secondary interventions designed to address challenging behavior within a framework of School-Wide Positive Behavior Support (SWPBS). As secondary interventions, CICO and CCE are intended to reduce challenging behavior in a manner that requires low teacher effort and is rapidly accessible for students who need extra support (Mitchell, Stormont, & Gage, 2011). CICO and CCE share similar features, such as providing students with prompts about behavioral expectations, frequent monitoring and feedback about performance via daily report cards, and reinforcement contingent upon meeting daily behavior goals. Although CICO and CCE are widely used, the literature supporting these interventions has yet to be summarized. In this paper, we systematically review both the quantity and quality of empirical evidence supporting CICO and CCE. Results of the 22 reviewed studies suggest that CICO and related interventions are particularly effective for students with challenging behavior maintained by attention, and that their effectiveness can be enhanced for students whose behavior is maintained by other consequences with the addition of functionally-matched reinforcers. The implications of the results, in terms of the implementation of CICO in school settings and future research on CICO, will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #158
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Teaching Under-Addressed Social, Safety, and Health-Related Skills
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
M100 D-E (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Megan St. Clair (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Angela M. Persicke, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium brings together four experiments that apply behavior analytic skill acquisition procedures to teaching under-addressed skill areas to children with and without autism. In the first experiment, by Angela Persicke and colleagues, children with autism were taught to identify when others were lying to them for the purposes of excluding them or taking their possessions. The second presentation, by Megan St. Clair and colleagues, describes an experiment in which children with autism were taught to shift attention to socially relevant changes in environmentally stimuli. The third paper, by Mei Ling Joey Chen, consists of an experiment on a procedure for teaching abduction prevention skills to typically developing preschool-age children. The final paper, by Michele Bishop and colleagues, describes an experiment using stimulus fading procedures to teach tooth brushing to children with autism who show resistance and anxiety-related behaviors when presented with this task.

Keyword(s): Health-Related, Safety Skills, Social Skills
 

Teaching Children With Autism to Detect and Respond to Deceptive Statements

Jennifer Ranick (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), ANGELA M. PERSICKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders and ARG), Jake Kornack (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

Research has shown that children with autism often have deficits in deception, both in the ability to lie to others and in the ability to detect when they are being lied to. Additionally, children with autism are often the target of bullying and it is conceivable that deficits in their ability to detect and respond appropriately to peers who lie to them makes them easy targets. The purpose of this study was to teach individuals with autism to identify when others were lying to them, specifically when peers lied to exclude them or to take their possessions. The results of this study indicated that a treatment package including rules, modeling, role-play, and immediate feedback across multiple exemplars was effective for teaching three children with autism to identify and respond appropriately to the deceptive behavior of others. Additionally, generalization was demonstrated to novel, untrained lies and with same-age peer confederates.

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Attend to Socially Relevant Stimuli

Angela M. Persicke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders and ARG), MEGAN ST. CLAIR (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jennifer Ranick (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

Research has shown that children with autism often fail to attend to relevant stimuli in social situations, likely resulting in unsuccessful or absent social interactions. The purpose of this study was to teach children with autism to attend to stimuli with socially relevant features. Specifically, this study evaluated a teaching package including rules, modeling, role play, and specific feedback across multiple exemplars to teach children with autism to attend to and respond to others' bids for social attention (e.g., "Whoa!" or "Ouch"). Three participants successfully learned to shift attention towards others and mand for information in response to a socially relevant stimulus. Furthermore, generalization was observed across novel exemplars and people.

 

Evaluation of Instructions and Video Scoring on Teaching Children Abduction Prevention Skills

MEI LING JOEY CHEN (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Child abduction, although rare, is a serious safety issue for children in the United States. The consequences for the child and their family are so horrific that research on abduction prevention is vital. The current study examined the effectiveness of instructions and video scoring on teaching children abduction prevention skills. Also, a social validity questionnaire was included to identify any possible negative side effects. Participants were 6 children between the ages of 4-6 years old. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design across subjects was used. Assessments were conducted within 48 hr of training and at 3-5 weeks follow up. Five out of six participants acquired the targeted skills. Three out of five children that completed follow up assessment maintained the skills. All parents returned the questionnaires and only one parent reported negative side effects. Behavioral mechanisms, implications, and future research are discussed.

 

Using Stimulus Fading to Teach Toothbrushing to Children With Autism

MICHELE R. BISHOP (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Amy Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders and ARG), Taira Lanagan (First Steps for Kids), Courtney Tarbox Lanagan (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Christy Coffman (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

Resistance and anxiety-related behaviors can occur during toothbrushing, and have also been observed to occur at the sight of materials associated with toothbrushing (e.g., toothbrush and toothpaste). Some behavioral interventions, such as escape extinction, which involves continuous presentation of the aversive stimulus, may be inappropriate for teaching compliance with toothbrushing because there is an increased risk of injury when attempting to place a toothbrush in the mouth of a child who is actively resisting it. Alternatively, stimulus fading interventions involve gradually increasing the size, proximity, and/or duration of a stimulus while reinforcing compliance; thereby reducing or eliminating the need for escape extinction. The purpose of the present study was to examine the effectiveness of a stimulus fading procedure for increasing compliance with toothbrushing in three children with autism. The toothbrushing task was divided into 30-34 smaller steps starting with showing the toothbrush to the child, placing the toothbrush in the child's mouth, moving the toothbrush around the mouth, and ending with the terminal goal brushing teeth for 60 s. Results indicate that the stimulus fading procedure was successful at increasing compliance with toothbrushing for all three children. In addition, pre and post generalization probes reveal increased compliance with caregivers following the intervention. A discussion about the practical implications of stimulus fading interventions and their application to other dental procedures will be provided.

 
 
Symposium #159
CE Offered: BACB
The Evolution of the Morningside Assessment Model: Development of a Conceptual Framework and Lessons Learned
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
M100 H-I (Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
CE Instructor: Susan K Malmquist, Ph.D.
Abstract: Since its inception in 1980, Morningside Academy has stayed true to its original mission of being a laboratory school in which state-of-the-art instructional design has been embedded into a prototype educational application of the science of behavior. From the beginning, Morningside’s measurement of critical outcomes has been built upon the fundamental tenets of applied behavior analysis, with precise, direct observation of critical dimensions of behavior, including topography, rate, duration, latency, and magnitude, or strength of responding. In an applied educational setting, one in which the immediate governing contingencies of reinforcement relate to educational opportunity and the well-being of the students and their families, it is apparent that one dimension of behavior is particularly relevant for informing daily instructional decision making – the rate, or frequency, of academic responding. In this presentation, the development of an academic assessment system for the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction will be described. The rationale for the presenting evaluation questions, methodology used, and framework for interpreting data to make daily instructional decisions will be presented and discussed. The evolution of the procedures into a system of behavioral assessment will be outlined, with a particular emphasis on the period of time from 1995 to the present.
 

The Roots of a Multi-Level System of Assessment at Morningside Academy

SUSAN K. MALMQUIST (FEAT of Washington)
Abstract:

In this presentation, the essential features of a Multi-Level System of student evaluation and progress monitoring at Morningside Academy will be described. The process by which target behaviors are selected that mirror the scope and sequence of the Morningside Instructional Model will be briefly introduced. The defining elements of each level of the measurement model will be illustrated to demonstrate how each tier yields data that have been used to empirically validate the Morningside Model. At the heart of the system is the Micro Level of assessment, or the daily measures of component and composite skill mastery that are included in Precision Teaching at Morningside. In 1995, a new measurement component was added to the Model the Meta Level of assessment, which has been used to help document the effectiveness of Precision Teaching at Morningside by offering a long-term measurement paradigm that is unique from the Micro Level, yet blends seamlessly into a user-friendly and highly sensitive progress monitoring system. Finally, the third tier of the Multi-Level Assessment System, the Macro Level, will be discussed in terms of a fundamental assertion - that the integration of both norm-referenced and individually referenced decision-making is vital to comprehensive behavioral assessment in education.

 
The Smooth Transfer of Technology: Refining the Morningside Assessment Model to Allow for Replication
HEATHER GRADA-DURBECK (Applied Behavioral Learning Services Integrated Learning Academy of Newton), April Heimlich Stretz (Independent Educational Consultant), Cynthia Cardenas-Cobb (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This presentation will focus on the continued implementation of the Morningside Assessment Model from 2002-2007, with a demonstration of how the focus on technological precision in the Model’s development allowed for its transfer to new staff and use with new learners. Novel elements, fine-tuning that occurred, and continued streamlining of the Model will be described. Other specific topics to be covered will include the design and implementation of component skill interventions related to the areas of reading and math, as well as the development and refinement of assessment tools in the area of problem solving and analytical reasoning skills. Additionally, this presentation will focus on the experience subsequent staff members have had as they applied the lessons learned from The Morningside Assessment Model to their post-Morningside endeavors. Examples to be shared will include their insights on getting staff buy-in for data based decision making, generalization of the system to larger, more diverse environments, and how the continuous feedback loop built into the Morningside Assessment Model has improved the outcomes of clients beyond Morningside Academy.
 

Ensuring Fidelity of Implementation Over Time: Taking the Morningside Assessment Model Into the Future

JULIAN GIRE (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

Over the last decade there has been a movement in education emphasizing progress monitoring and other data collection procedures using a Response to Intervention (RtI) approach. RtI procedures aid in decision making for special education eligibility, help to determine the intensity of interventions needed, and can also be used to judge the effectiveness of instruction. This presentation will focus on the evolution of the Morningside Multi-Level Assessment Model from 2007 to the present, including the conceptualization of the Morningside Assessment Model into an RtI framework. Audience members will be informed of new policies that have been implemented to ensure that the Model continues to guide instructional decision making in a manner that is conceptually sound, as well as cost effective and sustainable over time. Notable modifications and additions to the Model will be described, including new curriculum placement tests, the integration of a computer-based system for assessing reading comprehension skills, and updated progress monitoring administration schedules.

 
 
Panel #160
CE Offered: BACB
PDS EVENT: Online Behavior Analytic Instruction: Building the Best Courses for Students and Student Performance
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
M100 F-G (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Timothy C. Fuller, M.A.
Chair: Deric E. Toney (University of Nevada, Reno)
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas)
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (University of Nevada, Reno)
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (Spalding University)
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

This professional development panel discusses the design, development, delivery, administration, and research strategies in online behavior analytic instruction. Online education is growing and, with several options available to a student pursuing education in behavior analysis, it is critical that those delivering this instruction consider a variety of factors to better ensure a quality experience and high performance standards. Panel members will speak to their individual efforts addressing these factors and propose future directions in online instruction and education.

 
 
Symposium #161
CE Offered: BACB
Workplace Performance and Staff Fidelity: Training and Feedback Considerations
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
101 D (Convention Center)
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The degree to which staff implement teaching procedures, behavioral interventions, or other job tasks as instructed is known as procedural fidelity. Research has shown that staff fidelity impacts organizational outcomes. The purpose of this symposium is to highlight research on the range of training and feedback considerations necessary to promote desired staff, client, and organizational outcomes. This symposium will span use-inspired basic research and applied research akin to a bench-to-bedside framework. The first presentation will share findings from a human operant task evaluating the effects of feedback accuracy on short- and long-term learner outcomes with a college student sample. In a more applied evaluation, the second presentation will describe a two-part study of the prevalence and effects of errors in forward chaining procedures to teach with children with autism self-care skills. The third presentation will summarize the results of an evaluation of the effects of training procedures on the fidelity with which volunteers implement a multi-component dog-walking procedure. Finally, the symposium will conclude with an analysis of the effects of types of feedback on workplace performance.

Keyword(s): feedback, procedural fidelity, staff training, treatment integrity
 

Acquisition of a Conditional Discrimination Task Under Varying Levels of Feedback Accuracy

JASON M. HIRST (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Feedback commonly plays a strong role in educational and organizational settings. Research has shown that in both settings, the implementation of prescribed procedures does not always occur as planned or intended. Previous studies have shown that the imperfect implementation of reinforcement and prompting procedures negatively impacts outcomes. Additionally, inaccurate instructions have been show to control participant behavior even when following instructions does not maximize reinforcement. Further research is needed, however, to determine whether these findings might extend to feedback procedures. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of varying levels of inaccurate feedback on task acquisition among 64 college undergraduates. An arbitrary match-to-sample task was presented under varying levels of feedback accuracy and acquisition of the task was recorded. The results demonstrated a weak linear relation between accuracy and rate of acquisition with the highest rates occurring under perfectly accurate feedback. A second condition was implemented in which only accurate feedback was provided to determine if prior exposure to inaccurate feedback would inhibit future learning. A consistent delay to acquisition was obtained for participants previously exposed to 25% and 50% accurate feedback. Implications for research and practice are highlighted.

 
Prevalence and Effects of Teaching Errors on Acquisition of Self-Care Chains
MAEVE G. DONNELLY (New England Center for Children), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University)
Abstract: Research demonstrates that response chaining is an effective method for teaching complex skills to children with developmental disabilities. However, some people with disabilities fail to acquire important response chains, such as self-care skills (e.g., washing hands, making snack, folding clothes; Smith & Belcher, 1985). The purpose of the study was to describe prevalent teaching errors during forward chaining of self-care skills. During Phase 1, 56 teachers in a large center-based program for children with developmental disabilities described problems associated with the use of chaining procedures via internet survey. Teachers who reported a high degree of difficulty with chaining were then asked to participate in a descriptive assessment. During Phase 2, the experimenter observed a subset of teachers teaching the response chain(s) that he or she nominated as most difficult in Phase 1. Teacher deviations from standard procedures were recorded (e.g., modifications or omitted steps) and aggregated across participants. Interobserver agreement data were collected for at least 20% of sessions per participant and averaged at least 90%. Results will be discussed in terms of the most prevalent teaching errors, the most problematic self-care chains, and most concerning teaching errors in terms of their conceptual relevance to learning.
 
Developing Cost-Effective Volunteer Training in an Animal Shelter
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Volunteers represent a valuable workplace resource if they can be trained to implement tasks with high fidelity in a cost-effective manner. However, little information is available about what cost-effective methods are most effective for improving volunteer fidelity. The aim of the current study was to compare the effectiveness of three training package variations on volunteer performance of a dog walking task in a shelter environment. One group of participants received training-as-usual consisting of didactic and written instructions with in-vivo modeling. Another group received brief didactic instructions and written instructions with video modeling. The third group received video modeling with written instructions. Volunteers who received training-as-usual performed nearly half of all steps in the dog walking task analysis correctly (M = 50%). Volunteers who received brief didactic instructions and written instructions with video model performed the task with a mean of 69.5% fidelity. Volunteers who received the video model with written instructions performed the task with the highest fidelity (M = 73.6%). Although the video model required resources up front, when used in place of training-as-usual it would yield returns for the organization after 20 volunteer training sessions.
 
A Preliminary Analysis of the Sandwich Method of Feedback
DANIEL B. SUNDBERG (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of the sandwich method of feedback, in which negative or corrective information is delivered between positive comments, on the rate of check writing in a simulated work environment. Three participants were exposed to baseline, sandwich feedback, and basic feedback (i.e., information on performance only; no positive or negative comments) conditions. Both feedback conditions improved performance slightly relative to baseline, but no differences between the sandwich and basic feedback conditions were apparent. In the final phase, we asked participants to choose which of the two types of feedback to receive; none of the participants selected the sandwich method of feedback.
 
 
Symposium #162
CE Offered: BACB
Managing a Human Services Agency: Case Studies From the Field
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
101 E (Convention Center)
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Donnie M. Staff (West Coast Behavioral Consultants, Inc.)
Discussant: Donnie M. Staff (West Coast Behavioral Consultants, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Bryon Neff, Ph.D.
Abstract:

When embarking on the endeavor to design a successful behavior analysis private practice it is advantageous to examine different segments of the health care industry. Medical practitioners, as an example, experienced a momentous shift in their operating practices due to the introduction of universally accepted standards of practice and the involvement of third party funding sources. These key variables required practitioners to either join the ranks of large health care organizations (i.e., hospitals and medical research centers) or design and operate efficient private practices. Practitioners could no longer just deliver high quality health care in their community and expect their practice to survive. Just as the introduction of these variables required clinicians to become knowledgeable of best business practices (e.g., finance, management, human resources), so too has the implementation evidence-based practice guidelines for autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and health insurance reform made similar demands on professional behavior analysts. This symposium will show 3 recent applications of Human Performance Technology (HPT) and OBM tools used to identify and address critical business issues in human service agencies. After seeing Optimals approach to system management and seeing the results of its applications, audience members will leave with a rudimentary understanding of how HPT can help managers improve productivity, solve performance problems, and realize opportunities related to the performance of people.

Keyword(s): Business, Management, Staff Training, Strategic Planning
 

Reducing Staff Turnover

DONNIE M. STAFF (Optimal)
Abstract:

Optimal encourages the employment of evidence-based approaches, which enlists tools from human performance technology (HPT). These tools drive the analysis and design of performance systems that can be maintained by employees within the organization. When designing performance systems, we strive to equip agencies with a strong infrastructure that will support highly proficient & sustainable services, prevent inefficient waste, and minimize costs. While working with a California-based organization, we identified an opportunity to reduce their rate of staff turnover. Through the improvement of key processes such as scheduling, billing, hiring & recruiting, and progress reporting, the setting of clear expectations, and the alignment of staff and organizations goals; we were able to significantly reduce the agencys turnover rate in a short period of time. As a result, we observed a substantial improvement to employee moral as well as an increase in profit margins.

 
Improving and Standardizing Management Practices
BRYON NEFF (Optimal)
Abstract: Being able to rely on your managers’ ability to support and guide your employees’ performance is of the utmost importance to the vitality of your company. Successful managers are able to get the most out of their direct reports through the application of evidence-based management practices. In order for your company’s products and services to be delivered with the highest level of quality and efficiency, it is critical that your mangers be able to analyze and influence the performance of their direct reports. In this presentation, we will describe the implementation of a management program that helps managers (i) define the performance they want to achieve in a clear, actionable way, and (ii) create flexible but comprehensive plans to develop individuals. Using two simple visual models, The Six Boxes Model® and the Performance Chain Model®, we provided a powerful way to think about and plan for performance without cumbersome tools or processes. The managers that completed this program, have shown an increased ability to solve performance issues in a timely and efficient manor, as well as align the performance of their direct reports with the goals and visions of the organization.
 

Designing and Launching a New Service

ZACH BEAVER (Optimal)
Abstract:

An organization's survival rests entirely on its ability to adapt to change. Companies are constantly adapting to change, through the revision their processes to meet new state & federal regulations, the amendment of their policies to meet funding source requirements, or the training of their staff to implement improved protocol, to name a few. However, do to so successfully requires effective management of organizational structures, processes and performers. It is these internal structures that define your company's service delivery, and in turn your corporate identity. The creation of new services not only requires an existing infrastructure to support it, but will also requires the design and implementation of new internal support structures. In this presentation, we will show you an example of how we collaborated with a company to improve their strategic planning; project management, and product development processes to help them create a viable and needed service. We will show an actual example of how to take an idea from inception to fruition.

 
 
Symposium #163
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating and Comparing the Accuracy and Efficiency of Different Measurement Systems
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
200 C-E (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Kevin C. Luczynski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A hallmark of behavior-analytic research and practice is the use of direct observation in measuring the behavior of interest, which leads to high level of accurate data collection. The papers in this symposium, collectively, represent a move toward evaluating more efficient measurement systems while maintaining high levels of accuracy. Sellers and Bourret examined the accuracy and efficiency of discontinuous and continuous measurement systems for discrete trial training during early intervention programming. Lesser et al. assessed the accuracy and reliability of a nighttime camera with motion-detection technology for conducting videosomnography in an analog sleep setting. Machado et al. conducted a discovery-oriented comparison on the accuracy and efficiency of using different fast-forward speeds in scoring problem behavior during parent-child interactions. We are fortunate to have Dr. Dorothea Lerman, the editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, serve as the discussant for this set of papers, given her exceptional scholarship in the area of evaluating measurement systems.

Keyword(s): autism, discrete-trial training, measurement systems, sleep
 

Comparing the Accuracy and Efficiency of Using Fast-Forwarding Methods for Scoring Problem Behavior

MYCHAL MACHADO (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Stephanie Hood (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

The current set of studies sought to identify a fast-forward speed for scoring in-home problem behavior with sufficient accuracy and efficiency in comparison to scoring at normal speed. In Study 1, two groups of participants scored instances of programmed problem behavior from video records using several fast-forwarding speeds (3.5x, 4.0x, 4.5x, 5.0x) in ascending (n = 6) or descending (n = 6) order. Omission and commission errors and the total duration of scoring time were used to evaluate accuracy and efficiency, respectively. In Study 2, repeated measures were obtained for three groups of participants who scored instances of problem behavior from video records using either 3.5x (n = 5), 4.0x (n = 5) or 5.0x (n = 5) fast-forwarding speeds. Results from both studies suggested that scoring problem behavior 3.5x faster than normal speed consistently produced the fewest errors overall and produced similar efficiency scores across participants. These data suggest that fast forwarding could have marked implications for scoring measures of interest from large video records (e.g., 4 hr) if a speed is chosen at which observers maintain an acceptable level of accuracy and efficiency.

 

Evaluating the Accuracy, Interobserver Agreement, and Efficiency of a Motion-Detection Camera in the Measurement of Sleep Disturbances in Analog Arrangement

AARON D. LESSER (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Stephanie Hood (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Parent diaries and actigraphy are commonly used to measure sleep disturbances with young children at night, although both have been shown to introduce some measurement error (Sadeh, 2011). Recent advances in infrared-nighttime cameras with motion-detection technology may provide a practical means for obtaining direct measures of in-bed movements with little to no error. We evaluated the accuracy and reliability of a cameras motion-detection capabilities across two studies. In Study 1, we systematically moved standard-shaped objects at different distances in an attempt to quantify the proportion of the video feed required for motion to be detected. Next, we evaluated the effects of systematically introducing artificial light and additional objects on the accuracy of the camera. Depending on the size of the object, movements that changed 2% to 7% of the video feed were detected. In Study 2, we assessed the generality of the finding across human motor-movements varying in size (e.g., from mouth movements to a whole-body turn). Based on the results from Study 1, we were able to predict the type of movements that would be detected; in addition, by decreasing the size of the video feed, we able to reliability detect movements as small as the turning of a single hand. The results of these preliminary evaluations suggest that the motion-detection technology is a viable measurement system for detecting in-bed movements. In addition, although the results are germane to the specific camera model we assessed, the procedures provide a methodology for evaluating other camera models.

 

Effects of Data Sampling on Graphical Depictions of Learning

MARY KATHERINE SELLERS (Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Previous literature has examined data sampling in the context of free operant responding. However, relatively few studies compared the effects of data sampling to continuous recording in discrete trial teaching. Thus, continuous and discontinuous data collection methods were compared in the context of discrete trial programming. Archival data sets were analyzed using trial sampling techniques (first five trials, first three trials, and first trial only) and session sampling techniques (every other session, every third session, and every fifth session). Results showed trial sampling to systematically underestimate the number of sessions and days to mastery and overestimate the number of sessions and days to the first independent response. Session sampling systematically overestimated sessions and days to mastery and sessions and days to the first independent response. A time-savings analysis was included to empirically test how much time would be saved by using the sampling methods. Results suggested that data sampling would produce relatively minimal time savings.

 
 
Panel #164
CE Offered: BACB
The Behavior Analyst Certification Board: Update and New Developments
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
200 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: James E. Carr, Ph.D.
Chair: James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
JAMES E. CARR (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
JANE S. HOWARD (California State University, Stanislaus)
NEIL T. MARTIN (European Association for Behaviour Analysis)
CHRISTINE L. RATCLIFF (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: The panelists will discuss recent developments at the Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®). The most current data on the BCBA and BCaBA certification programs will be provided, including the overall number of certificants, the number of approved university training options, and recent examination pass rates. In addition, a number of recent and impending developments at the BACB will be described, including ongoing efforts to raise standards, changes to supervision rules, the dissemination of practice guidelines, and the development of a credential for behavioral technicians.
Keyword(s): BACB, BCaBA, BCBA, certification
 
 
Symposium #165
CE Offered: BACB
Conceptual Analyses and Reviews of Private Events and Motivating Operations
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
101 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
Discussant: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D.
Abstract: Analyzing behavior often requires locating controlling variables that are difficult to observe. Two major classes of such variables reviewed and discussed in this symposium are private events and motivating operations. These variables are commonly utilized in the analysis of verbal behavior. In the first paper in this symposium, Ruth Anne Rehfeldt will review Skinner’s analysis of private events, respond to criticisms of that analysis, and offer recommendations for building covert verbal behavior repertoires. In the second paper, Anna Petursdottir and colleagues will review research on the functional independence of mands and tacts, and provide a review and recommendations on arranging motivating operations for testing manding. In the third paper, Judah Axe will review empirical research analyzing motivating operations, highlight the relative amounts of research on unconditioned and conditioned motivating operations, and summarize the many ways the analysis of motivating operations has aided in our analysis and treatment of verbal behavior, social skills, and problem behavior. Mark Sundberg has written and presented extensively on the topics of private events, motivating operations, and verbal behavior, and he will surely present his own insights and interpretations of these topics.
Keyword(s): motivating operations, private events, verbal behavior
 
An Analysis of Private Events According to Skinner's Verbal Behavior
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: At several points over his career Skinner discussed the mechanisms by which overt verbal behavior may recede to the covert level, participating in control over subsequent responding. In Verbal Behavior, Skinner elaborated upon the means by which the various verbal operants either 1) come under control of private forms of stimulation; or 2) occur covertly themselves. Skinner (1957) often described covert verbal behavior as mediating responses, facilitating subsequent overt performance, and occurring at the point in which an individual was said to be serving as a speaker and listener within the same skin. The purpose of this presentation is to evaluate the conceptualization of private events as delineated in Verbal Behavior (1957), as well as critiques thereof. In closing, I will argue that the formulation of interventions targeting covert verbal behavior is critical for understanding and establishing a variety of forms of complex operants.
 

The Role of Motivating Operations in Research on Mand-Tact Independence

ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University), Jonas Fernandes Gamba (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), A. Celso Goyos (Federal University of San Carlos)
Abstract:

The mand and the tact are two of the elementary verbal operants described in Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior. Skinner's analysis implies that these verbal operants should be functionally independent of one another. In recent years, there has been a proliferation of empirical studies on the independent acquisition of mands and tacts, mostly among individuals with developmental disabilities and young, typically developing children. Many procedural variations can be found in this literature, and the results have been quite variable across studies. In this presentation, we will provide an overview of the procedures that have been used to promote the presence of appropriate motivating operations when mands are tested following tact training, and consider the extent to which variable results can be attributed to this procedural variable. We will also review the types of evidence that researchers can present to support the presence of a motivating operation during mand testing.

 
A Review of Research Analyzing Motivating Operations
JUDAH B. AXE (Simmons College)
Abstract: The concept of motivating operations (MO) has had an immense impact on applied behavior analytic theory, research, and practice. To appreciate the extent of the influence of the concept on applied behavior analytic research, this paper is a comprehensive literature review of studies examining the influence of MOs. Inclusion criteria were empirical studies that contained “motivating operations,” “establishing operations,” or “abolishing operations” in the title or abstract. MOs have had the greatest influence on the literatures of mand training, preference assessment, functional analysis, reducing problem behavior, and organizational behavior management. A critical group of studies are those that evaluated presession access to reinforcement as an abolishing operation. This presentation will provide an overview of the breadth of literature influenced by MOs, highlight landmark papers specifically evaluating the role of MOs across those literatures, and make recommendations for research and practice. There will additionally be a discussion of the presence of unconditioned versus conditioned MOs in the literature.
 
 
Paper Session #166
Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
101 A (Convention Center)
Area: TPC
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
 
What's a Principle of Behavior and How Many Are There?
Domain: Theory
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas)
 
Abstract: This presentation addresses the meaning of the term principle in the context of “behavior” as a subject matter for the natural and historical sciences (e.g., a principle of behavior). The term is common parlance in behavior analysis (e.g., the principle of reinforcement); books are written about the field’s principles (e.g., Elementary Principles of Behavior); and, presumably, more than one principle exists (e.g., behavior principles). But, what is a principle of behavior? Where do the principles come from? And, who says they are “principles”? To address these questions, this presentation reviews the origins and definitions of the term principle in science, psychology, and behavior analysis (e.g., universal vs. normative principles). It compares and contrasts the term’s meaning with those of related terms (e.g., behavioral laws and processes). It offers an account of the term’s meaning based on the analysis of verbal behavior (e.g., an abstract tact). It considers the possibility that some principles are primary (e.g., reinforcement), while others are secondary or derived (e.g., stimulus control), which integrates relational frame theory with behavior analysis. And, it reflects on whether the principles of behavior are biological or behavioral phenomena.
 

Complexity, Emergence, and the Behavior of Organisms

Domain: Theory
ANDREI POPA (Emory University), Nicholas Calvin (Emory University), Jack J. McDowell (Emory University)
 
Abstract:

Complexity science is rapidly becoming the "spoiled child" of the scientific community, promising to dissolve interdisciplinary barriers and open a new chapter in our understanding of the natural world (Mitchell, 2009). Complex systems are dynamic, adaptive systems, composed from a large number of interconnected parts, and governed by simple, low-level rules that can give rise to novel, emergent features or behaviors. High-level, emergent properties are not readily reducible to the rules that produce them. They appear to be stand-alone entities and behavioral and psychological sciences have traditionally studied them as such (e.g. impact of divorce on children's risk of depression). However, if they are emergent features of a dynamic system, the relations between them cannot, in principle, be causal (divorce "influences" depression). Their co-occurrence is incidental, both being produced by underlying simple rules reiterated over long periods of time. In order to fully understand an emergent property, one must identify the rules that govern the system and the specific conditions under which the property emerges (McDowell & Popa, 2009). This implies a complete shift in focus, from high-level properties to low-level rules and characteristics, opening a fascinating doorway for scholars interested in the behavior of organisms.

 

Stimulus Equivalence Using Graph Theory: Nodal Distance and Isomorphism Concepts

Domain: Theory
CELSO S. OLIVEIRA (UNESP)
 
Abstract:

Teaching structures (Linear, Sample as Node - SaN and Comparison as Node - CaN) have an important role on teaching strategies and depends upon the concepts of nodal distance and isomorphism, under the Graph Theory approach to Stimulus Equivalence. This paper presents and discuss those concepts and how they affect the efficiency of the training part of experiments based on Stimulus Equivalence and Matching-to-Sample procedures. A review on how the Graphs builds the equivalence classes (the stepwise process of growing the classes members after each MTS procedure session) is shown too . According to the theory, if all three tests (reflexibility, symmetry and transitivity) applies, then there is the emergence of equivalent stimuli classes. When Graph Theory is applied, the equivalent class is built as a Graph, nodal distance and isomorphism may apply and the Matching procedure can be treated as an addition Graph Operator. It is also shown that the isomorphism can explain why SaN and CaN have similar efficiency on training part of experiments and why the nodal distance is the main reason for Linear teaching structures is the worst case on efficiency.

 
 
 
Symposium #167
Novel and Varied Responding in Special Populations
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
200 J (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Angelica A. Aguirre (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

Research on novel and varied verbal behavior responses has spanned across multiple contexts (including the original training conditions and generalization settings, as well as physical locations) and populations (including typically developing children, and children/adults with autism and intellectual disabilities). The talks in this symposium span across these domains. Talks will include establishing mands across EOs and in generalization settings, the emergence of novel intraverbal responses via tact instruciton and auditory imagining, development of hierarchical responding as a result of conditional discrimination instruction and multiple exemplar instruction, and utilizing script training and fading procedures to increase the variability of mands.

Keyword(s): Novel responses, Variable responses, Verbal Behavior
 
Examining the Effects of Conditional Discrimination Instruction on Hierarchical Relations: Relational Frame Theory Goes to Third Grade
CLARISSA S. BARNES (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: In cognitive psychology, categorization and concept learning are thought to be central to some of the most important aspects of behavior (see Zentall, Calizio, & Critchfield, 2002). Relational Frame Theory (RFT) provides a behavior analytic account of categorization and concept learning that allows us to objectively study these important repertoires. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of conditional discrimination instruction and multiple exemplar instruction on establishing hierarchical responding. First, equivalence classes were established using the stimuli in the base level of the hierarchy. After demonstrating equivalence, participants completed conditional discrimination instruction for each level of the hierarchy until mastery criterion was established. The last phase of the experiment examined the transformation of stimulus functions within the hierarchy. Preliminary data indicate that conditional discrimination instruction with MEI may be sufficient to facilitate concept learning as discussed in cognitive literature. Implications for applications of such interventions will also be addressed.
 
The Effects of Auditory Tact Instruction and Auditory Imagining on the Emergence of Novel Intraverbals
JAMES R. MELLOR (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The current investigation will examine the effects of auditory tact instruction and auditory imagining on the emergence of intraverbal responding in children. Initially participants will be taught to tact what produces a sound, and then to tact each sound with its corresponding word. Participants will then receive auditory imagining instruction. The imagining instruction is designed to facilitate intraverbal responding by teaching the participant to covertly hear the sound when presented with the question. Participants who then show emergence of the intraverbal questions received an auditory-visual conditional discrimination procedure to test if an equivalence class formed between the sounds and a written word. Results to date show that participants do not show this repertoire, but could benefit from these procedures
 

The Effects of Simultaneous Script-Training and Fading Procedures on the Mand Variability of Children With Autism

KRISTEN KELLEY (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Daphne Hartzheim (Utah State University), Jared Gunnell (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism often display rote and repetitive responding across behavioral topographies. One area that is often affected is the individual's verbal repertoire. In an attempt to remediate this deficit, script training and fading procedures have often been implemented to teach individuals new and varied verbal behavior. One area of verbal behavior that has not been extensively examined in the context of increasing variability is an individual's mand repertoire. A lack of variability in mands can limit an individual's access to desired and/or needed items as well as social interactions. Antecedent only procedures, including script training and fading, can teach skills needed to engage in new and varied behavior without the risk contacting the aversive consequences and potential negative outcomes of consequence based procedures (e.g. extinction of current response form). The purpose of this study was to implement simultaneous script training and fading procedures to increase the variability of mands used by young children diagnosed with autism. Three preschool aged children, one male and two females, participated in this study. Low levels of mand variability were initially observed which prompted the inclusion if an extinction condition. The combination of the antecedent only procedures and extinction further increased variability across participants.

 

The Effects of Contriving the Relevant Establishing Operation When Teaching the What Mand-For-Information

ADELINE LOW (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

The current investigation extends the mand-for-information literature by comparing the effects of teaching the What is it? mand for information in the presence and absence of the establishing operation (EO), and assessing generalization of the mand from visual to auditory stimuli. One child with autism was taught to emit the mand using pictures of unknown items. After responding reached the mastery criterion, probes were conducted to test for emission of the mand when presented with new pictures of unknown items and acquisition of the tacts of the originally targeted pictures. Tacts were reinforced in the EO-present condition and not reinforced in the EO-absent condition. Probes to test for generalization from visual to auditory stimuli were conducted using behavior chains. The EO-absent condition was presented before the EO-present condition. Acquisition and generalization of the What is it? mand for information and acquisition of tacts was observed in both the EO-absent and EO-present conditions. Generalization of the mand for information from visual to auditory stimuli was also observed with this participant. Data collection with a second participant is currently in progress.

 
 
Symposium #168
CE Offered: BACB
Toward the Effective Use of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) in Applied Settings
Sunday, May 26, 2013
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
200 H-I (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/OBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Gregory Scott Smith (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Kate Kellum, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) measures the putative strength of verbal relations among stimuli in an individual's verbal behavioral repertoire. These verbal relations, as measured by the IRAP, have commonly been termed "implicit," as opposed to other methods of assessing verbal relations, such as surveys and questionnaires, which have been labeled as "explicit" measures. The IRAP is not the only assessment tool which claims to measure implicit attitudes (i.e., verbal behavior), but it is the only tool based on and analyzed with a behavior analytic perspective. To date, IRAP research has focused primarily on validating IRAP results against those of other implicit attitude measures (e.g., IAT), and has done so using group-based designs, as has been the precedent in implicit attitude research. However, consistent with behavior analytic thinking, emerging IRAP research has begun to draw on within-subject research designs and explore the potential utility of application of the tool in a variety of settings, including but not limited to clinical and organizational settings. The papers presented in this symposium discuss empirical work aimed at addressing these advances, and implications for further research and pragmatic application involving the IRAP.

Keyword(s): implicit attitudes, IRAP, RFT, verbal behavior
 
Mapping Inflexibility: Clinical Utility of a Single Subject IRAP
KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Michael Bordieri (University of Mississippi), Olga Berkout (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Kelly Ho (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) has most often been used to examine differences between the performances of groups with a particular set of stimuli (i.e., an IRAP). The present study examines the possibility of using multiple IRAPs with an individual to identify relatively strong verbal repertoires that may be clinically relevant for that individual or for his/her community. This paper examines multiple methods for examining IRAP outputs at the level of the individual and discusses methods of obtaining convergent validity for this use of the IRAP. Undergraduate students who participated for course credit showed marked variability in IRAP performance across sets of stimuli. The discussion focuses on the potential to predict and develop interventions for specific domains for individuals where high levels of bias, rigidity, or fusion are present.
 
Assessing the Differential Effects of Group and Individually Determined Motivative Augmentals on Cooperative Responding
Amber Marie Candido (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), DANIELLE KRETSCHMER (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: When examining workplace behavior, literature has historically focused on behaviors related to employee performance as they relate to an organization’s bottom line. Moreover, prior research on cooperation in a business environment has primarily relied upon financial consequences to increase or decrease cooperative responding. When individuals do not behave according to these financial contingencies, a post hoc attribution to social or verbal contingencies is a typical default explanation. In attempt to systematically identify and increase pro-social behaviors such as cooperation and problem solving, Rafacz (2010) assessed the participatory effect of pre-existing verbal relations (using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure; IRAP) and rules (motivative augmentals) on cooperative behavior under different pay for performance conditions. Overall the introduction of the rules had a significant, but brief influence on cooperative responding (Rafacz, 2010). As an extended account of Rafacz’s study, our experiment determined the differential effects of pay for performance contingencies in relation to motivative augmentals, with the additional consideration of the participatory influence of a group versus individually determined statement, based on IRAP results, on cooperative work behavior. This presentation will provide an overview of the associated methodology plus the results and discussion.
 

Exploring the Predictive Utility of IRAP with Respect to Performance in Organizations

Gregory Scott Smith (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), BROOKE M. BERRY (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The IRAP has been used as a means of measuring implicit attitudes, or assessing implicit verbal relations, for several years. Much of the early work with IRAP consisted of validating the results obtained using the IRAP with those of another well-documented tool used for measuring implicit attitudes (i.e., IAT; see Barnes-Holmes, Barnes-Holmes, and colleagues). Findings in this vein have been promising, leading researchers to begin asking the next logical set of empirical questions; primarily, to what extent are the measures captured by the IRAP indicative or predictive of more overt, probable patterns of behavior in naturalistic settings, such as the home, the workplace, or the community at large. Recent work has begun to address this question and more research is needed. The present study investigated this question, as it relates to patterns of behavior in organizational settings, by asking participants to complete an IRAP assessment comprising target stimuli related to the workplace and workplace behavior, and then exposing participants to an analog data entry work task, with dependent measures related to those concepts assessed in the IRAP. IRAP results are correlated with more overt, persistent behavior patterns in the analog work task to evaluate the extent to which IRAP results are predictive of such behavior, in this particular setting.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #169
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Using Facial and Postural Cues to Predict Future Behavior in Both Canids and Humans

Sunday, May 26, 2013
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Ballroom B (Convention Center)
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Patricia McConnell, Ph.D.
Chair: Megan E. Maxwell (Pet Behavior Change, LLC)
PATRICIA MCCONNELL (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Patricia McConnell, Ph.D., is an ethologist and Certified Applied Animal Behaviorist, who has consulted with cat and dog lovers for more than 24 years. She combines a thorough understanding of the science of behavior with years of practical, applied experience. Her nationally syndicated radio show, Calling All Pets, played in more than 110 cities for 14 years and her television show, Petline, played on Animal Planet for two and a half years. She is a frequent contributor to The Bark magazine ("the New Yorker of Dog Magazines") and is an adjunct professor in zoology at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, teaching "The Biology and Philosophy of Human/Animal Relationships." Dr. McConnell speaks to training organizations, veterinary conferences, academic meetings and animal shelters around the world about dog and cat behavior, and on science-based and humane solutions to serious behavioral problems. She is the author of 14 books on training and behavioral problems, as well as the critically acclaimed books, The Other End of the Leash (translated into 14 languages), For the Love of a Dog, and Tales of Two Species. For more information, go to http://www.patriciamcconnell.com or visit her blog at www.theotherendoftheleash.com.
Abstract:

Both behavior analysts and ethologists are aware that observable changes in facial expressions and body postures provide invaluable information about behavior. This presentation will include slides and videos illustrating subtle changes in expression in humans and canids that are not only similar, but are often predictive of future behavior. This perspective is not new: Charles Darwin wrote an entire book, The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals, about the predictive value and comparative similarity of emotional expression in man and selected mammals. However, recent advances in visual analysis and neurobiology have greatly advanced our understanding of the link between expression, emotion, and future behavior. This information can be used by analysts working with either species, who are interested in improving their ability to notice, evaluate, and act on subtle but observable changes in facial expressions or body postures.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in improving their skill in interpreting facial expressions and body postures as predictors of future behavior and suggestions about internal emotional states.

Learning Objectives: 1) At the conclusion of the event, participants will be able to identify the subtle but universal facial expressions related to primal emotions in mammals, such as fear, anger and joy, and use them to predict the probability of future behavior. 2) At the conclusion of the event, through videos testing their skills, participants will be better able to detect subtle micro-expressions in the expressions and movements of both people and domestic dogs.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #170
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Experimental Mysticism, Psilocybin, and Quantum Behavior Change: Research Results and Treatment Implications

Sunday, May 26, 2013
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Auditorium Room 1 (Convention Center)
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Roland R Griffiths, Ph.D.
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas)
ROLAND R. GRIFFITHS (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Roland R. Griffiths, Ph.D., is a professor in the Departments of Psychiatry and Neurosciences at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. His principal research focus in both clinical and preclinical laboratories has been on the behavioral pharmacology of mood-altering drugs. His research has been largely supported by grants from the National Institutes of Health, and he is the author of more than 300 journal articles and book chapters. He has been a consultant to the National Institutes of Health and to numerous pharmaceutical companies in the development of new psychotropic drugs. He is also a member of the Expert Advisory Panel on Drug Dependence for the World Health Organization. He has conducted extensive research with sedative-hypnotics and caffeine. About 12 years ago, he initiated a research program with the classic hallucinogen psilocybin, including studies of the effects of psilocybin in healthy volunteers and cancer patients, and a pilot study of psilocybin-facilitated smoking cessation.
Abstract:

Quantum behavioral change refers to sudden, distinctive, and benevolent experiences resulting in enduring changes in a broad range of emotions, cognitions and behaviors. Although the phenomenon of quantum change has been well described for more than 100 years, it has rarely been addressed within modern psychology and there are few meaningful prospective experimental studies because such experiences usually occur at low rates and often unpredictably. Recent rigorous double-blind studies at Johns Hopkins have shown that under carefully controlled conditions psilocybin, the active component of hallucinogenic mushrooms, can occasion profound personally and spiritually meaningful experiences (i.e., mystical-type or insightful-type experiences) in the majority of healthy participants. The experiences mediate sustained positive changes in behavior, attitudes, and personality. As assessed with questionnaires, most volunteers had a "complete" mystical-type experience after a high dose of psilocybin, although more than a third of volunteers also had experiences characterized by some fear, anxiety, or unpleasant psychological struggle. The finding that psilocybin can occasion, in most people studied, quantum change experiences indicates that such experiences and the behavioral changes they produce are now amenable to rigorous prospective scientific study. An exciting direction for future research is the exploration of possible therapeutic benefits of such experiences in treatment of various psychological and behavioral conditions (e.g., anxiety and depression among patients with life-threatening medical conditions such as cancer; treatment of behaviorally based public health problems such as drug dependence disorders).

Target Audience: The target audience is researchers and practitioners interested in current therapeutic uses of hallucinogenic compounds, their behavioral pharmacology, and potential for widespread behavior change.
Learning Objectives: 1. Learn about the pharmacology and history of psilocybin 2. Learn research demonstrating the abrupt and sustained changes in attitudes and behavior occasioned by psilocybin 3. Learn about possible therapeutic applications of psilocybin
 
 
Invited Paper Session #171
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Transferring Effective Practices to the Community: Functional Analysis as an Example

Sunday, May 26, 2013
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Ballroom A (Convention Center)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Anjali Barretto, Ph.D.
Chair: Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University)
DAVID P. WACKER (University of Iowa)
David Wacker, Ph.D., is a professor of pediatrics and special education at The University of Iowa where he has directed one of the country's leading clinical research programs in developmental disabilities for more than 20 years. He and his students have conducted important research on a number of topics, but he is most well known for his pioneering work in behavior disorders. His brief functional analysis, an experimental approach to assessment in outpatient clinics, has revolutionized outpatient research by replacing the clinical interview as the basis of treatment with an empirical model whose utility has been established in dozens of studies. Most recently, he has extended the impact of the brief functional analysis beyond his clinic's boundaries through the creative use of real-time video conferencing. He is a past editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, a fellow of the American Psychological Association (APA) and Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), recipient of distinguished research awards from both APA and the Arc of the United States and recipient of distinguished mentor awards from both the ABAI, and The University of Iowa Roy J. and Lucille A. Carver College of Medicine Distinguished Mentor Committee. He is a principal investigator on several National Institutes of Child Health and Human Development-funded research projects as well as previously serving as a standing panel reviewer for the National Institute of Health, and as the president of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.
Abstract:

In this presentation, the author will describe two projects that have successfully transferred functional analysis procedures to community settings. The first example is a 4-year project in which the Iowa Department of Education teamed with the University of Iowa Center for Disabilities and Development (CDD) to train educational teams to conduct and interpret functional analyses in local schools. The second example summarizes National Institutes of Health- and Maternal and Child Health-funded projects that have shown how functional analyses can be conducted by parents in local outpatient clinics and in their homes. Behavior analysts at the CDD teleconsultation center remotely guided the parents as they conducted the functional analyses. For both projects, functional analyses were conducted within multielement designs, and IOA was conducted for approximately 25% of all sessions and averaged more than 80%. Following the summary of the projects, the author will discuss the results in terms of why it is critical for applied behavior analysts to continue to share their procedures with local staff and parents and how this practice of sharing sets us apart from most other professional groups.

Target Audience: Behavior analysts clinicians and researchers working in the field of autism and developmental disabilities
Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to define functional analysis. 2. At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to list three reasons why functional analyses should be used by local professionals and parents when their children are engaging in severe problem behavior.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #172
CE Offered: BACB

Social ShapeUp: Shaping Student Behavior by Shaping Teacher Behavior

Sunday, May 26, 2013
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Auditorium Room 3 (Convention Center)
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Grant Gautreaux, Ph.D.
Chair: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
LYNN H. SINGLETARY (Teaching Research Institute LLC)
Lynn Singletary, Ph.D., is the founder and CEO of the Teaching Research Institute (TRI), an educational consulting firm in Baton Rouge, LA. She is also an assistant professor of research in the Department of Psychology at Louisiana State University. Dr. Singletary received a B.A. in elementary education and a M.Ed. in administration and supervision. She received her M.A. and Ph.D. in psychology from Louisiana State University under the supervision of Joseph C. Witt. Dr. Singletary's experience includes work as a classroom teacher, school psychologist, and private consultant to schools and the Louisiana Office of Juvenile Justice. Her research focuses on teacher effectiveness, intervention integrity, and the development of feedback systems that promote positive school climate and student achievement. Recently, her company received two Institute of Education Sciences Small Business Innovative Research awards to further enhance technology-enabled methods to facilitate educator use of a multicomponent classroom management program. Dr. Singletary is the principal investigator on both projects and program developer of the Social ShapeUp (SSU: Singletary, 2009) program which was initially developed for educators teaching students engaging in serious and challenging behaviors. The program is presently being used by general educators and data from the most recent research project shows that when teachers use the program with integrity noncompliance decreases and instructional time increases. Preliminary data also showed an increase in student achievement on the end of the year state tests. Dr. Singletary is a published researcher in the fields of education, school psychology, and applied behavior analysis and has presented at state, national, and international conferences.
Abstract:

Classroom management consists of instructional classroom procedures and routines implemented by teachers for the purposes of increasing students' positive behaviors and minimizing problematic behavior. Social ShapeUp (SSU: Singletary, 2009) was initially developed in 1997 as an intervention for students engaging in high frequency and challenging behaviors. The components of SSU are based upon the research that demonstrates the efficacy of behavioral principles and child behavior change. SSU recently evolved into a complete system that includes a web application to facilitate data collection, progress monitoring and reporting. The preliminary data showed student achievement gains were higher compared to the previous year without SSU implementation.

 
 
Poster Session #173
EAB Poster Session - Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 26, 2013
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
1. Heroin Alters Learning Processes that Mediate Conditioned Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JENNIFER MORRISON (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Adjoa Anor (Queens College, City University of New York), Nancy S. Hemmes (Queens College, City University of New York), Robert Ranaldi (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Chronic heroin use has been implicated in altering learning processes. Ranaldi et al. (2009) and Morrison et al. (2011) demonstrated that chronic heroin administration lead to an enhancement of conditioned reinforcement by a food-paired light stimulus; however, the mechanism governing this effect is still largely unknown. The aims of this study were to strengthen the finding that chronic heroin enhances conditioned reinforcement by adding additional control groups to rule out alternative hypotheses regarding conditioned reinforcement, and to examine what learning processes are mediated by chronic heroin administration. The study consisted of three phases, (1) Conditioning Phase (4 days)- in which 3 groups of rats had food paired with a light stimulus, and 1 group had unpaired food and light presentations, (2) Treatment Phase (9 days)- rats were injected with either saline or heroin and tested for behavioral sensitization, (3) Test Phase (64 days)- rats were assigned to one of four conditions based on conditioning history (light paired or unpaired with food) and the programmed relation between lever pressing and light presentation during the test phase (contingent or non-contingent). In this phase, rats were exposed to two test conditions (15 days each) and two spontaneous recovery conditions (10 days each) with a seven day break in between each test condition and spontaneous recovery condition. The first test condition measured conditioned reinforcement of operant responding. A light stimulus from the Conditioning Phase was presented contingent or non-contingent upon lever pressing, depending on group assignment. The second test condition was extinction of operant responding in which lever pressing in all groups resulted in no programmed consequence (light). The results show that after chronic heroin administration rats which received food/light pairings and a contingent presentation of a light stimulus demonstrated the greatest enhancement of conditioned reinforcement. These findings are consistent with the conclusion that chronic heroin administration leads to an enhancement of conditioned reinforcement, an effect that is primarily mediated by operant contingency learning.
 
2. Danger! Danger! How Accurate and Inaccurate Threat Information Impacts Human Approach and Avoidance Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL W. SCHLUND (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, & University of North Texas), Oli Preston (Swansea University), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Simon Dymond (Swansea University)
Abstract:

Anxiety and depression are characterized by paying more attention to negative rather than positive experiences/information. This behavioral allocation should be related to the relationship between threat stimuli and approach-avoidance responses. Here, we used a laboratory approach-avoidance model developed to examine the relationship between threat stimuli and shifts between positively reinforced behavior and avoidance. Sixteen healthy adults were engaged in a task in which button pressing was reinforced with money on a fixed-ratio schedule (approach). Pressing a concurrently available observing button also produced a threat meter displaying the current threat of losing money (0=none to 100=certain) and a reduce button that when pressed lowered the threat level (avoidance). Instructions clarified the function of buttons, meaning of threat levels and stated threat would always increase. In three randomly presented conditions, the threat information was either present, inaccurate or absent (baseline). Relative to baseline, threat information enhanced performances and produced an increase in approach responding and earnings and an increased probability of avoiding at lower threat levels. In contrast, inaccurate threat information degraded performances and produced a decrease in approach and avoidance responding, earnings and an increased probability of avoiding at a higher threat level.

 
3. Relative Strength of Conditioned Reinforcers as a Function of Deprivation at the Time of Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Several studies have indicated that stimuli correlated with food function as relatively more effective conditioned reinforcers when the relevant motivating operation (food deprivation) is imposed. However, results from previous research have been inconclusive with regards to the relative efficacy of conditioned reinforcers as a function of deprivation at the time of the stimulus-reinforcer correlation. The present study examined the preference for conditioned reinforcers as a function of the level of deprivation at the time of the stimulus-reinforcer correlation in mice. Under 24 hours’ food deprivation conditions, food delivery was correlated with Tone A (high deprivation stimulus). Under 12 hours’ food deprivation, food delivery was correlated with Tone B (low deprivation stimulus). Conditioned reinforcement tests were then performed to determine subjects’ preference for either the high or low deprivation stimulus when under 18, 12, and 24 hours’ deprivation. Subjects exhibited a strong preference for the high deprivation stimulus in the first conditioned reinforcement test under 18 hours deprivation, but subsequent tests showed mixed results, suggesting that either the sequence of the conditioned reinforcement tests affected preference or the preference for the high deprivation stimulus is a temporary phenomenon that is attenuated with extended training.
 
4. Establishment of Conditioned Reinforcers
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MONICA VANDBAKK (Oslo and Akershus University College), Heidi Skorge Olaff (Oslo and Akershus University College), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Most verbal and social behavior is maintained by the social consequences like smiles, nods, comments, and praise. Children with autism have impairments in reciprocal social interaction and, often, such typically reinforcing social stimuli do not work as reinforcers. If such stimuli can be established as conditioned reinforcers for the behavior of these children, important social behavior is more likely to be established and maintained in a natural environment. Holth et al., (2009) showed that through an operant discrimination procedure, a previously ineffective stimulus became a conditioned reinforcing stimulus. In contrast, in a pairing procedure, a previously ineffective stimulus was presented just prior to the presentation of the reinforcer, and did not acquire any reinforcing effects. The current study is a systematic replication of Holth et al., (2009) with four rats. This experiment established cue lights above the levers in a standard operant chamber (previously ineffective stimuli) as conditioned reinforcers, respectively by pairing and by operant discrimination. Tests discovered whether the paired cue light or the SD light had acquired a reinforcing effect, and was conducted under a VR schedule. The results support Holth et al. (2009) that SD-procedure establishes conditioned reinforcers more effectively than does the pairing procedure.

 
5. Home Cage Enrichment and Responding to Near-Win Stimuli in a Pigeon Slot Machine Analogue
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DWIGHT ALEXANDER LASTINGER (West Virginia University), Shrinidhi Subramaniam (West Virginia University), Nathan Rice (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Environmental enrichment has been linked to a variety of adaptive behavior patterns. To examine effects of enrichment on gambling behavior, pigeons were trained in a slot machine analog during phases of relative deprivation and relative enrichment in home cages (i.e., absence versus presence of toys). During 2-hour sessions in standard operant chambers separate from home cages, sensitivity to near win stimuli was assessed. On each trial, a side key was illuminated red or green following pecks in a 3-peck sequence. Three successive red lights signaled a win and three green lights signaled a loss. Two red lights followed by a green light was a “near win.” Following the required sequence of three pecks, the center key was illuminated white for 5 s. Food was delivered following each clear win sequence as long as at least one peck was recorded during the 5 s. Center key response rates were compared across trial types and enrichment conditions.
 
6. The "Near-Miss" Effect in Scratch-Off Card Gambling
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ASHLEY SHAYTER (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Jacob H. Daar (University of South Florida), Abigail Kennedy (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The "near-miss" effect, a phenomenon in which gamblers respond to plays that almost won as being closer to a win than a total-loss, has been the subject of much research. However, the majority of studies examining this phenomenon have been conducted utilizing slot-machine games. The current studies were conducted to demonstrate the presence of near-miss effects in Scratch-off card game play. Across both studies, college students with no history of pathological gambling were asked to play scratch-off tickets. In exp. 1, participants were provided a series of game cards and simply asked to rate how close they felt they were to winning after each play. In the second study, participants were repeatedly given the choice between two separate decks of cards which varied in the probability of near-miss outcomes (0% vs. 30%). After each scratch-off ticket, participants were asked to rate how close they felt they were to a win using a Likert-scale. Results indicate that participants were more likely to rate a "near-miss" outcome as being closer to a win and distinct from a total loss. Furthermore, participants showed a preference for cards with high-rates of near-misses over identical cards without near-miss outcomes.

 
7. Examining the Effects of Briefly and Fully Signaled Delays on Response Acquisition with Delayed Reinforcement in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARK P. REILLY (Central Michigan University), Robin Kuhn (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

The effects of delays to reinforcement on responding tend to vary as a function of certain variables, such as delay length and delay type. There is preliminary evidence that another variable, delay signal duration, also modulates the effects of reinforcement delays. The present between-subjects experiment explored left lever press acquisition with 30-s signaled delayed reinforcement in four groups of nave rats exposed to differing types of reinforcement delays and delay signal durations: (1) fully signaled non-resetting delays, (2) briefly signaled non-resetting delays, (3) fully signaled resetting delays, and (4) briefly signaled resetting delays. Rats exposed to fully signaled reinforcement delays acquired the left lever response more quickly than the rats in the briefly signaled delay groups, regardless of whether the delays were resetting or non-resetting. Consistent with previous studies, resetting delays retarded acquisition relative to delays that did not reset. These findings contribute to the literature on response acquisition with signaled delayed reinforcement by directly comparing the effects of fully and briefly signaled delays. Furthermore, they provide a framework for integrating the experimental results from previous delay-of-reinforcement studies that differ in terms of delay signal duration or delay type.

 
8. Stimulus Compounding in Multiple Schedules with Daily Alternating Components
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL BROOKS (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

Stimulus compounding, in which two or more stimuli are presented simultaneously, allows for the exploration of the important properties of stimulus control and discrimination. The purpose of this study was to produce the stimulus compounding effect of additive summation (Weiss, 1972) using stimuli that, during training, change daily rather than within the session in order to allow the future study of interoceptive stimuli (such as drug states) as components of the compound. Six rats were trained to respond on a variable-interval 60 seconds schedule in the presence of either a light or a tone in separate sessions. Sessions of extinction, in which no light or tone were present, occurred between each session featuring either tone or light. When presented together, the light and tone compound did not produce the additive summation that is typical in stimulus compounding studies. Moreover, examination of responding during the beginning of the sessions revealed little or no differences in responding during the light, tone, extinction, or compounded sessions. Rather than being controlled by the presence or absence of light or tone, the data indicate that responding was under the control of the amount of time elapsed without reinforcement during the beginning of the sessions.

 
9. Within-Session Decreases in Responding as a Function of Variability in Reinforcer Amount and Delay
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERIC S. MURPHY (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer-Johnson (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mark Wheeler (University of Alaska Anchorage), Alyssa Hoskie (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract: The present experiment tested the hypothesis that habituation contributes to within-session decreases in operant responding. In particular, we tested for the variety effects property of habituation which states that habituation should develop more slowly and overall responsiveness should be higher when reinforcers are presented in a variable, rather than in a constant, manner. The experiment was a 2 (Amount: constant vs. variable) X 2 (Delay: fixed vs. variable) within-subjects design. Four rats responded on a fixed interval 8-s schedule in which pressing a lever produced a constant amount of 5 food pellets or an average of 5 (1 or 9 with a probability of .50) food pellets per delivery and where the delay to reinforcement was 10 s or an average of 10 s (1 or 19 s with a probability of .50) during 30 min daily sessions. When both amount and schedule of reinforcement were constant, rates of responding were lower and within-session responding reached asymptote earlier than when one or both reinforcement parameters were variable. These preliminary data suggest that varying one or more reinforcement parameters increases the effectiveness of a repeatedly presented reinforcer. The results of the experiment are consistent with the idea that habituation to the reinforcer contributes to within-session changes in operant responding.
 
10. Home Cage Enrichment and Temporal Control in a Free-Operant Psychophysical Choice Procedure
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JESSICA ANN CLOSE (West Virginia University), Shrinidhi Subramaniam (West Virginia University), Adam E. Fox (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Abstract: To examine effects of enrichment on temporal control, pigeons were trained in a free operant psychophysical choice procedure (FOPC) during 2-week phases of relative deprivation and relative enrichment in home cages (i.e., absence versus presence of toys). During daily sessions in standard operant chambers separate from home cages, short and long fixed intervals (FI) were presented on different keys. Both keys were illuminated at all times except during food delivery and the intertrial interval, but only one schedule operated at a time. Short and long intervals were intermixed. FI schedule durations were changed across conditions while holding the short:long ratio constant at 1:3. In this procedure, the point of subjective equality was the time at which the local response rate was the same for the short and long schedules. Points of subjective equality were calculated and compared across schedule durations and enrichment conditions.
 
11. The Influence of the Experiences in the Higher-cost and Lower-cost Alternative in the Sunk Cost Effect
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SHUN FUJIMAKI (Keio University, Japan), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University, Japan)
Abstract:

The sunk cost effect is the tendency to persist in the higher-cost alternative because of its past investment, even when the lower-cost one is available. The present study examined the influence of subjects experiences in the sunk cost effect. After establishing certain preference for the higher-cost key to the lower-cost one, we exposed four pigeons to three conditions,?(baseline), ?, and ?, and compared choice percentage to the higher-cost key in three probes, A, B and C. In Probe A, red (higher-cost) and yellow (lower-cost) keys were concurrently presented. In Probe B, pigeons were exposed to Probe A just after the red-key component. In Probe C, they were exposed to Probe A just after the green-key (unrelated to any colors of choice) component. We found almost no preference for the red-key in Probe B under condition ? where we extinguished responses to the single yellow-key component. On the contrary, we found strong preference in Probe B under condition ? where responses to the single red-key produced the large reinforcer. The results suggest that non-human subjects show the sunk cost effect when they have the experiences that responses to the higher-cost alternative produced the large reinforcer.

 
12. Hyperbolic versus Exponential Discounting in an Adjusting-Delay Procedure With Hypothetical Money Choices
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES E. MAZUR (Southern Connecticut State University), Tanisha Mair (Southern Connecticut State University), Jessica Kiska (Southern Connecticut State University), Michael Falbo (Southern Connecticut State University)
Abstract: College students made a series of choices between hypothetical amounts of money. Each choice was between a smaller, more immediate amount of money (e.g., $200 in 1 month) and a larger more delayed amount (e.g., $400 in 16 months). Depending on each participant’s choices, the delay for the larger amount was adjusted up or down across successive choices in order to estimate indifference points—pairs of delay-amount combinations that were about equally preferred. A majority of the participants showed fairly regular increases in how long they would wait for the larger amount as the delay for the smaller amount was increased. To compare exponential versus hyperbolic delay-discounting models, delays for the larger amounts were plotted as a function of delays for the smaller amounts for several different amount pairs (e.g., $400 versus $450, $100 versus $500, etc.). Two features of these functions were consistent with hyperbolic discounting but not with exponential discounting: (1) the slopes of the indifference functions were greater than 1, and (2) the slopes varied depending on the ratio of the two reinforcer amounts. These results support the hyperbolic equation as a model of human delay discounting.
 
13. Acquisition of Preference in Rats Controlled by Reinforcement Amount
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SEAN WILLIAM O'BRIEN (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Grace R. Cowen (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina at Wilmington)
Abstract:

Recent studies have shown that preference controlled by various parameters of reinforcement can be acquired rapidly (e.g., within a session). Most of this work has been with pigeons. In the present study, acquisition of preference controlled by reinforcement amount was investigated in rats. Fifteen rats were exposed to a choice procedure in which each session consisted of 3 blocks of 12 trials each. The first two trials of each block were forced trials, and the remaining trials of each block were choice trials. Presses on one lever resulted in a larger reinforcer and presses on another lever resulted in a smaller reinforcer. The levers associated with the larger and smaller reinforcers alternated every 5 sessions. Acquisition of preference was observed both within and across sessions. On the first session following a lever switch, choice adjusted across trials such that most rats chose the larger reinforcer on over 75% of the trials in the third trial block; choice adjusted across sessions such that most rats chose the larger reinforcer on 80-90% of the trials by the third session. This type of procedure could prove useful in studying effects of a variety of variables (e.g., drugs) on sensitivity to reinforcement in rats.

 
14. Matching versus Maximizing: A Translational Study of Choice Behavior in an Inclusive Preschool Setting
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
TONYA LAMBERT (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Mary-Jo Robinson (Syracuse University)
Abstract: In basic research on concurrent-schedule responding, optimal performance refers to any pattern of behavior that maximizes reinforcement. Depending on the window of analysis, maximizing reinforcement may mean the highest probably of reinforcement on each response (momentary maximizing), the highest overall rate of reinforcement (global maximizing), or the highest short-term payoff ratio (melioration). A translational study is described examining the extent to which on- and off-task behavior by two preschool-age children maximized reinforcement obtained under programmed schedules of experimenter attention and matched attention across 1, 2.5, and 5 min intervals. Three concurrent schedules of attention were manipulated favoring either on-task (90%/10%), neither (50%/50%), or off-task (10%/90%) behavior followed by a reversal (90%/10%). On average, students obtained only 63% of all programmed reinforcers. One student undermatched with a bias favoring on-task behavior (slope = .83, intercept = .23, 77% variance accounted for), collected more reinforcers for on-task behavior (97%), but matched only at longer intervals. The second student showed near perfect matching (slope = 1.04, intercept = -.05, 92% variance accounted for) and matched at all interval lengths. Findings suggest that melioration rather than global maximizing may better describe children’s choice behavior in applied settings.
 
15. Contrasting Molar and Molecular Approaches to Evaluating Adaptation of Response Allocation
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The adjustment of response allocation when contingencies change may provide insight into real-world behavioral flexibility. To investigate effects of changes in delay to reinforcement, pigeons pecked in concurrent-chains schedules. Initial links were concurrent variable-interval (VI)-VI 8 s. Terminal-link schedules were always fixed interval (FI) 10 s and FI 20 s. The location of the initial link leading to the shorter terminal link varied from session to session by a 31-step pseudorandom binary sequence. In a typical session, initial-link response allocation shifted abruptly within the first half of the session. By the end of the session, response allocation virtually always favored the shorter terminal link. These adjustments can be evaluated at different levels of analysis using molar and molecular methodological approaches. We consider relatively local analyses as assessing response allocation in each presentation of initial links, and relatively global analyses as assessing response allocation across sessions. Change-point analysis, identifying when abrupt shifts in response allocation occur, is molecular and local. Tracking analysis, specifying how much response allocation adjusts from session to session, is molecular and global. Local and global molar analyses involve derivations of generalized matching and comparisons of sensitivity. The suitability of these analyses for model development will be discussed.
 
16. Effects of Discrimination Training and a "Distracting Activity" on Impulsive Behavior in Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Brenda Estela Ortega (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Juan Carlos Gonzalez (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

In a discrimination-training session children were trained to reproduce or not a TV video presented on a computer-screen illuminated in green or gray, respectively. In a second session with the screen illuminated in gray the video was presented during the last 32 s of a 64-s time cycle. A second video could be presented during 8 s once the cycle elapsed, according to the following contingency. Trying to watch the first video interrupted it and cancelled the second video presentation. Otherwise, the screen illumination changed from gray to green and watching the second video could occur. There were 25 time cycles in the session and a distracting bottom could be added during each time cycle. Therefore, the combination of 40, 20 or 0 discrimination-training trials with the presence or absence of the distracting bottom defined a 2 x 3 factorial design with 9, 6, or 9 and 15, 15 or 14 children assigned to each cell, respectively. The number of first-video presentations interrupted was considered an index of impulsive behavior and it was found that discrimination training facilitated the acquisition of this behavior only when a distracting activity was absent. The implications of this procedure for self-control theory are discussed.

 
17. A Comparison of Hypothetical and Real Rewards: The Effects of Response Effort and Monetary Rewards on Self-Control
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JESSLYN N. FARROS (California State University, Los Angeles), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to consider the limitations of previous research and compare hypothetical and real delivered rewards for task completion. Using a between-subjects design, eight undergraduates participated in a computer-based assessment. They were presented with pairs of algebra problems, each associated with a monetary reward. Four of the participants actually received the monetary amount associated with every choice made, while four participants responded to the questions knowing the rewards were hypothetical. Visual inspection of the data showed a difference in responding by the hypothetical and real rewards groups. Statistical analyses were also conducted in the form of t-tests. Three of four participants in each group responded similarly, therefore one participant from each group was excluded from some analyses. Tests including all participants found no statistical significance for crossover points (t = 1.524, p = 0.178), correct response allocation to high effort problems (t = 1.2, p = 0.274), or correct response allocation to low effort problems (t = 2.107, p = 0.079). Tests conducted excluding outliers found extreme statistical significance for crossover points (t = 8.441, p = 0.001), correct response allocation to high effort problems (t = 5.3, p = 0.013), and correct response allocation to low effort problems (t = 8.807, p = 0.0009). Hypothetical rewards are extensively used in lieu of real rewards assuming they produce the same behavior. The results of the current study question the validity of results found using hypothetical rewards.
 
18. Predictive Validity of the BART: Choice Between Certain and Uncertain Cash
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NOAH EMERY (Arizona State University), Araceli Moreno (Arizona State University), Brent Marshall (Arizona State University), Richard Grove (Arizona State University), Huateng Zhang (Arizona State University), Elias Robles (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Risk taking has been shown to predict problems such as injuries, drug dependence, and pathological gambling. The Balloon Analog Risk Task (BART) is a computer simulation developed by Lejuez et al. (2002, Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 8, 75-84) to measure risk-taking propensity. While BART scores correlate highly with self-report measures of impulsivity and risk taking, the degree to which they predict specific risk taking behaviors remains to be determined. This study explored the relationship between responding on the BART and taking a risky monetary choice. Participants (n=61) played the BART and then chose between $5 and the chance to get $0 to $15 (average = $5) on a randomly assigned choice condition. Overall, the gamblers’ BART scores were significantly higher than non-gamblers (p < .05). Also, the number of options = $5 in each choice condition linearly predicted choice outcome (R2=0.98). Finally, balloon explosions had a differential effect on subsequent responding. For gamblers, responding decreased immediately after an explosion and increased monotonically thereafter (R2=0.77), while for non-gamblers the opposite effect was observed (R2=0.90). These data support the predictive validity of the BART regarding small monetary bets, and account for the overall results in terms of individual patterns of responding.
 
19. Stimulus Generalization and Peak Shift with Precancerous Skin Moles
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MORGAN A. FRERKING (University of North Dakota), Adam Derenne (University of North Dakota)
Abstract: Patterns of stimulus generalization vary with experience. Participants trained to discriminate a stimulus paired with reinforcement (S+) from a stimulus paired with extinction (S-) commonly come to respond to stimuli that are not only unlike S-, but more extreme than S+. This biased pattern of responding is known generally as a peak shift. Peak shift-like patterns of behavior have been observed in a number of naturally occurring contexts. In the present experiment, we examined whether peak shift would appear when participants made judgments about skin moles that ranged from normal to abnormal (the abnormal moles specifically had features indicative of melanoma). In our experiment the S+ was a transitional mole, and the S- was either a relatively normal or a relatively abnormal mole. Peak shift was observed; in other words, participants had difficulty correctly identifying the transitional mole when it appeared, and they responded to the images in a biased manner.
 
20. Using Stimulus-Control Procedures to Improve Detection of Skin Cancer
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JOSEPH H. CIHON (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The costs associated with skin cancer (mortality, economic, social, etc.) can be substantially mitigated with early diagnosis and treatment. Early detection of troublesome moles by patients has been shown to be an effective way to produce early diagnosis and treatment. The procedures by which such discriminations are taught, however, have not received much scrutiny and a look at the clinical literature suggests room for improvement. This study asks if using an automated, lab-tested procedure to establish and enhance stimulus control will be effective in lowering the detection threshold. Such an outcome would be expected to have clinically important implications.
 
21. Goldfish See, Goldfish Do: Is Imitation Largely a Domain for Primates?
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
NICOLE HIGGINS (Florida Institute of Technology), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Florida Institute of Technology), Gregory Paquiot (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: This poster will present a study that assesses the ability of the common goldfish, Carassius auratus, to learn specific behavioral responses by observing another fish engage in the specified operant. It is accepted that some marine animals, such as dolphins and killer whales, often learn by imitation and is hypothesized that these behaviors may be exhibited by other organisms which lack higher order functioning. The goldfish were paired with conspecifics (that had been trained to swim through a hoop to receive food) and placed in a box that precluded their interaction but focused their attention on the manipulandum and consequence delivery of their partner. The acquisition of hoop-swimming by observation was measured every third trial. Discussion of the results of this and its implication on the assessment of imitation and learning in fish may provide researchers with a foundation for future research in life skills, avoidance, or higher-order conditioning in marine animals. Keywords: experimental analysis, imitation, fish, Carassius auratus
 
22. Discrimination trials to influence self-awareness (V. 3)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KERIN ANN WEINGARTEN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract: Humans and non-humans are often said to lack self-awareness (Goldiamond, 1959, 1962, 1965, 1966; Nisbett & Wilson, 1977). Although there are clearly many ways to interpret such terms that involve the self as prefix, they all seem to involve cases in which individuals' own prior behavior is discriminative for their subsequent behavior. In the present research pigeons were trained in a compound, discrete-trial procedure. The first component of a trial was a conventional matching to sample (MTS) component. The second component was a probe in which the pigeons were presented with two further stimuli, responses to one of which were reinforced conditional on correct performance in the prior matching component. Four pigeons responded with accuracy above 90%, and near 100% on both the MTS and probe components, indicating the pigeons' own prior behavior had indeed become discriminative for their subsequent behavior. The procedure appears promising as a means for assisting individuals with developmental disabilities to better come under the discriminative control of the outcomes of their own prior behavior.
 
 
 
Poster Session #174
EDC Poster Session - Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 26, 2013
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
16. CANCELLED: An Evaluation of the Classroom Ecology: Performance Feedback as Intervention for Staff and Student Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CARLEY MASON (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Philip L. Concors (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of performance feedback as a staff training intervention to improve the teaching behaviors of paraprofessionals in a secondary classroom for students with multiple disabilities. Four empirically validated classroom management behaviors used to increase on-task behaviors of students were targeted using a multiple-baseline-across-behaviors design. Momentary time sampling was used to measure the on-task behavior of students as a collateral intervention outcome. The intervention included two sequential phases: Phase 1 consisted of visual feedback alone in the form of staff behavior definitions and graphical displays of staff performance, and Phase 2 was an abbreviated performance feedback condition with the same visual feedback as in Phase 1 and a specific verbal feedback component that included verbal clarification of expected staff behaviors and verbal direction (i.e., praise and corrective statements) individual to each staffs performance. Results indicate that the abbreviated performance feedback condition was an effective training method for improving the teaching behaviors of one of the two paraprofessional participants. Visual feedback alone was less effective with varying results across behaviors and participants. As hypothesized, the on-task behavior of students improved when staff performance improved. The benefits of using performance feedback as a staff training method for paraprofessionals within the classroom setting are discussed as well as collateral effects on the on-task behaviors of students.

 
23. Automatic Graphing on Laptops and Smartphones
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN THOMAS LACY (Stephen F. Austin State University), Sarah A. Law (Stephen F. Austin State University), Chris Ninness (Stephen F. Austin State University), Sarah Halle (Stephen F. Austin State University), Marilyn Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University), Robin Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University), Kellie McKee (Stephen F. Austin State University), David Lawson (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Abstract: The present study demonstrates an automatic graphing/rotation scan software system that allows the observer to record the behavior of a target child along with up to three comparison students. The automated program tracks passage of time and divides the observation period into intervals, relieving the observer from the task of constantly watching a computer or cell phone screen. Data is recorded by keys press or touchscreen. Upon completing an observation session, a quick series of clicks generates an automatic graph of session outcomes. During the observations, we employed 30 s partial-interval recordings to collect data and produce an automatic graph of a target student and three comparison students. Overall reliability for the two sessions ranged from 96.6% 100% with an average reliability score of 98.3%. This study suggests that our automatic graphing software system is a reliable and efficient technique for generating local norms around a target student.
 
24. Generalizing Transition Skills Using Video Modeling
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Jacklyn Pierce (Stephen F. Austin State University), GINGER L. KELSO (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Abstract: Video modeling is a well-established intervention for children with autism and other developmental disabilities. It has been successfully applied to a variety of behaviors including transitioning from one activity to another. However, less in known about how well transition skills generalize to other settings following a video modeling intervention. In this study an eleven-year-old female with autism was taught to transition using a video modeling technique. Video modeling occurred at home during in-home training provided by the local school district. Data were collected both in the home to show direct effects of the intervention and at school to assess for generalized effects of video modeling. During baseline, the child correctly completed between zero and two transitions (out of five possible transitions). At school, the performance was more variable with most days showing two or fewer correct transitions, but a spike to four correct transitions on a single day (See attached Figure). Intervention data will show whether the video modeling intervention (using a self-modeling technique) will improve transitions in the home and whether these effects will generalize to the school setting. A reversal design will be used to establish experimental control. If this study results in successful generalization, the results will increase the efficiency of instruction by allowing video models to be implemented in the home with concurrent benefits in performance at school.
 
25. The Effects of Writer Immersion on the Structural and Functional Descriptive Writing Skills of Four Third-Grade Students in a General Education Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HALEY PELLEGREN (Teachers College Columbia University), Kaitlin Flinn (Teachers College, Columbia University), Kieva Sofia Hranchuk (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We implemented a delayed multiple probe design across participants to examine the effects of a writer immersion treatment package on the number of accurate structural and descriptive functional components included in the writing samples of third grade general education students. For the current study, each participant was part of a dyad and functioned as either a writer or reader. Writers were assigned based on pre-experimental probe data that showed they needed to improve their descriptive writing skills, and participants were assigned as editors because pre-experimental probe data showed participants often failed to attend to written antecedents. Data for each participant displayed a significant increase in the dependant variables (structural editing and structural and descriptive functional components of writing) due to the implementation of the independent variable (the writer immersion treatment package). These results further support empirical evidence suggesting that a writer immersion treatment package and editing are effective protocols that can be used to improve the technical writing skills of students, which may lead to the acquisition of more advanced reader/writer cusps as they progress through the verbal behavior developmental trajectory.
 
26. The Effects of an Operant Conditioning on Inducing Conditioned Reinforcement for Observing Books in Early Intervention Students with Developmental Delays
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SUZZANNA JAVED (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniela De Souza Canovas (University of São Paulo, Brazil), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

The authors investigated the effects of an operant conditioning procedure on the acquisition of observing responses to books. The design used was a delayed multiple pre and post-intervention probe across participants. Three children with developmental delays aged from 2.5 to 2.10 years-old participated in the study. Pre and post-intervention probes were conducted in a free play area to evaluate if the participants emitted observing responses to books. The operant conditioning procedure consisted of 20 training and test trials. Reinforcement was delivered at the end of the training trial if the participant emitted observing responses to books after a whole interval (e.g., 5 seconds, 10 seconds). A training trial was followed by a test trial. Correct or incorrect responses were recorded during the test trial. The results indicated that the operant conditioning procedure increased looking at books or emitting observing responses to books for one of the participants, who met the final criterion (90% accuracy of looking at books) in post-intervention probes. The intervention is ongoing for the other two participants. The authors discussed the data in terms of competing responses, such as stereotypy emitted by the participants that did not meet the criterion during post-intervention probes.

 
27. The Effects of Inducing Conditioned Reinforcement for Observing Books on Rate of Acquisition of Novel Textual Responses with Six Preschool Students at Risk for and without Developmental Delays
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN BUTTIGIEG (Teachers College Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: We tested the effects of conditioning books on the rate of acquisition of novel textual responses for 6-preschool students at risk for developmental delays (3) or without developmental delays (3), ranging in age from 2.5 to 4.2 years old. Two males and 4 females participated; they were selected from a preschool which implemented a behavior analytic approach to all instruction, and they were selected for participation because they did not have book stimuli as a conditioned reinforcer for observing; they did have the necessary prerequisite skills in repertoire to acquire novel textual responses. The independent variable in this study was the establishment of books as a reinforcer for observing responses and as a preferred activity in a free play area. The dependent variable in this study was the rate of acquisition of novel textual responses before and after books were established as conditioned reinforcers. A matched-pairs with pre- and post-intervention probes with a nested multiple probe design was used; the participants were paired based on the number of learn units to criterion for a set of sight words. Results indicated that participants learned to read faster as a function of having books as a conditioned reinforcer.
 
28. The Effects of Peer Tutoring on the Emergence of Untaught Vocal Spelling Responses
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Susan Buttigieg (Teachers College, Columbia University), SUZANNE HELLER (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Three preschool students from an inclusion preschool CABAS classroom participated in a study to examine the effects of peer tutoring on untaught vocal spelling responses. A pre- and post-intervention probe design was used and counterbalanced across participants. The number of correct vocally spelled words and the percentage of correct vocally spelled letters were measured prior to and after peer tutoring for each set of words, including corresponding untaught abstraction sets. The abstraction sets consisted of words with the spelling pattern endings as the sets used in peer tutoring but were not including during peer tutoring. During peer tutoring sessions the tutor delivered learn units to the tutee and the observer recorded data on the tutees responses. All three participants met criterion for errorless teaching when serving as the tutor or observer. Also, each participant learned to spell a set of words as the tutee. In post-intervention probes, the number of words and percentage of letters spelled correctly significantly increased across all three participants for most of the word sets, including abstraction words, even after serving as the tutor or observer.
 
29. Using SAFMEDS to Teach Key Elements of Behavioral Guidelines
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HALEY FOX (Beacon ABA Servcies), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: SAFMEDS, an acronym for Say, All, Fast, Minute, Each, Day, Shuffle, is a technique used for building fluency of performances, the term was first coined by Dr. Ogden R. Lindsley in the1970's and 1980's (Eshelman, 2002). Fluency or fluent performance is described as performances meeting two per-specified criteria (speed plus accuracy). According to proponents, once a person has achieved a target level of fluency, the person is able to retain the information longer, use the information in new ways, and learn related information quicker. However, it is not clear that achieving fluent knowledge performances will result in changes in the behavior associated with this knowledge. In this study, a set of SAFEMEDS which included key elements of behavioral guidelines were used. The study sought to determine if fluency in target knowledge areas would result in quantitative or qualitative aspects of behavior plans/guidelines. A multiple baseline group design was used across three groups of staff. Data suggest that changes in knowledge levels of staff, did not reliably result in changes in staff in staff behavior related to this knowledge. This study suggests that staff training which focuses primarily on teaching knowledge content may not result changes in actual staff behavior.
 
30. Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude and Distribution on Preference for Work Schedules
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN CLAUDE WARD-HORNER (Beacon ABA Services), Alexis Pittenger (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York), Gary M. Pace (Private practice)
Abstract: Applied research indicates that fluent completion of work with continuous access to a reinforcer may be an influential variable affecting choice. That is, when the overall magnitude of reinforcement is matched between two alternative work schedules, some students prefer completing all of their work for continuous access to a reinforcer (fluent work) over distributed access of a reinforcer while working (disfluent work). We evaluated a students preference for fluent work by manipulating the magnitude reinforcement associated with fluent work. Data were collected on students preference using a concurrent operants procedure, and inter-observer agreement and treatment integrity data were collected during 30% of the sessions. Preference for fluent work persisted despite a 20% decrease in reinforcer magnitude; however, a 40% decrease in reinforcer magnitude produced a shift in preference for disfluent work. Results are discussed in the context of preference/choice in applied settings.
 
31. Correct-Over Versus Correct-After: A Comparison of Two Error Correction Procedures
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANN FILER (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of two error correction procedures; correct over and correct after, on the acquisition of spelling skills taught within a 1:1 ABA teaching session. A correct over approach, is a standard component of Direct Instruction curriculum. This procedure requires a teacher to intervene and correct at the start of an error. In other words, the error is blocked and corrected at the point when the error occurs. Although utilized in Direct Instruction, the correct over procedure is not typically used by public school teachers. A correct after procedure or trial and error approach, is standard public school methodology relative to teaching spelling. This study uses an alternating treatment design to compare the acquisition of spelling words or, trials to criterion, across the two different correction procedures. Participants involved are a 13 year old girl with developmental delay and a 16 year old boy with autism. Results of this study indicate that the correct over approach significantly increased the rate of acquisition of spelling sight words as compared to the correct after approach.
 
32. Teaching Students With Moderate Intellectual Disability to Use a Self-Questioning Strategy to Comprehend Social Studies Text
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LEAH WOOD (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Adrienne Anderson (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Julie Thompson (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract:

A modified system of least intrusive prompting was used to teach elementary school students with moderate intellectual disability to comprehend social studies text. Text passages were read aloud to students from a grade appropriate social studies textbook. A graphic organizer was used to provide students with WH question words, the text section heading, and a self-monitoring sheet. Using a modified system of least prompts, two classroom teachers taught three participants to generate questions prior to hearing the text read aloud. After reading the brief portions of the text aloud to the participants, the teachers taught participants to identify if the answer to the question was in the book or not in the book. Finally, participants were taught to answer the literal questions that could be answered from the book. All participants improved the number of questions generated and answered from baseline to intervention. Additionally, probes collected in a general education setting indicated students improved their question generation and comprehension skills during lessons taught in a fifth grade classroom using the Universal Design for Learning.

 
33. Promoting Cross-Cultural Socializations of Latino Students through Peer-Mediated Social Skill Instruction
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ADRIENNE ANDERSON (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Julie Thompson (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Leah Wood (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract:

Cross-cultural friendships and peer interactions are important skills for Latino students to become socially adjusted in U.S. schools. Culturally responsive social skill instruction allows educators to teach essential social skills while attending to the native culture of the students. This presentation is based on a study which examined the effects of culturally responsive social skill instruction through a peer-mediated format on the social interactions of 8 Mexican-heritage elementary Latino male participants with non-Latino students during recess. Four participants were trained to serve as tutors to deliver 12 computer-assisted social skill lessons with embedded video models on friendship building to their peers. Using a single case, multiple probe across student dyads design, the results of this study indicated that all four dyads increased the number of verbal social interactions with non-Latino peers. Implications for practice and future research can be discussed in relation to culturally responsive social skill instruction for Latino students. Additionally, how to develop and implement peer-mediated social skill instruction on friendship making for Latino students, and how social skill instruction can be employed within the classroom without increasing instructional demands of classroom teachers can be a focus of discussion during the presentation.

 
34. Examination of a Behavior Skills Training System for Teaching the Use of Microsoft Excel 2007 for the Creation of Single Subject Design Data Summaries and Graphs
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
JAMES W. JACKSON (Kinark Child and Family Services), Sarah M. Dunkel-Jackson (Southern Illinois University), Shannon D. Borch (Kinark Child and Family Services)
Abstract:

The current study examined the effectiveness of a behavior skills training based system for training staff to create single subject design data summaries and graphs in Microsoft Excel 2007 . Participants consisted of staff members of an agency providing intensive behavioral intervention and transition services to children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. Participants were provided with hypothetical data sets for both single independent variable AB design and two dependent variable ABAB design interventions, and required to create data summaries and graphs both pre and post training. Training was provided for the creation of data summaries for single dependent variable AB design scenarios only and consisted of a 3-4 hour session which included didactic instruction, modeling of the creation of data summaries and graphs, rehearsal, and individualized in situ performance feedback. 127 participants completed baseline assessments and a total of 83 participants completed training and post-training assessments. Performance increased pre to post training from a mean of 51.0% (SD = 24.4%) to a mean of 94.9% (SD = 6.2%) for single dependent AB design scenarios, and from a mean of 48.6 % (SD = 20.7%) to a mean of 82.8% (SD = 16.8%) for two dependent variable ABAB design scenarios.

 
35. The Effects of Self-monitoring on Student Teachers' Use of Praise Statements and Providing Opportunities to Respond During Academic Lessons
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MARY ELIZABETH DANIELS (Missouri State University), JORDAN POLITTE (Missouri State University), Michael Goeringer (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University)
Abstract: A multiple subject ABAB withdrawal design was used to assess the effects of self-monitoring on two student teachers in their delivery of positive praise (academic and social specific) during small group math lessons within special education classrooms. Based upon the previous research of teacher praise and providing opportunities to academically respond in a classroom (Sutherland, Adler, & Gunter, 2003), two student teachers audio recorded their academic lesson and assessed their frequency of academic praise statements, behavior specific praise statements and the opportunities to academically respond during the delivery of academic lesson plans. This study was based research conducted by Sutherland and Wehby (2001) that noted the relationship between teacher praise statements and opportunities to respond in a classroom and the positive effect on students' behaviors. The two student teachers collected data on the frequency of praise statements and opportunities to respond through the use of multiple 15-minute audio recordings during each phase of the study. Participant One's results suggest a successful intervention, which increased teacher praise statements from a mean of 13.25 statements per session to 41 statements per session. Participant Two's results increased from a mean of 21 per session to 38 per session.
 
36. Training Typical School Personnel to Develop and Implement Basic Behavior Support Plans
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN STRICKLAND-COHEN (University of Oregon)
Abstract: This study evaluated the efficacy of training typical school personnel with a basic knowledge of behavioral principles to develop and implement function-based supports for students with mild to moderate problem behaviors. Thirteen school professionals participated in four 1-hour “From Basic FBA to BSP” training sessions. A descriptive post-test analysis indicated that following 4 one-hour training sessions the 13 participants were able to identify the critical features of behavior support plans and discriminate between interventions that were and were not functionally related to problem behavior when given sample scenarios. Six of those professionals went on to lead school-based teams in the development of BSPs that were rated as contextually relevant by school based team members, and as technically sound by external behavior analysts. Data resulting from a non-concurrent multiple baseline analysis across 5 of the trained professionals (each working with a team to address the problem behavior of one elementary school student) indicate that plan implementation occurred with high fidelity and was functionally related to decreases in problem behavior and increases in academic engagement for all 5 student participants. Additionally, school personnel rated the training, tools, and implementation process as effective and efficient.
 
37. Coaching and Supporting Teacher Assistants Through Bug-in-Ear Technology
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA J. MANN (Escambia County School District)
Abstract: Bug-In-Ear (BIE) technology has been identified as an effective strategy for supporting beginning teachers because it allows supervisors to provide immediate feedback, coaching and prompting during instructional delivery. Although the research with this technology has proven effective with teachers, there is a growing need for support and training of teacher assistants within special education classrooms. The present study examined the effects of using BIE technology to increase proficiency with errorless learning instructional techniques with two teacher assistants in a Pre-K Autism classroom. The procedure was evaluated through a multiple baseline design across three verbal operants. Data was collected on the implementation of instructional skills through a skills checklist, with a score of 80% being considered proficient. During baseline, both participants scored consistently below proficiency level across all three verbal operants. During the BIE coaching phase, both participants implemented at or above 80% for all verbal operants. When coaching was withdrawn, both participants maintained proficiency of skills for all verbal operants. In summary, the participants learned to implement the instructional techniques with BIE coaching and then maintain these skills when the coaching was withdrawn. These results extend the current research by demonstrating the effectiveness of this procedure with teacher assistants.
 
38. Using Visual Performance Feedback to Improve Treatment Fidelity in the Classroom: Benefits and Limitations
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Ray Burke (The Prevention Group), Monica Howard (Munroe-Meyer Institute), KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Visual performance feedback (VPF) is an effective approach to improving fidelity, but is often collected and provided by researchers and its effects are evaluated in terms of its impact on the observee, not the observer. We present 3 small studies in which we evaluate the impact of VPF on the fidelity of both the observer and observee when teachers are the observer and observee. In the first study, teachers collected VPF on staff and assessed how that influenced fidelity using behavior specific praise. In a MBL design, results indicated that VPF produced markedly better fidelity in the observees. In a second study, we evaluated whether using VPF improved the fidelity of the observers themselves. In a MBL design across 5 observers, results showed an immediate and marked improvement in fidelity in 3 of 5 observers when VPF was introduced. Finally, we evaluated the impact of VPF when the observers were highly experienced and the observees were not. In a MBL design across 4 dyads, results indicated that there were no sustained changes in observer or observee fidelity for 3 out of 4 dyads. Possible reasons for variability in outcomes are discussed.
 
 
 
Poster Session #175
TBA Poster Session - Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 26, 2013
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
39. Appling Therapist-Training of Pivotal Response Teaching (PRT) for Speech-Language-Hearing Therapists
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
AYUKO KONDO (Keio University, Japan), Yuka Ishizuka (Keio University, Japan), Natsumi Ishikawa (Keio University, Japan), Yuka Koremura (Keio University, Japan), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University, Japan)
Abstract: In Japan, there are few people to support children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) using ABA methods. However many people involve in the welfare and health care. For example, there are 2696 speech-language-hearing therapists, who support children with language and vocal communication disabilities such as ASD. Pivotal Response Teaching (PRT) is one of the ABA therapy methods for children with ASD. Effects of PRT have been demonstrated in randomized controlled study (Dawson et al, 2010). It is important to disseminate the knowledge and therapy skills based on ABA for practitioners to support children with ASD. We conducted a one-day workshop for two speech-language-hearing therapists. Then, we examined whether two therapists improve their knowledge of PRT and skills of ABA therapy. Study design was a pre-post design. Before and after the workshop, two therapists took a PRT knowledge test. The workshop was 6 hours in total. During the workshop, they participated in PRT lecture, role-playing with peers and practice with an ASD boy. They also received video feedback from supervisor. The results showed that the 6 hours workshop improved the PRT knowledge and skills of both therapists.
 
40. Behavioral Parent Training and Problem Behavior of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTOPHER M. FURLOW (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Intensive behavioral interventions are often effective at reducing maladaptive behavior. However, they can often be costly and procedural fidelity following sessions can be lacking (Jacobson, Mulick, & Green, 1998). A potential alternative is behavioral parent training (BPT) with a focus on teaching general behavior management strategies based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. These programs are relatively inexpensive, shorter in duration than intensive interventions, and place emphasis on the importance of caregiver involvement, training, and education (Serketich & Dumas, 1996). The purpose of the current investigation was to examine the effects of a BPT program on specific parenting skills and problem behavior in children with autism. Participants included 37 families consisting of at least one caregiver and a child with an autism spectrum disorder. The BPT program consisted of didactic, role-play, and in-vivo training sessions spread across 12 2-hr sessions. The primary dependent variables were pre- and post- assessments of targeted parenting skills and parent reported maladaptive behavior as measured by a component of the Scales of Independent Behavior-Revised. Results are discussed in terms of effectiveness of the program on parent skill acquisition and fidelity and reported impact on maladaptive behavior.
 
41. Behavioral Program for The Development of Learning, Social Skills and Decrement Alcohol Consumption in Adolescents
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
MARCO WILFREDO SALAS-MARTINEZ (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Lizbeth Martínez Garcáa (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Esperanza Ferrant-Jimenez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Martin Luás Ortáz Bueno (University of Veracruz, Mexico)
Abstract: The National Survey of Additions made in 2008, showed an increase in the prevalence of drug abuse in Mexico. In the state of Veracruz, alcohol consumption among young people had a higher prevalence levels considered "high drinkers" and "abuse / dependence" (Epidemiological Surveillance System of Addictions, 2009). The purpose of the study was to identify, in its descriptive phase, the risk and protective factors associated with alcohol consumption in 95 adolescents from two highs schools in rural schools in the state of Veracruz. México. In the intervention phase the purpose to assess the effect of "a behavioral program on the development of learnig achivement, social skills and alcohol consumption in adolescents. "A multiple baseline design across behaviors (Arnau Grass 1989) and a pre-experimental design with pre-and post-test (Ary, Jacob, and Razaievh, 1987) were implemented to 8 students identified with alcohol consumption. Parents and teachers of these students were trained on the implementation of the principles of applied Behavior Analysis. The results allowed to identify and assess the program's impact on the development of behavioral academic skills and decreasing alcohol consumption in adolescents.
 
42. Evaluation of a Training Manual to Teach Multiple-stimulus Preference Assessment
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
DUONG RAMON (St. Amant Research Centre), Dickie C.T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre), Carly Chand (St. Amant Research Centre), May S. Lee (University of Manitoba), Rossana Astacio (St. Amant Research Centre), Katrina Lavoie (St. Amant Research Centre), Kaleigh Simon (St. Amant Research Centre)
Abstract:

A self-instructional manual for conducting multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment was evaluated with undergraduate university students. Experiment 1 compared the effectiveness of the Manual with a description of the MSWO assessment procedure extracted from the Method sections of published research articles using an unbalanced, crossover design. Within each group, the intervention was implemented in a multiple-baseline across participants. The comparison was replicated in Experiment 2 with the addition of generalization assessments following training. The results from both experiments showed that the Manual was more effective than the Method description and generalization was observed for all participants in Experiment 2.

 
43. Video Modeling Versus Text-Based Instruction for Graphing in Excel
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
BRYAN TYNER (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Graphing skills are relevant to applied behavior analysts. Video modeling may be a useful instruction method; however, no empirical evidence exists regarding its effectiveness for teaching computer skills. A between groups design compared the effects of text-based and video modeling instructions on the speed and accuracy with which college students constructed multiple baseline graphs. Participants using video modeling constructed graphs faster and with fewer errors than participants using text-based instruction; therefore, video modeling may effectively enhance graphing instruction. The time required to develop video models is comparable to that of providing direct instruction. Once developed, video models are inexpensive to disseminate and may result in greater learning outcomes compared to alternative methods of instruction.
 
44. An Evaluation of the Relationship Between Course Evaluations, Student Outcomes, and Field Application
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
NANCY I. SALINAS (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: A Special Education course designed to prepare future teachers in the use of research-based strategies for effective behavior management is utilized for this evaluation. Learning objectives involve incorporating positive behavioral supports in the classroom, conducting Functional Behavioral Assessments (FBAs), and creating and implementing Behavior Intervention Plans (BIPs). In addition, field experience and supervision at an elementary school are incorporated in the course. The students had prior experience working in classroom settings, but lacked or had limited knowledge in the use of behavior analytic procedures. The course evaluation consists of a validated Likert-scale instrument (Spooren, Mortelmans, & Denekens, 2007). In addition, a series of questions involving difficulty of particular concepts is added as an additional, but separate, portion of the evaluation developed in Qualtrics. The relationship between student’s classroom assessments (quizzes, assignments, final project), their evaluation of the course, and their performance during field experience (successful application of strategies learned in class) are evaluated. Particularly, the comparison is centered on whether in-class preparation and course evaluation outcomes have an association on the actual application of effective teaching procedures during their field experience.
 
45. Behavior Analysis Laboratories in Brazil: Paths in the Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
RODRIGO LOPES MIRANDA (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais), Sérgio Dias Cirino (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais), David Baker (University of Akron)
Abstract: This is a historical work that aims to describe and to analyze the initial paths performed by Behavior Analysis in the Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais (UFMG), Brazil, from 1963 to 1973. The main object is the Behavior Analysis laboratory. This University was selected because it is one of the main public universities in Brazil since that period. The timeframe highlighted comprehends: (a) the first decade of the undergraduate course of Psychology at UFMG, and (b) the establishment of the Behavior Analysis laboratory at this University. The sources analyzed were textual documents and testimonials. The textual documents were: letters, schedules and plans of courses, report of activities, etc. The testimonials were obtained by interviews performed with five professors of Psychology during that time. The main results were: (a) the Behavior Analysis laboratory was a didactical tool and not a research site, and (b) the Behavior Analysis laboratory performed the role of a centralizer of agents interested in the establishment of a scientific perspective of Psychology at UFMG.
 
46. Educational Platforms (LMS) and Social Networks Like Teaching Scenarios for Behavior Modification Learning
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
ANTONIA RENTERIA (National Autonomous University of Mexico, Campus Iztacala), Judith Rivera Baños (National Autonomous University of Mexico, Campus Iztacala)
Abstract:

Since the advent of social networks like Facebook, the number of followers of this network is growing at a dizzying pace, it is estimated that in October 2012 the number of members reached one billion. An important part of these people are between 13 and 30 years old. These young people are called net generation named so for his remarkable skills in the management of information technology, communication and social interaction. Currently teaching psychology employs different technologies with their devices for achieving academic goals, service, research and social, among many others. The study reported here describes all the activities carried out on a course of cognitive behavior modification in clinical undergraduate level conducted in a learning platform (LMS) and supported with academic activities carried out within the Facebook social network. In conclusion we suggest using social media not only as spaces for social interaction and communication but also as a way of teaching various scientific and professional competencies.

 
47. Mapping Influence: A Bibliographic Analysis of a Top Behavior Analytic Textbook
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SERA S. MORAN (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Scott Partington (University of Kansas), Scott Wiggins (University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis has grown dramatically over the past ten years. This coincides with a dramatic expansion in the number of board certified behavior analysts (BCBA; there are now over 10,000 BCBAs) and graduate programs that educate them. Possibly due to its coverage of the BCBA exams task list, Cooper, Heron, and Hewards (2007) Applied Behavior Analysis text has become a leading text for courses in applied behavior analysis. With many budding behavior analysts contacting this text, its content may greatly influence the field. The current project analyzed the reference section (n> 1400) of Cooper et al.s book. Specifically, data on the (a) authors, (b) titles, (c) publication type and source, and (d) year of publication were collected. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 33% of the references. Analysis of these data show that most of the literature cited came from peer reviewed journals, with the highest number of citations coming from the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), that recent literature is heavily cited (see attached figure), and that a wide array of authors have contributed to the literature. The potential influence of the literature cited by Cooper et al. is discussed.

 
48. A Preliminary Evaluation of Different Active Responding Formats in Taiwanese College Classrooms
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
PEI-FANG WU (National Kaohsiung Normal University)
Abstract: Active Student Responding (ASR), such as the use of response cards, choral responding, or guided notes, has shown to be an effective approach in engaging students in learning. However, there have been very few studies directly compare different formats of active responding questions on the effects of students' learning. Using an alternating treatment design replicated across two classes, this study compared the use of three different question formats in the choral responding strategy: multiple choice, true-false and short answer questions. Guided notes were consistently used across the three conditions. The questions were embedded in the lecture powerpoint slides, and the students were required to vocally answer the questions, and then the teacher provided differential feedback based on students' responses. This study is still in progress. The current data showed true-false type of questions produced slightly higher post quiz scores for both classes. There were mixed results for short answer and multiple choice questions on post-quiz scores. Educational applications, limitations and suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 
49. Effectiveness of A Self-Management Course according to the target behavior type
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
JIHYE KIM (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University), Sul Ki Yang (Yonsei University), Suna Park (Yonsei University), Soohyun Shin (Yonsei University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate if the effectiveness of a Self-management (SM) course was different depending on the target behavior type. The course was held twice a week, totaling 160 minutes per week, for 16 weeks in a college setting. Participants were college students who took the SM course at a Korean university. Data from 121 students (male = 43, female = 78) were used for analysis. The study timeline was as follows: baseline (2~3 weeks), SM course (3 months), final week. During the 3-month SM course, the students were taught behavioral principles relevant to self-management and participated in a self-modification project. The students selected target behaviors that they wanted to change, and students tried to make these behavioral changes during the course. Target behaviors included study habits, exercise behaviors, sleeping habits, nervous habits, and eating habits. For more accurate results, 2 types of data were collected and used for analysis � self-reported and behavior data. Results showed that the biggest change occurred in nervous habits and eating habits and the smallest change was in sleep habits and exercise behavior. Results suggest that nervous habits and eating habits are amenable to change through a SM course. Implication and limitations will be discussed.
 
50. A Misconceptions in Behavior Analysis Questionnaire That Includes Level of Confidence as a Factor
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
PAUL ROMANOWICH (California State University, Chico)
Abstract: Undergraduate students continue to display misconceptions concerning Behavior Analysis. Previous data indicates that undergraduate students have trouble reversing "Belief" and "Theory" misconceptions after an undergraduate-level Learning & Behavior course, based on a True/False questionnaire. However, True/False questionnaires cannot separate misconceptions from a lack of understanding. We re-formatted a pre- and post-test Behavior Analysis misconception questionnaire to include a 9-point scale that gave participants the option of choosing how confident they were in their answer. Results showed a decrease in "Not Sure" responses between pre- and post-test for all four categories of questions (Figure 1). In general, scores on "Application" questions improved. Scores on "Belief" and "Knowledge" questions became more polarized (see Figure 2; left and center panels). Scores on "Theory" questions decreased in accuracy (Figure 2 right panel). While students reported greater confidence in their answers about misconceptions after a Learning & Behavior course, some misconceptions became worse. Thus, some misconceptions are more resistant to change than others. From the data, more emphasis should be placed on Behavior Analysis theory and beliefs to correct these common misconceptions at the undergraduate level.
 
51. Doing the Impossible Putting a Short Answer Quiz Through the Scoring Machine (Well, Almost!!)
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
SIQI XIE (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Below is the new testing format illustrated with a hypothetical student: I am using this new testing format over Malotts Principles of Behavior chapter 1. I have three sets of papers in front of me: 1. A Scantron answer sheet, 50 items each with 5 choices (250 possible answers). 2. A Roman Numeral identifies each question. 3. The 300 selections are in alphabetical order, each following by an item number and a letter. I have ten minutes for ten questions. There is no time to match. I need a quick answer. For example, IV. A stimulus that increases the frequency of a response it follows. I respond: positive reinforcer. Next, I need to find the item number and letter following positive reinforcer, e.g. 7b; and fill in the Scantron answer sheet in item 7, letter b. Classroom scoring machine, testing service and hand scoring all work. The instructor also uses daily oral questions e.g., What is the definition of a positive reinforcer? More traditional multiple-choice questions are given on different class days (The author is the instructors teaching assistant. Previously the instructor had given two unit tests in this new test style; this poster is about daily chapter tests)
 
52. Behavior Bank: Maximizing the ROI on Our Behavioral Deposits
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark Malady (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: In the late 1960s and early 1970s Ogden Lindsley and his students developed the Behavior Bank, an international computer bank, intended to collect precise measurement projects of all kinds. Precise behavioral projects from many different fields began to be rapidly deposited into a mainframe computer that the research group rented out by the hour. Researchers soon invested thousands upon thousands of Standard Celeration Charts. In this poster, we will explore the history leading up to the development of the Behavior Bank, and why it is worth a re-examination.
 
 
 
Poster Session #176
CBM Poster Session - Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 26, 2013
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
53. Guided Self-Change Treatment for College Students with Moderate Alcohol Dependence: Results at four years
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
HORACIO QUIROGA ANAYA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Teresita Cabrera Arteaga (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Maráa Guadalupe Vital Cedillo (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: The purpose of this report is to present the fourth year follow up evaluation of the Guided Self Change Treatment for College Students with Alcohol Problems (Quiroga & Montes, 2003) applied with the purpose of reducing alcohol consumption patterns and consumption related problems in college students with diagnoses of Moderate dependence to alcohol in accordance with the alcohol dependence scale. The average participants' age was 23 years (range 21-25 years); who consumed alcohol when entering the program, having 14.3 years of scholarship on the average (range 14-15 years). The participants were matched to the profile of this specific model program (GSC, Sobell & Sobell, 1993), adapted and translated into Spanish by Quiroga & Montes (2003), based on the severity and chronicity of their alcohol problems, consumption patterns, consumption related problems, neuropsychological impairment, family history of alcohol problems and treatment goals, in order to have a correspondence between this treatment modality and alcohol consumer's type. We took care that participants didn't present any serious physical illness, didn't require internship, neither they presented other psychiatric disorders of the Axis I of the DSM IV, and in the case of women they were not pregnant or in period of nursing, applying them the Structured Clinical Interview for the DSM-IV Axis I Disorders-alcohol (SCID-I; First, Spitzer, Gibbon & Williams, 1999). The results showed a high clinical significance in reducing alcohol consumption related problems, based in the Rutgers Alcohol Problem Index and in the Alcohol Dependence Scale, and statistical significance in the frequency of alcohol weekly consumption (X =3.00, SD = 0.00) > (X = 2.00, SD = 0.00), t (45) = 30.757, p = .000, in the quantity of alcohol consumption per occasion (X = 7.23, SD = 0.94 ) > (X = 3.00, SD = 0.00), t (45) = 30.355, p = .000; and in the quantity of alcohol weekly consumption (X= 21.7, SD = 2.84) > (X= 6.00, SD = 0.00), t (45 ) = 37.516, p = .000. Finally, the results are discussed in terms of their clinical and statistical implications to this model program, noting the main limitations of this investigation and the perspectives that are glimpsed to future.
 
54. Barriers to Treatment and the Experience of Shame for Individuals With Obsessive Compulsive Spectrum Conditions
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
LINDSEY KNOTT (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sonia Singh (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Chad Wetterneck (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Treatment of Obsessive Compulsive (OC) Spectrum conditions, including Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD), Trichotillomania, and Pathological Skin Picking has increased within the last several years. However, individuals with OCD reportedly encounter several barriers that prevent them from seeking treatment (Marques et al., 2010). One area indicated as a barrier examines shame and discrimination; research for OC-Spectrum conditions is lacking in this area. This study assesses barriers to treatment and shame for OC-Spectrum conditions. The Barriers to Treatment Questionnaire examines barriers to seeking treatment, which contains three subscales measuring specific areas. The Experience of Shame Scale assesses characterological shame, behavioral shame, bodily shame, and the experiential component of shame. We hypothesize that individuals will endorse shame and discrimination significantly more than any other barrier to treatment. Additionally, the experience of shame will be significantly related to the endorsement of shame and discrimination as barriers to treatment. Recruitment is currently underway and preliminary results show that shame is a significant predictor of failure to seek treatment and furthermore, may need addressing within treatment. We propose future research focus on shame reduction and its relationship to OC-Spectrum condition treatment and ways in which to intervene for shame as a barrier for treating OC-Spectrum conditions.
 
55. Analysis of the CPS of Children with CU Traits for Inclusion in Punishment Assessment
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANDRE MAHARAJ (Florida International University), Daniel Waschbusch (Florida International University)
Abstract:

The assessment of the effects of reinforcement and punishment on children with callous and unemotional traits (CU) has been deemed essential in identifying appropriate intervention strategies. The Child Psychopathy Scale (CPS) has been utilized to operationalize the construct of psychopathy in preadolescents. The scale has a total score of 55, with higher scores indicated as directly proportional to severity of psychopathic traits, including behaviors such as demonstrated aggression. The present study sought to analyze CPS scores as inclusion criteria for an assessment of punishment in children with CU traits. A cut-off score for stratification was set at 30 and above as this was considered to constitute a severity of behavior that could be categorized as callous and unemotional. Data was collected on 80 children displaying a range of conduct disorders, 70% male, ranging from 5 to 12 years old. Results showed an expected normal distribution of scores, with a mean of 25.7. The cut-off score yielded 20 children meeting criteria for inclusion in the punishment assessment, which was considered clinically appropriate given the reduced prevalence of psychopathy in similar populations. These data suggest that the CPS may be an appropriate discriminative measure for inclusion in the proposed punishment assessment.

 
56. OCD Symptom Severity and Interpersonal Distress in Romantic Relationships
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
LINDSEY KNOTT (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sonia Singh (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Daniel Steinberg (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Chad Wetterneck (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) affects functioning in many areas, including friendships and romantic relationships (Angst et al, 2004). Previous research found that relationship satisfaction, self-disclosure, and intimacy were negatively correlated to symptom severity (Abbey, Clopton, & Humphreys, 2007). Presently, little research exists that examines negative emotional experience of individuals within specific OCD dimensions. This study examines areas of interpersonal distress in romantic relationships for those with OCD. Thirty-nine individuals with OCD completed the Dimensional Obsessive Compulsive Scale measuring distress from OCD symptom dimensions including contamination, harm, various unacceptable thoughts (e.g., sexual, violent, or scrupulous), and symmetry; and the Experience in Close Relationships Scale Short Form measuring anxiety or avoidance in romantic relationships. Only participants in romantic relationships were included in the study. Results show a significant correlation between relationship anxiety and both contamination and unacceptable thoughts; no relationship was found between relationship avoidance and any OCD symptom dimensions. Regarding unacceptable thoughts, severity of violent thoughts had the strongest correlations with anxiety than the other areas. This research suggests that certain dimensions in OCD may experience more relationship anxiety than others. We suggest future research explore how symptom dimension severity and relationship anxiety relate and how this correlation may affect treatment.
 
57. Effects of Anxiety on Anhedonia in Children
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
GEORGIA BELK (Hendrix College), John J. Chelonis (National Center for Toxicological Research), Haley Aaron (Hendrix College), Shelly Baldwin (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Andrea Sutton (National Center for Toxicological Research - FDA), Merle G. Paule (National Center for Toxicological Research)
Abstract: Previous studies have shown that exposure to stress in rodents results in anhedonia (i.e., a decrease in motivation to earn positive reinforcers). The present study was conducted to provide validation for this animal model of anxiety by comparing anhedonia in children with elevated levels of anxiety with control children using a progressive ratio task. Sixty children between the ages of 8 to 14 years participated in this study. Twenty-six children had t-score of 65 or greater (anxiety group) and 34 had a score of 60 or less (control group) on the Multidimensional Anxiety Scale for Children. The progressive ratio task required children to press a lever to earn nickel reinforcers, wherein the first press resulted in a reinforcer after which ten additional presses were required for each subsequent reinforcer. Children in the anxiety group made significantly fewer responses than children in the control group. This decrease in responses observed in the anxiety group was reflected in a significant increase in the inter-response times; whereas, post-reinforcement pause durations were similar across groups. These results suggest that heightened anxiety was associated with this measure of anhedonia and provide validation for animal models that demonstrate anhedonic effects following exposure to stress.
 
58. Interpersonal Experiential Avoidance and Intimacy in Obsessive-Compulsive Spectrum Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
SONIA SINGH (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Lindsey Knott (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Chad Wetterneck (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The Obsessive-Compulsive (OC) Spectrum consists of OCD, Trichotillomania, and Pathological Skin Picking. Those with OC-spectrum conditions have been hypothesized to demonstrate interpersonal experiential avoidance (IEA; the attempt to avoid unpleasant thoughts, feelings, and sensations in the context of interpersonal relationships) and have deficits in intimacy related to symptom severity (Wetterneck & Hart, 2012). This study assesses IEA and intimacy within these disorders. The Dimensional Obsessive Compulsive Scale, Skin Picking Scale, and the Massachusetts General Hospital Hairpulling Scale determine severity levels of OC-Spectrum disorders. Other measures include the Interpersonal Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (assessing interpersonal experiential avoidance) and the Intimacy Scale (measuring intimacy). We hypothesize participants with clinically significant symptoms of OC-Spectrum disorders will be positively correlated with IEA. Additionally, IEA will display an inverse relationship with levels of intimacy. Recruitment is currently underway and initial results confirm both hypotheses; higher levels of IEA are related to more severe symptoms and difficulties with disclosing and sharing emotion in relationships. We expect over two hundred participants to complete this study prior to analyzing the final data. The findings will suggest how important interpersonal experiential avoidance and intimacy are in different OC-spectrum conditions and will include suggestions for areas to address in treatment.
 
59. Effects of Anxiety on Delayed Matching-to-Sample Task Performance in Children
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
TAYLOR BRUMBELOW (Hendrix College), John J. Chelonis (National Center for Toxicological Research), Andrew R. Cox (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Shelly Baldwin (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Andrea Sutton (National Center for Toxicological Research - FDA), Merle G. Paule (National Center for Toxicological Research)
Abstract: Research in nonhuman species has demonstrated that chronic stress affects working memory. The purpose of the present study was to examine the effects of anxiety on working memory in children using a delayed matching-to-sample task, which has been extensively utilized to examine working memory in animals. The participants included fifty children between the ages of 8 to 15 years. Twenty-one children had a Multidimensional Anxiety Scale for Children score of 65 or greater (anxiety group) while the other 29 children had a score of less than 60 (control group). The task first presented the subject with a shape on the center one of three press-plates. After a delay, the subject was presented with three shapes, one of which was the shape previously shown. The subject had to press the shape they had previously seen to receive a nickel. Children in the control group were significantly more accurate than children in the anxiety group; however, response latency was unaffected. This decrease in accuracy parallels the working memory deficits found in chronically stressed animals, which suggests that this task can be used as a potential method to examine the effects of anxiety on working memory across species.
 
60. Covariations Between Maternal Responsiveness and the Use of Instructions in Child Compliance
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ARIEL VITE SIERRA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), David Miranda (Autonomous University of the State of Mexico), Agustin Jaime Negrete Cortes (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: The objective of this study was to explore the relationship between maternal responsiveness-child compliance and the effect mediational of the instructions in dyads with behavioral problems. For this purpose participated 40 mother-child dyads, 20 with behavioral problems and 20 dyads without behavior problems, which were paired in relation to age and sex of children. All dyads were observed at clinic in three sessions of 30 minutes in an academic activity by group of trained observers using System of Capture of Observational Data SOI-I (Vite, Garcia & Rosas, 2006). The results show that mothers of children with behavioral problems were less responsiveness and more prone to provide directions for stop the aversive behaviors; the clinic referred children were less compliant and more negative. Furthermore, children in both groups showed similar rates of aversive behavior, were less obedient to directions for stop the aversive behaviors. There was evidence that use of instructions for start behaviors mediated the correlation between mothers' responsiveness and their children's compliance.
 
61. The Effect of a Behavioral and Physiological Intervention on Cigarette Smoking
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL PALMER (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Cigarette smoking is a complex behavioral and physiological addiction. Many treatments tend to focus on one or the other, and often the patient relapses. The current study utilized both behavioral and physiological treatments in an AB research design on a single subject. The treatment consisted of utilizing nicotine patches, progressive muscle relaxation training, finding and reducing the effect of conditioned stimuli, using computer games as rewards for not smoking, exercise, and transferring money that she would have spent on cigarettes to her savings account. During baseline measurements, the participant smoked 23.5 cigarettes per day, during and after treatment this dropped to .18 per day, and finally to 0 after 6 and 12 month follow ups. It is clear that this intervention had a large impact on this person's smoking habits. While most individuals tend to slowly fade out smoking, this subject quickly dropped to smoking less than one cigarette a day and maintained this for at least a year. This is probably due to the intense nature of the intervention and how the intervention was designed specifically around her learning history with smoking. Future interventions that use both physiological and behavioral treatments should focus on individual learning histories to help produce the greatest effects for these individuals.
 
62. Choice of Behavioral Alternatives to Substance Consumption
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
LYDIA BARRAGAN (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Tomas Castillo (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Chronic drug users show a persistent desire for the substance along with futile efforts to control or discontinue its use. Drug self-administration can decrease if its consumption requires a large number of responses, if contingent responses are punished, or if a well-organized set of reinforcers becomes available for alternative behaviors. Users' self-control is related to the positive and negative reinforcing effects of the substance. Procedures derived from the basic principles of behavior are able to prevent and treat substance use and abuse problems. The functional analysis of consumption behavior helps to identify short-term gains and long-term losses, while the functional analysis of alternative behaviors helps to identify short-term losses and long-term gains for non-consumption behavior. The purpose of this research was to increase the probability of behavioral alternatives to consumption. An adaptation from the Community Reinforcement Approach model was applied in Mexico to 53 chronic users who had requested psychological help. Results showed that the levels of alternative behaviors, life satisfaction, self-efficacy, and quality of life all increased, while substance consumption levels decreased. Further studies should assess whether this kind of interventions increase the subjective value of social reinforcement, and decrease the subjective value of the substance.
 
63. Sytematic Review of Information About Time Out Available on the Internet
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMY K. DRAYTON (University of Michigan Medical School), Dawn Dore-Stites (University of Michigan Medical School), Melissa Andersen (University of Michigan Medical School), Rachel Knight (University of Michigan Medical School)
Abstract: Pediatricians are frequently asked to address parents behavioral concerns during appointments. Time out (TO) is one of the few discipline strategies with empirical support and is recommended by the American Academy of Pediatrics. However, TO is also a complex procedure requiring training difficult to provide in primary care clinics due to time and cost constraints. The Internet may be a resource for parents to supplement information provided by pediatricians. The present study included evaluation of information on TO contained in websites frequently accessed by parents. Pre-defined search terms were entered into commonly used search engines. The information contained in each web page (n=102) was evaluated for completeness and accuracy based on research on TO. Data were also collected on the consistency of information about TO on the Internet. None of the pages reviewed included accurate information about all empirically supported TO parameters. Only one parameter was accurately recommended by a majority of webpages. Inconsistent information on one or more TO parameters was found within 29% of the pages. TO was inaccurately portrayed as controversial on 30% of webpages. We conclude that a parent searching for information about TO on the Internet will find largely incomplete, inaccurate, and inconsistent information. Because nonadherence to any one parameter will decrease the efficacy of TO, it is not recommended that the Internet supply supplemental information on TO. Alternative recommendations are provided.
 
64. Large Group Effect Doesn't Mean They All Got Better: Discrepancies Between Statistical and Individual Analyses of Change in PSI Scores Among Parents in a BPT Program
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH HERRERA (University of the Pacific), Megan Doerr (University of the Pacific), Matthew Edwards (University of the Pacific), Alexis Touros (University of the Pacific), Scott Jensen (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

A 10 week behavioral parent training (BPT) course was conducted in which the Parenting Stress Index (PSI) was administered at weeks one, three, five, and 10. Data include consecutive referrals, though participants who dropped out of training prior to completion, had fewer than three weeks of PSI data, and/or had total PSI scores that were below the 75th percentile were not included in the analysis. For the qualifying participants (N = 17) group statistical analyses were compared to individual visual analysis. PSI total scores for each qualifying participant were plotted on individual graphs with the clinical cutoff (90) and sample mean (69) lines identified. Results from the group statistical analysis suggest a large statistically significant decrease from initial to final PSI scores, F(1,16) = 17.79, p = .001, ?2 = .527. However, when the PSI scores were plotted individually for each of these qualifying participants, individual analysis suggests only 10 of the 17 (59%) showed a meaningful clinical change from initial to final measures of stress (defined as a decrease of 18 points pre to post, which is equivalent to a mean .5 decrease per item). The importance of performing individual analyses of data even in the face of large group differences is highlighted and discussed as the large group differences do not adequately capture the reality that over 40% of the participants did not make meaningful improvement. Trajectory and rate of change in PSI scores over a 10 week-BPT session are also discussed.

 
65. Functional Neuroimaging Captures the Temporal Dynamics of Neural Systems Supporting Threat Avoidance in Humans
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SANDY MAGEE (University of North Texas), Michael W. Schlund (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, & University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Evidence from nonhuman and human neuroimaging studies suggests avoidance of threat is supported by a frontal-limbic-striatal brain network. However, little is known about how regions in the network respond over time to a prolonged threat. We employed functional magnetic resonance imaging to characterize the temporal dynamics of the network while subjects (N=17) responded on a multiple FR avoidance-extinction schedule (16 s of threat-avoidance alternated with 16 s of extinction). Subjects consistently avoided money loss and did not respond during EXT. Transitioning from EXT to avoidance (initial threat-avoidance) prompted phasic responses in regions that support behavioral regulation and contingency sensitivity (frontal-striatal circuitry) and threat recognition (amygdala, insula). Subsequently, regional activation declined to baseline levels even though a threat remained and avoidance continued. Our approach involving tracking regional changes in activation reveal two important behavioral characteristics of human avoidance neurocircuitry. First, when transitioning to a threatening context a past history of successful avoidance does not suppress threat responses. Second, continued or sustained threat and avoidance responding is not associated with sustained activation in the network.

 
66. Behavior Therapy: FAP Measures of Efficacy and Relation With Performances in Scales of Anxiety and Humor
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
PATRICIA HELENA FIGUEIREDO DO VALE CAPUCHO (University of São Paulo, Brazil, Universitary Hospital), Martha Hübner (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Regina C. Wielenska (Private practice), Alice M. Delitti (Pontifical Catholic University of University of São Paulo, Brazil), Claudia K.B. Oshiro (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Tatiana Berta (University of São Paulo, Brazil, Universitary Hospital)
Abstract: Measures of the evolution of Clinical Relevant Behaviors of FAP have been widely used as an indicator of the efficacy of Behavior Therapy as well as Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) and Beck Anxiety Inventoriy (BAI) have been largely applied as instruments of validation of therapies, mainly the cognitive ones. In spite of this fact, very few studies have been investigated the relations between these two measures, considering both are related to verbal behavior. Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) and Beck Anxiety Inventoriy (BAI) were applied in four adults patients that were submitted to sessions of behavior therapy once a week. The scales were applied in three different moments: beginning of the therapy (approximately 5 sessions); middle of the therapy (approximately after 15 sessions of therapy) and end of the annual therapy (approximately after 36 sessions of therapy). Sessions were taped , transcriptions were made and Clinical Relevant Behaviors 1, which indicate the problem behavior (CRB1) of three sessions of each patient, extracted from each one of the three moments (beginning, middle and end ) were analysed by two blind -intervention behavior analysts and reliability were measured. The variation of the amount of CRB1s were correspondent to the crude scores in the scales, for the majority of the cases.
 
67. Effects of Self-Reported Adherence and Feedback in Pediatrics with Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY LUGO (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lynne Clure (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Kathryn Holman (Marcus Autism Center & Emory University), Ryan Thorson (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Blake M. Lancaster (University of Michigan)
Abstract:

Diabetes Mellitus Type I (DM1) is an autoimmune disease that is the second most common chronic illness in children (Anderson, et. al., 2009). Previous research targeting adherence within the population suggested that SMS text messaging and internet monitoring can result in significant reductions in HbA1c from enrollment to posttest. The purpose of this study was to determine the effectiveness of positive feedback and monetary incentives on improving glycemic control in the pediatric population, specifically teenagers. Children between the ages of 13 and 18 were recruited from a Midwestern children's hospital diabetes clinic and randomized to one of three conditions including text messaging only, text messaging with monetary incentive, and waitlist control. This study utilized text messaging, a contemporary technological advance that most teenagers use daily. Participants were instructed to send text messages containing results of all blood glucose checks obtained that day to an automated response system for a period of three months. The first intervention group received instant SMS text message feedback contingent upon submitting blood glucose reports. The feedback provided included a confirmation that the glucose reports were received and a brief positive message such as a joke or link to a website. The second intervention group received the same intervention, but also earned weekly vouchers contingent upon submitting daily blood glucose reports for five out of seven days during the week. These two treatment groups were compared to a control group receiving standard diabetes care. The primary dependent variables in the study were the frequency of blood glucose checks obtained via the child's blood glucose monitor and level of glycemic control via the HbA1c obtained at a three month follow-up appointment. Preliminary results suggest that participants are more likely to report their blood sugars if they were members of the incentive group. Statistical analyses will also be conducted at the completion of the study to examine if the intervention yielded statistically significant changes in HbA1c between groups.

 
 
 
Poster Session #177
PRA Poster Session - Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 26, 2013
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
68. The Effects of an Unknown versus Known Therapist on Behavior
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
TIFFANY FREEZE DENTON (University of Memphis), James Nicholson Meindl (University of Memphis), Claire White (University of Memphis), Lindsey Brady (University of Memphis)
Abstract: A functional analysis is designed to determine behavior function by systematically examining response patterns across various contingency conditions. Typically, a trained clinician or therapist with whom the participant is often unfamiliar runs a functional analysis. It is possible, however, that the lack of a learning history for the participant may influence the outcomes of the analysis and identify a function that is different from the function of the behavior with actual caregivers. The current study investigates whether a difference exists in the results of a functional analysis across therapists, known and unknown individuals. Functional analyses with a reversal design were conducted with two participants at a daytime residential facility. A reversal was employed between known and unknown therapists. A standard functional analysis was conducted with participant 1 including tangible, attention, demand, and control conditions. A functional analysis was conducted in the natural environment with participant 2 including tangible, demand and control conditions. Initially, the functional analyses for both participants yielded different outcomes across the known and unknown therapists. As the reversal across therapists continued, the functional analyses outcomes became similar for both participants. The results support previous studies investigating the effects of learning history with the therapist on behavior. Possible implications are discussed.
 
69. Training Staff in a Group Format to Implement Brief Stimulus Preference Assessments
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINA WELDY (Accelerated Learning Clinic, Inc.), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Kelli B. Capocasa (Autism Matters)
Abstract: Research suggests that stimulus preference assessments can identify potential reinforcers to increase appropriate behavior or decrease inappropriate behavior for individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities (e.g., Karsten, Carr, & Lepper, 2011); however, relatively few studies have evaluated methods for training staff to conduct preference assessments. Moreover, the studies that have been conducted have relied, to some extent, on individualized training for each trainee. This training approach can be costly for practitioners in terms of money and personnel resources. To address this problem, we trained 9 behavioral staff members in a group format to conduct 2 brief preference assessments using 30-min videos containing instructions and modeling. Following training, we evaluated each staff member’s implementation of the assessments in situ. Results indicated that one or two training sessions for each method, without additional feedback (i.e., individualized instruction), was sufficient for teaching each staff member to implement each assessment correctly. We briefly discuss the clinical implications, potential limitations, and directions for future research.
 
70. A Comparison of Sources of Baseline Data for Treatments of Problem Behavior Following a Functional Analysis
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
KERRI C. SUITER (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Briana R. Lopez (Marcus Autism Center), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: When function-based treatments for problem behavior are analyzed using single-subject designs the baseline condition is frequently identical to the test condition that yielded the highest rates of problem behavior in the functional analysis. In some treatment studies, the data from a functional analysis test condition are used as the baseline (e.g., Kliebert, Tiger, & Toussaint, 2011; Smith, Iwata, Vollmer, & Zarcone, 1993), whereas in others a separate baseline phase is conducted (e.g., Iwata, Pace, Kalsher, Cowdery, & Cataldo, 1990). This study consisted of a retrospective chart review of 59 cases in which rates of problem behavior from a separate baseline condition were compared to those that would have been obtained had data from a test condition of the functional analysis been used as a baseline. Preliminary data indicate that the rate of problem behavior from the test condition of the functional analysis were comparable to that obtained in the separate baseline. This result suggests that using data from a test condition of a functional analysis for the baseline condition of a treatment analysis may be an acceptable alternative to running a new baseline phase.
 
71. Preference of the Types of Online Communication for Behavioral Supports in Geographically Remote Area
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
YUKA KOREMURA (Keio University, Japan), Ayuko Kondo (Keio University, Japan), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University, Japan)
Abstract: Studies of behavioral support in geographically remote area have shown that using the Internet technology such as video conferencing is effective. However, while video conferencing is effective tool for filling the geographical gap between supporters and participants, not all the participants can fully utilize it. In the current study, observation was made for the use of video conferencing as well as E-mail and Bulletin Board System (BBS) to a) two speech therapists, b) 12 special education teachers of elementary school, and c) eight special education teachers of middle and high school in two consultation phases. Their accomplishments were: a) to improve their clients behavioral interventions in their therapy sessions, b) to implement effective social skills training to the students, and c) to acquire and share knowledge and skill of pivotal response teaching (PRT) among colleagues. Figure shows the average number of using video conferencing, E-mail, and BBS per month in phases 1 and 2. The result showed that at least one session of communication using video conferencing was necessary; however, using E-mail and posting comment on the BBS can be the alternatives. It might indicate the importance of offering participants alternative communication tools for online behavioral supports.
 
72. Examining the External Validity of Brief Functional Analyses Conducted by Caregivers
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN KLIEBERT (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center), Sara Mahan (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Several studies have highlighted the utility of brief functional analyses (BFAs) for identifying the function of problem behavior within the constraints of an outpatient clinic (Derby et al., 1992; Northup et al., 1991). However, previous studies have not evaluated the degree to which problem behavior observed during BFAs in such clinical settings compares to the severity observed in the natural environment. The purpose of this study was to assess this aspect of the external validity of BFAs by comparing caregiver reports of severity of problem behavior in clinic and home settings. Forty-five caregivers participated in the study. Following a BFA, caregivers completed a questionnaire that asked caregivers to compare severity of problem behavior observed during the BFA with either the typical or most severe problem behavior experienced at home. Most caregivers rated problem behavior observed during the BFA as less severe than problem behavior experienced at home with fewer caregivers reporting problem behaviors as comparable to or more severe than problem behavior experienced at home. Results indicate that the inclusion of external validity measures following BFAs may be useful in clinical decision making such as informing future assessment and determining the level of services needed to address problem behavior.
 
73. Behavioral Data for Psychotropic Medication Management: Examining Effects of Sleep Medication for a Child With Autism
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
ANNETTE GRIFFITH (Momentum Behavioral Health), Chrystal E.R. Jansz (Texas Tech University-Burkhart Center for Autism Education & Research), Natasha Inman (Momentum Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Recent estimates indicate that over half of youth with ASDs have been prescribed psychotropic medication for behavior concerns (Frazier et al., 2011). Although physicians need to carefully monitor medication effects, current medication management often relies on subjective reporting (Zarcone et al., 2008). This paper will examine the value of behavioral data in determining the effectiveness of sleep medication for an 8-year-old boy with autism who experienced disrupted sleep along with crying maintained by attention and access to tangibles with a hypothesized motivating operation of fatigue. Using an A-B-C design, the effects of 2 medications on number of hours slept, frequency of nighttime disruptions greater than 30 minutes, and duration of crying were evaluated. Data indicated that the first medication was associated with fewer nighttime disruptions, but also fewer hours of sleep and increased crying. The second medication led to improved sleep (both fewer disruptions and increased total hours) and significant reductions in crying. The use of behavioral data allowed the team to communicate clearly and efficiently, and to identify the appropriate medication that resulted in a positive outcome. Discussion will focus on the medication effects and benefits and challenges of using behavioral data as a tool for effective multidisciplinary collaboration.
 
74. A Decision-Making Model to Select Preference Assessment Procedures
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
FLAVIA JULIO (University of Manitoba), Kirsten Pritchard (St. Amant Research Centre), Sebastian North (University of Manitoba), Camilo Hurtado-Parrado Parrado (University of Manitoba), May S. Lee (University of Manitoba), Bev Temple (University of Manitoba), Dickie C.T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: A number of studies have shown that individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities are able to reliably express their likes and dislikes through different methods of preference assessment. The preferred items tend to function as rewards. Therefore, they can be used to facilitate acquisition and promote task engagement. Preference assessment could be a valuable tool for professionals working with individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities. Selecting the appropriate preference assessment method is crucial in order to provide reliable and meaningful results. Five main procedures have been developed to assess preferences among individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities: multiple-stimulus with or without replacement, pairwise, free operant, single stimulus, and response-restriction preference assessments. We conducted a systematic review of the preference assessment literature, and developed an evidence-informed, decision-making model to guide practitioners in the selection of preference assessment methods for a given assessment scenario. The proposed decision-making model could be a useful tool to increase the usability and uptake of preference assessment methodology in applied settings.
 
75. The Relation Between Assessment Setting and Identified Function of Problem Behavior
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA ING (University of Iowa), Shaun Wilkinson (University of Iowa), Jennifer Andersen (University of Iowa)
Abstract: Functional analysis is a procedure that has been used in multiple settings to help determine the function of problem behavior and to subsequently inform treatment decisions. The purpose of this study was to examine whether identified behavioral function varied according to the setting in which the assessment was conducted. Articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis between 1990 and 2011 were reviewed for inclusion in this analysis (n = 149). A chi-square test was conducted, and a statistically significant difference (p < .01) in the distributions of identified function was obtained across three settings: inpatient, outpatient, and school. Follow-up tests indicated that for inpatient settings, attention functions were identified at lower frequencies and escape functions were identified at higher frequencies than would be expected if setting had no influence on function (p < .01). For outpatient settings, attention functions were identified at higher frequencies and escape functions were identified at lower frequencies than would be expected (p < .01). The results of this study suggest that the setting in which the functional analysis was conducted may influence assessment results. Possible explanations for this outcome as well as implications for assessment and treatment will be discussed.
 
76. Finding the Appropriate Density of Reinforcement: Determining the Efficacy of Delayed vs. Immediate Reinforcement in an Adult with Autism and Developmental Disabilities
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN M. GUERCIO (AWS)
Abstract: This project involved an investigation into the comprehensive use of positive reinforcement contingencies in the management of severe aggressive behavior in an adult with dually diagnosed developmental disabilities and psychiatric issues. A behavioral incentive program based upon positive reinforcement was implemented with a 47 year old female with an extensive history of high risk aggressive behavior. An FI 7 schedule of reinforcement was initiated whereby she received tokens (behavioral coupons) for the absence of aggressive responding. This differential reinforcement program resulted in the provision of reinforcement once the participant had gone for a specified period of time with no displays of aggressive behavior. A minimal impact was seen on aggressive responding when the criteria for earning the tokens was set at 1 week with specified behavioral criteria that had to be displayed during that week. The density of the reinforcement schedule was then adjusted to include progressively shorter response requirements in order to obtain the identified reinforcer. The data show that the participant that was included in this program displayed significant reductions in physical aggression, property destruction, and other forms of aggressive behavior as a result of the schedule adjustment. Treatment outcomes and implications will be discussed.
 
77. An Evaluation of Escape Extinction Procedures to Identify Extinction Bursts in the Treatment of Pediatric Food Refusal
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
JEROD DUNCAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S.W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that pediatric food refusal is often reinforced by escape (removal of the bite of food). Thus, many interventions to treat food refusal include escape extinction procedures, such as nonremoval of the spoon. Escape extinction procedures have been demonstrated to be effective in increasing food acceptance and decreasing food refusal; however, one common side effect of extinction procedures is an extinction burst. An extinction burst has been defined as an increase in responding during any of the first three -treatment sessions above previously recorded baseline responses. We evaluated the use of escape extinction procedures with two children, admitted to a pediatric feeding disorders program, for whom escape was identified as a reinforcer for food refusal. In addition, we examined levels of food refusal for overall session and minute-by-minute within session patterns to determine if an extinction burst was observed.

 
78. Commercially-Available Videogames as Analogue Training Environments for Baseball and Bowling: Preliminary Findings and Future Directions
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno), JANIE GUNTHER (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Commercially-available videogames have been used in behavior-analytic research for decades. This research ranges from the experimental analysis of behavior (e.g., Case, Ploog, & Fantino, 1990) to applied application in the classroom (e.g., Fogel, Miltenberger, Graves, & Koehler, 2010). The latter research includes the addition of motion-based controls, which have expanded the utility of videogames by aligning them more closely with the topographies of real-life behaviors, which have been effective in demonstrating that these videogames can be useful in increasing activity levels of those who play them. The current study extends previous research in motion-based gaming by exploring its utility in bringing about and refining sport-related behaviors in baseball and bowling. General results support the idea that these games can be used to alter sport-related behaviors. These results also suggest areas of future research investigating the effects of accurate and inaccurate practice effects, as well as what elements are most impactful from videogame to real life applications.
 
 
 
Poster Session #178
DDA Poster Session - Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 26, 2013
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
79. An Analysis of Level Systems/Response Cost With Adults With Developmental Disabilities and Borderline Personality Disorder
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
MELANIE H. REIS (AdvoServ of New Jersey)
Abstract:

Finding effective interventions for individuals who are dual-diagnosed with developmental disabilities and Borderline Personality Disorder can be very difficult. In a group home setting, we have utilized a response cost level system package for several of our individuals. This package provides a clear level (red or green) which specifies whether the individual has engaged in certain targeted inappropriate behaviors (i.e., aggression, property destruction, self injury, etc.). When an individual is on red level, they have limited attention from staff, are not allowed out in the community, they have their electronic equipment taken away, and their supervision is increased to visual sight at all times. When on green level, they would receive one-on-one attention from staff every 10 minutes, they can be alone in their rooms for fifteen minutes at a time, are allowed out in the community, and have access to all electronic equipment. Contingent on the occurrence of inappropriate behavior, the individual will be on red level for 48 hours. Red level is extended an extra 24 hours if the target inappropriate behavior occurs within the initial 48 hours. We have found this methodology to be extremely helpful and successful with several individuals in our group homes.

 
80. Peer-Mediated Interventions for Adolescents with Significant Disabilities: Early Findings from a Randomized Trial
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
GREGORY L. LYONS (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Tiffany Born (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Erik Carter (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Peer-mediated interventions continue to gain support for improving socialization and inclusion of students with significant disabilities two areas of interest to behavior analysts practicing in schools. The proposed poster presents observational and social validity data from an ongoing randomized trial examining the effectiveness of two peer-mediated interventions for high school students with disabilities. This study compares peer support strategies, peer networks, and a business-as-usual adult support condition. In the peer support condition, school staff trains general education peers in supporting and interacting with students with disabilities in the classrooms. In the peer network condition, school staff identifies a group of general education students to meet weekly with the student with a disability and interact outside of the classroom. Data collected from classroom observations show that students with disabilities in the peer support condition gained, on average, 43.8 interactions per hour in the targeted classroom following intervention, compared to 23.1 interactions for comparison students and 7.8 interactions for peer network students. Students in both peer networks and peer support conditions had an average of 3.5 additional recent social contacts, compared to 0.5 contacts for comparison students. Inter-observer agreement was obtained for 33% of observations and has exceeded 80% agreement.
 
81. Evaluation Of A Time-In Procedure For The Treatment Of Escape-Maintained Problem Behaviors
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Lauren Diane Brown Pearson (University of Nevada, Reno), KATHRYN M. ROOSE (University of Nevada, Reno), Emily Darcey (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

For years, behavior analysts have focused much of their research with intellectually disabled individuals on the reduction of behaviors that are problematic in the work area, home, or classroom. Many of these behaviors are escape-maintained, or occur when demands are presented. Various treatments for escape-maintained behaviors have been proposed and utilized in research and clinical practice, such as escape extinction and choice. Romaniuk and colleagues (2002) found that offering individuals a choice between two tasks resulted in a decrease in problem behaviors maintained by escape. However, very few studies have examined the effects of offering choice to individuals with problem behaviors maintained by escape from demands or tasks (Romaniuk et al., 2002; Vaughn & Horner, 1997), and although offering choice to individuals with escape-maintained problem behaviors has seemed to prove effective in problem behavior reduction, it is important to examine what function choice serves. Williams (1977) examined the use of an attending response in promoting cooperative work between dyads of individuals with intellectual disabilities. He found that arranging for such a response had an effect of reducing escape-behaviors and increasing participation of learners. To date, there has not been any research specifically examining the use of this attending response, or time-in response, as a possible treatment for escape-maintained behaviors. The current research aims to assess whether a time-in procedure is useful in reducing problem behaviors maintained by escape as well as to re-visit the issue of time-in responses and the general conceptual area of attending and attention. Three intellectually disabled children between the ages of 7 and 11participated in the study. Results show that escape behavior occurred solely in the no time-in condition for one of three participants. Future research should further examine the use of a time-in response in the classroom setting.

 
82. CANCELLED: The Effects of Sequential Analysis Type on Quantifying Interaction Patterns for Students with Disabilities in Inclusive Classroom Settings
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BLAIR LLOYD (Vanderbilt University), Paul J. Yoder (Vanderbilt University), Jon Tapp (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center), Erik Carter (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Abstract:

Sequential analysis methods are used to evaluate whether the occurrence of one event or behavior is associated with the subsequent occurrence of another event or behavior. Types of sequential analysis differ in terms of how the two-event sequence is defined, which impacts the organization of coded units in 2 x 2 contingency tables. We applied three types of sequential analysis to the evaluation of associations between (a) interactions by peers without disabilities and (b) interactions by students with significant disabilities in inclusive high school classrooms. These data were collected as part of a randomized control trial evaluating the effects of two peer-mediated interventions on social and academic participation of students with autism and/or intellectual disability. To evaluate which method of sequential analysis may be most appropriate given these observational measures and research design, we assessed the results of each method in terms of sensitivity to change from pre- to post-assessment for two treatment groups and one control group. Results indicate the type of sequential analysis method impacts both the interpretability and sensitivity of sequential associations.

 
83. Understanding Gene-Behavior Relations: An Analysis of Skin-Picking Behavior in Prader-Willi Syndrome
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIN M. HUSTYI (Stanford University), Scott S. Hall (Stanford University), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Stanford University)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with genetic syndromes are often at increased risk for showing particular forms of self-injurious behavior. In this study, we examined the frequency, severity, and circumstances surrounding the occurrence of skin picking behavior in individuals with Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS). Data were collected on 52 individuals with PWS who displayed skin picking using the Self-Injury Trauma (SIT) Scale (Iwata, Pace, Kissel, Nau, & Farber, 1990) and the Functional Analysis Screening Tool (FAST; Iwata & DeLeon, 1996). Experimental functional analyses were then conducted with 10 participants who showed high rates of skin picking. Results from the SIT scale indicated that skin picking in PWS occurred primarily on the extremities (i.e., arms, legs, hands, and feet) at moderate to high severity. Data from the FAST suggested that for most participants, skin picking was maintained by attention and sensory consequences and 70% of participants reported that skin picking occurred at least daily. Results from the experimental functional analyses showed that high rates of skin picking occurred predominantly in the alone and ignore conditions, suggesting that skin picking was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Additionally, increased physiological activity occurred during episodes of skin picking in these participants. The implications for intervention will be discussed.

 
84. Intermittent Response Interruption in the Treatment of Trichotillomania and Bruxism Exhibited by a Child with Autism
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CAITLIN SHEA PEPLINSKI (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Response interruption is an effective, but challenging-to-implement treatment for problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. There is evidence that even minimally compromised treatment integrity (e.g., interrmittent or delayed response interruption) can result in the re-emergence of problem behavior. In the current case, we evaluated the effects of intermittent response interruption with a 9-year-old male with autism referred for the treatment of trichotillomania and bruxism. The therapist implemented response interruption at 100% integrity in a multiple-baseline design across behaviors. She then sequentially compromised the integrity by interrupting only every fifth response (20% integrity) across both baselines. Target behaviors maintained at low levels with implementation at 20% integrity.

 
85. Using Video Self-Monitoring to Improve Complex Discussion Skills to Children With PDD
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TAKUYA ENOMOTO (Meisei University), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University)
Abstract: The purpose of this Study was to examine the effect of using video self-monitoring procedure to improve complex discussion skills for PDD children with intellectual disabilities. All participants belonged to special support education class. Two children were diagnosed with Pervasive developmental disorder, and another one was diagnosed with prader-willi syndrome. The target behavior of this study was inappropriate behavior during discussion in small group. ABABAB design was used in the study. In baseline, three participant children asked to discuss in order to make a choice from five activities. In video self-monitoring procedure, participants observed the movie of their own behavior that they showed during baseline, and they were provided performance feedback about each behavior by main trainer. In post-training session, participants had the same discussions as baseline. Result indicated that the video monitoring intervention led to the rapid improvement of the disruptive behaviors for post-training. This study suggested that the video self-monitoring procedure had the effect for behavior modification to the PDD children with intellectual disabilities.
 
86. Maintaining Vocational Skills of Individuals with ASD and/or DD through Video Modeling
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University), Erika Blood (Northern Illinois University), Jesse W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of using video modeling to maintain vocational skills of six high school students with autism spectrum disorders and developmental disabilities over a two week winter break. A modified pretest/posttest control group design was used to measure the effectiveness of video modeling on the maintenance of vocational tasks. Each student was assigned two vocational tasks at their employment settings and their independence with each task was measured prior to and following a two week break. One task was assigned to the video modeling condition, while the other task served as the control for each participant. Participants reviewed videos at home while on break and the results indicated that all students increased their independence with both tasks following the video modeling procedure. Results indicated that skills not only maintained over break, but also improved and generalized to other tasks. Findings were surprising yet consistent across learners. Plausible explanations for the results will be shared.
 
87. Automating Functional Assessment Analysis for Training and Efficiency
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREW SHLESINGER (Melmark New England), Nicole Heal (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England)
Abstract: Functional analyses are conducted to identify the variables that are responsible for the maintenance of aberrant behavior so that function-based treatments can then be implemented to decrease the occurrence of these behaviors. Therefore, accurate and reliable interpretation of functional analysis data is imperative in the treatment of aberrant behavior. Hagopian et al. (1997) developed a set of structured criteria that can be applied to interpret mulielement functional analysis data with the goal of increasing interrater agreement. Although the application of the structured criteria increased interrater agreement of graph interpretation, the process may be considered difficult and/or time consuming to learn and use, thus decreasing the probability that the method will be adopted by practitioners. To address these potential barriers in the adoption of the structured criteria described by Hagopian et al., we developed an automated computer program that takes into account the structured criteria to interpret functional analysis data. The specifics of the automated computer program will be described.
 
88. The Effects of Structured Team Meetings and Performance Feedback on Person-Centered Planning Activities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER H. VATLAND (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Person-centered planning provides a structure for determining goals for an individual, with the interests and aspirations of the individual at the forefront. While much has been written about person-centered planning and the practice has an emerging evidence base, there is little data to reflect changes in team member behavior and no formal examination of the fidelity of implementation of the action plans that are created as part of this planning process. This study utilized a multiple-baseline single subject design to assess the effects of structured meetings with performance feedback on fidelity of teacher implementation of participants action plan steps in their person-centered plan. Person-centered planning sessions were conducted with four participating students and their teams. Data was then gathered regarding each teachers reported activity with regards to action plan steps prior to and following the implementation of performance feedback. Analysis of the results suggests a strong functional relation between the use of structured follow-up with performance feedback and activity related to the person-centered plan action plan. Quality of life data were also gathered prior to planning and prior to and following the performance feedback intervention and social validity was also assessed. Implications for practice and further research are addressed.
 
89. Publication Trend of Job Training Articles in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
RICKY THURMAN (High Sierra Industries), Mark Malady (High Sierra Industries), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), Melany Denny (High Sierra Industries), Lavonne Brooks (High Sierra Industries)
Abstract: The current poster aims to provide a history of the publications on job training skills per year in The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Job training and coaching articles began to appear in dense quantities in the 1980’s, however this quickly decreased and has only been sporadic across the years. The decrease in publication could mean a few things: the subject matter may have been completely explored or behavior analysts may not be working in these areas as frequently as they once were. The methods and procedures for how this trend study was conducted will be presented. The data will be discussed within the growing area of need in job coaching for individuals with developmental disabilities. Future research directions and questions will be presented; behavior analysts interested in the area will be encouraged to explore further research.
 
 
 
Poster Session #179
AUT Poster Session - Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 26, 2013
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
90. Investigating the Survivability of an Ecological, Family-Centered Positive Behavior Support Plan
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN E. CHINN (University of British Columbia)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to replicate the work of Lucyshyn et al. (2011) and Binnendyk (2009) by investigating the survivability (i.e., effectiveness, acceptability, sustainability, and durability) of an intervention based upon an ecological, family-centered positive behavior support (PBS) approach to assessment and intervention. The approach integrates child behavior, parent-child interaction, and family activity settings into an ecological unit of analysis aimed at improving child behavior, parent-child relationships, and promoting meaningful changes in the functioning of the family. One family of a child with autism and problem behavior participated in the study. Two home-based family routines, eating dinner and drinking from a cup, were defined in collaboration with the family and targeted for assessment and intervention. A quasi-experimental, multiple baseline design across two family routines was used to evaluate the association between implementation of the intervention and child behavior. Sequential analysis methods were used to examine the presence and transformation of coercive parent-child interaction into constructive parent-child interaction in the context of valued family routines across baseline and intervention conditions. Multiple baseline design results across the two family routines documented substantial improvements at the point of intervention in child problem behavior and routine steps successfully completed in both eating dinner and drinking from a cup. These improvements maintained up to 8 months post-intervention. Sequential analysis results offer robust, categorical evidence of the transformation of coercive processes of parent-child interaction into constructive processes of interaction following implementation of the intervention. Social validity and goodness-of-fit results indicated that the intervention was acceptable and contextually appropriate within the ecology of the family. A high level of parent implementation fidelity was sustained across the intervention and follow-up phases. Despite positive outcomes, meaningful improvements in family functioning were not reported. Implications include the value of: (a) assessing coercive processes of parent-child interaction; (b) assessing and intervening within family activity settings; and (c) assessing family ecology and providing adjunctive, family-centered supports.
 
91. Concurrent Operant and Treatment of Inappropriate Social Skills in a Boy With PDD/NOS
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TIMOTHY MCQUAID (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of the Power Cards strategy as treatment for a nine- year old boy diagnosed with PDD/NOS. The participant's inappropriate social behaviors included inappropriate participation in group activities, inappropriate eye contact, and inappropriate noises. The concurrent operant results showed that the participant preferred to seek adult attention over tangible and escape functions. The Power Cards strategy was implemented to teach the participant the appropriate behaviors involved in playing with a group, seeking out adult attention, how to act during work or class time, and what to do when meeting someone new. The treatment proved effective in increasing the participant's percentage of eye contact, and decreasing the amount of inappropriate noises when adult attention was withheld. Interobserver agreement was collected for 83% of the sessions with an average of 95.7% agreement. Results will be discussed in terms of treatment of topographies of behavior
 
92. Initial Treatment Gains Relative to EIBI Service Intensity for Children Under Age Three
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
COLLEEN DEMELLO (Beacon ABA Services of CT), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Empirical research supports Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) based on the principles and practices of applied behavior analysis (ABA) as the most effective intervention for children with ASD. Studies of the effects of EIBI have reported increases in areas of language, cognition, academics and adaptive behavior after 2-3 years of children receiving intensive treatment defined in most cases as children receiving 30-40 hours per week of ABA services. Additionally, the majority of EIBI studies examined treatment outcomes on those children who were of preschool age (3-5 years old). Few studies have looked at treatment gains for children under the age of three when EIBI treatment is less intensive. This study examined the effects of EIBI treatment in the areas of communication and adaptive behavior in children under the age of three. Changes in scores on the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales (AVBS) were evaluated at baseline and at an initial six months of treatment. The data demonstrate gains exceeded those expected in typical development in the areas of communication (both receptive and expressive) as well as adaptive behavior were achieved.

 
93. Using Stimulus Equivalence Training Procedures to Teach Receptive Emotional Labeling to Students with Developmental Disabilities in the Japanese Special Educational Curriculum.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Kayo Iwamoto (University of Tsukuba Master's Program in Disability Sciences), KOSUKE TAKAHASHI (University of Tsukuba Faculty of Human Sciences), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba Faculty of Human Sciences), Tetubumi Kato (Joetsu University of Education Graduate School of Education)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine effects of stimulus equivalence training procedures for teaching receptive labeling associated with four (or six) emotional states (happiness, anger, sadness, fear, disgust, and pleasure) to children with developmental disabilities. Of three participants, two were 8-year-old and one was 10-year-old. Each student received training in a special education resource room or a University clinical service room. Participants in this study had acquired relations between schematic faces expressing emotion and printed words/oral labeling of emotions prior to this study. The participants were taught relations between sentence describing emotional situations and schematic faces in training phases. Based on these training relations, participants showed acquisition of untrained relations between emotional situation sentences and printed words/oral labeling of emotions. The results are discussed in terms of the applicability of stimulus equivalence procedures to instructions for the meaning of social cues (e.g., emotional expressions) in the special educational curriculum.
 
94. The sentence-imitation training is effective for increasing MLU level in children with autism spectrum disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YUKA ISHIZUKA (Keio University, Japan), Ayuko Kondo (Keio University, Japan), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University, Japan)
Abstract:

The sentence imitation has been used for the assessment of communication skills in children with specific language impairment. However, there are few studies which have applied sentence-imitation for establishing higher-ordered linguistic function for children with autism spectrum disorders. In this study, we examined whether the sentence imitation-training was effective for facilitating functional verbal behavior with correct grammatical structure. Two children with ASD (HARU, DAI) participated in this study. Experimental design was pre- and post training design. In pre- and post training, the child was required to tact for the presented picture cards which includes several persons and various behaviors. In the training, the child was required to imitate the sentences corresponding to the presented picture spoken by the experimenter. The length of the training sentences was longer than the childs MLU (mean length of utterance) level in naturalistic situation. Dependent measure was the length of sentences which the child correctly emitted tact for the presented picture cards. The result showed that the length of the sentences in tact increased in both children. This suggests that the sentence-imitation training was effective not only for the emergence of tact, but also for promoting the MLU level in children with autism spectrum disorder.

 
95. An Analysis of Barriers and Solutions to Teaching Play Skills Using Video Modeling: A Case Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MEGAN LEDOUX (Virginia Tech), Katrina Ostmeyer (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Abstract: Studies demonstrate that video modeling can be an effective method for teaching play skills to children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) (Sancho, Sidener, Reeve, & Sidener, 2010). If a child does have the prerequisite skills to respond to a video model, forward chaining can be used to teach children to respond to this teaching strategy (Tereshko, MacDonald, & Ahearn, 2009). The procedure outlined in Tereshko et al. (2009) was used to teach a child with ASD to play with several different playsets using a video model; however, it was observed that the child responded to the treatment with some play sets (trains, kitchen) and not others (Play-Doh). This case study outlines the procedures used to identify barriers preventing generalization of the teaching strategy across play sets. The identified barriers and explanation of how the intervention was modified to address the barriers will also be outlined with data to support conclusions.
 
96. Increasing Contextually Appropriate Social Initiations Using Visual Cues in a Non-reading Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY W. HARRIS (Beacon ABA Services of CT), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Children with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often display significant delays and deficits in the area of social communication skills (Ricks & Wing, 1975). Providing visual cues has been shown to increase the production of social communication responses (Sarokoff, Taylor & Poulson, 2001; Thiemann & Goldstein, 2001). However, the ability to produce social responses may not automatically result in the demonstration of these social responses in the natural context without direct prompting (Stokes & Baer, 1977). The current study evaluated the use of visual cues (pictures) to establish initiation of social communication of a non-reading child in his home. Baseline data confirmed that the child was able to produce the target responses, but unprompted social initiations were not occurring in the natural environment for the participant. The targeted social initiations were brought under the control of the visual cues and then the control was transferred to three target settings using prompt fading procedures. A multiple baseline design was used to evaluate the demonstration of the target skills across three different settings within the participants home. The prompt fading procedure was effective in supporting production of the target responses from the control of the visual cue to the presence of the communication partner.
 
97. Evaluating the Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Incompatible Behavior (DRI) and VideoMonitoring on the Duration of Conversation and Conversational Behaviors with Students That Have Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ADRIENNE SODEMANN (LIDA, Sam Houston State University), Amanda Bosch (Sam Houston State University), Hye-Suk Lee Park (Sam Houston State University)
Abstract:

This study utilizes differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI) and video self-monitoring interventions to increase the duration of conversation, appropriate conversational behaviors such as sufficient response to others questions, spontaneous questioning, attending and chair posture. Inappropriate behaviors during conversation (i.e., hiding face) will be targeted to decrease. The study was conducted under naturalistic conditions (in their home environment) for three male school-aged boys with Autism who attend school for the majority of the day. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to measure the effectiveness of the interventions. The conversation will be initiated and maintained by asking eight questions about the school day.

 
98. An Analysis of Academic Treatment Components
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CARA LUCIA PHILLIPS (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Stromberg (Kennedy Krieger Institute, University of Maryland Baltimore County), Jessica Garcia (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: It is not at all uncommon for individuals with Intellectual Disabilities (ID) and Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) to engage in problem behavior when presented with academic demands. There are a number of treatment options available to increase compliance and to decrease problem behavior in this context. However, many of these treatments are difficult and even dangerous to implement (e.g., escape extinction). In this study, we systematically examined several antecedent and consequent manipulations to academic programming to identify the most effective methods for delivering instructional programming using an additive component analysis. The study to date was conducted with a 10-year old boy with ASD who exhibited high rates of problem behavior and low rates of compliance during academic time. The least intrusive treatment components were evaluated first, and involved interspersed programming, using a visual schedule, and program manipulations. His compliance increased with the implementation of antecedent-only manipulations, but consequent manipulations (i.e., DRO/DRA) were required to establish low rates of problem behavior.
 
99. Using Visual Schedules to Aid in Transition and Generalization
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOE MWENDA (Kaizora Consultants), Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Consultants)
Abstract: Studies show that using visual schedules to give an advance indication of changes in tasks helps reduce transition-related problem behaviour. A visual schedule was used with an eleven year old girl with autism to help with transitioning. The student was required to pull the pictures that were stuck with Velcro on a laminated strip of paper which was in turn stuck on the wall in an accessible place. She was taught the names of the activities represented by the pictures and to say them every time when she pulled the pictures. When she could do this independently, the prompts in the schedule were thinned down to smaller pictures that were paired with the names of the corresponding activity which the student was supposed to recognise and read out. After mastery, the pictures were removed from the schedule and the student was able to transfer the skill to recognizing the words with more than 90% accuracy for the first day and 100% after that. This poster shows how a visual schedule, in addition to reducing problem behaviour during transition, was generalized to other forms of schedules in a most to least prompt regimen.
 
100. Teaching Arithmetic Counting to Children with Autism Using ABA Methodology and Montessori Material
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACQUELINE WANDIA KINYUA (Kaizora Consultants), Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Consultants)
Abstract: Studies show that children with autism have difficulty with tasks that involve abstract and conceptual reasoning. Autistic children learn through manipulation and positional cues and therefore perform better on tasks that are visual in nature, using concrete materials which can be manipulated and those with obvious requirements. The Montessori method drew inspiration from Dr. Maria Montessori’s work with children with special needs. Using ABA methodology in combination with Montessori materials engages the visual and tactile senses, which makes learning a more concrete experience for individuals with autism. This study assessed the efficiency of using the basic numeracy materials from the Montessori curriculum in a Discrete Trial Training (DTT) method with a 6 year old boy with autism. After DTT the program was taught to fluency using Precision Based Fluency Teaching. Currently he is still counting and matching numerals to quantity and has generalized the material used to fluency as well. He has also generalized the counting skills to computer games and other activities. In conclusion the ABA method was successfully combined with Montessori material to teach mathematical concepts to a child with autism.
 
101. Comparison of iPad-Based Instruction and Teacher-Delivered Instruction for Children With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALLYSON LEE (Texas State University), Tracy Jane Raulston (Texas State University), Amarie Carnett (Texas State University), Samantha Henry (Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Katy Davenport (Texas State University-San Marcos), Melissa Moore (Texas State University)
Abstract: In this study three students with autism spectrum disorders receive academic instruction from their teacher (Teacher Delivered Condition) and from an iPad (Computer-Based Condition). Conditions are compared in an alternating treatment design in terms of task engagement, task accuracy, duration of instructional session, and challenging behavior. The iPad was generally associated with shorter periods of instruction being required to complete the task and less challenging behavior. Further, results suggest that participant characteristics and preferences may predict which approach to instruction is preferable for a specific student.
 
102. Using Less Intrusive Methods to Reduce Self-Injurious Behavior, Aggression and Elopement in a Child with Autism: Results of Functional Behavior Assessment and Fading Conditions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HOLLY HENNESSEY (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Allison Newman (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Amanda Presto (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Thomas W. Frazier (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism)
Abstract:

It is important to assess the efficacy of less intrusive treatments on problem behavior prior to implementation of aversive conditioners. A multiple treatment design comparing the use of least-to-most intrusive procedures comprised of antecedent interventions, exclusionary time-out, and an aversive conditioner paired with a DRA was implemented for an 8-year old boy with autism in a center-based, applied behavior analysis program to treat self-injurious behavior, aggression and elopement. Data collection indicated that less intrusive methods of intervention did not produce a considerable reduction of behavior. The use of a cross-arm protective hold contingent upon demonstration of problem behavior yielded a significant decrease in rates of target behavior. Technical details and results will be described.

 
103. Using Technology to Teach Early Reading Skills to Students with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JASON TRAVERS (University of Massachusetts Amherst), Lyndsey Nunes (University of Massachusetts Amherst)
Abstract: Young children with autism often do not engage in typical early literacy experiences (Koppenhaver & Erickson, 2003). This means that they are at-risk for developing poor or absent early literacy skills (Mirenda, 2003). This study focused on the behavior and learning of alphabet skills in 17 children with autism. Two instructional conditions were compared, traditional teacher-led group instruction that used alphabet books and multimedia computer-assisted instruction. Assessment data were compared to determine the effects on alphabetic skills acquisition and maintenance. The effects on student attentive behavior as well as engagement in problem behavior in each intervention condition also were compared. Behavior and attention were scored using videotaped sessions. 10-second whole interval recording was used to measure attention and 10-second partial interval recording was used to measure undesirable behavior. Interval-by-interval reliability checks were conducted for 25% of all sessions and yielded 80% or higher agreement. Results indicated that both interventions were effective for improving the students’ alphabet recognition skills. In both intervention groups, the children had high rates of attention to task and low rates of undesirable behavior. Current research extending this work to tablet computers that measure various user behaviors will be shared.
 
104. Teaching Initiation of Conversation to Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA BUDZINSKA (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk, Poland), Marta Wojcik (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk, Poland)
Abstract:

The study shows the use of script and script fading procedure in teaching initiation of conversation to two four -year old boys with autism. Scripts (names of objects and activities) were recorded on voice recorders and attached to the three different objects. Two four - year old boys with autism participated in the study. They received four and half hours of therapy daily at Institute for Child Development in Gdansk, Poland. At the time of the study, the boys had been a student at IWRD for 12 months. A multiple-probe design across materials. (Play Doh, a car, a game) was used to assess the effects of scripts, script-fading, and prompting procedures.The behavior measurement the consisted of counting the correct reactions (movement, eye contact plus sound). The data was graphed as a percentage of correctly performed components of initiation of conversation (giving an object, eye contact and saying the name of object or activity). The IOA conformity test was conducted during all sessions. During baseline measurements the student did not give an object to the teacher (e.g. Play Doh, a car, a game) and look at the person and say the name of activity or object. In order to master the ability to initiate conversation each boy needed average 20 sessions. Following script fading procedure, the number of acquired social behaviors remained at a steady level with regard to all three activities. This tendency was also visible during generalization.

 
105. Teaching Social Behaviors to Children with Autism – Independent Play
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk, Poland), MARTA WOJCIK (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk, Poland)
Abstract: The study shows using the video modeling method and backward chaining in teaching social behaviors – independent play by three boys with autism. Video material presented a chain of behaviors: playing with a set of 5 toys (“The Farm”). Correct response was scored if we observed the correct movement plus verbal component. No manual or verbal prompts were used. Three boys with autism participated in the study. Two were three years old and one was four years old. They participated in two hours of therapy daily at the Institute for Child Development (IWRD) in Gdansk, Poland. At the time of the study, one of the boys had been a student at IWRD for five months and the others for two months. Multiple baseline across children. In order to assess the effectiveness of the video modeling and backward chaining method, a plan of measurements of the three children was implemented. The behavior measurement consisted of counting the correct reactions (movement plus sound). The data was graphed as a percentage of correctly performed components of the chain of movements being taught. The IOA conformity test was conducted during all sessions. During baseline measurements, the participating students were unable to correctly play with toys. In order to master the ability to play solo, Boy 1 needed 54 sessions, Boy 2 – 67 sessions, and Boy 3 – 82 sessions. During generalization, all students, without prior video presentation, correctly performed a sequence of activities (movement plus verbal component).
 
106. Teaching Social Skills to Students With Autism: The Effects of Video Modeled Social Stories™
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Sarah Halle (Stephen F. Austin State University), GLEN L. MCCULLER (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ginger L. Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Abstract: The use of social stories in public schools is increasing despite its limited research. This study will analyze the efficacy of video modeled social stories in promoting greetings and the response to other's greetings. In addition, its effectiveness at promoting generalization across settings and people will be determined. One subject has been identified based on a diagnosis of autism, teacher recommendation, and returned informed consent. Baseline data reveals that the subject does sometime orient toward the person to greet but does not provide a greeting. Also, he complets none of the steps in reponding to another person's greeting.
 
107. The Effect of Intensive, Individualized One-to-One Instruction Versus Dyad Instruction for Treating Children with Autism in Multiple ABA Center-Based Programs
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TRAVIS HAYCOOK (Cleveland Clinic Autism Development Solutions), Amanda Freger (Highlands Hospital Regional Center for Autism), Kim L. Renner (Toledo Children's Hospital Autism Early Learning Program), Shelli Deskins (Highlands Center for Autism), Jennifer Kirby (Bill & Virginia Leffen Center for Autism), Elizabeth Rosner (Highlands Hospital Regional Center for Autism), Ashley Clement (Promedica-Toledo Children), Leslie V. Sinclair (Cleveland Clinic Autism Development Solutions)
Abstract: The presentation compares dyad with 1:1 instruction for the acquisition of functional waiting skills in children with autism at multiple center-based, applied behavior analytic programs. This study consisted of 21 participants diagnosed with moderate to profound autism, aged 20 months through 13 years. One group was instructed through dyad instructional design, the remaining participants were instructed in one-to-one instructional design. Data indicate those taught in dyad design required an average of 8.69 days to reach mastery of each of seven instructional steps associated with task analysis; resulting in an average of 53 sessions to reach program mastery. The one-to-one instructional design group required an average of 6.52 days of instruction to reach mastery of each of seven instructional steps associated with task analysis; resulting in an average of 46 sessions of instruction to program mastery. Present data indicate the participants instructed in a dyad design acquired mastery of each instructional step at a rate 33.26% slower than those taught the skill in a one-to-one instructional design. In addition, the data indicate that the length of time necessary to achieve mastery of the program was 15.07% longer for children instructed in a dyad design versus those taught in a one-to-one design.
 
108. Embedded Coaching with ABA: Helping Parents Follow through on Taught Skills to Help Reach the Highest Possible Point.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
HANNAH CHANI KUPERMAN (Ind. ABA Therapist)
Abstract: In my previous presentation, I discussed the benefits of parental involvement in their childs education and therapeutic process. Since that time and due to my continuing education, I have had the fortune of incorporating embedded coaching into my ABA practices. Embedded Coaching is a newer teaching method in which the therapist takes a less active role, rather instructing the parents on what to do, instead of physically doing it themselves. This allows the child to see the parent in a new light, as their teacher and advocate. With the combination program parents are able to better understand their child both during work and play. The benefits are twofold; both for the child, who now has a more involved parent, one who understands their needs, and for the parent who is less frustrated and can play a more active role in the advancement of their childs goals. Specifically I have been able to use the embedded coaching method to teach ADL skills such as self-feeding, grooming, and toileting. I have been able to see the joy on a parents face that comes from knowing they are helping their child succeed. Ultimately this in and of itself is the greatest reward.
 
109. Procedural Integrity of Group Video Modeling for Adolescents with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
TIFFANY KAID (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University), Mari MacFarland (Michigan State University), Frances Vitale (Michigan State University), Benjamin Brandicourt (Michigan State University)
Abstract: Video-based group instruction (VGI) is a methodology designed to teach social skills to individuals with autism in a small group arrangement (Plavnick, Sam, Hume, & Odom, in press). Though designed for implementation in public educational settings, minimal research has been conducted to examine implementation variables of the procedure within such environments. The purpose of a current research and development project at Michigan State University is to examine the training and coaching needed to prepare high school teachers of students with autism to implement VGI with fidelity, and to assess the subsequent effects of VGI on student participants. As part of this project, classroom teachers were trained to follow a detailed set of procedures and to collect data on 3-4 student participants while delivering the 40-minute social skills session on a daily basis. A detailed procedural integrity checklist was developed to assess implementation of the instructional procedures. The checklist is a comprehensive tool used to assess the extent to which all components of the lesson are “always” “sometimes” or “never” implemented correctly. We propose to share implementation data from this project including training and coaching procedures used to prepare educators for VGI implementation, a detailed procedural integrity checklist, and preliminary social validity outcomes. The potential for VGI as part of a daily curriculum and the effects on student outcomes will be discussed.
 
110. The Effects of Prompting and Social Reinforcement on the Acquisition of following Adult Gaze Direction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHU-FEN KUO (SEEK Education, Inc. Taichung, Taiwan), Li-Tsun Wang (SEEK Education, Inc., Taiwan), Yu-hsuan Chen (SEEK Education, Inc. Taichung, Taiwan), Nien-Ting Cheng (SEEK Education, Inc. Taichung, Taiwan), Jo-Pei Li (SEEK Education, Inc., Taiwan)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of prompting and social reinforcement to teach participants to respond to an adult gaze direction. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate two training programs. The first training program was designed to use the activation of remote controlled mechanical toys as both prompts and consequences. The second training program was designed to use adult’s gestural pointing as prompts and social praise as consequence. The results suggests that both training programs were effective for teaching gaze following and that using adult’s pointing as prompts and social praise as consequence resulted in faster acquisition and generalization for participants.
 
111. Examining Subtypes of Children With Autism Through Cluster Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
EMILY R. MONN (University of Minnesota), LeAnne Denise Johnson (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Several studies have used cluster analyses to identify subtypes within various developmental and neurological disorders (Dewey & Kaplan, 1994; Macnab, Miller, & Polatajko, 2001; Morris, et al., 1998; Speece, McKinney, & Appelbaum, 1985). Previous studies using cluster analysis to identify subtypes of children with autism have identified variables for inclusion in the cluster analysis using the DSM-III and DSM-IV criteria (Eaves, Ho, & Eaves; 1994; Prior, et al., 1998; Stevens, et al., 2000). The purpose of the current study was to further explore the use of cluster analyses with children with autism using the newly proposed DSM-V criteria for autism spectrum disorders. Additionally, direct assessment measures related to non-verbal IQ and expressive language skills were included in the analysis to distinguish clusters. Ward’s Method was used to identify clusters from a sample of 181 preschool children with autism at four sites across the United States. Results of the analysis identified four distinct clusters of students with autism. Findings will be discussed in terms of cluster characteristics and how clusters may be conceptualized in terms of autism severity.
 
112. Using the iPad2 in an Expressive Communication Intervention for Students With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTINA BARTKO (Simon Fraser University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism experience pervasive impairments in development across many systems and skills. Included amongst these deficits of varying severity is verbal and nonverbal communication, both instrumental elements of social engagement. The prevailing and universal feature of autism is a deficit in social skills, including an inability to initiate and to sustain conversation with others. A recent study suggests interventions that apply the most recent innovative interactive technology to social communication interventions for students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), like touch-screen technology, are very favorable (Wainer & Ingersoll, 2011). The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of interactive video-self modeled (VSM) Social Stories using the iPad2 on the frequency of social communication with peers for verbal students with autism. A single-subject, multiple baseline design across two behaviours, replicated across two subjects was used to assess changes in the expressive social communication of the research participants. Results indicate that an intervention combining interactive video-self modeled Social Stories using the iPad2, and priming, was effective in increasing the observed frequency expressive social communication behaviours, verbal initiation and verbal responding, in five students with autism as they interacted with peer participants. A concomitant behaviour change, the increased frequency of social engagement, was also observed. As an N = 1 with subject design, the external validity and generalizability of the study�s results can only be established through additional replication. Recommendations for future research and practice associated with interactive social communication interventions for students with autism are presented.

 
113. The Effects of Exclusion Based Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Emergence of Naming by Exclusion for Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JINHYEOK CHOI (The Faison School for Autism), John Tolson (The Faison School for Autism), Crystal Wilson (The Faison School for Autism)
Abstract:

Abstract The purpose of this study was to test the effect of exclusion learning based multiple exemplar instruction to induce Naming by Exclusion across speaker and listener responses using a time delayed multiple probe across participants design. There were two male middle school aged students diagnosed with autism who participated in the study. The participants were not able to demonstrate Naming by Exclusion, and were chosen based on the presence of Naming. First, a probe was conducted for each student to assess the presence of Naming by Exclusion. If the participant was unable to meet 90% criteria on point to and tact responses during the probe, exclusion based multiple exemplar instruction was employed. This procedure repeated until the student met the set criteria for the emergence of Naming by Exclusion across speaker and listener responses. Results from the study demonstrated that there was an increase in listener and speaker responses during probes; however, listener responses were higher across both participants. Naming by exclusion emerged for one participant after receiving exclusion based multiple exemplar instruction. Keywords: naming by exclusion, naming, multiple exemplar instruction, verbal behavior

 
114. CANCELED: Function-Based Peer Network Programming for an Elementary Student with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TODD MILLER (University of Kansas), Debra M. Kamps (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas Medical Center)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to investigate the integration of a function-based intervention procedure into the Autism Peer Networks Project (APNP) to reduce the disruptive behavior of a first-grade student with autism. Preliminary intervention sessions targeting literacy and social skills with typically-developing peers included frequent disruptive behaviors (M = 24.4 per 10-minute session), including perseveration, elopement, adult-directed aggression, and placing items in mouth. Following analysis of baseline sessions and teacher interviews, attention and escape-to-attention (ETA) were hypothesized to maintain disruptive behaviors. A modified intervention procedure was introduced into APNP sessions, in which token reinforcement and praise were delivered to the target student and peers contingent upon appropriate sitting and attending. Occurrences of disruptive behaviors were followed by differential reinforcement delivered to peers, and withholding attention and reinforcement from the target child. An A-B design was implemented and followed by an ongoing changing criterion design in which the function-based intervention procedure was removed from sessions to demonstrate experimental control. Frequency of disruptive behaviors decreased across settings following the modified intervention (M = 9.4). Strategies to incorporate function-based intervention strategies into inclusive educational programming will be discussed.

 
115. Peer Networks Project: A Four Year Study to Improve Social-Communication and Literacy for Young Children with ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DEBRA M. KAMPS (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Kathy Thiemann (University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas Medical Center), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington), Suzanne Cox (University of Kansas), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington), Rose A. Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project)
Abstract: The purpose of the study is to demonstrate the effects of Peer Networks Interventions for young children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Fifty-six kindergarten and first graders with ASD participated in 35 elementary schools in Kansas, Missouri, and Washington. Social Peer Networks occurred for 20-30 minutes, 3 times per week. Baseline communications (initiations and responses) per 10-min probes averaged 13.6 (n= 96 probes). Kindergarten communications for 56 participants averaged 28.8 during peer networks treatment (n=467 sessions), first grade communications for 28 participants averaged 36.6 during treatment (n= 250 sessions). Communication data is being collected during first grade sessions for 22 participants during the current academic year. Specific communication behaviors included: asking for and sharing items, showing interest by commenting on what a peer is doing, complimenting and using social pleasantries, and taking turns. Figures attached represent probes for four first grade participants completing the project in 2013. Literacy Peer Networks occurred for 30 minutes 4 times per week. In first grade, students who were beginning readers enrolled in the Reading Mastery curriculum showed improvements in oral reading from 32 correct words per minute in the fall to 54 correct words in the spring on the DIBELS oral reading fluency test.
 
116. An Impact Pathway Analysis for the Competent Learner Model
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
DANA CIHELKOVA (West Virginia University), Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University), Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.)
Abstract: For the conceptualization of the Competent Learner Model (CLM) we have developed a Theory of Change. The poster conveys graphical representation of the dynamics between the CLM assumptions and the CLM outcomes and thus theoretically explains how the CLM achieves the expected outcomes. In general, the CLM operates on positivist epistemological beliefs therefore the CLM assumes that the universe is a lawful and orderly place. The CLM assumes that persons' behavior and the environmental events related to that behavior can and should be objectively observed, described, and quantified via systematic data collection so that students’ behavior can be established, strengthened, and maintained or weakened. The key CLM conceptual assumption is that human behavior is constantly changing but can be analyzed and modified by finding the functional relations among teacher behavior, student behavior, and other environmental events. The CLM postulates that in order for students’ personal, social, and academic behavior to be maintained in everyday circumstances, a set of seven behavioral repertoires must be established, strengthened, and maintained. The CLM suggests that development of the seven Competent Learner Repertoires (observer, listener, talker, reader, writer, problem solver, and participator) will result in appropriate personal, social, and academic functioning of students in everyday circumstances.
 
117. Effects of Peer Observation and Evaluation on Staff Correct Use of Discrete Trial Teaching
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN R. THOMAS (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: A procedure consisting of peer observation and evaluation, or behavioral observations was used to improve educational staffs correct use of discrete trial teaching procedures. All staff had been previously trained in discrete trial instruction; however, during baseline staff showed a low level of correct demonstration of discrete trial teaching (mean scores: 38.3%, 43.3%, and 35.0%). Participants were then taught to observe and evaluate one anothers performance during discrete trial teaching sessions. Following these behavioral observations, staff increased their correct implementation to 85.1%, 88.3%, and 81.1% respectively. The overall effect size of the observation phase, when compared to baseline, was large (d = 3.96). These data indicate that conducting behavioral observations can lead to large and rapid improvements of staffs correct use of discrete trial teaching procedures.
 
118. Teaching a Child with Autism to Gain the Attention of an Adult
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER HANSEN (Minnesota Early Autism Project)
Abstract: Children with autism may have problems with social interaction, therefore, may not be able to efficiently gain the attention of an adult to successfully complete a request. If a child with autism is not able to effectively make a request problem behavior may occur. The current study aimed to teach a 6-year-old boy with autism to gain the attention of an adult through the use of verbal and physical prompts. Differential reinforcement was also used to encourage the participant to engage in the correct response. The results of the current study showed that the participant learned to gain the attention of an adult. The graph shows the number of opportunities the participant was provided to gain the attention of an adult and also the number of independent responses performed by the participant. Gaining the attention of an adult was generalized from the participant’s daycare provider to his parents, teachers and therapy staff members. Teaching the participant to gain the attention of an adult has allowed for the participant to more effectively communicate his wants and needs in the absence of problem behavior.
 
119. Classification of Repetitive Behavior in Hospitalized In-Patients With Autism and Autism and Intellectual Disability
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAEGAN PISMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Repetitive behaviors in individuals with autism can limit access to educational (Sigafoos, Green, Payne, O'Reilly, & Lancioni, 2009) and social opportunities (Koegel, Koegel, Baker, 1998; Boyd, Conroy, Mancil, Nakao, & Alter, 2007). Although repetitive behaviors are a diagnostic feature of autism, the presence of repetitive behavior is not unique to the autistic population. Similar repetitive behaviors have been observed in individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities (ID). Therefore, we examined differences in the prevalence of types of repetitive behavior (e.g., stereotypies, compulsions, etc.) using the repetitive behavior scale revised (RBS-R; Bodfish, Symons, & Lewis, 2000) for individuals admitted to a hospital inpatient and diagnosed with autism only and autism and comorbid ID. Results indicate that for individuals without ID, more items on the RBS-R were endorsed (44.8%) compared to individuals with comorbid moderate (26.4%) and severe or profound (31.7%) intellectual disability. For individuals without ID, the greatest difference between endorsed items was observed on the self-injury subscale (compared to moderate ID) and on the compulsive subscale (compared to severe or profound ID). Results indicate that the forms of repetitive behavior for individuals with autism may be different than the form of repetitive behavior for individuals with a comorbid diagnosis.
 
120. Use of Discrimination Training and Response Blocking to Increase Independent Eating in a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Blair Drewke (Chicago Education Project), SETH W. WHITING (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Impulsive behavior is a common problem in children with autism. One particular area of concern is rapid eating, which poses a potentially dangerous scenario for children. The current research investigated the effects of discrimination training, instructions, and fading on the eating behavior of children with autism. The participant was an eight year male, diagnosed with autism. The participant attended a school in the Midwest, for students diagnosed with autism. Prior to the study, the participant was fed several bites of food at a time during lunch. During baseline observations of this type, the participant swallowed one bite very infrequently before taking another. To start, an instruction to swallow before taking another bite was provided, attempts to eat while food was still in the mouth were blocked, and two bites were presented at a time. After 3 consecutive sessions where 80% or more of bites were taken while the mouth was empty, more bites were presented at a time. The results demonstrate that the procedure was effective in teaching the participant to discriminate when to take a bite, and performance maintained at a high level including when the full meal was presented all at once.
 
121. CANCELED: DRA, Positive Practice, and DRL Procedures to Decrease Self-stimulatory Behavior with a 4-Year-Old Boy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAYA SAITO (Be Wiz You/ Creative Behavioral Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract:

Self-stimulatory behavior is one of common problem behaviors in Autism. However, there are few studies have focused on vocal steretypy behavior. The current study examined the effect of DRA, positive practice and DRL with a 4 years old boy with Autism in order to decrease his vocal steretypy behavior. The target behavior is defined as Ryan making clicking noises with his tongue, humming for more than 1 second, or emitting non-functional sounds. Each self-stimulatory behavior is considered separate if the interreponse time is at least 1 minute. The frequency data was collected over 50 sessions. The setting was a home-based DTT therapy. Each session lasted 2.5 hours and 2 sessions were scheduled a week. Each procedure was introduced separately. The outcome shows DRA plus positive practice produced more decrease than DRA itself. However, DRA plus positive practice was not enough to eliminate the behavior. Therefore, DLR was implemented and it successfully eliminated the behavior.

 
122. Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates of Behavior to Reduce Loud Vocal Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DAVID BARTON (Firefly Autism), Dave Hughes (Firefly Autism), Shawnie N. Girtler (Firefly Autism)
Abstract: Previous research suggests that stereotypic behavior in individuals with autism is predominately maintained through automatic reinforcement and may be difficult to reduce. Specifically, vocal stereotypy (repetitive, non-communicative vocalizations) and loud vocal stereotypy (vocal stereotypy above a conversational level) are common and not often highlighted in publications. This study evaluated the efficacy of differential reinforcement of low rates of behavior (DRL) for a student's loud vocal stereotypy (LVS). Using baseline rates of loud vocal stereotypy, we utilized a DRL schedule that would allow for some loud vocal stereotypy but reinforce decreasing amounts of LVS over time. DRL has been effective in decreasing the rate of LVS per interval measured as well as the frequency of intervals measured per session. This study represents an effective alternative to response interruption and redirection (RIRD) as well as an alternative to punishment procedures aimed at decreasing vocal stereotypy. This study is also noteworthy because it targets a specific type of stereotypy in an individual with several types of stereotypy (excessively loud vocalizations).
 
123. Comprehensive Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism: A State-Supported Program in Poland
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MONIKA RUPINSKA (Center for Early Intervention, Step by Step Academy), Monika M. Suchowierska (University of Social Sciences and Humanities)
Abstract: This study reported results of 6-month state-supported comprehensive behavioral intervention program for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in Poland. ASD is defined behaviorally and characterized by impairments in three areas: social interaction, reciprocal verbal and nonverbal communication and the range of interests and activities. Intensive behavioral therapy can lead to significant and clinically important changes in an autistic child's cognitive, social and emotional functioning. 34 children with ASD from two provinces in Poland participated in the program. The intervention consisted of two parts: 1) intensive intervention in a center for children with autism (behavioral package applied to individual therapy sessions, group sessions and individual speech therapy sessions; in sum 15 hours per week for three months), 2) generalization to home and preschool/school environments (sessions at the child's home, parent training, teacher training at the child's school/preschool; in sum 60 hours spread over three months). Children's level of functioning was evaluated with the use of Psychoeducational Profile-Revised (PEP-R) prior to intervention and after 6 months. PEP-R results are promising. After 6-month intervention every child progressed in general developmental age. Differential mean between first and second PEP-R in general developmental age was 9 month (after 6 month therapy).
 
124. Efficacy of the B.e.S.T. program, a group wraparound model, in decreasing problem behaviors
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HANNAH MORTON (Special People in Northeast), Megan Riley (Special People in Northeast), Sharon Heileman (Special People in Northeast), Ann Marie Machion (Special People in Northeast), Annemarie Clarke (Special People in Northeast)
Abstract: Many children with an autism spectrum disorder are impaired in their ability to learn and function in school, home, and community settings due to disruptive or problem behaviors. The Behavior and educational Support Team (B.e.S.T.) program provides group behavior supports for preschool children in four autistic support classrooms run by Special People in Northeast (SPIN Inc.). In the B.e.S.T. program, a Behavior Specialist Consultant (BSC) conducts a Functional Behavior Assessment (FBA) for each child and writes a behavior intervention plan (BIP) to identify behaviors of concern and treatment goals. A Child Development Support Specialist (CDSS) implements the BIP daily at school and one time per week at home for up to four children. The BSC provides ongoing support to the families, classroom staff, and CDSS. CDSS collect time-sampled, frequency behavior data daily for each child to inform BIP review and revision. Single-case data for several children will be presented to demonstrate intervention outcomes. Data include a baseline phase, intervention phases designated by each four-month BIP update, and return to baseline. Results demonstrate a decrease in problem behavior during intervention phases and suggest additional children may benefit from replication and expansion of the model in additional classrooms and schools.
 
125. Reducing Motor Stereotypy during Discrete-trial Training: Generalization of a DRO and Punishment Treatment Package
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA CLEMENTS (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amber R. Paden (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Michael E. Kelley (Florida Institute of Technology), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) often display motor stereotypy. Engaging in motor stereotypy may interfere with a childs performance on academic tasks, such as during discrete-trial training by affecting the childs ability to attend to discriminative stimuli. Stereotypic motor behavior may also compete with a childs ability to engage in appropriate motor responses (e.g., exchanging a picture card, pointing to select a response, etc.). In the current investigation, a treatment package was developed to reduce motor stereotypy in free-play settings in a 9-year boy with ASD. Data from the initial phases of the investigation showed that noncontingent matched stimulation and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedures were not effective in reducing motor stereotypy to clinically acceptable levels. After a punisher was added to the DRO procedures, stereotypy decreased to criterion levels (at or below ten percent of baseline levels) allowing the researchers to thin the DRO schedule. The punisher was selected based on the results of a stimulus avoidance assessment and a parental social validity questionnaire. After the DRO interval was thinned from 5 seconds to 150 seconds, the effects of the treatment package were then generalized to the academic demand setting with favorable results.
 
126. The Effects of Self-management on the Adaptive Behaviors for an Adolescent with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
WENCHU SUN (Graduate Institute of Rehabilitation Counseling of the National Changhua University), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education)
Abstract:

The purpose of this research project was to investigate the effects of self-management on the adaptive behaviors for one adolescent with autism. The independent variable was self-management. The dependent variable included five adaptive behaviors, i.e., being on time to class, finishing home work, brushing teeth after lunch, cleaning up study table, quiet walking on stairs in which the student with autism agreed with. Self-monitoring, which included self-recording and self-evaluation were taught to the student for controlling appropriate behaviors. A contingency following the recording, with 5 starts (appropriate behaviors ) on the sheet, was arranged as to play his favorite computer game for 1 hour. The reinforcement was gradually faded out to social praises. After introducing self-management strategy, the results showed positive outcome not only on the DV, but also on other adaptive behaviors, i.e., washing hands before lunch, washing dishes after lunch, helping other autism students to clear up table, etc. Social validity data also displayed positive support for this result. Conclusion and suggests were also included at the end of the paper.

 
127. Using Social Stories with Students with ASD: A Review of Literature
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JAMIE G. O'BRIEN (Eden II/Genesis Programs), Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University), Nancy Phillips (The Genesis School)
Abstract:

There has been a considerable increase in research in the area of Social Stories with students with autism spectrum disorders over the past 10 years. A literature review of social stories and autism spectrum disorders was conducted in order to examine the efficacy of wide spread clinical applications of this intervention. In addition, the review was completed to identify current areas of study as well as identify gaps within the literature to assist with the direction of future research.

 
128. The Use a of a Response Cost Procedure to Reduce Stereotypic Belching in a Young Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TEAL MCALLISTER (University of Nevada, Reno), Daylee E. Magnison (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley B. Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: A response cost procedure within a token economy was used to reduce stereotypic belching in a child with autism. Contingent upon belching, a token was removed from the child's collection, thereby delaying programmed reinforcers. The procedure was implemented as part of a home-based autism treatment program from which the child had been receiving services for 18 months prior to the intervention. The response cost procedure was successful in eliminating the child's belching, demonstrating that response cost can be an effective behavior reduction component of a behavioral treatment program.
 
129. Can I Help You? Asking Before Prompting Reduces Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Lauren Nauman (University of Nevada, Reno), ERIN M. CARR (University of Nevada, Reno), Jennifer A. Bonow (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Research has shown that demands can be an antecedent for problem behavior. Several studies have focused on decreasing problem behavior correlated with noncompliance. In addition, some children exhibit problem behavior when having to be physically prompted to complete a response when they did not comply. The present study aimed to examine the problem behavior of a young child diagnosed with autism following the presentation of demands. Following a demand, if the child did not comply, a 3-step prompting hierarchy was used to gain compliance (verbal, model, physical). A protocol was implemented where the child was asked, “Do you want help, or do you want to do it yourself?” prior to physical prompting. This prompt signaled a second opportunity for an independent response or a physical prompt. Results of this study demonstrate a reduction of problem behavior with the introduction of a prompt allowing a second opportunity for independent compliance. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed.
 
130. A Review of Maintenance and Generalization Data in Joint Attention Research
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DIANA PARRY-CRUWYS (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Behavior analytic single-subject research articles teaching joint attention (JA) to children with autism and including maintenance or generalization data were reviewed. Studies were categorized by the type of JA skill taught: responding to JA (RJA) or initiating JA (IJA). These studies were analyzed for positive, mixed, or negative outcome. Positive outcome was defined as all participants in the study demonstrating JA at or within approximately 20% of training data in maintenance or generalization probes; mixed outcome was defined as some but not all participants meeting these criteria; and negative outcome was defined as no participants meeting these criteria. Results indicated 54% of studies teaching RJA had a positive outcome for maintenance and generalization and 34% of studies teaching IJA had a positive outcome. These findings point to the need to further refine the procedures used in teaching JA to ensure maintenance and generalization of these skills. Strategies to address this deficit will be discussed.
 
131. An Alternating Treatment Design With Matching-to-Sample: Error Correction and Errorless Learning With Time Delay
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA MOBERG (Western Michigan University), Jessica Ann Korneder (Western Michigan University), Brandon Kline (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Matching-to-sample is generally acquired early on using discrete trial training and is a prerequisite for learning more complex discriminations as the curriculum progresses. When this skill is not acquired, it can lead to deficits in abilities that impede other areas of learning. A common approach is to use an error correction procedure in which a prompt, typically following a least-to-most prompting strategy, occurs after the response has been made. Another alternative is errorless learning which involves the manipulation of a task that reduces the possibility for errors to be made (Mueller, Palkovic & Maynard, 2007). For the purpose of this project, a comparison of the effectiveness and efficiency of an error correction and errorless learning procedure in the acquisition of matching-to-sample for two children diagnosed with autism in the Early Childhood Developmental Delay classroom at WoodsEdge Learning Center. Prior to intervention, child A matched at below chance levels ranging from 0% to 40%, and child B matched stimuli correctly 0% to 30% of baseline sessions. A comparative analysis using an AB, multielement design will be used to determine the effectiveness and efficiency of error correction compared to errorless learning with time delay in the acquisition of a matching-to-sample task.
 
132. Using Discriminating Training, DRO and Self-monitoring Strategies to Increase the Eye-contact Behaviors of the Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TING-CHIA HSIAO (+886 2 27370787), Claire Hsu (SEEK Education, Inc., Taiwan), Ann Wang (SEEK Education, Inc., Taiwan), Hui Hung Chen (SEEK Education Inc., Taipei, Taiwan)
Abstract:

Several articles indicated that using self-monitory and discriminative training can improve variable behaviors of autism children. The goal of this study is going to exam if the procedures of self-monitory and discriminative training can increase the eye contact of children with autism. The whole study will be executed in an environment where the participants engaged in their favorite activities and the researchers asked participants WH questions randomly; we expect that the percentage of childrens eye contact with the researchers will increase and maintain stably when they answer the questions.

 
133. Elopement and Flopping: Trial-Based Functional Assessment and Treatment of Symmetrical Operants Reinforced by the Same Consequence
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA BOWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Angie Christine Querim (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kasey Thomas (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Anthony T. Fischetti (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Melinda K. Devore (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Trial-based functional analyses (FA) have increasingly been employed to determine the variables maintaining problem behavior (Bloom et al., 2011), and they have generally shown correspondence with results from traditional FAs (Larue et. al., 2010). The current study utilized a trial-based FA to assess problem behavior when walking near and leaving a playground. During a caregiver- led pre-assessment, a 3-year-old boy with autism, would elope towards a playground. When the caregiver attempted to remove him from the playground, he would flop to the ground. We next conducted an analysis where trials alternated between the therapist walking the child past a playground, the child being prompted to leave the playground following access, and a control trial in which the child had free access to the playground. The analysis showed elevated levels of elopement only when the therapist walked the child near the playground and elevated levels of flopping only following the termination of playground access. We taught him two functional communication responses to functionally replace the childs elopement and flopping. Elopement and flopping decreased to near- zero levels in their respective test conditions. These two forms of problem behavior represent symmetrical operants reinforced by the same consequence (i.e., access to playground equipment).
 
134. Improving Sibling Interaction in a Young Teenager with Asperger's Syndrome
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RADHIKA POOVAYYA (Samvaad Institute of Speech and Hearing)
Abstract: Individuals with Asperger's syndrome exhibit a variety of behaviors and that can significantly impact their relationships with family members and peers, including stereotypical vocal behavior, rigidity, and inability to engage in turn-taking ( Rivers & Stoneman, 2003). Children with Asperger's syndrome may also be more likely to be bullied or otherwise victimized by peers and siblings (Little, 2002). The current study set out to replicate and extend previous research (Berler,Gross & Drabman, 1982) on teaching social skills to children with autism by focusing on the interaction between a young teenager with Asperger's syndrome and her brother. Interventions targeted behaviors that were identified in collaboration with the mother as particularly problematic for family interactions, and included stereotypical vocal behavior, responding to situations in which she is not included in her brother's plans, turn taking, and responding to insults. Intervention consisted of prompting, modeling and role playing. Target behaviors improved significantly post training. Moreover qualitative ratings by the brother indicated a change from not liking to play with his sister to enjoying playing with her.
 
135. Utilizing a Stimulus Control Procedure to Increase Multiple Appropriate Verbal Responses
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Jessica Weber (Florida International University), ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Florida International University), Andre Maharaj (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University)
Abstract: Intraverbal responding using discrete trial training has been implemented successfully for single responses among children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The goal of the current study was to extend intraverbal training using a stimulus control procedure in order to increase appropriate responding to questions with multiple, topographically similar answers. Responses were coded as incorrect, correct or echoic and mastery criterion was set at 80% for all trials. Visual prompting was used during baseline to establish items already within the childs repertoire. The intervention consisted of four phases, using verbal prompting to illicit responses to three visual cues: the child was presented with three shape cards and prompted to name three shapes. Each shape card was sequentially replaced with a blank card and the last trial was presented with no visual cues. Results demonstrated an increase of correct responses from 0% to 80% in phase one, and a continued increase to 100% in phases two and three. In the final phase, correct responses increased from 60% in the first trial to 100% at the end of the phase. These data suggest that the proposed procedure may be well suited to increasing the appropriate verbal responses of children with ASD.
 
136. Bridging Gaps Through Collaboration: A Description and Evaluation of Preschool Programs for Young Children With Autism and Other Developmental Delays
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JANICE DONEY FREDERICK (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) has been repeatedly shown to be effective for young children with autism spectrum disorder as well as other developmental delays. Often EIBI programs and particularly those that meet the research-based criteria for treatment "dosage" are delivered to young children in home-based settings. This program description provides details related to a collaborative model developed by an organization providing behavior analytic services and a school district in order to create programs grounded in evidence-based practices for children with range of developmental delays including but not limited to autism spectrum disorder. Information related to student characteristics as well as program components such as teacher, staff and parent training, assessment and intervention strategies utilized, and methods for evaluating outcomes within and across students will be presented. Student outcomes related to skill acquisition, maintenance and generalization of skills, and undesirable behavior will be reviewed.
 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #180
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Systems Science for Activism and Advocacy
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Auditorium Room 2 (Convention Center)
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Theory
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D.
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors: : MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

Informed activism and advocacy supporting human rights, sustainability, and democracy is a crucial contemporary need with high visibility, whether in the Middle East, where the question of armed or nonviolent civil resistance is paramount; in phenomena like the Occupy movement challenging failed economic systems, where questions regarding "diversity of tactics" has been an obstacle to collective action; or in stalled efforts to achieve sustainable cultures. For example, last year at the ABAI convention, Erica Chenoweth reported on her research demonstrating that nonviolent civil resistance is twice as effective as armed alternatives for challenging dictatorship or repression, and in most cases produces much more promising long-term outcomes. Yet the armed option continues to be chosen, in part because the resources dedicated to the development and dissemination of rigorous science supporting nonviolent alternatives have been vanishingly small. Even less attention has been given to the strategic exercise of power addressing issues of sustainability or structural injustice. The moment now appears to be right, however, for behavioral systems science to contribute to the development of effective activism and science-based advocacy in all of these areas. This tutorial will briefly review the current state of knowledge regarding nonviolent activism, advocacy, and civil resistance, drawing on examples of more and less successful campaigns from every inhabited continent. Drawing particularly on current work in cultural analysis and organizational behavior management,the presenterwill then provide detailed explorations of behavioral systems science principles that have promise for supporting strategic civil resistance and leveraging "people power." The tutorial will offer practical analytic approaches for exploring behavioral systems dynamics that obstruct cultural change, and those that might support it. Examples for analysis will be drawn from current work being done by the presenter and others involved in activism and advocacy. Particular but not exclusive attention will be paid to "constructional" (Goldiamond's term) alternatives. While acknowledging the limits of current knowledge and the ethical challenges involved in working as a scientist-activist, the presentation will offer resources for immediate application, suggesting directions for the next generation of behavioral systems science advancing sustainability, human rights, and structural justice.

 
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
Mark Mattaini, DSW, is an associate professor in the Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois at Chicago, where he has led the development of the new Community Health and Urban Development concentration. Editor of the journal Behavior and Social Issues, Dr. Mattaini is also the author/editor of 10 books, including PEACE POWER for Adolescents: Strategies for a Culture of Nonviolence (NASW Press), and Finding Solutions to Social Problems: Behavioral Strategies for Change (American Psychological Association, with Bruce Thyer), and more than 90 other publications. Since the mid-90s, Dr. Mattaini has focused his research and practice on behavioral systems analysis for violence prevention with youth, constructing cultures of respect in organizations and communities, and effective nonviolent social action. He is the principal developer of the behavior analytic PEACE POWER strategy, which has been presented and implemented in at least 12 states, two Canadian provinces, and was recently introduced in a UNESCO-funded project in Brazil. He has provided consultation to the National Police and community organizations working to develop more effective ways to work with criminal youth gangs in Medellin, Colombia. This year, Dr. Mattaini completed a new book, Strategic Nonviolent Power: The Science of Satyagraha, published by Athabasca University Press and available in open access online, analyzing potential contributions of behavioral systems science to nonviolent social action and civil resistance supporting justice and human rights domestically and internationally. He is currently working with the American Friends Service Committee on related projects.
 
 
Panel #181
PDS EVENT: Behind the Experiments: Current Activities and Future Directions of Animal Research
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
101 J (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Shrinidhi Subramaniam (West Virginia University)
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (University of Kansas)
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University)
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Panelists will discuss their personal accounts of behind-the-scenes activities in nonhuman animal research both inside and outside a university setting. A major topic will be how they effectively deal with universities, animal care and use committees, federal regulatory boards, and/or funding sources. Panelists will give recommendations and advice to those wanting to start or maintain their own animal labs. They also will discuss progression and limitations in conducting animal research. This discussion will include a comment on current practices in basic and/or applied animal research and speculation on where those practices are headed in the future.

Keyword(s): laboratory practice, non-human animal research, professional development
 
 
Invited Paper Session #182
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Generalizations on the Practice of Applied Behavior Analysis

Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Ballroom A (Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Trevor F. Stokes, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
TREVOR F. STOKES (James Madison University)
Trevor F. Stokes, Ph.D., is the Alvin V. Baird Centennial Chair in Psychology at James Madison University, in Virginia. After graduating with a bachelor's degree from the University of Western Australia, he studied at the University of Kansas, receiving a Ph.D. in developmental and child psychology, in 1977. Subsequently, he completed an augmentation program in clinical psychology at West Virginia University. Dr. Stokes has held academic positions at the University of Manitoba, West Virginia University, the University of South Florida, and James Madison University, in clinical psychology, school psychology, child and family studies, behavioral medicine and psychiatry, special education, and applied behavior analysis. He is currently director of the Alvin V. Baird Attention and Learning Disabilities Center at James Madison University. For more than 30 years, Dr. Stokes also has maintained an active practice in psychology, in homes, schools, hospitals, community mental health centers, and university student training clinics. Dr. Stokes' seminal paper on generalization of therapeutic behavior changes, co-authored with Professor Donald M. Baer, is a citation classic paper in psychology and special education. Dr. Stokes is a licensed clinical psychologist in Virginia, West Virginia and Florida, and is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst–Doctoral.
Abstract:

Effective practice of applied behavior analysis requires carefully targeted and efficient intervention procedures which lead to meaningful and generalized behavior change outcomes across circumstances and time. Informed by evidence-based research, the ABA practitioner in the field is presented with pressures to deliver services effectively within the fee-for-service business environment, while being responsive to consumers and to the constraints of insurance and payment plan competitive forces. Practice requires acumen in the behavior analyst's ability to analyze and assess functional variables quickly and implement procedures that require practical data systems, while avoiding complicated intervention variables and implementation strategies for therapists, teachers, and parents. The strong practice movement toward interprofessional collaboration and communication among professionals across multiple disciplines also may be a perplexing challenge. These issues will be presented within the context of case examples focusing on outcome assessment and data-based planning and adjustment in procedures as treatment continues from initial focused changes to generalized outcomes. Case examples will include oppositional defiance related to sensory defensiveness, leukemia with excessive hospital visits resulting from pain, interpersonal-focused interventions based on teacher and parent-child interaction therapy protocols, sibling interaction for children with autism, and interprofessional treatment merge in coordination of services for children with autism.

Target Audience: Practice Track- ABA practitioners
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to .. 1. Describe practical assessment challenges to the behavior analysts work with children 2. Describe practical intervention challenges to the behavior analysts work with children 3. Describe the changes in treatment approaches to emphasize interprofessional collaboration
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #183
CE Offered: BACB

Context, Operant Behavior, and Extinction

Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Main Auditorium (Convention Center)
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Iser Guillermo DeLeon, Ph.D.
Chair: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
MARK E. BOUTON (University of Vermont)
Mark E. Bouton received his B.A. from Williams College and his Ph.D. from the University of Washington. He is the Robert B. Lawson Green and Gold Professor of Psychology at the University of Vermont, where he has been teaching since 1980. Since that time, his research has investigated the relationships among context, behavior, and memory, with a special emphasis on inhibitory processes like extinction. His research has been funded by the National Science Foundation and the National Institutes of Health since 1981. Since at least 1988, he has been publishing translational papers that attempt to connect basic behavioral science (learning theory) with clinical issues such as relapse after therapy, panic disorder, fear and anxiety, and overeating and addiction. He has been a Fulbright Scholar, a James McKeen Cattell Scholar, a University Scholar at the University of Vermont, a Fellow at the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences (Stanford), and editor of the Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes (1998-2003). He is a fellow of the American Psychological Association, the American Psychological Society, and the Society of Experimental Psychologists, and in 2010 was awarded the Gantt Medal by the Pavlovian Society. He is currently writing the second edition of his 2007 textbook, Learning and behavior: A Contemporary Synthesis (Sinauer Associates).
Abstract:

Although extinction in Pavlovian learning is highly context-dependent, less research has investigated the role of context in the extinction of operant learning. This talk will fill this gap and explore a number of parallels between Pavlovian and operant extinction. Recent research has studied the "renewal" effect after operant extinction, in which extinguished responding returns when the context is changed. We have produced clear evidence of ABA, ABC, and AAB renewal (where the letters correspond to the contexts of conditioning, extinction, and testing, respectively), even when the learning history of the contexts is controlled. We also have demonstrated renewal in nondeprived rats working for sucrose or sweet/fatty food pellets--the rodent equivalent of junk food. The ABC and AAB renewal effects suggest that operant extinction is more context-dependent than operant conditioning. Other experiments have studied "resurgence," in which a behavior that is extinguished while a second is reinforced recovers when the second behavior is extinguished. Resurgence can be viewed as another renewal effect. Contextual cues have a general role in the control of operant behavior. But the extinction of operant behavior, like the extinction of respondent behavior, is especially sensitive to the context, with a number of interesting implications for understanding behavioral inhibition, lapse, and relapse.

 
 
Panel #184
CE Offered: BACB
Effective Strategies for Teaching Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
M100 A (Convention Center)
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D.
Chair: Diego Valbuena (University of South Florida)
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
JOHN T. RAPP (St. Cloud State University)
VICTORIA FOGEL (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This panel will discuss effective strategies for teaching behavior analysis to different levels of students in different contexts. The topics to be discussed include planning course content to promote understanding of principles and procedures, active learning strategies to promote participation by all students in the classroom, strategies to teach undergraduates knowledge and skills related to certification, incorporating research into classroom instruction, strategies to program and implement effective distance learning in applied behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): Teaching Behavior Analysis
 
 
Invited Paper Session #185
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Operant Principles Everywhere: Interdisciplinary Behavior Analysis and the Future of Our Field

Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Auditorium Room 1 (Convention Center)
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Susan M. Schneider, Ph.D.
Chair: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University)
SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (University of the Pacific)
Dr. Susan M. Schneider's involvement in behavior analysis goes back to high school when she read Beyond Freedom and Dignity and wrote B. F. Skinner, never dreaming that he would reply. They corresponded through her master's degree in mechanical engineering at Brown, her engineering career, and her stint in the Peace Corps. At that point, Schneider bowed to the inevitable and switched careers, obtaining her Ph.D. in 1989 (University of Kansas). A research pioneer, she was the first to apply the generalized matching law to sequences and to demonstrate operant generalization and matching in neonates. She proposed a mathematical model for choice between sequences, and her publications also cover the history and philosophy of behavior analysis and the neglected method of sequential analysis. Schneider has championed the inclusive "interacting systems" approach to nature nurture relations, culminating in reviews in The Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst, and she has served on the editorial boards for both of those journals. Her interdisciplinary book for the public, The Science of Consequences (November 2012), summarizes the field of operant behavior, its larger nature-nurture context, and its broad range of applications.
Abstract:

Operant principles apply everywhere from simple invertebrates to Wall Street. On the occasion of the 100th birthday of behavioral psychology, it's reassuring to observe how scientists and practitioners in related fields are increasingly discovering "our" operant principles and applications--with or without discovering our field of behavior analysis and its established terminology, methodology, and practices. Like other sciences, ours has always been part of a larger interdisciplinary effort. John B. Watson performed original work in a variety of disciplines, and, while the days of the generalist may be gone, interdisciplinary work is arguably more important than ever: We now know how fully operant principles interact with others in the large and complex nature-and-nurture system, for example. This talk will take stock of our field's current interdisciplinary extensions, with boundless opportunities. Our biological context includes significant advances in operant-related genetics and epigenetics as well as sophisticated neuroscience. When it comes to higher-order skills, the functional linguists are among many fellow travelers. In application, ever more randomized controlled trials are expanding our reach in the mainstream, even as our small-n designs are increasingly accepted (and adopted). The presentation will summarize selected advances in all of these areas, and discuss what behavior analysts can learn and how we can contribute. While interdisciplinary work entails some barriers to be surmounted, the benefits can be considerable, and they flow in both directions.

Target Audience:

General

Learning Objectives: 1. Objective: To provide examples of interdisciplinary extensions of behavior analysis in its biological context, in higher-order skills such as language, and in application. At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to describe examples of interdisciplinary work relevant to behavior analysis in these areas. 2. Objective: To cover the advantages to behavior analysts of following and/or participating in interdisciplinary work. At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to state the reasons why behavior analysts and, more broadly, biobehavioral science and practice benefit when we contribute to--and learn from--related fields.
 
 
Symposium #186
CE Offered: BACB
Identifying Effective Instructional Strategies for Discriminative and Spontaneous Communication Behavior in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
205 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Diane Fraser (AF-LPA Association Française-Les Professionnels de l'Analyse du Comportement)
Discussant: Diane Fraser (AF-LPA Association Française-Les Professionnels de l'Analyse du Comportement)
CE Instructor: Diane Fraser, Ed.D.
Abstract:

Children with autism can have difficulty acquiring discrimination and communication skills. These difficulties can slow the overall learning process making gains slow to non-existent. Three presentations will explore the use of educational strategies that can help learners with ASD possibly overcome these difficulties. The first, discusses the use of an auditory-visual discrimination procedure and the use of sign language, most notably LSF (French sign language) as prompts to teach conditional discriminations. Results indicate the use of LSF rather than images is an effective prompt in teaching these important conditional discriminations. The second presentation proposes a conditional discrimination procedure for teaching receptive language skills through the use of preferred items and a visual prompt presentation. The results indicate that use of a visual prompt coupled with an auditory discriminative stimulus is effective in teaching receptive skills. The third presentation explores the use of a stimulus pairing procedure and echoic training to develop sentence structure and increase spontaneous requesting. Each strategy was used individually to teach a request and a third request was taught using both strategies together. Results indicate that the when echoic training and stimulus pairing where used together, participants increased the number of spontaneous requests during the learning and generalizations phases.

Keyword(s): autism, receptive language, discrimination, language, autism, stimulus pairing
 

Teaching Auditory and Visual Discrimination Using French Sigh Language With a Child With ASD

DOROTHÉE LERG&EGRAVE;S (Institut Médico-Educatif ECLAIR), Cherice R. Cardwell (Association Française Les Professionnels de l'ABA)
Abstract:

The purpose of the study was to show that using French Sign Language (LSF) as temporary prompts rather than pictures of objects was an effective prompt to establish the verbal stimulus control and help the student discriminate between words. Using the conditional-only method, a procedure was developed for teaching auditory-visual conditional discriminations to an 8 year old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders who communicates with French Sign Language (LSF). The stimuli consisted of three reinforcing objects the student was able to request using sign language, and were based on items already present in the reinforcement repertoire. Items were also chosen based on the number of syllables required to name the item. Names of items containing more than 2 syllables were eliminated in order to facilitate auditory discrimination. The student was engaged in a prompted observing exercise then followed by presentation of an auditory stimulus every second until the child selected the correct object. The LSF gestures for the items were used as prompts and a most to least prompting strategy was used. The gestures were systematically faded until the student could select the object independently. Once the student was able to emit a correct independent response, during three consecutive session probes, a retention probe was carried out one week later. The student acquired two of the three items targeting for teaching. The results indicate that use of the LSF, rather than images, as prompts was an effective way to teach conditional discrimination.

 

Teaching Receptive Labeling Skills to Children With ASD Using a Combined Stimulus Preference and Discriminative Stimulus Strategy

LOUISE DANELUZZI (Institut Médico-Educatif ECLAIR), Cherice R. Cardwell (Association Française Les Professionnels de l'Analyse du Comportement)
Abstract:

A modified conditional discrimination procedure was used to teach receptive identification skills to an autistic 6-year-old girl who presented a severe language delay (five-word repertoire). Initially, stimulus preference assessment for items was used to identify strong reinforcers. A conditional discrimination was implemented involving a sample stimulus (reinforcer), an auditory discriminative stimulus associated with a two second visual prompt presentation (photograph of reinforcer), and a comparison stimulus, response and consequence for which the child directly accessed the preferred item. Combination of the two sensorial modalities for discriminative stimulus auditory and visual decreased the probability of an incorrect response. Visual prompts were quickly faded in order to transfer stimulus control to the auditory discriminative stimulus only. Finally, reciprocal trials were applied involving trials with the child's choice of item to identify, and trials with adult's choice of item, which provided information of verbal stimulus, control and decrease motivation bias. The results indicated that combination of auditory discriminative stimulus and visual prompt facilitated receptive skills learning for preferred items and transfer of stimulus control to auditory stimulus. This method appeared to be successful in training receptive skills and probably could be used in training other receptive skills as daily objects or environments.

 

Development and Generalization of Syntax and Spontaneous Demands Using Stimulus Pairing With ASD Children

SELIM BOULEKENAFET (University Charles De Gaulle- Lille 3)
Abstract:

Many children with autism and developmental disorders have great difficulty to acquire and develop functional verbal language. Scientific studies have reported that 50% of children diagnosed with autism have developed no vocal language. The subject of our study suggests that the effectiveness of echoic training combined with a procedure called "stimulus pairing on the vocal" can develop syntax structure and increase the number of spontaneous demands * in the natural environment. For each participant, and depending on their motivation, three requests, each of about 4 to 7 words, were taught initially in the classroom and then generalized in the natural environment. The first demand received an "echoic training" procedure. A second request was taught using a stimulus pairing on the vocal procedure. A final demand was taught with an echoic training combined with a "stimulus pairing on the vocal" procedure. The results indicate that the combination of an echoic training combined with the stimulus pairing on the vocal procedure was the most effective teaching, and enabled each participant to increase the percentage of formulating target spontaneous demands during the learning phase and to increase the number of spontaneous requests in the generalization phase.

 
 
Symposium #187
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in the Assessment of Various Types of Communication Modalities and the Acquisition of Mands in Individuals With Autism
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
211 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amanda E. Guld (Melmark)
Discussant: Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants)
CE Instructor: Amanda E. Guld, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Effective communication is a common goal of instruction with children with autism as the developmental disability itself is characterized by significant deficits in communication (APA, 2000). Therefore, much research has been conducted to determine the most effective strategies of instruction to target this deficit. This symposium addresses two common areas lacking in the research literature: assessment of communication modality for a particular learner, and transferring stimulus control of manding to naturally occurring stimuli. Two papers will address determining the most appropriate communication modality (vocal speech, sign language, Picture Exchange Communication System, or a speech output device) for individual learners by assessing acquisition and preference across the different modalities. This type of modality assessment was conducted across learners at three different sites and data will be presented on acquisition of and preference for the various modalities. The third paper will address the topic of transferring stimulus control of mands to naturally occurring discriminative stimuli.

Keyword(s): autism, communication modality, mand, verbal behavior
 

Selecting a Communication Modality for Non-vocal Individuals: Assessments of Acquisition and Preference

KATHY TOMON (Melmark), Kaitlyn Ross (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life), Samantha Russo (Melmark), Meghan Kane (Melmark), Amanda E. Guld (Melmark)
Abstract:

Deficits in communication are displayed by individuals with Autism, and many other intellectual disabilities (APA, 2000). Therefore, in the field of special education, many families, clinicians, teachers, and speech pathologists are faced with the task of providing effective methods of communication since many individuals with autism do not communicate vocally (Frankel, Leary, and Kilman, 1987). Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of many types of communication modalities and augmentative or alternative communication devices such as speech (Carr & Durand, 1985), sign language (Mirenda, 2003), Picture Exchange Communication System (Bondy & Frost, 1994), or speech output devices. While research has shown each to be effective, there is a lack of research in determing how to choose a specific modality for an individual learner. Decisions about which type of modality is appropriate for a particular learner are often left to clinician preference, or philosophical groundings of an agency. The current study seeks to expand on recent research (Hansford, et al, 2011) to use systematic assessment techniques to determine the most appropriate communication modality for a particular learn based on rates of acquisition and preference.

 

Assessment of Communication Modality and Mand Acquisition With Individual Learners With Autism

Lauren Alison Pepa (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), ROBERT LARUE (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Stacy Liebross (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Tara Nardella (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Sarah Levine (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey)
Abstract:

Autism is a developmental disability characterized by difficulties in communication, social interaction, and the presence of restricted and repetitive behaviors (APA, 2000). Looking at the communication domain, individuals with autism have significant impairments in their ability to communicate wants and needs, as well as using verbal and nonverbal language to navigate social situations. Further, estimates indicate that about fifty percent of children with autism are entirely nonvocal (Frankel, Leary & Kilman, 1987). To address these deficits, several supplemental/ alternative communication strategies have been developed. Different topographies of trained communication responses have included vocal speech (Carr & Durand, 1985), communication cards/ picture exchange (Bondy & Frost, 1994; Horner & Day, 1991), and sign language (Mirenda, 2003). While these communication modalities have all been shown to be effective in specific clinical instances, the selection of communication modality for individual learners has generally been based on subjective guidelines, such as the learners developmental level, motor skills, and the recommendations of a speech-language pathologist. This is particularly problematic as the selection of communication modality for learners with autism can be a contentious issue. Parents often fear that vocal ability will be diminished by the provision of an alternative strategy, and many also fear that other modalities will not generalize outside of school settings. Disagreements among parents and professionals can delay the intervention process and adversely affect individuals in need of intervention. To this point, relatively little research has evaluated procedures to determine which modality represents a "best fit" with individual learning styles. The current study explores an individualized assessment for informing communication modality selections, specifically looking at rates of acquisition and preference within individual learners with autism.

 

Transferring Control Over Mand Responses to Naturally Occurring Discriminative Stimuli in Children With Autism

ASHLEY HOLTHOUSE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lauren Dvorak (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Abstract:

Several studies have demonstrated the effects of teaching multiply controlled mands and transferring control of those mands to the establishing operation (EO; e.g. Charlop, Schreibman, & Thibodeau, 1985; Guiterrez, Vollmer, Dozier, Borrero, Rapp, Bourret, & Gadaire, 2007). Teaching appropriate environmental controls over mands may be an alternative to teaching "spontaneous" or "pure" mands, only under control of the EO. In the current study,a rolling tine delay (RTD) procedure (Sweeney-Kerwin, Carbone, O'Brien, Zecchin, & Janecky, 2007) was used to transfer control of mand responses from an intraverbal prompt in the presence of the item (tact) to a more naturally occurring discriminative stimulus in the natural environment. Results indicated that the RTD procedure successfully increased mands in the presence of the naturally occurring discriminative stimulus. However, a mand test suggested that responses continued to occur in the absence of the EO, and may have functioned as tacts for two of the three participants.

 
 
Symposium #188
CE Offered: BACB
Performance Management and Explicit Feedback for Pre-implementation Training and Guided Practice in School Autism Programs
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
205 C-D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Discussant: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Michael Miklos, M.S.
Abstract:

A training model from two school based programs will be described. The first model, derived from a large scale public school training and technical support system, will demonstrate training methods and outcome data for large group trainings that prepare teachers and other staff to deliver instruction derived from an applied behavior analysis and an analysis of verbal behavior. The training method includes a competency based model to teach a mixed and varied approach to discrete trial training of the verbal operants and for skills to be used in mand training. Data will be presented demonstrating outcomes from participant responses across an array of response forms including timed trials, choral responses, written and oral conceptual checkouts, and analogue demonstration of instructional processes. Specific skills taught over the course of the three day intensive training include fluency in tacting the verbal operants, stating definitions for key concepts in behavior analysis, demonstrating errorless teaching procedures and error correction procedures, demonstrating materials management during teaching procedures, transferring operant control from prompted to unprompted conditions in the mand frame and mand training error correction procedures. Data will suggest the efficacy of the pre-implementation training on the initial degree of instructional fidelity on a measure of implementation. An additional program evaluation study compiled at a school for students with Autism will review processes for training staff using direct feedback including a transcription of instructional interactions. This study will include demonstration and data derived from treatment fidelity measures.

 

Competency Based Staff Training for Teachers of Autism: Training Description and Outcomes

MICHAEL MIKLOS (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Amiris Dipuglia (Pennsylvania Traning and Technical Assistance Network/ Autism Initiative)
Abstract:

Critical review of a multiple method 3 day competency based training for staff providing educational services for students with autism derived from the field of applied behavior analysis and including an analysis of verbal behavior. The descriptive study will provide an example of training methods that allow rapid acquisition of teaching skills for discrete trial training, mand training, and basic conceptual skills needed to deliver effective instruction for students with autism. Specific data related to participant competencies for both conceptual skills and procedural skills will be reviewed. Additionally data related to instructor behavior such as cues for choral responding and guided notes and the density of opportunity to respond will be discussed. Training methods for assuring basic conceptual acquisition for concepts related to reinforcement, motivating operations, discriminative stimuli and prompts will be described. Training methods derived from the work of Fred Keller and Siegfried Englemann will be briefly demonstrated. This session will provide a demonstration of advantages of active participant responding during all phases of the training package.

 

From Analogue Training to Classroom Implementation: Description of Classroom Performance Outcomes Following Intensive Skill Training

AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network/ Autism Initiative), Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Abstract:

Deriving outcomes for training participants in an analogue test to specific levels of competency does not necessarily mean that the skills taught will be implemented in actual teaching environments. Initial competency-based training may assist classroom teams in implementing effective practices sooner than if training only occurs in situ. Through use of a site review process, this session will present data documenting levels of implementation of specific skill sets trained in a competency based analogue format. Included will be a comparison of initial evidence of implementation criteria for discrete trial training, mand training and aspects of classroom organization such as data collection and materials organization with implementation of the same criteria after approximately six months of consultation. Comparison of outcomes will be presented across two school years and multiple autism support classroom settings. The site review tool used to assess implementation will be described with an emphasis on components most relevant to analogue training competencies.

 
Transcription, Verbal Feedback, and Video Feedback: Improving Staff Performance in Teaching the Verbal Operants
DAVID ROTH (The Aurora School), Courtney L. Deal (The Aurora School), Kendra McDonald (The Aurora School)
Abstract: Staff training procedures for an interspersed model of teaching the verbal operants at the Aurora School in Virginia will be quantitatively described. Development of the Transcription procedures (Miklos, 2007) for coding instruction of the elementary verbal operants provides behavior analysts with an efficient, reliable, and thorough method for analyzing the discrete trial instruction conducted by ABA therapists. Transcription provides for coding the sequences of teaching procedures, prompting, transfer trials, acquisition, and trial type interspersal. In order to incorporate and further analyze the role of multiple control in verbal behavior programs (Michael, Palmer, and Sundberg 2011), the current study evaluates the teaching procedures of new staff and implements the Transcription procedures while transcribing the specific stimuli used to prompt new verbal operant targets (e.g. when a non-verbal stimulus, as opposed to a formal verbal stimulus, is used to prompt the teaching of an intraverbal response; the transcription process reported here notes the prompt within the recording process). Additionally, verbal feedback is provided to the staff following a baseline evaluation and their progress is evaluated following feedback. If verbal feedback proved to be inadequate in improving teaching procedures to 100%, an additional step involving video feedback was implemented and further progress was re-evaluated.
 
 
Symposium #189
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Reinforcement-Based Procedures for Decreasing Problem Behavior in Adolescents With Autism
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
208 C-D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jaime A. DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders and ARG)
CE Instructor: Jaime A. DeQuinzio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Challenges in addressing problem behavior could be due to difficulties with altering the stimulus conditions under which the behavior occurs and is maintained, and identifying potent reinforcers for the absence of problem behavior. In the first study, the frequency of problem behavior evoked by noise (i.e., coughing) changed reliably with the introduction and removal of the stimulus shaping, video modeling, and reinforcement procedures. Additionally, exposing the participant to gradual increases in the number of coughs provided the opportunity for reinforcement for the absence of problem behavior during the initial phases of treatment, possibly facilitating the reduction in problem behavior to zero levels throughout treatment. In the second study, non-contextual vocalizations were brought under the control of environmental stimuli (e.g., the presence and absence of a bracelet) using discrimination training. The stimulus that acquired control over occurrences of non-contextual vocalizations was then used contingently for the absence of non-contextual vocalizations within a differential reinforcement procedure. The third study found that the opportunity to engage in stereotypy was a more effective reinforcer than edibles for increasing appropriate engagement with leisure activities. Following this experimental demonstration, the use of stereotypy as a reinforcer will be used within a DRO procedure to help reduce stereotypy.

Keyword(s): problem behavior, reinforcer evaluation, stimulus control
 

A Stimulus Control Procedure to Decrease Non-contextual Vocalizations

KELLY DELLA ROSA (Alpine Learning Group), Courtney Gavin (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime A. DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

For an adolescent girl with autism, non-contextual vocalizations (NCV) consisted of making repetitive comments about unusual topics during work and leisure tasks. A functional analysis indicated that NCV were maintained by social attention in the form of reciprocal comments made by teachers and other adults about these topics. Non-contextual vocalizations were first brought under the control of environmental stimuli (e.g., the presence and absence of a bracelet) using discrimination training. A reversal design was then used to examine the effects of a differential reinforcement procedure on reducing NCV. IF NCV occurred during baseline, teachers responded as they normally would by making one reciprocal comment and directing the learner back to work. During intervention, the learner wore the bracelet that was discriminative for “quiet” for a specified interval. If the learner completed tasks during that interval in the absence of NCV, the bracelet was removed and she was provided with the opportunity to engage in NCV for a short period of time. Levels of NCV changed reliably with the introduction and removal of the DRO in baseline and intervention phases. In the most recent intervention phase, the DRO interval was systematically increased and timed access to NCV was decreased.

 

Evaluating Stereotypy as a Reinforcer for Appropriate Engagement With Leisure Activities

ALISON O'CONNOR (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime A. DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

A ten-year-old child with autism engaged in high rates of object-related motor stereotypy and low rates of engagement with leisure activities. A multi-element within a reversal design was used to examine the effects of two types of reinforcement, edibles and access to motor stereotypy, on increasing independent engagement with leisure activities. During baseline the percentage of 10-s intervals in which the participant was appropriately engaged was low with both puzzle types. During intervention, appropriate engagement with Puzzle A was reinforced with 5-s access to motor stereotypy while appropriate engagement with Puzzle B was reinforced with edibles. Responding was differentiated in that higher rates of engagement were observed with Puzzle A than with Puzzle B. During the second baseline phase, appropriate engagement with Puzzle A was more resistant to extinction than engagement with Puzzle B. Additionally, post-intervention preference assessments showed a learned response allocation to the puzzle paired with stereotypy further demonstrating the effectiveness of stereotypy as a reinforcer for appropriate engagement in leisure activities.

 

The Use of Video Modeling and Stimulus Shaping to Decrease Problem Behavior Evoked by Noise

KATHLEEN COOPER (Alpine Learning Group), Melissa Connor (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime A. DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

A 15-year-old girl displayed high rates of problem behavior evoked by others coughing. Antecedent assessments determined that problem behavior occurred at high rates when exposed to in-vivo coughing and did not occur at all when exposed to coughing presented on video or audiotape. A reversal design was used to assess the effects of video modeling, stimulus shaping, and reinforcement to reduce problem behavior in the presence of coughing. During 15-minute baseline sessions, the participant was exposed to in-vivo coughing every minute and frequency of problem behavior was scored. During intervention, the participant viewed a video segment of a model encountering someone coughing and receiving reinforcement for working quietly in the presence of the cough. Following the video model, the participant was exposed to one in-vivo cough during the first three intervention sessions. The number of coughs presented was systematically increased throughout the phases of intervention. During the second baseline phase, problem behavior increased and returned to zero levels again with the reintroduction of treatment. Video modeling, reinforcement, and the gradual exposure to coughing via stimulus shaping, was effective at decreasing problem behavior.

 
 
Symposium #190
CE Offered: BACB
Effectiveness of Community-Based Interventions for Adolescents and Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorders
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
208 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Christina Whalen (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center)
Discussant: Peter F. Gerhardt (The McCarton School)
CE Instructor: Christina Whalen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Despite the large body of research on the effectiveness of ABA for autism, the focus tends to be on early childhood and on school, clinic, or home-based treatment settings. To achieve the highest level of generalization and independence, it is important to provide interventions within the community. In addition, although early childhood research has had a dramatic impact on how interventions are delivered for autism spectrum disorders, research needs to shift toward how to adapt effective ABA practices for adolescents and adults. This symposium will present recent data on an intervention designed to teach community and safety skills to a more severely impacted adolescent with ASD, an intervention utilizing iPad and video technology to teach vocational sills to teens and adults with ASD, and an intervention using an inclusive model with peer mentors to teach employment skills to teens with ASD. All presentations focus on the importance of teaching skills in the generalized setting and providing opportunities for individuals with ASD to participate in the community. The importance of moving the field of ABA into adolescence and adulthood will be discussed, along with a discussion of the importance of teaching in community settings, and educating the community about ASD and how they can learn to work with and accept these individuals as part of their community. Presentations will include video examples, participant outcome data, fidelity of implementation, reliability, generalization, and social validity outcomes. Best practices for adolescents and adults will be discussed including an analysis of how ABA needs to evolve to better serve individuals beyond childhood.

Keyword(s): autism, adolescents, community
 
Building Independence and Self Management in the Community - Inclusion, Emotion Regulation, and Generalization
MANYA RALKOWSKI (University of Washington)
Abstract: As the population of students with Autism Spectrum Disorders grows, what was a concern in early intervention is quickly becoming a concern for our middle school and high school students. How has the gap in skills changed in the older student populations? What do these middle and high school programs need to look like? What training and expertise is available? And how does early intervention best practice translate to best practice for teenagers and young adults? A combination of intensive home program support to staff and family members, a collaborative school program, and a comprehensive community inclusion program all facilitated through wrap around services was necessary to effectively support one teenager with autism spectrum disorder and disruptive behavior disorder. While this case study has many moving parts, this presentation focuses on the community inclusion component of his program. A rich background history of the individual will be presented for replication and further directions in research. An approach to data collection that captures components of pivotal response training methodology as well as person centered planning philosophies will be presented. This community component includes selecting target behaviors that are both pivotal skills that will beneficially effect other areas of his program and that are also naturally reinforced in the community. Data collection and graphing will demonstrate how to make data based decisions for further intensive programming or generalization. The overall model will demonstrate the targeted population, person centered planning and programming, targeting pivotal skill areas, using ongoing data collection and evaluation for programming changes and decisions, and curriculum examples for intensive instruction and generalization.
 

The Use of Technology to Teach Vocational Skills in Community Settings

GLORIA M. SATRIALE (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life), Avram Glickman (Mission for Educating Citizens with Autism), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), George Jennings (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life), Ben Kaliner (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life)
Abstract:

The dearth of services and supports for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) who are aging out of public school is a fast-growing concern. Research shows that skills learned in school and vocational centers do not often generalize to community and life contexts. We propose a model for training community and life skills directly in the environments in which those skills will be used. Components of this model include selecting training targets that will be naturally reinforced by the community settings, training in ways that will results in long-term generalization and maintenance, and developing behavioral interventions that are implemented in the community settings that will lead to improved behavior in those settings. The use of technology to train individuals to skill mastery is a powerful tool that that maximize training efficiency and long-term maintenance of competence. The instant study demonstrates the application of these concepts and skills to vocational skill sets in competitively employed adults in community jobs. Data will be presented showing adolescents and adults with ASD learning and generalizing various vocational skills in the community through the application of technology.

 
Effectiveness of the CommunityWorks Employment Training Program in Community Settings for Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorders and Peer Mentors
CHRISTINA WHALEN (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Erica Skepnek (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Stephanie Hosmer (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Maggie Mullen (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center)
Abstract: The CommunityWorks program was developed to address the needs of local adolescents with autism spectrum disorders who needed training opportunities to prepare for employment and independence in the community. Based on research regarding generalization, community integration, peer inclusion, and ABA best practices, the model provides an opportunity for teens to work together on various projects to prepare them for getting a job, building peer relationships, and increasing independence. Typically developing teen mentors work with the ASD participants in a variety of community settings including libraries, gardens, animal rescues, domestic violence shelters, food kitchens, and other non-profit community settings. In addition, some programs focus on healthy living (PowerWorks) and also have an inclusive model of intervention. In the past year, data on over 80 ASD teens and over 40 peer mentors have been collected and will be shared in this presentation. Data includes outcomes for ASD participants, peer participation, and social validity of parents, volunteer sites, and participating teens. Each participant is assigned 3 individualized goals such as problem solving, social initiations, social responding, and on-task behavior. Outcome data for each goal will be shared for a minimum of 10 students per goal. This model has been replicated in Calgary, Canada and that data will be included in the presentation. The importance of community integration and a focus on independence and employment preparation for teen programs will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #191
CE Offered: BACB
Assessing and Improving Health-Related Behavior: Nutrition and Exercise
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
102 D-E (Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Jennifer N. Fritz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Obesity is a significant problem in the United States, and the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (2012) reports that 35% of adults and 17% of children are classified as obese. This symposium will address issues related to assessing and improving eating and exercise behavior of adults and children. The use of a stimulus equivalence paradigm to teach healthy eating behavior (food portion size estimation) will be presented. In addition, best practice strategies for measuring activity levels will be presented, and an intervention for increasing aerobic activity by adults will be evaluated.

 

Teaching Children to Make Accurate Portion Size Estimations Using a Stimulus Equivalence Paradigm

NICOLE LYNN HAUSMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The prevalence of obesity continues to increase, especially among children (Gordon-Larsen, The, & Adair, 2010). Rising costs to society make obesity a national health priority (Daniels, 2009; Gibson et al., 2008; Stommel & Schoenborn, 2010; Storch et al., 2007). Obesity can be attributed, in part, to overconsumption of energy dense foods. Given that overeating plays a role in the development of obesity, interventions that teach individuals to identify and consume appropriate portion sizes are warranted. Specifically, interventions that teach individuals to estimate portion sizes without the use of aids may be critical to the success of nutrition education programs. The current study evaluated the use of a stimulus equivalence paradigm to teach children to estimate portion sizes. Participants ranged in age from 4-7 years (N = 7). Results suggested that the stimulus equivalence paradigm was effective in teaching children to make accurate portion size estimations without aids. Furthermore, 6 of 7 participants were able to estimate the target portion size of novel foods during generalization probes. These data extend the existing research on teaching accurate portion size estimations and may be applicable to treatment seeking populations (i.e., overweight or obese children and adults) to teach healthier eating habits.

 

Considerations for Descriptive Analyses of Physical Activity

ALLISON J. MORLEY (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Tracy A. Larson (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

Descriptive observation is typically employed to identify environmental variables related to levels of physical activity. The primary purpose of the current study was to compare the results yielded from descriptive analyses of physical activity across brief and extended observation times. Additionally, because discontinuous measurement systems are often used to record the occurrence of physical activity, a second purpose was to compare results of the analyses using partial and whole interval recording methods. Descriptive analyses for six preschool children were conducted during repeated, 30-min naturally occurring outdoor times on a playground at a local daycare. The Observational System for Recording Physical Activity in Children was used to define the conditions and various levels of physical activity. Overall, results for all participants suggested high correspondence between outcomes of descriptive analyses when observations were brief or extended, and when using whole or partial interval recording methods. These results suggest that brief assessments using partial-interval records might be the most efficient way to conduct descriptive assessments of physical activity. However, the degree to which such assessments would yield reliable data about functional relationships will also be considered.

 

Measures of Child Activity: Assessing Reliability and Validity

DIANE BERTH (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina at Wilmington)
Abstract:

Relatively few studies have evaluated behavioral interventions aimed at increasing activity levels of sedentary or obese children. Crucial to this line of research is the development of reliable and valid measures of activity. In this study, four typically developing children ages 6-13 engaged in various structured activities for one minute and their activity levels were simultaneously recorded via several methods. Number of steps taken was assessed using two devices: Fitbit Tracker Accelerometers and less expensive Fit Solutions SW-200 Yamax Digiwalker Pedometers. In addition, data on the types of activities and relative effort were collected via direct observation and heart rate monitors respectively. The reliability of multiple Fitbits and pedometers across repeated measures was assessed, as was correspondence between all measures of physical activity across predefined levels of the Observational System for Recording Physical Activity in Children (OSRAC). The results indicated that steps per minute and heart rate covaried for most activities between OSRAC levels, with a few exceptions for specific activities that did not involve translocation. Reliability of the Fitbits was consistently higher than that of the pedometers.

 

Increasing Aerobic Walking by Adults With Intellectual Disabilities

KARILYN LOUISE ROTE (Brenham State Supported Living Center), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Obesity is a widespread problem in the general population but affects a greater percentage people with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Braunschweig et al., 2004). Four adults diagnosed with an intellectual disability and a Body Mass Index (BMI) above the healthy range participated in an aerobic walking program at a residential facility. Measures were taken regularly on BMI, quality of life, and waist-to-hip ratio across conditions. The first phase of treatment consisted of prompting and token reinforcement. The second phase of treatment consisted of a direct training protocol that included modeling and a fading component, reinforcement, and goal setting. The presence of the trainer and immediacy of the token delivery were faded incrementally. After training completion and independent performance goals were increased incrementally from 1000 steps 3 out of 7 days to 3000 steps 5 out of 7 days. Results were evaluated using a multiple baseline across participants design and showed increased walking and decreased measures of BMI and waist-to-hip ratio when direct training was introduced. Findings indicate the importance of including a direct training component with fading in order to maximize results of pedometer usage in individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities.

 
 
Symposium #192
Assessment and Evaluation of Core Active Processes in Clinical Behavioral Interventions
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
102 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tanya N. Douleh (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: As the body of evidence supporting the efficacy of third-wave clinical behavioral interventions continues to grow, researchers have begun to step back to ask the questions of how and why these methods are successful. This symposium takes a broad look at the underlying processes active in treatment and clinical interventions. In the first study, the authors investigate psychological flexibility processes as they relate to the therapeutic relationship. This is one of the first studies in this area to attempt to experimentally manipulate the relationship in order to improve our understanding of what core processes are involved in developing a good therapy relationship. The second study is designed to evaluate the relationship between therapy approach, client strengths and weaknesses and daily functioning. The last two studies assess the efficacy of specific behavioral intervention techniques, including value-based behavioral activation in treating depression, and acceptance and mindfulness in an ACT-based protocol for smoking cessation. Gaining understanding of active, core processes in various interventions is the next step in treatment development and evaluation.
Keyword(s): ACT, Clinical Interventions
 

Evaluating Values, Mindfulness, and the Therapeutic Relationship: Exploring the Effect of Teachable Techniques

REGAN M. SLATER (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Clinicians have long been interested in the components that strengthen the therapeutic relationship. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT; Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 2011) is a behavior analytic third wave therapy that emphasizes psychological flexibility utilizing values and mindfulness processes. Research has indicated that the therapeutic relationship is related to client outcome. However, the nature of this relationship is not clear, and to date, studies have not experimentally manipulated the therapeutic relationship. Research has been done to investigate the effects of the core psychological flexibility processes within ACT. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the effects of specific, teachable techniques on therapeutic relationship and to explore psychological flexibility processes as they relate to the relationship between therapist and client. Participants were undergraduate students and were randomly assigned to one of three conditions: a mindfulness plus values condition, a mindfulness condition, or a relaxation condition. Participants were guided in an short exercise, then engaged in a conversation with the experimenter representing an analog of a therapy session. Data were collected at three time points during the study. The measures assessed were values connectedness, mindfulness, positive and negative affect, as well as therapeutic relationship. Implications for future research will be discussed.

 

The Relationship Between the Functional Idiographic Assessment Template Questionnaire and Daily Interpersonal Functioning

Daniel William Maitland (Western Michigan University), SCOTT T. GAYNOR (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The Functional Idiographic Assessment Template Questionnaire (FIAT-Q) is a questionnaire that allows a clinician to assess the interpersonal strengths and weaknesses of a client. The scale was designed in such a way to assess the extent of client problem behaviors and suggest improvement response classes that may be a focus of treatment (Callaghan, 2006). To date, there has been no research published on how scores in the FIAT-Q relate to behaviors in day to day life. In the current study, individuals of either sex were given 10 therapy sessions. Each participant received 5 sessions of non-directive support focused on establishing empathic attunement and understanding the clients social behavior. The other 5 sessions consisted of FAP. Before treatment began, participants completed the FIAT-Q. During treatment, participants completed a personalized diary card daily, monitoring the occurrence of collaboratively identified clinically relevant behaviors. A second FIAT-Q was completed one week after treatment. The relationship between FIAT-Q scores and participants daily functioning will be reviewed during the course of this talk. Currently, 13 participants have been enrolled in the study. It is fully expected that 15 participants data will be available for presentation at the conference.

 
Motivational Interviewing and Behavior Therapy as a Stepped-Care Approach to the Treatment of Adolescent Depression
TANYA N. DOULEH (Western Michigan University), Julissa Duenas (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Depression is a significant public health concern with a lifetime prevalence of 24% for adolescents in grades 9-12 (Lewinsohn, Hops, Roberts, Seeley, & Andrews, 1993) and a point prevalence of 4-6% (Kessler, Avenevoli, & Ries, 2001). These prevalence rates and the associated psychosocial risks associated with adolescent depression make it imperative to develop effective treatments. Stepped care approaches are common in medicine and are being extended to psychological care (Broten, Kalata, Naugle & Gaynor, 2011). Stepped care involves providing graduated levels of intervention as indicated by ongoing assessment. The proposed study seeks to determine the effectiveness of using a stepped care approach to adolescent depression using motivational interviewing assessment (MIA), fun activities (FA) and values-based behavioral activation (VBBA). Specifically, those who do not have a clinically robust response to MIA will receive FA, and those not responding to FA will receive VBBA. Fourteen participants with elevated scores on the semi-structured interview Child Depression Rating Scale-Revised (M = 58.79, SD = 9.11) were enrolled. Of those, 63% showed a clinically significant response at some point in the stepped care protocol and 37% dropped out. Across the steps, 36% showed a clinically significant response to MIA, 38% to FA, and 50% to VBBA. Due to drop-out rates and clinical response to earlier steps, significant fewer participants were active in the protocol over time.
 

Individual ACT for Smoking Cessation Among Pregnant and Postpartum Women

DAVID HOUGHTON (Missouri State University), Ann Rost (Missouri State University), David Bauman (Forest Institute of Professional Psychology), Bridget Beachy (Forest Institute of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Tobacco use is one of the leading causes of negative health outcomes in the United States. Many smokers try to quit every year, but very few are successful. Pregnant and postpartum women remain an underserved population in regard to smoking cessation, and most empirically-based treatments do not demonstrate high effectiveness within these groups. While there has been long-standing attention to smoking cessation interventions, multicomponent behavioral and psychopharmacological interventions remain the treatment of choice. Recently Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has demonstrated promise for smoking cessation in group formats. The current study seeks to examine the effectiveness and feasibility of an ACT intervention versus treatment as usual (TAU) for pregnant and postpartum women administered in individual format. Single-subject data from two initial participants indicates that smoking decreased over time among women in the ACT condition. Data collection is ongoing, and additional data will be presented along with comparisons between experimental conditions. In addition to changes in smoking behavior, it is expected that the constructs of avoidance and inflexibility and valued living will mediate the relationship between treatment and outcome. Early results are very promising regarding the effects of treatment with this challenging but important population.

 
 
Symposium #193
CE Offered: BACB
Identification of Behavioral Phenotypes Across Disabilities
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
202 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Discussant: Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University)
CE Instructor: Tonya Nichole Davis, Ph.D.
Abstract: In this symposium we present recent research regarding behavioral phenotypes associated with specific disabilities. Behavior profiles are common among certain disabilities; however, they are frequently comprised of behavior topography. While topography profiles are helpful, this symposium also begins to uncover behavior profiles based on function. The first paper summarizes existing functional analysis research to identify both topography and function profiles that arise across specific disabilities. The second paper investigates the relationship between challenging behaviors and physiological states among children with autism spectrum disorders and gastrointestinal problems. Emerging patterns among this relationship and implications for treatment will be discussed. The third paper evaluates behavior profiles of young children with fragile X syndrome. Functional assessment results suggest that tangible and escape consequences may be the most likely variables maintaining problem behaviors. If behavior phenotypes among specific disabilities exist, it is likely that such information could be utilized for the prevention of development of problem behaviors.
Keyword(s): autism spectrum disorders, behavior phenotype, fragile X syndrome, functional analysis
 

A Systematic Review of Functional Analysis Data: Function and Topography Phenotypes Across Disabilities

STACY L. CARTER (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Rachel Scalzo (Baylor University), Laura Coviello (Baylor University), Cathryn Clark (Baylor University), Erin Bulter (Baylor University), Scott Perez (Baylor University), Alicia Kobylecky (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Certain behavioral features are often associated with specific disabilities. Historically, these behavioral phenotypes predominantly involve behavior topography. Although identification of behavior topography is essential, applied behavior analysis emphasizes the identification of the function of behavior in the description, assessment, and management of problem behavior. Functional analyses are the gold standard for identifying variables that maintain problem behaviors. The purpose of this systematic literature review was to identify potential behavioral phenotypes among the existing functional analysis literature. Studies included in the review were those that (a) reported participant diagnosis (b) identified problem behavior topography, (c) conducted a functional analysis of problem behavior. Approximately 600 published studies met this criteria for inclusion and were analyzed in terms of (a) participants characteristics, (b) problem behavior topography, and (c) problem behavior function. Patterns of topography and function or problem behaviors across specific disabilities emerged. The potential value of topography and function phenotypes across disabilities will be discussed.

 

Behavioral and Physiological Phenotypes of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders and Gastrointestinal Problems

IRINA CAIN (Virginia Commonwealth University, Department of Special Education and Disability Policy), Austin Mulloy (Virginia Commonwealth University, Department of Special Education and Disability Policy)
Abstract:

Treatment planning for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and gastrointestinal (GI) problems benefits from clarification of relationships among challenging behaviors, their functions, and physiological states. In efforts toward documentation of the phenotype(s) of children with ASD and GI problems (e.g., chronic constipation, abdominal pain), behavioral and physiological assessment was conducted with four children, ages 3 to 5. Behavioral assessment included functional analysis of challenging behaviors (e.g., aggression, stereotypy) and coding of antecedents of target behaviors. Physiological assessment included testing of intestinal permeability, intestinal flora composition (i.e. bacteria species types and number of organisms per species), and blood levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines, glucose, and insulin before and at 6 intervals during the 2 hours after consumption of a meal. In this presentation, results of the assessments will be discussed with regard to patterns within and across participants in behavior, function, and physiological state. Discussion will additionally address the findings' implications for treatment and results of on-going intervention with the study participants.

 

A Comparison of Outcomes from Indirect Functional Behavior Assessments and Functional Analyses of Challenging Behavior

VINCENT E. CAMPBELL (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Andy McDuffie (University of California Davis, MIND Institute), Len Abbeduto (University of California Davis, MIND Institute), Ashley Oakes (University of California Davis, MIND Institute), Monica Ma (University of California Davis, MIND Institute)
Abstract:

Challenging behaviors (aggression, self-injurious behavior) are common to individuals with fragile X syndrome. Research suggests that individuals with fragile X syndrome exhibit a unique behavioral profile (tangible and escape, but less likely attention maintained challenging behavior; Langthorne & McGill, 2012). If true for young children, early intervention should emphasize caregiver education to prevent the development of such behaviors. We compared results of indirect functional behavior assessments (interview, Questions About Behavioral Function) and caregiver implemented functional analyses of challenging behavior for 12 children, 27 51 months, with fragile X syndrome. Parent report indicated that 58% of the children engaged in self-injurious behaviors and 67% engaged in aggression. In each of the 12 cases, escape, tangible, and attention were the most common consequences reported by Questions About Behavioral Function. Tangible and escape were the most common consequences for challenging behavior obtained by the functional analyses. Four functional analyses were inconclusive. Attention was not identified as a maintaining consequence for any participant. These results suggest that challenging behaviors develop early and may commonly serve tangible and escape functions in this population. Inconclusive functional analyses results for several participants suggest need for additional assessment procedures.

 
 
Symposium #194
CE Offered: BACB
Using Video Technology to Enhance the Educational Outcomes for Individuals With Disabilities
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
201 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Michael Chan, Ph.D.
Abstract: The use of video technologies has been demonstrated to enhance the educational outcomes for individuals with disabilities. In this symposium, four studies that used video technology will be presented. The first two studies used video modelling and video prompting to teach physical activities and leisure skills to individuals with intellectual disabilities. The third study compared effects of video modelling to video feedback on correct responding of vocational tasks and use of appropriate employment-related social skills in young adults with developmental disabilities. In the final study, online training with delayed video feedback was used to teach preschool teachers to use antecedent interventions during transitions to prevent their students’ challenging behavior. In all four studies, video technology was used successfully to improve the outcomes of students with disabilities.
Keyword(s): video feedback, video modeling, video prompting
 
Teaching Leisure Skills to an Adult With Developmental Disabilities Using a Video Prompting Intervention Package
JEFFREY MICHAEL CHAN (Northern Illinois University), Lindsay Lambdin (Helping Hand), Toni R. Van Laarhoven (Northern Illinois University), Jesse W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract: The current study used a video prompting plus least-to-most prompting treatment package to teach a 35-year-old man with Down Syndrome three leisure skills. Using a multiple probe across behaviors design, the video prompting intervention was introduced for painting a picture, listening to music on an iPod Touch, and taking a digital picture with an iPod Touch. In addition to video prompting, a least-to-most prompting strategy was used when the participant exhibited difficulty with completion of a step. Results indicate that the participant successfully completed steps of the leisure skills with the aid of video and instructional prompts.
 
Teaching Physical Activities to Individuals With Significant Disabilities Using Video Modeling
ELISEO JIMENEZ (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Sharona Mizrachi (The Ohio State University), Linsey M. Sabielny (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of video modeling in teaching three different physical activities with four adolescents with significant disabilities. The study implemented a multiple baseline across six physical activities: (a) jumping rope, (b) scooter board with cones, (c) ladder drill (i.e., feet going in and out), (d) ladder design (i.e., multiple steps), (e) shuttle run, and (f) disc ride. In addition to video modeling, additional prompt procedures (i.e., verbal, gestural, visual cues, and modeling) were implemented within the study. The effectiveness of video modeling as a single intervention piece varied across participants.
 

A Comparison of Video Modeling and Video Feedback to Increase Employment-Related Social Skills of Learners With Developmental Disabilities

Toni R. Van Laarhoven (Northern Illinois University), Jesse W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), ERIKA BLOOD (Northern Illinois University), Danielle Kos (Indian Prairie School District #204), Kim Weichle (Indian Prairie School District #204)
Abstract:

Using appropriate social skills while working can make the difference between keeping and losing a job, particularly for individuals with autism and/or developmental disabilities. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of video modeling and video feedback on independent correct responding of vocational tasks and use of appropriate employment-related social skills of four young adults with developmental disabilities. The video modeling condition involved showing positive examples of the complete task with embedded appropriate social skills on an iPad prior to work. The video feedback involved video recording learners with an iPad while they worked and asking them to evaluate their own performance by reviewing the videos. All participants had an in-school job of delivering passes to teachers throughout the building. Data were analyzed within the context of a multiple treatments with withdrawal design and results indicated that although both conditions resulted in improved independent correct responding and use of targeted social skills, three of the four participants demonstrated more substantial gains with the video feedback condition while the fourth demonstrated similar results across conditions and improved performance with video feedback only after the video modeling condition was presented. A discussion of the results will be provided.

 
Online Training and Delayed Video Performance Feedback to Improve Use of Classroom Management Strategies
Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), SARAH E. PINKELMAN (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities often engage in challenging behavior that necessitates teacher knowledge and implementation of positive behavior support strategies. When implemented with fidelity, these interventions have been shown to decrease challenging behavior and improve adaptive behaviors. Unfortunately, many preschool teachers enter the profession without preparation in these skills and lack ongoing professional developmental opportunities in evidence based practices. This study evaluates the use of online training and delayed video performance feedback via an iPad to improve a preschool teacher’s use of antecedent manipulations during transitions to prevent challenging behavior in a classroom of children, ages 3-5, at risk for developmental disabilities. A multiple baseline design across transitions design was used to evaluate the effects of the teacher training intervention on teacher use of targeted antecedent manipulation strategies and child on task and challenging behavior. The teacher also self-reported implementation fidelity and effects on child outcomes using survey software on the iPad. Preliminary data suggests that online training alone is insufficient for teachers to acquire targeted strategies, but delayed video performance feedback may be an effective way to improve teacher use of antecedent manipulations during problematic classroom transitions. Data collection is currently underway and will be completed by January.
 
 
Symposium #195
Methodological and Practical Refinements of Functional Communication Training
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
200 F-G (Convention Center)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract:

This symposium covers various aspects of functional communication training, including (a) how and why the modality (of the functional communication response can affect levels of problem behavior during training, (b) how removing the functional communication card during periods of non-reinforcement can facilitate discriminated responding and maintain low levels of problem behavior during the establishment of a multiple schedule, and (c) the relative advantages of using contrived versus naturalistic discriminative stimuli in terms of establishing discriminated responding and facilitating generalization to novel contexts. Dr. Gregory Hanley, editor of Behavior Analysis in Practice, will serve as the discussant.

Keyword(s): FCT, multiple schedules
 

Establishing Operation Manipulations During Treatment of Problem Behavior With Functional Communication Training

NICOLE DEROSA (The Kelberman Center and Upstate Medical University), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mark W. Steege (University of Southern Maine)
Abstract:

We examined whether establishing operation (EO) manipulations during treatment of problem behavior affected treatment efficacy and response bursting. In Study 1, we compared two functional communication training (FCT) interventions. In one treatment, we used a card touch as the functional communication response (FCR), which allowed us to limit exposure to the EO by physically guiding the FCR at prescribed times. In the other treatment, we used a vocal response as the FCR, which did not allow us to limit exposure to the EO. In Study 2, we exposed participants to time-based reinforcement schedules that were yoked to the schedules of obtained reinforcement from the two FCT interventions in Study 1. Results indicated that limiting exposure to the EO (through physically guiding the FCR or through time-based schedules) produced less response bursting and larger and more rapid reductions in problem behavior. The theoretical and clinical implications of the findings are discussed. Keywords: establishing operations, extinction, differential reinforcement, functional communication training

 
An Evaluation of Response Restriction to Facilitate Discriminative Control During Functional Communication Training
ANGIE CHRISTINE QUERIM (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole DeRosa (The Kelberman Center and Upstate Golisano Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is the most published function-based treatment throughout the field of behavior analysis (Tiger & Hanley 2008). One limitation of FCT is that requests for reinforcement can occur at high levels. This is a significant limitation because requests for reinforcement cannot always be honored (e.g., caregiver who is on the phone cannot honor requests for attention). Hanley et al. (2001) used multiple schedules to teach discriminated responding and then gradually thinned schedules of reinforcement such that requests for reinforcement occurred less frequently while maintaining low-levels of problem behavior. In a component analysis, Betz et al. (in press) extended the findings of Hanley et al. by showing that discrimination training was a necessary component but gradual thinning was not. However, the authors noted that the more skilled verbal repertoires of the participants may have helped to facilitate discrimination. Therefore, the purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate a response restriction method with participants who had limited verbal repertoires and did not show discriminated responding during the reinforcement and extinction components of a multiple schedule. Results for 2 individuals suggested that response restriction facilitated discriminated responding and low levels of problem behavior during FCT.
 
Evaluation of Multiple Schedules with Naturally Occurring and Contrived Discriminative Stimuli Following Functional Communication Training
KENNETH SHAMLIAN (Nova Southeastern University), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Angie Christine Querim (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Determining the most effective procedures for training alternative communicative responses and their use in natural environments is imperative for increasing independent functioning of individuals with communication impairments who exhibit severe problem behavior. Research using multiple schedules with naturally occurring stimuli following functional communication training (FCT) has demonstrated initial success. However, using similar procedures with contrived stimuli may prove to be more effective for reinforcement thinning, training the discrimination to new contexts, and transferring stimulus control from contrived to naturally occurring stimuli. Participants for this study were three children whose problem behavior was reinforced by social-positive reinforcement (as demonstrated by a prior functional analysis) and that had responded to a prior FCT + EXT (extinction) intervention. Phase 1 consisted of a multielement design comparing training discriminative use of an FCR across natural and contrived SD conditions within a multiple schedule arrangement. Phase 2 consisted of generalization probes within a reversal design to test effects of discrimination of the availability of attention or items when observing adults during “simple” and “difficult” activity pairs. Results show an increased relative rate of acquisition and appropriate use of FCRs in multiple schedule arrangements and greater efficacy for generalizing discriminated use of FCRs to novel contexts when contrived stimuli were used.
 
 
Symposium #196
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Arbitrary Matching-to-Sample and PECS: Some Barriers and Solutions
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
M101 C (Convention Center)
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services)
CE Instructor: Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Effective communication requires one to demonstrate simple and conditional discriminations. Teaching one to communicate and to perform discriminations is not always an easy task. The collection of studies presented in this symposium used some creative procedures to address some barriers of teaching PECS and of teaching arbitrary matching-to-sample. The studies include participants with different characteristics and diagnosis; typically developing children, children diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder, and hearing impaired children with cochlear implants. Each study reports on some teaching procedure variations which facilitated the acquisition of skills that are required in order for one to communicate more effectively. Together, the three studies represent an effort to systematically test procedural variations which may lead to better skill acquisition.

 

Prompts Requiring Simple and Conditional Discriminative Control in Conditional Discrimination Training

PAULA RIBEIRO BRAGA-KENYON (Melmark New England), Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services), William V. Dube (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract:

The current study compared two errorless prompting procedures to teach visual conditional discriminations. Participants were six typically developing children and three children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The procedure was three-choice matching to sample; the stimuli were unfamiliar forms such as Greek letters. The SD prompt condition required simple discriminative control: The sample and correct comparison stimuli were both presented in the same color (e.g., both were red) and the two incorrect comparison stimuli were black. The CD prompt condition required conditional discriminative control: The three comparison stimuli were presented in different colors on every trial (red, green, and blue), and the sample stimulus was always presented in the same color as the correct comparison. For both SD and CD conditions, the luminance of the color prompt was reduced over five steps until all stimuli were black. Periodic probe trials with no color prompts (all stimuli black) were also presented. Results indicated that 8 of 9 participants acquired conditional discriminations in fewer trials with the CD condition; one child with ASD required fewer trials with the SD condition. Results suggest an advantage for teaching conditional discriminations when the stimulus control requirements of prompts and target discriminations are consistent.

 

Transfer of Stimulus Control From Visual Identity-Matching to Auditory-Visual Arbitrary Matching in Hearing Impaired Children

DEISY DAS GARCAS DE SOUZA (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Ana Claudia Almeida Verdu (Universidade Estadual Paulista - UNESP)
Abstract:

This presentation describes results of a pre-training phase in a series of studies aimed to teach auditory-visual conditional discriminations to prelingually deaf children using cochlear implants. The procedure was a three-choice delayed-sample-matching; the stimuli were familiar cartoon figures. Each trial began presenting four comparison stimuli -one in each corner of the computer monitor screen. After a 2-s delay, the sample stimulus was presented. The procedure comprised three blocks: 1. The sample stimulus was a picture identical to one of the comparison stimuli (identity matching); 2. The sample stimulus became a compound: the picture and its spoken name were presented simultaneously; the visual component of the sample stimulus was gradually faded-out; 3. Only the auditory component of the sample stimuli was presented. Blocks 2 and 3 were repeated if performances were less than 100%. The procedure was appropriate to promote rapid transfer of stimulus control from identity visual-visual to arbitrary auditory-visual matching-to-sample in children with cochlear implant: Fifty-one out of 54 children (94.4%) learned to select pictures under the control of spoken words; three participants failed to reach the learning criterion; 36 (70.5%) completed the procedure with a single exposure to the three blocks; 15 participants repeated the procedure from two to six times.

 

A Comparison of Procedures for Teaching Phase 1 of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS)

RACHEL FREEDMAN (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is widely used in teaching individuals with autism spectrum disorders to initiate communication with other people (Bondy & Frost, 1994). According to the PECS teaching protocol (Bondy & Frost, 1994), phase 1 requires two teachers working with the student simultaneously; the first teacher serves as the Communicative Partner, while the second teacher is the Physical Prompter. Having two trained teachers present during all PECS training sessions is not always practical. For this reason, researchers have raised the question of whether it may be possible to effectively teach phase 1 of PECS with only 1 teacher present (Ross & Lavallee, 2009). The current study compared the number of trials to acquisition of an independent mand in the two conditions (1 trainer and 2 trainers). The order of treatments (1 teacher or 2 teachers) was randomly assigned, inter-observer agreement data as well as procedural fidelity data were collected. Results suggest variability across students and that some students may acquire the independent mand more rapidly in the single trainer condition.

 
 
Symposium #197
CE Offered: BACB
An Evaluation of Variables that Influence Preference and Reinforcer Efficacy
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
M101 A (Convention Center)
Area: DEV/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Claudia L. Dozier, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Determination of the effects of variables that influence preference and reinforcer efficacy are important for determining stimuli to be used in interventions. Numerous variables including stimulus dimensions, response dimensions, and individual histories may affect preference for and reinforcing efficacy of particular stimuli. The purpose of this symposium is to highlight the effects of some of these variables including choice, stimulus variation, response effort, stimulus magnitude, and immediacy of stimulus delivery. Participants in the four papers presented include young typically developing children and children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder.

Keyword(s): choice, preference, reinforcer efficacy
 
Evaluation of the Effects of Reinforcer Choice and Reinforcer Variation on Response Rates of Children with Autism
ALICE A. KEYL AUSTIN (AKA Consulting, LLC), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Megan A. Boyle (Utah State University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Utah State University)
Abstract: Motivating individuals with autism can be challenging for clinicians and educators seeking to increase skills or decrease problem behaviors. Even when highly preferred reinforcers have been identified, they tend to lose their effectiveness over time. Over the years, several strategies have been developed to maintain the effectiveness of reinforcers. Reinforcer variation has been demonstrated to attenuate decreases in responding associated with repeated exposure to a single reinforcer. Another strategy that has been used to help maintain responding is allowing an individual a choice among reinforcers. Several researchers have suggested that providing choice among several reinforcers may produce the same effects on responding as reinforcer variation. Although these two procedures have been shown to maintain motivation in individuals with autism, they have not been systematically compared and evaluated against each other. In this study, we evaluated the effects of reinforcer variation as compared to reinforcer choice in three children with autism and found them, generally, to produce similar effects on participant responding.
 
An Evaluation of the Effects of Response Effort on Choice Responding in Young Children
JULIE A. ACKERLUND BRANDT (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of Kansas), Jessica Foster (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Several variables may affect the reinforcing efficacy of a stimulus, including dimensions of the stimulus (e.g., magnitude and immediacy) and the response (e.g., effort). One way to manipulate effort is through schedules of reinforcement (i.e., the number of responses required to earn a reinforcer). Research has shown that stimuli associated with high-effort schedules are later more preferred than stimuli associated with low-effort schedules. The current study manipulated schedules of reinforcement for two similarly high-preferred edible (study one) or leisure items (study two) to determine changes in preference in eight typically developing preschool children. First, a reinforcer assessment was conducted using a concurrent-operants arrangement to determine two similarly high-preferred reinforcers. Next, an effort manipulation was conducted in which one stimulus was delivered on an FR1 (low-effort) schedule and another stimulus was delivered on an FR10 (high-effort) schedule. Reinforcer assessment sessions were conducted following every five low-effort and five high-effort sessions to reevaluate relative preferences for the two stimuli. Results showed that, for seven of eight participants, associating a stimulus with a high-effort schedule of reinforcement did not result in that item becoming more preferred. These results contradict previous research and may indicate that child preferences are resistant to change.
 

Assessing Dimensions of Food Reinforcers in Children

KIMBERLEY L.M. ZONNEVELD (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas), Makenzie Williams Bayles (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The prevalence of childhood obesity has tripled in the last 30 years (U.S. Centers for Disease Control, n.d.). The serious medical complications associated with pediatric obesity (e.g., increased risk of cardiovascular disease, hypertension, breathing difficulties) warrants the identification of strategies to prevent and treat obesity. The current study assessed young childrens relative preferences for various food-group categories (meat, dairy, fruit, vegetable, starch) as well as preferences for healthy v. nonhealthy food items within each food-group category. Subsequently, we evaluated the viability of an assessment designed to identify the relative influence of quality, magnitude, and immediacy on food selections made by 10 typically developing children. A concurrent-operants arrangement was used to identify the influential parameters of food reinforcers governing subjects choices. Across subjects, results showed that responding was differentially affected by the reinforcer dimensions. These results suggest that the assessment can be used to develop interventions to promote the consumption of healthier foods by manipulating the arrangement of influential reinforcer parameters.

 

Longitudinal Analysis of Preschooler's Preference for Edible and Leisure Items

CYNTHIA LIVINGSTON (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas), Jonathan R. Miller (University of Kansas), Brian D. Greer (University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Few applied studies have examined the stability of preference assessment data over extended periods of time. In this study, 19 young typically developing children (toddlers and preschoolers) participated in two multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments (one edible-item assessment and one leisure-item assessment) each week for at least 3 months (up to one year for some children). The items used in each childs preference assessment remained constant across assessments. The top two preferred items from each assessment during a given week were used as reinforcers in the childs toileting training program that week. Results are discussed in terms of the stability of young childrens preferences across time as well as differences in preference stability across children and assessment type (edible or leisure). Recommendations on how frequently to assess preference will also be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #198
Using Self-Monitoring Packages to Increase Performance in Educational Settings: Elementary School to Graduate School
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
M100 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

One of the great benefits of self-monitoring is that it enables people to function more independently because it puts them in control of their own behavior change. Additionally, self-monitoring promotes generalization of important skills across settings and over time. Self-monitoring has been effective for changing a wide range of functional, vocational, and academic behaviors in many home, school, and community settings. Furthermore, self-monitoring combined with other interventions such as goal setting, public posting, and recruiting reinforcement has demonstrated successful outcomes for a wide range of individuals with and without disabilities. This symposium will present self-monitoring interventions combined with additional evidence-based practices. Three data-based research studies examining the effects of self-monitoring in academic settings will be presented. The first study examines the effects of self-monitoring of on-task behavior combined with self-goal setting and self-reinforcement for a fifth grader with mild disabilities. The second study examines the effects of self-monitoring combined with recruiting reinforcement for increasing pre-vocational task completion for middle school students with moderate to intensive disabilities. The last study examines the effects of self-monitoring combined with goal setting and public posting on scholarly productivity for graduate students in enrolled in a special education program.

 

The Effects of a Self-Management Package Intervention on a Fifth Grade Student's On-Task Behavior

ELIAN ALJADEFF-ABERGEL (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Numerous studies suggest a direct relation between students' on-task behavior and learning. Students who maintain their on-task behavior, increase the probability that they will perform more trials and consequently receive more feedback. Although teacher's classroom management techniques can be effective in increasing students' on-task behavior, in large classrooms or when students are working individually, self-management techniques might be more efficient to implement. The purpose of this consultation project was to evaluate the effects of a self-management intervention on the on-task behavior of a fifth grade female student during individual work tasks in a special education class. Prior to the implementation of the self-management intervention, a direct observation and functional analysis were conducted to determine the function of the problem behavior (i.e., off-task behavior). An ABAB reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of self-goal setting, self-monitoring and self-reinforcing on the student's on-task behavior and the implementation of time-out procedures. Results suggest that the self-management package intervention was effective in increasing on-task behavior and decreasing periods where the student was sent to time-out. Moreover, student requests to use the self-management intervention in other classes and teachers' responses to a questionnaire suggest intervention was socially valid.

 

Teaching Middle School Students With Intellectual Disabilities to Self-Monitor Their Pre-vocational Task Completion

CHRISTINA A. ROUSE (The Ohio State University), Julie Everhart (Westerville City Schools), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of teaching self-monitoring and recruiting teacher attention on the acquisition, generalization, and maintenance of pre-vocational tasks by two sixth grade boys with moderate to severe intellectual disabilities. While completing pre-vocational tasks (e.g., sorting hangers by size, weighing amounts in ounces), the students were taught to use a picture prompt checklist to self-monitor the accuracy with which they completed each task. Upon independent completion of the task, the students were taught to recruit their teachers attention to obtain feedback and reinforcement. The dependent variable was the number of steps completed accurately out of 10 total. Six of the 10 steps were the procedures for completing of the prevocational task, and the other four steps were the procedures for recruiting teacher attention. A multiple probe across skills design demonstrated that the intervention was functionally related to increased accuracy of pre-vocational task performance and increased accuracy of recruiting responses for both students. Additionally, one of the two students maintained high percentages of accuracy in the maintenance condition when the self-monitoring picture prompt checklist was discontinued.

 

The Effects of Goal Setting, Self-Monitoring, and Public Posting on Academic Productivity

MELISSA BOGGS (The Ohio State University), Mary Sawyer (The Ohio State University), Christina A. Rouse (The Ohio State University), Trent DeVore (The Ohio State University), Jennifer Marie Cullen (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Goal setting, self-monitoring, and public posting have been used as intervention components within a broad range of applied settings, and with a variety of age groups ranging from preschoolers to adults. The individuals whose behaviors are targeted with such treatment packages may or may not have disabilities and belong to diverse populations including teachers, parents, athletes, and businesses. Goal setting, self-monitoring, and public posting have effectively enhanced a wide range of behavioral repertoires ranging from physical activity to academic performance, driving skills, on-task behaviors, and even smoking cessation. The current study examined the combined effects of a treatment package consisting of goal setting, self-monitoring, and public posting on the academic productivity of five graduate students and one faculty member. Weekly meetings were held to present data collected from the previous week, and each participant shared whether he or she had met a predetermined goal by publicly posting successes and failures on a chart. After all data were presented, each team member set a new goal, and the chart was posted on the faculty members office door. The results indicate the treatment package had a substantial impact on each participants academic productivity. Limitations and implications are discussed.

 
 
Panel #199
PDS EVENT: Dissemination of Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
M100 H-I (Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Prochak (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University)
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology)
AMANDA N. KELLY (SEEM Collaborative, Massachusetts)
MICHAEL FABRIZIO (FEAT of Washington)
Abstract:

Effective and accurate dissemination of behavior analysis as a natural science is necessary to the successful development and implementation of behavior-analytic interventions in community settings and beyond. In addition, the scientific foundation of behavior analysis means that its principles can be applied to a diverse range of socially significant issues. Panelists will discuss their personal and professional accounts of effectively disseminating the versatility and potential of behavior analysis in a variety of settings, such as working with parents and educators who care for and provide services to children and adolescents diagnosed with ASD, using social networking as a way to garner positive attention to the applications of behavior analysis, and advocating for public safety and education. They will give recommendations and advice to those who seek to expand their professional knowledge in creating sustainable and acceptable behavior-analytic practices in their community. Additionally, panelists will discuss the various types of feedback they have received from nonbehaviorists and provide examples on how to go about getting positive reactions from those unfamiliar with the field of behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): community settings, dissemination, education, natural science
 
 
Symposium #200
CE Offered: BACB
Effects of a State-Wide Training Program to Improve Behavioral Assessments Practices for Students in School Settings
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
M100 J (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Sean D. Casey, Ph.D.
Abstract: The use of appropriate high level FBA's for students with challenging behaviors in school settings is often an uncommon practice. Self-assessment information gleaned from all 9 Area Education Agency (AEA) Challenging Behavior Specialists (CBS) teams in Iowa indicated a lack of specific training in the areas of direct observation/experimental analyses of student's behaviors. The Iowa Department of Education engaged in a 3-5 year training program with the University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics Center for Disabilities and Development to provide specific “hands on” training for each AEA’s CBS team to increase their knowledge and skills in a variety of skills that were commonly included in behavioral assessments for students who engaged in challenging behaviors. These areas included seven primary domains: 1) data collection, 2) graphing, 3) preference assessments, 4) functional analysis, 5) data analysis/decision making, 6) structural analysis and 7) choice assessments. Multiple modalities were used to provide training which included: 1) a “hands on” training component using clinic space at the University of Iowa 2) on-site training at various schools around the state common to each AEA CBS team, and 3) course trainings focusing on theory through the Iowa Department of Education via the Iowa Cable Network (ICN). Measurement of skill acquisition, aligned to the primary domains above, was measured through multiple methods including: 1) a self-assessment, 2) a knowledge exam, and 3) direct observation of skills during each clinic or onsite visit. Within this symposium, we present 3 papers that illustrate the effectiveness of this training model. The first presentation will focus on the model used to deliver the training program and the overall effectiveness achieved across domains. The second and third presentations will focus on the perspective of two AEA CBS who received the training and the concomitant results achieved with a specific focus on experimental analyses and the resultant behavior intervention plans.
Keyword(s): choice assessment, functional analysis, school based FBA, service delivery
 

Training Iowa School-Based Challenging Behavior Specialists to Design and Conduct Experimental Analyses

BRENDA J. BASSINGTHWAITE (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics)
Abstract:

The Iowa Department of Education contracted with behavior analysts at the Center for Disabilities and Development in the fall of 2009 to provide a state-wide training program for challenging behavior teams who practice in school settings. Training was offered via didactic lectures and by assessing students who were referred to the challenging behavior teams for engaging in a variety of challenging behaviors (e.g., work refusal, destruction, aggression, self-injurious behaviors). Fifty-five trainees were involved in training opportunities. Trainers modeled assessment procedures to trainees or trainees conducted the assessment with coaching from the trainers during the assessment of 307 students. Training sessions occurred both in school and clinic settings in the areas of data collection, graphing, data analysis, preference assessments, functional analyses, antecedent analyses, and concurrent operants assessments. No trainee demonstrated independence in these skills after one year. However, after 3 years the percentage of trainees achieving independence increased to 56% in data collection, 42% in data summary, 22% in data analysis, 42% in preference assessments, 26% in functional analysis, 8% in antecedent analyses, and 12% in concurrent operants assessment. A review of the training model, measures for evaluation of growth, and progress across the 4 years of training will be presented.

 
Increasing Use of Experimental Analyses in Central Iowa Public Schools to Improve Student Outcomes
STACY S. VOLMER (Heartland Area Education Agency 11), Nicole Craun (Heartland Area Education Agency 11), Emily A. Donovan (Heartland Area Education Agency 11)
Abstract: Improved behavioral services has become a top priority identified by the 54 public school districts within Heartland Area Education Agency (AEA). To address these needs, behavioral practice has expanded to include experimental analyses (i.e., preference assessments, concurrent operants assessments, structural analyses, and functional analyses). Advanced training provided in the design and implementation of experimental analyses was provided to a team of eight school psychologists and social workers by behavior analysts at the Center for Disabilities and Development through a service contract from the Iowa Department of Education. Within 3 years, six of the specialists demonstrated independence in applying these methodologies in public school settings. Through the application of experimental analyses to assist in intervention design, students who may never have been able to attend public school were able to achieve success in their neighborhood schools. This presentation will include an overview of how behavioral services are provided by Heartland AEA to school districts, how practice has changed as a result of the training, current student outcomes, and a case study illustrating how experimental analyses are used in public schools to answer assessment questions and identify appropriate behavioral intervention strategies to address the challenging behaviors of a student.
 
Using Choice Assessments to Evaluate Potential Reinforcers for Work Completion
LINDSAY STANGELAND (Grant Wood Area Education Agency), Jayme Mews (Grant Wood Area Education Agency), Amy Graber (Grant Wood Area Education Agency), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Iowa Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Two common reasons for referrals to behavior analysts in school settings are work refusal and difficulty motivating students to complete work. We evaluated three participants’ preferences for reinforcers for work completion using choice assessments. Descriptive assessments conducted in the classroom setting indicated that, for each participant, the most common antecedents to problem behavior were transitions to work or the presentation of specific types of work. Consequences for problem behavior varied across and within participants, but included attention, escape, access to more preferred activities, or a combination of these. The contingencies (i.e., the work and available reinforcers) in place during the choice assessments were based on results of descriptive assessments and varied among participants. For one participant, access to preferred items was reliably chosen over escape from additional work. A second participant alternated between choosing access to preferred items, attention, and escape from additional work, suggesting that choice is important and that preferences for reinforcers may change frequently. Finally, we evaluated whether a third participant preferred attention while working or attention while on break; results indicated that attention was preferred while working. Taken together, these results suggest that it is important to assess reinforcers for work completion in a systematic way.
 
 
Symposium #201
CE Offered: BACB
Clinical Applications of Derived Relational Responding: Lab Geeks to the Rescue
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
200 H-I (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Alyssa Fassero (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico)
CE Instructor: Michael Bordieri, M.S.
Abstract: Basic laboratory research in behavior analysis has always been conducted with an eye towards practical applications. Skinner stated that he had little interest in “the behavior of the rat for its own sake” (1938, p. 441) and established a tradition where principles identified in basic preparations are routinely stretched into applied domains. This symposium will contribute to this rich translational tradition by presenting three papers that highlight clinical applications of derived relational responding and complex verbal behavior. The symposium will begin with a paper exploring the clinical phenomena of thought suppression using derived stimulus relations. The second paper will introduce a novel behavioral model of anxiety that assesses conditioned suppression in a virtual video game environment. The final paper will explore the reinforcing properties of coherence (i.e., deriving relational networks that “make sense”) and the relationship between coherence and psychological flexibility / well-being. Implications of these findings for the clinical domains of thought suppression and coping strategies, anxiety disorders, and transdiagnostic psychopathology will be discussed. An overarching emphasis will be placed on informing future translational research designed to link basic verbal behavior principles to clinical models and interventions.
Keyword(s): clinical, derived relational responding, relational frame theory, translational research
 

Using Derived Relations to Model Thought Suppression

LOUISE A. MCHUGH (Swansea University), Nic Hooper (Middle East Technical University), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract:

In this presentation three experiments will be discussed that use derived stimulus relations to explore the processes underlying the counterproductive nature of thought suppression. In Experiments 1 and 2 participants were given training in equivalence and same-opposite relations, before being asked to suppress one item of a relational network. Subsequently participants had to complete a program where they were free, should they wish, to avoid a number of words presented on a computer screen. Results showed that participants avoided items in trained/derived same and trained/derived opposite relations with the target item, suggesting that thought suppression may be futile due to the large amount of directly trained and derived environmental cues in the environment. Experiment 3 was designed to assess if attempted suppression of a target item would cause a shift in behavioral choice. Results indicated that participants would alter their behavioral preferences in order to avoid a target item and items in trained/derived same relations. Each of these exploratory studies suggests that the investigation of derived stimulus relations is warranted in this area.

 
Derived Conditioned Suppression in Video-Game Virtual Environments
W. JAMES GREVILLE (Swansea University), Simon Dymond (Swansea University), Philip M. Newton (Swansea University), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: Virtual environments (VEs) provide an innovative method for conducting ecologically valid psychological research with human subjects. The current project developed a novel behavioral model of anxiety, by demonstrating conditioned suppression in a first-person perspective video game with both directly trained and derived learning pathways. In an initial experiment, participants first learned to repeatedly shoot at targets during an operant training phase. Next, during Pavlovian conditioning, an aversive US was presented contingent on a colored light (CS+) but was non-contingent with a different colored light (CS-). Probe trials in a final testing phase were then used to assess suppression of the initially trained operant behaviour, with significant suppression of accurate responding exhibited during the presence of the CS+ relative to the CS-. In follow-up studies, we first established stimulus classes through common-outcome (Experiment 2) and matching-to-sample (Experiment 3) training procedures involving four different colored light stimuli (A1, B1, A2, B2), with A1 and B1 forming one relational class and A2 and B2 a second. During Pavlovian conditioning, it was established that the US was contingent on A1 but not A2. Subsequent results revealed not only the expected pattern of results for the directly trained stimuli, with suppression to A1 but not A2, but also a similar pattern for B1 and B2, providing evidence of derived learning. These results simultaneously demonstrate the usefulness of VEs in behavioural research, ballast existing theories of derived and relational learning, and raise important considerations for anxiety research.
 
Stop Making Sense: Exploring Basic Properties and Clinical Applications of Coherence
MICHAEL BORDIERI (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: This study will explore the ways in which people make sense of ambiguous tasks and the degree to which people will work to produce coherent responses. Relational frame theory contains a foundational assumption that coherence (i.e., making sense) is reinforcing for verbally competent humans. That is, it the theory contends that derived relational responding emerges as a result of an extensive learning history where others have given praise, positive attention, and other reinforcement for deriving coherent relational networks. Recent empirical work has suggested that derived relational responding in a coherent manner can also serve an automatic reinforcing function in verbally competent humans. This study is designed to replicate and extend work in this area by analyzing response patterns to ambiguous stimuli and by assessing whether or not participants show a preference towards contexts where coherent responding is possible. Results obtained from 76 college students found that the majority of participants responded to ambiguous stimuli in ways that were coherent with their learning histories in the experimental task. In addition, the majority of participants displayed a clear preference towards coherent contexts in a concurrent choice task. As anticipated, differences in the degree to which participants persisted in their preference towards coherence emerged when a response cost was introduced. Finally, results indicated that psychological constructs of psychological flexibility and cognitive fusion moderated self-reports of frustration throughout the experimental paradigm. Both basic and applied implications of these findings will be discussed with an emphasis placed on potential clinical applications.
 
 
Symposium #202
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Mands and Intraverbals to Children With Autism
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
200 J (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Jacob H. Daar (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Ada C. Harvey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many children with autism experience difficulties with developing functional language, which leads to problems with socialization, academics, and other critical skills. In this series of studies, the authors focused on teaching two elementary verbal operants--mands and intraverbals. In the first study, the authors taught three parents of children with autism how to teach manding using vocal shaping procedures using a multiple-baseline-across-modules design. All parents performed above specified criterion levels and spontaneous manding in children increased by the end of the study. In the second study, the authors evaluated the effects of a Total Communication (TC) teaching format and a Prompt Delay (PD) procedure to teach intraverbal responding in five children with autism. In the TC condition, children were required to emit a sign and vocal response simultaneously, whereas in the PD condition, children were required to emit the sign only. Acquisition rates did not differ between the two procedures. In the third study, the authors compared two procedures for teaching intraverbal responses, echoic versus textual transfer of stimulus control methods. Effects were evaluated using a parallel treatments design. Both treatments were found to be equally effective for teaching intraverbal responses to three children with autism.

 

Preparing Caregivers as Interventionists and Trainers: Teaching Verbal Behavior to Children With Developmental Disabilities

Tara Olivia Loughrey (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Bethany P. Contreras Young (Florida Institute of Technology), Lina M. Majdalany (Florida Institute of Technology), Nikki Rudy (Florida Institute of Technology), Stephanie A. Sinn (Florida Institute of Technology), Patricia Ann Teague (Behavior Services of Brevard), Genevieve K. Coxon (Florida Institute of Technology), ADA C. HARVEY (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

We evaluated the use of behavior skills training (BST) using a multiple-baseline-across-modules design to train caregivers on procedures commonly associated with mand training. We trained two caregivers on the following procedures: (a) conducting preference assessments, (b) delivering preferred items contingent on appropriate behavior, (c) capturing and contriving motivating operations, (d) conducting probes to assess the child�s current mand repertoire, (e ) errorless prompting using an echoic to mand transfer, (f) vocal shaping, (g) collecting data, and (h) correcting errors. We also assessed whether a trained caregiver could train their spouse on these procedures using pyramidal training. The effects of the intervention were evaluated through measurement of child behavior, specifically the frequency of spontaneous and prompted mands. During baseline, all three caregivers performed all skills near zero percent accuracy. Following training, caregivers� performance accuracy increased to above 80% accuracy which persisted during most maintenance probes. These results were replicated for the parent who received pyramidal training. Data collected with both children revealed spontaneous mands were occurring more frequently than prompted mands at the end of the study. The implications of caregivers implementing mand training procedures based on Skinner�s analysis are discussed.

 

Comparing Prompt Delay and Total Communication for Training Vocal Intraverbals in Children With Autism

ROSANA PESANTEZ (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Verbal behavior encompasses a wide range of aspects in our everyday lives, laws, and activities of a society. Many verbal behavior interventions often include programs to teach answering questions, referred to as intraverbals. Previous research has demonstrated a higher rate of acquisition of verbal targets such as mands and tacts for children with a limited verbal repertoire when a presentation of both sign and vocal prompts occur simultaneously (Total Communication), in comparison to sign-alone, or vocal-alone trainings. However, an important variable not often examined in the literature is the comparison of Total Communication (TC) and Prompt Delay (PD) to further evaluate what aspect of TC leads to higher rates of acquisition. The current study extended previous research by evaluating the relative effectiveness of TC and PD in teaching intraverbal skills to five children who have been diagnosed with autism. During the TC condition the participants were required to emit a vocal and sign response simultaneously. During the PD condition, participants were required to emit only a vocal response. A constant time delay strategy was used with a most-to-least prompt fading hierarchy for both conditions. It was found that acquisition rates did not differ between procedures.

 

Teaching Intraverbal Behavior to Children With Autism: A Comparison of Echoic and Textual Transfer of Stimulus Control Procedures

JENNY LEANN PAGAN (Quest Kids), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Elbert Q. Blakely (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Children with autism often have delays in language, resulting in lack of functional language needed for them to excel by the normed standards of their typical peers. Skinner's Verbal Behavior has been used to train language skills in these children, filling in the gaps of deficits. Few published research articles are available relating to prompting procedures to train intraverbal behavior in children with autism and other developmental disabilities. The purpose of the current study was to investigate the differences in rates of acquisition of target intraverbal questions using echoic and textual transfer of stimulus control methods. This study also replicated and extended previous studies that asserted that textual prompts were more efficient in training intraverbal responses to children with autism. Results of the present study indicated that for the three participants chosen, there were not many differences in the rate of acquisition of the target intraverbal questions. The results show that both prompting procedures may be equally efficient for training intraverbal behavior in children with autism.

 
 
Symposium #203
Applying Behavioral Principles to Increase the Effectiveness of Academic Interventions
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
M100 F-G (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Melissa Coolong-Chaffin (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Discussant: Melissa Coolong-Chaffin (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract:

Including behavioral principles in the development of interventions to address academic targets can improve academic outcomes. This symposium will describe three consultation cases that examined the development and implementation of academic interventions based on behavioral principles. The first study employed a brief experimental analysis to select math computation fluency interventions for two elementary aged students. Following baseline, students were exposed to three brief math computation interventions. The intervention producing the greatest increase in digits correct per minute was selected for an extended intervention analysis. The second case evaluated a cover, copy, and compare strategy with flashcards targeting math fact fluency of a middle school student. With the intervention package, the students addition fact fluency improved and generalized to subtraction fact fluency. The third case evaluated the effectiveness of an early literacy intervention for 25 kindergarten students. Rates of improvement and progress towards benchmark goals demonstrate student outcomes following intervention. Tutor behavior was targeted through ongoing performance feedback regarding adherence and reliability data. The discussion of these cases will focus on how the behavioral principles of providing positive contingencies, practice opportunities, and immediate feedback can be systematically applied to improve the outcomes of academic interventions.

Keyword(s): Academic Targets, Behavioral Principles, Brief Experimental Analysis, School Psychology
 

Using Brief Experimental Analysis Methodology to Improve Math Computation Fluency

NICOLE LUDWIG (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Tracie Anderson (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Kristin Hagen (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Kally Luck (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Samantha Mester (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Chimerem Okoroji (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Sara Rinka (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Michael I. Axelrod (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract:

Education and Psychology continue to collaborate on developing effective practice that links assessment to intervention. One collaborative endeavor has been the use of experimental analysis to empirically select academic interventions for elementary aged students. While the literature is replete with examples of employing experimental analysis to empirically select oral reading fluency interventions, there are very few studies that describe the use of this technology for math. The current study employed brief experimental analysis methodology to empirically select math computation fluency interventions for two elementary aged students. Following baseline, we exposed the students to three brief math computation interventions (i.e., Cover-Copy-Compare, Brief Direct Math Instruction, iPad Math Bingo application). The intervention producing the greatest increase in digits correct per minute over baseline was selected for an extended intervention analysis using a reversal design. We expect the results will confirm the findings of Mong and Mong (2012) suggesting that BEA of math computation fluency can identify effective interventions for struggling students.

 

Utilizing Cover, Copy, and Compare and Flashcards to Increase Math Fact Fluency

DACIA MCCOY (University of Cincinnati), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati), Ashley Shier (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

Academic concerns in later years of schooling can be challenging to remediate and teachers need effective strategies to address these deficits. This case examined the effectiveness of an intervention package implemented to improve the addition and subtraction fact fluency of a sixth grade student in a general education setting. The team developed an intervention to address the hypothesis that the academic deficit was a result of limited practice opportunities and lack of immediate feedback. The intervention included flashcards and the cover, copy, and compare strategy, designed to increase practice opportunities with immediate feedback and provide positive contingencies for correct responses. The goals for fact fluency were established using peer comparison data collected using curriculum based measurement and included determining a desired rate of improvement to guide decision making. Weekly CBM data for fact fluency were used for decision making. An A-B design was used during this consultation, which does not allow for a functional relation to be demonstrated. However, with the intervention in place the student met the goal for addition fact fluency; in addition, subtraction fact fluency also improved even without the skill being directly taught.

 

Applying Behavioral Principles to a Tutoring Program in Early Literacy

LAUREN KIMENER (University of Cincinnati), Hilary B. Denune (University of Cincinnati), Francis E. Lentz (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

For students who enter school without early literacy skills, early intervention is important to reduce risk for reading failure. Through partnership with a local school district, a university training program in school psychology established a tutoring program for Kindergarteners at risk for reading failure. The program served as a field-based experience in data-based decision making for school psychology graduate students. Data will be presented for 25 of the Kindergarteners who participated in the academic intervention. Based on the data, graduate students evaluated intervention effectiveness and applied behavioral principles in maximizing student outcomes in early literacy skills, as assessed by DIBELS measurements. Graduate student tutors were responsible for designing and implementing interventions that were scripted, that increased practice opportunities, that had a standardized method of error correction, and that provided for positive contingencies. Reliability and adherence data were also used to evaluate tutor behavior in implementing the intervention. Discussion will focus on the application of behavioral principles in program design and evaluation in order to maximize academic outcomes for at-risk students.

 
 
Symposium #204
CE Offered: BACB
Systems Management in Educational Setting: Aligning Leadership, Supervision, and Service
Sunday, May 26, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
M100 D-E (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Michael Johnston (Spectrum Center Schools)
Discussant: Cristin Johnston (Castro Valley Unified School District)
CE Instructor: Amy Crye, M.S.
Abstract:

Perhaps the ultimate responsibility that behavior analysts, working in the field of human services, are charged with is that of ensuring the delivery of quality services to their clients. This is no easy task and requires multiple levels of strategies that must be employed in order to make certain that the services being delivered positively impact these clients. This symposium addresses three different levels of intervention that pave the way to providing quality service. The first is that of providing training to direct line staff. In our current economic and task-impacted environment, training must not only be effective, but also be delivered in an efficient way. The second level of intervention discussed is providing support and supervision training to personnel who oversee direct line staff. The third level of intervention discussed is utilizing monitoring systems for both a micro and a macro view of performance. Best practices, current interventions in place in one nonpublic school system, and challenges of implementation are addressed.

Keyword(s): monitoring systems, staff development, supervision training
 
In Search of an Effective and Efficient Means to Provide Staff Training
AMY CRYE (Spectrum Center)
Abstract: A key area in providing quality educational services to people with special needs is training staff working directly with the individual to effectively implement programmatic procedures. The role of the behavior analyst is often that of supervisor and quality assurance agent for educational programming. While in a small, proximally close setting, this task may be manageable; however, this task grows in difficulty, and perhaps in necessity, as number of clients, number of sites, number of staff, and number of intermediate level supervisors increases. Nonetheless, as we have been assigned to this role, it is incumbent upon the behavior analyst to identify practices that allow for both effective and efficient delivery of training. Recently, alternatives and/or supplements to in-person training have arisen to help address these needs. This paper examines the challenges that arise in delivery of staff training, a review of best practices in training staff, the benefits of an on-line training solution, and the challenges and considerations of implementing this solution in the field.
 

Supervisor Training and Support as a Means of Improving Work Quality and Enjoyment

MICHAEL JOHNSTON (Spectrum Center Schools)
Abstract:

When providing behaviorally based services to students or clients a great deal of effort is placed on training and supporting interventionists or line staff. However, an often underemphasized area of focus is the support of program supervisors. These personnel may have exceptional technical skills, but often have limited experience in supervising, and those that have experience may still lack the skills to actually train, coach, and reinforce staff behaviors. This presentation will discuss the history and rationale for providing training to supervisory staff as well as a review of some of the challenges that are often faced by mid-level managers and supervisors in maintaining programmatic quality and work enjoyment. Effective supervisory strategies are crucial to the success of direct support workers, student or client outcomes and overall program fidelity. Several approaches to this topic as well as a review of a curriculum and training package developed by Reid, Parsons, & Green (2011) will be presented.

 

Application of Training and Treatment Integrity in the Natural Environment

LISA N. BRITTON (Spectrum Center)
Abstract:

Training is not always sufficient to ensure consistent application of evidence-based behavioral practices in natural environments such as schools for students with special education needs. Research shows that despite the most effective training, behavioral drift can occur for a variety of reasons. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss specific methods for ensuring the consistent application of interventions for which staff have received training, through a variety of monitoring systems in an educational program. These systems are designed to monitor the implementation of the programs across time and to deliver supports to sites when drift occurs. Examples of monitoring systems discussed will include a staff observation form for specific staff skills, a classroom observation form to evaluate systems in place for each classroom, and systems designed to assess the needs for an entire site across a variety of areas. These systems will be discussed in terms of frequency of use, process for data analysis, and feedback delivery systems.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #205
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Changing the Game for Captive Animals with Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Ballroom B (Convention Center)
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Susan G. Friedman, Ph.D.
Chair: Megan E. Maxwell (Pet Behavior Change, LLC)
Presenting Authors: : SUSAN G. FRIEDMAN (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Compared to alternatives such as the medical and ethological models, the behavioral model is comprehensive, parsimonious and has a high degree of predictive utility for professionals working in animal behavior. Yet, recognition of theapplied behavior analysismodel in captive animal environments has been slow, often encompassing little more than a pejorative head nod to Pavlov's dogs, Skinner's box, and Ringling's circus. It is not uncommon to hear ABA erroneously described as simplistic, mechanistic, and based on the belief that animals are incapable of thought or emotion. Successfully disseminating ABA to this sector of stakeholders requires an expanded approach to ABA that addresses the relevance of the law of effect on a global level, species' evolutionary-based behavioral preparedness, and additional technological behavior change tools such as marker signals and food management. These and other issues unique to changing the game for captive animals with ABA will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in applying behavioral principles to captive animal populations, or those interested more generally in the dissemination of behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the salient differences between the medical, ethological and behavioral models and articulate the special relevance of the behavioral model to improving the lives of captive animals. 2. Describe four barriers to the adoption of the behavioral model to captive animal professionals and perspectives to turn the barriers into openings. 3. Describe five key questions for solving behavior problems with captive animals that result in an ABC hypothesis of behavior X environment events and target a new skill to teach the focal animal. 4. Identify at least four motivating operations to improve the behavioral outcomes of captive animal behavior change interventions.
 
SUSAN G. FRIEDMAN (Utah State University)
Susan G. Friedman received her doctorate in 1985 from the Department of Special Education at Utah State University. She then moved to the University of Colorado, as an assistant professor in the Bilingual Special Education Department. She lived in Lesotho, in Southern Africa, with her two young daughters and husband from 1987-1992. For the last 2 years in Lesotho, she was the director of the new International American School. Since 1995, Dr. Friedman has been an assistant research professor in the Department of Psychology, with an adjunct appointment in the Department of Special Education at Utah State University. In 1997, she began disseminating applied behavior analysis principles and technology to professionals and caregivers of captive animals. In 2004, she was an appointed a voting member of the now retired Fish and Wildlife Service's California Condor Recovery Team. Dr. Friedman has written chapters about behavior change in three veterinary textbooks and presents telecourses and seminars to animal behavior professionals from diverse settings around the world including zoos, clinics, welfare organizations, and research facilities. In 2012, she served as a founding member of ABAI's committee for the Behavior Change for a Sustainable World Conference.
Keyword(s): applied behavior analysis, captive animals
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #206
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Mixing Rewards: The Effect of Drugs of Abuse on Sexual Behavior

Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Main Auditorium (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Chana Akins, Ph.D.
Chair: Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University)
CHANA AKINS (University of Kentucky)
Dr. Chana K. Akins is a professor of psychology at the University of Kentucky. She serves as a faculty member in the behavioral neuroscience and psychopharmacology area and is the current associate chair of the department. She received her Ph.D. in 1994 from the University of Texas, where she conducted research on learning and sexual behavior under the direction of Dr. Michael Domjan. Her current research involves investigating the effects of drugs of abuse on reward and sexual motivation. She has a unique avian model, Japanese quail. She has more than 40 publications and has published in journals such as Pharmacology, Biochemistry, and Behavior; Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology; Behavioural Pharmacology; and Physiology and Behavior. Dr. Akins has been the recipient of a Mentored Research Scientist Development Award (K01) from the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) to study drugs of abuse using an avian model. She currently has an R01 from NIDA to study the effects of cocaine on sexual motivation. She has served as secretary-treasurer for American Psychological Association's Division 6 (Behavioral Neuroscience & Comparative Psychology) and as awards chair for Division 28 (Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse). She is currently the president of Division 6.
Abstract:

Evidence has been increasing that drugs of abuse alter sexual motivation, arousal, and performance. Drugs use also has been linked to an increase in high risk sexual behaviors such as increased sexual activity, multiple sex partners, and unprotected sex. This presentation will review the findings of the effect of drugs of abuse on sexual motivation and performance in humans and nonhuman animals, including those from a laboratory with an avian species. In particular, the effects of commonly abused drugs such as cocaine and methamphetamine will be discussed. The presentation also will include data on the effects of drugs of abuse on a risk-taking model recently developed in a laboratory. Finally, potential brain areas where drugs of abuse may be exerting their effect on sexual behavior will be discussed.

Target Audience: Undergraduates, Graduate students, Post-docs, Faculty
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to 1) provide evidence for the influence of drugs of abuse on sexual behavior, and 2) describe the neural circuitry that may be activated by sex and drugs.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #207
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Teaching Machines and Fluency Building in Industrial and Commercial Training
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Auditorium Room 2 (Convention Center)
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Fabio Tosolin, Ph.D.
Chair: Lori H. Diener-Ludwig (Performance Blueprints, Inc.)
Presenting Authors: : FABIO TOSOLIN (Milan Polytechnic)
Abstract:

Companies have been introducing and massively investing in e-learning since the 1990s. The reasons for such development are as much technical as economic. This represents a very special business and professional chance for all the behavior analysts specialized in learning technologies because all around the world self-claimed experts are proliferating, but few of them can effectively teach low performers. However, the legacy of B. F. Skinner's Teaching Machines seems to be lost: Current technologies for e-learning and virtual training do not take into account the principles of learning. This is the main reason why so many programs have failed. This tutorial will describe different applications of Teaching Machines, Precision Teaching and Fluency Building to industrial and commercial training situations. Thanks to the use of software and contents designed by the speaker and his staff, pharmaceutical sellers learned product features and verbal skills; helicopters pilots learned the layout of commands in a cockpit and memorized safe procedures; train drivers learned signals and maneuvers; nuclear power plant maintenance operators learned to discriminate the status of metals and how to handle their tools. All these applications warranted valuable benefit to companies: all employees learned the expected contents, according to the pre-defined curricula; all employees reduced their latency in responding the correct answers; and all employees remembered for a longer period.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Students and practitioners interested in reviewing a possible application of behavior analysis to business and eLearning.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants will be able to: 1. Shift widely known paper and pencil tactics to new technologies (Personal Computer, Pads, Smartphone, Virtual and Augmented Reality) and to industrial/commercial environments. 2. Calculate the cost-effectiveness relationship between a massive e-learning technology application and traditional training. 3. Implement simple plans to address companies' low performance problems related to the current poor e-learning.
 
FABIO TOSOLIN (Milan Polytechnic)
Since the 1980s, Fabio Tosolin has been introducing and spreading Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) and Performance Management (PM) in Italy. In the 1990s, he applied Lindsley's Precision Teaching (PT) and Fluency Building Approach to the rapidly growing e-learning applications: developing PT in a software application for the first time in Italy. From 2009 to 2012, he has been the leader of the Italian Cluster in the European ManuVAR Consortium that adopted Precision Teaching method in the operators' training through Virtual and Augmented Reality learning machines. Further, he led many Italian and European industries in their implementation of Behavior-Based Safety (B-BS) processes. He is currently professor of health, safety, environment, and quality at the Milan Polytechnic, Faculty of Engineering of the Industrial Processes. He has been the chair of the last seven editions of the European Behavior-Based Safety Conference and led the scientific committee for the certification of B-BS process and professionals. He is author of more than 100 scientific communications, experimental studies, articles and books on psychology of learning, didactic communication, learning technologies, behavior management and B-BS. He is the president of the Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis, the Italian Chapter of ABAI, and adviser of the Cambridge Center for Behavior Studies.
Keyword(s): Fluency Building, Precision Teaching, Teaching Machines, Training
 
 
Panel #208
CE Offered: BACB
The Importance of Systematic Dissemination Efforts in Behavior Analysis: Strategies and Barriers
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
102 A (Convention Center)
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Todd M. Streff, Ph.D.
Chair: Katherine Kavanaugh (Spalding University)
LINDA A. LEBLANC (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
TODD M. STREFF (Great Strides Behavioral Consulting, Inc)
JEANINE PLOWMAN STRATTON (Furman University)
BLAKE GRIDER (The May Institute)
Abstract:

The expansion of behavior-analytic services and tools to non-behavioral systems is an important endeavor and essential for the acceptance and regulation of behavioral practices. The growth of applied behavior analysis and the recognition of the efficacy of behavioral services are largely impacted by the dissemination efforts offered by parents, practitioners, and academics. These efforts can influence widespread cultural change across our systems as seen in areas such as private industry, education, legislation, sustainability, and community areas that, up until recently, may have been largely unaware of the benefits of our science. Consistent, effective dissemination is likely to continue this already substantial progress. Disseminating behavior analysis and expanding our field to those non-behavioral systems in need of our services not only offers a unique opportunity to further the field, but also may substantially impact society. The panelists will be reviewing strategies and barriers pertinent to the practical and ethical dissemination of behavior-analytic services to non-behavioral colleagues and systems.

Keyword(s): Dissemination strategies
 
 
Symposium #209
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis and Modern Technology: Behavior Change in the Digital Age
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
102 F (Convention Center)
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Kenneth J. Killingsworth (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Kenneth J. Killingsworth (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: William F. Potter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The advances of digital and interactive technology have revolutionized the dynamics of modern culture. Researchers who have taken advantage of technological advancements have not only benefited in efficiency, but have been able to investigate increasingly complex phenomena. Specifically, behavioral researchers have had success applying modern technology to the presentation of stimuli, the tracking of behavior, and the delivery of consequences. However, the full potential and integration of said technology into behavior analysis has not been realized. The three presentations within this symposium offer insight as to how elements of modern technology has been successfully implemented in behavioral research. Additionally, future directions for behavioral and technological research will be discussed. The research topics span basic, applied, and conceptual domains, such as internet-based contingency management for healthy behavior, unique computer applications in operant labs, and using video game elements in non-video game contexts to facilitate socially relevant behavior change. An evolving reciprocal relationship between the behavioral and technological sectors would perhaps bolster the position of behavior analysis in modern science and culture.

Keyword(s): modern behavioral technology
 
Information Technology and Behavior Change
JESSE DALLERY (University of Florida)
Abstract: Information technology represents an excellent medium to deliver contingencies of reinforcement to change behavior. Recently, we have linked the Internet with contingency management to promote smoking cessation and other health-related behavior. Several studies suggest that the intervention is feasible, acceptable, and efficacious. The intervention addresses limitations (access, cost, sustainability, dissemination potential) inherent in traditional contingency management delivery models. Mobile phone-based interventions are also being developed and tested. Information technologies offer unprecedented and rapidly expanding opportunities to facilitate behavior change.
 
Blending Behavior Technology with Computer Hardware and Software
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: The use of technology has the potential to multiply the impact that Behavior Analysts have in the world, in addition to reducing the costs of service delivery, particularly relevant in today’s distressed economic times. This presentation will explore some of the possible applications of computer hardware and software technology combined with behavioral technology. Specifically low-cost applications will be explored, along with examples of such technology that the author has implemented, primarily for research purposes, but could easily be implemented in applied settings. Software and hardware examples will be provided as well as some of the data from these studies. For example, computer-based instruction was utilized to successfully teach Tacts to children with autism; a device was created to allow for tactile communication (for deaf/hard of hearing); technology modifications to an operant lab allows for an infinite number of stimuli to be presented greatly expanding research options.
 

Behavior Analysis and Gamification: Implications and Future Directions

ZACHARY H. MORFORD (University of Nevada, Reno), Kenneth J. Killingsworth (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts concerned with addressing practical problems of social significance could learn quite a bit from video games. The area of Gamification is a conceptual approach to applying video game design elements to non-video game contexts. Gamificiation may inform how behavioral interventions are applied, and to this date, there are numerous examples of Gamification across multiple subject areas. A prominent example of Gamification comes from Volkswagens Fun Theory the Bottle Bank Arcade in which a recycling bin is designed like an arcade game. Gamification is quickly gaining popularity among businesses. The Gartner Research Project (2011) suggests that more than 70 percent of the Global 2000 companies will have gamified at least one process within their organization by 2015. This presentation will address what gamification is, what it is not, and how this informs both the practice and science of behavior analysis. While Gamification does not necessarily say anything new about the basic principles of behavior, we may collectively learn something about innovative programmatic design related to socially significant issues such as health and fitness, sustainability, organizational safety, and education.

 
 
Symposium #210
Evaluation of Observational Sampling Methods
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
200 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Oliver Wirth (CDC/NIOSH)
Discussant: Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Observational sampling methods are widely used, yet there remains a strong need for empirical guidance that will help an observer select the appropriate method. This symposium will highlight recent empirical findings that address three topics related to different observational sampling methods: magnitude and patterns of error, false positives and false negatives, and observer preferences for different methods. The first presentation will describe a computer simulation that quantified the magnitude and patterns of error that occur from various combinations of sampling method and event-related parameters. Results can be used to help guide the selection of a method and interval duration most appropriate for a given situation and tolerance for error. The second presentation will describe a study that examined the sensitivity of various sampling methods for detecting changes in duration events, especially in multi-element designs. Methods and procedural parameters that lead to false positive or false negative conclusions were identified. The third presentation will describe a study that identified observers’ subjective preferences across different sampling methods. The discussant, who has many years of experience with observational sampling methods and who has created a widely adopted software system to aid the collection of observational data, will integrate the presentations and offer some insights about current knowledge gaps and future research directions.
Keyword(s): Momentary time sampling, Observational sampling methods, Partial-interval recording, Whole-interval recording
 
Observational Time-Sampling Methods and Measurement Error: A Computer Simulation
MATTHEW A. TAYLOR (CDC/NIOSH), James Slaven (CDC/NIOSH), Oliver Wirth (CDC/NIOSH)
Abstract: Compared with continuous observation methods, interval sampling methods more efficiently yield estimates of naturally-occurring behavior or other events; however, these estimates inherently contain sampling error. Although previous studies have assessed the patterns of error across different sampling methods and event-related parameters, results have been inconsistent or inconclusive. The present study used a computer program to simulate the application of momentary-time sampling (MTS), partial-interval recording (PIR), and whole-interval recording (WIR) methods under a wider range of parameters: sampling interval, event duration, frequency, and observation period. Consistent with most previous studies, results show that PIR overestimates and WIR underestimates total event duration; MTS does not systematically overestimate or underestimate total event duration. For all methods, error increases when interval duration increases and event duration decreases. As the frequency of events increases from zero to a maximum relative to the observation period, error increases then decreases. Additionally, error variability decreases as observation period increases. The simulation showed reliable, systematic patterns of error across a wide range of variables. The findings will help users of interval sampling methods select the method and interval duration based on their unique situation and tolerance for error.
 

Testing False Negatives and False Positives With Partial Interval Recording and Momentary Time Sampling using Non-simulated Data Sets: An Evaluation with Multielement Designs

LISA OTT (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Marissa A. Novotny (St. Cloud State University), Elizabeth A. Lood (St. Cloud State University), Adam Lobermeier (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Several studies have examined the sensitivity of various interval sizes of partial interval recording (PIR) and momentary time sampling (MTS) for detecting changes in duration events. However, relatively few studies have assessed the production of false positives and false negatives using non-simulated data sets. Similarly, little research has been conducted on the presence of false positives and false negatives when using multielement experimental designs. The purpose of this experiment was to determine the extent to which 10-s, 30-s, and 60-s PIR and MTS detected experimental control (i.e., differentiation of data paths) in multielement designs, when compared to the continuous recording data sets. Results show that (a) MTS did not produce false positives for any interval size, (b) 10-s and 30-s PIR did not produce any false positives, and (c) only 10-s MTS produced fewer false negatives than criterion. We discuss the implications for multielement designs.

 

Assessment of Trainers Preferences for Discontinuous Measurement Systems

LYSIANNE D. KOLT (Lovaas Institute Midwest), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

A number of recent studies have evaluated the sensitivity of various discontinuous recording methods for detecting behavior changes; however, relatively few studies have evaluated observers preferences for such methods. To address this limitation in the literature, we used a concurrent operants design to evaluate trainers preferences for collecting data on duration and frequency events using momentary time sampling (MTS) and partial interval recording (PIR) with interval sizes of 10 s and 1 min. Subsequently, we further evaluated trainers preferences using a questionnaire. Results indicated that 10 of the 12 trainers preferred to collect data using 1-min MTS. Among the variables contributing to their preference, trainers reported that 1-min MTS was easier and less stressful to use than other methods, and it potentially enabled them to engage in other activities while collecting data. We discuss the results with respect to recent findings on the sensitivity of various interval sized of MTS procedures for detecting real changes in simulated and non-simulated duration and frequency events.

 
 
Symposium #211
CE Offered: BACB
Efficient and Practical Procedures for Measuring and Assessing Child Behavior in the Home
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
200 C-E (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
CE Instructor: Kevin C. Luczynski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The time and effort associated with measuring and assessing children's behavior at home can present significant practical challenges. In response, the presentations in this symposium describe innovative procedures for increasing the practicality of measuring sleep disturbances by comparing momentary-time-sampling intervals (Jin et al.), improving parental reports of child problem behavior via automated prompting mediums (e.g., test messaging; Yu et al.), and assessing behavioral function via trial-based analyses by levering web-based technologies (Hood et al.). Dr. Matthew Normand, a leading researcher in evaluating practical yet accurate measurement systems, has graciously volunteered his time to discuss the implications of the presentations.

Keyword(s): Autism, Measurement and assessment, Problem behavior, Technology
 

The Use of Web-Based Technologies to Conduct In-Home Trial-Based Functional Analyses

STEPHANIE HOOD (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Aaron D. Lesser (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Currently, state of the science behavioral services are limited to clients in geographical regions where providers reside. The use of web-based technologies can expand the reach of behavior-analytic services. We conducted a trial-based functional analysis to determine the environmental variables maintaining one childs problem behavior. The entire assessment was conducted via web-based technologies (i.e., internet-protocol wireless cameras, web cameras, and video-conferencing platforms) with the researchers at a clinic and the parent-child dyad in their home. The dependent measures included the proportion of problem behavior while the establishing operation was present in comparison to the proportion of problem behavior while the establishing operation was absent. The results showed that the function of problem behavior was maintained by access to tangible items. The use of web-based technologies allowed the researchers to deliver immediate feedforward and feedback to parents, which produced high levels of procedural integrity. We will discuss some practical considerations in conducting analyses in the context of a familys home (e.g., how to minimize potential confounding variables). Future research should evaluate the cost-effectiveness of web-based service models and the potential benefits of having the parent function as the behavior-change agent in the specific setting in which problem behavior likely developed.

 
Towards a Comprehensive and Objective Measurement System of Common Sleep Problems of Young Children in Homes
CHUNYING S. JIN (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Donna Haskell (Western New England University)
Abstract: We evaluated the accuracy, reliability, and efficiency of a time sampling procedure for collecting data on the sleep problems of two children diagnosed with autism. We also compared the direct measures of sleep problems obtained via nighttime video recording to parental diaries. Dependent measures were sleep onset delay (min), total waking (min), and total sleep (hr). We compared the results obtained from time sampling intervals of 5 min, 10 min, 30 min, 60 min, and 120 min against the continuous (second-by-second) data to determine the largest interval capable of yielding accurate and reliable data. Results indicated that the differences between the time sampling data and continuous data increased with increasing interval size. The largest interval lengths capable of measuring the sleep problems with an acceptable degree of error and with sensitivity to the independent variable were 10 min for sleep onset delay and 30 min for total sleep. Parental diary data also showed sensitivity to the independent variable and were consistent with our direct measures.
 
Parent Compliance with Home Data Collection for Child Behavior Problems across Paper, Phone, and Text Mediums
FAN YU (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher E. Bullock (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Steve Lindauer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gina Richman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Current healthcare reforms emphasize greater use of technology to enhance ongoing data collection to better assess and improve effectiveness of care. Additionally, constant home data collection may facilitate the effectiveness of outpatient interventions. Previous research has suggested that there is extreme variability in compliance and consistency of home data collection. Although recent studies suggest that higher technology mediums can facilitate home data collection, these studies have not directly compared compliance across multiple mediums. The current study investigated home data collection compliance on child problem behavior across three data collection mediums: paper diary, interactive voice response (IVR), and text message (SMS). The assessment for all three mediums consisted of parents scoring frequency and intensity on a 0-3 Likert scale (0 = no problem behavior, 3 = baseline rate) for up to three specific target behaviors (e.g., aggression, tantrums, non-compliance). Collection occurred daily during baseline and treatment periods while receiving services at an outpatient behavior clinic. Results suggest that home data collection compliance is higher with IVR and SMS than the paper diary. These results are discussed in terms of the utility of more frequent data collection, secondary variables that may influence compliance, and challenges to data accuracy.
 
 
Symposium #212
Behaviorism at 100: Where Are We Now?
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
101 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: James S. MacDonall (Fordham University)
Discussant: Peter Killeen (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

100 year ago J. B. Watson published 'Psychology as the Behaviorist Views it" and fifty years ago Skinner published "Behaviorism as Fifty." The presenters in this symposium will review the current status of research areas what were limited or non-existent 50 or 100 years ago as well as discuss the future of these areas. Topics will include behavior controlled by classes of physically unrelated stimuli that function equivalently, quantitative models of behavior and resurgence.

Keyword(s): equivalence, mathematical models, resurgence, Skinner
 

Resurgence at 62

KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The first systematic study of resurgence was in 1951. Other did not follow until the 1970s, after which the number has increased exponentially. Far from being an isolated, esoteric by-product of the nonreinforcement of other behavior, resurgence has been suggested to have relevance for the analysis of behavioral history, a host of recurrence problems like drug-use relapse, and the post-treatment reappearance of treated behavior problems. Experimentally, the preparation involves reinforcing first one response, then discontinuing reinforcement for the former while reinforcing an alternative response. This in turn is followed by extinction of the alternative response, during which the reappearance of the nonreinforced first response constitutes resurgence of that response. Variables in all three phases of the procedure can affect the outcome. These variables include the type and extent of training in the first phase, the relation of behavior in the second phase to that in the first, and the conditions of response elimination/reduction in the third phase. Resurgence effects are transient ones, appearing soon after the extinction of responding established in the second phase appears, peaking in one or two sessions, and then declining to near-zero levels in the absence of further contingencies to shore up the dissipating responding. Future directions for resurgence include a search for a method for obtaining repeated resurgence, which could facilitate further isolation of its controlling variables.

 

Generative Models of Behavior: A Proposal for a Behaviorism of the 21st Century

FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Although Watson's view on psychology has prevailed, its implementation during the 20th century as a science of behavior—or, more precisely, as a science of performance—has curbed empirical research and technological innovation. The main limitation stems from the unsuccessful attempt to reduce mental constructs that psychologists and consumers of psychology care about (knowledge, predilections, memories, affect) to attributes of behavioral performance. A behaviorism of the 21st century must, therefore, reincorporate mental constructs within the scope of psychology without compromising its focus on reproducible data. To attain this goal, it is proposed that mental constructs are identified with hidden parameters, states, and processes defined with quantitative precision in generative models. These models specify random processes that generate instances of performance, thus providing the basis for reverse engineering the principles that govern behavior. This presentation outlines the rationale behind the proposed approach and the methods involved in the estimation of model parameters. The characterization of mental constructs in terms of generative models would afford common ground between behaviorists that study the actions of individual organisms, neuroscientists seeking to unlock the mechanisms that make mental life possible, and social scientists dealing with interlocking minds.

 

Concepts and Categories: Emergent Performances and Behavior Analysis

KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

In 1950, Keller and Schoenfeld noted that the formation of classes that consisted of stimuli that were related to each other but do not resemble each other was a very important area of study, but at that time had not received much attention. Addressing that topic from a behavior analytic perspective began in 1971 with the publication of the first experiment on equivalence class formation conducted by Sidman. Since then, the study of equivalence classes has burgeoned and has given behavior analysis a model with which to address the development of many complex human behavior such a syntax, semantics, and meaning. It has also given rise to research results that permit making substantial contact with phenomona that are typically said to reside in the domain of cognition. Some of these issues will be elaborated and consideration will be given to future directions.

 
 
Symposium #213
What Can Traumatic Brain Injury Learn From Autism Spectrum Disorder's Implementation of Applied Behavior Analysis?
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
101 A (Convention Center)
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Jennifer D'Angela (Rainbow Rehabilitation Centers, Inc.)
Abstract:

The symposium will highlight the utility of Applied Behavior Analysis for use in Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) and Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI). Behavioral therapy for individuals with ASD has gained momentum in recent decades, where ABA has specifically demonstrated utility in modifying maladaptive behaviors and teaching functional and adaptive skills. Autism research has yielded standardized assessment measures and manualized treatment programs that have facilitated the utilization of ABA programming techniques for individuals with ASD. Although individuals with ASD and TBI exhibit similar behavioral excesses and deficits, and rehabilitation often focuses on teaching adaptive life skills, utilization of ABA techniques is not as effectively documented in the TBI literature. The relevance of behavior analytic techniques for TBI case conceptualization and treatment planning will be discussed. Similarities and differences of behavioral topography will be specifically examined as it relates to treatment planning and implementation for TBI as compared to ASD. Strategies for enhancing implementation of ABA-based interventions within TBI rehabilitation facilities will also be offered.

Keyword(s): Brain Injury, ABA
 

Systematic Approaches of Applied Behavior Analysis in Autism Spectrum Disorders

CAITLYN SORENSEN (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

For decades, Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been implemented in the treatment of children with autism. Lovaas (1987) was one of the first to document the utility of ABA with children with autism and produce significant outcomes. Other more recent behaviorally based treatment studies have demonstrated significant improvement in children's cognitive functioning, adaptive skills, and social skills. Children in ABA programs are able to learn language, social skills and adaptive skills by breaking down the teaching components and positively reinforcing the children's efforts and successes. Skill deficits and behavioral excesses are targeted in treatment. Advances in autism research have produced standardized assessments for creating treatment objectives and there are manualized treatment programs. Some of the highlights of these programs are the ABLLS (Partington & Sundberg, 1998), VB-MAPP (Sundberg, 2008 ) assessments for constructing programming. For treatments, there are manualized treatments such as the Early Start Denver Model (Dawson et al., 2009) and Pivotal Response Training (Koegel et al., 1999), and the more general formats of Natural Environment Training and Discreet Trial Training. These treatments cover a wide range of deficits that are found in children with autism. Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) also affects a range of skills and functioning. Although, ABA is the gold standard in working with TBI patients, systemized research and implementing programs to gain skills, as opposed to reducing behavioral excesses, is lacking.

 

Utility of Applied Behavior Analysis for Traumatic Brain Injury Rehabilitation

AIMEE MOORE (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has gained momentum in recent years for its clinical utility for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), but ABA-based interventions are not as effectively documented in the literature as it pertains to Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI). Behavior analytic principles have been employed in interventions with individuals with ASD to modulate maladaptive behavior, such as verbal stereotypy and repetitive behaviors, and encourage use of adaptive skills (e.g., nonverbal and verbal communication). Individuals with TBI exhibit similar behavioral excesses and deficits and rehabilitation often focuses on teaching adaptive life skills. Nonetheless, the use of ABA approaches with individuals with TBI are not as effectively documented, despite the use of these principles in TBI rehabilitation centers. Institutional characteristics of a Midwestern TBI rehabilitation center will be described and case study examples will be presented to highlight the relevance of behavior analytic techniques for TBI case conceptualization and treatment planning. Strategies for enhancing implementation of ABA-based interventions within TBI rehabilitation facilities will also be offered.

 
Implementation of Applied Behavior Analysis in a Clinical Traumatic Brain Injury Setting
LAWRENCE KOWALSKI (Eisenhower Center)
Abstract: Implementation of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) may prove to be efficacious in working in a clinical Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) population; however, fundamental differences in behaviors exist when comparing TBI to Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) populations. The topographies of behaviors in TBI and ASD may present in a variety of different manners. For example, attention-seeking behaviors in ASD may present as whining/crying whereas, in TBI it may be making suicidal statements. Thus, the drastic diversity of these behaviors needs to be directly addressed while developing behavioral protocols to provide the best care for each individual. Furthermore, each clinical population presents with their own unique challenges when addressing behaviors in the natural environment. When working with individuals with ASD a natural environment may typically be in the home or in educational settings. In contrast, TBI populations may also present in rehabilitation facilities. These environments necessitate unique behavioral strategies and consequently different methods to maintain and generalize behaviors. Discussions on how to account for these issues will be offered on how to implement the most efficacious ABA treatment for individuals with TBI.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #214
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Tips for a Career in Developmental Disabilities and Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Ballroom A (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Timothy R. Vollmer, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Presenting Authors: : TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The speakerwill provide three general suggestions for embarking upon a career in developmental disabilities and applied behavior analysis. First, he will suggest that you should become familiar with various developmental disorders and recognize that some professionals identify their specialization by disorder type. Second, he will suggest that you should become familiar with contemporary issues influencing practice in a range of settings such as schools and residential facilities. Examples will be provided. Third, he will suggest that you can guide a research career around behavior analytic models of assessment and treatment. There need not be a dichotomy between clinical goals and research aims. Examples from the presenter's research career will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts clinicians and researchers working in the field of autism and developmental disabilities.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants will be able to: 1. Describe one reason that it is important to know the defining characteristics of a range of developmental disorders. 2. Provide at least one example where knowledge of contemporary issues and trends in developmental disabilities could assist in the practice of behavior analysis. 3. Provide at least one example from the literature where a clinical goal and research aim were pursued simultaneously and synergistically.  
 
TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida)
Dr. Timothy R. Vollmer received his Ph.D. from the University of Florida in 1992. He was a faculty member in the Psychology Department at Louisiana State University (1992-1996) and at the University of Pennsylvania Medical School (1996-1998). He returned to the University of Florida in 1998 and is now a professor in the Department of Psychology with a joint appointment in the Department of Psychiatry. Dr. Vollmer's primary area of research is applied behavior analysis, with emphases in developmental disabilities, reinforcement schedules, and parenting. He has published more than 100 articles and book chapters related to behavior analysis. He is the recipient of two awards from the American Psychological Association (APA): the B.F. Skinner New Researcher award (1996) and an award for significant contributions to applied behavior analysis (2004). He is currently the editor-elect for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Currently, Dr. Vollmer's research in developmental disabilities runs the basic-to-applied gamut with studies in an operant rat lab, an operant human lab, and school-based applications. In the operant labs, models of common behavioral treatment are tested in order to learn more about how those procedures work at the level of the behavioral principle. In the school-based and clinic-based work, children with severe behavior disorders receive behavioral treatment following a comprehensive behavioral assessment.
 
 
Symposium #215
Beyond the Racing Horses: Components and Processes of Contextual Behavioral Interventions
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
102 D-E (Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Alphonso Carreker (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: Randomized control study-style horseraces between interventions have been prominent spectacles in the clinical-oriented literature for decades. However, knowing interventions result in different outcomes does not get at the heart of the matter: what are the specific treatment components that effectively produce the results we desire? The first paper outlines the role several processes proposed in acceptance and commitment therapy could have when clinicians attempt to aid individuals with traumatic brain injury accept a defused, post-injury sense of self, with specific emphasis on the self-as-context process. The second study explores age and verbal ability in the prediction of perspective taking abilities and the relationship between perspective taking and children's social functioning. The third study offers a process account of a brief 3 20-session mindfulness meditation intervention using college students. The final study evaluates the psychometric characteristics of the Valued Living Questionnaire-II (VLQ-II), which assesses 12 domains of valued living. Taken as a whole, these studies examine ways to assess and engage in processes relevant for contextual behavioral interventions. The symposium will conclude with a general discussion of component and process analyses with adequate time for audience comments.
Keyword(s): mindfulness, perspective taking, values
 

Reconstructing the Self: Verbal Interventions for Individuals With Traumatic Brain Injury

JAMES AKINTONDE (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida), Jeffrey Oliver (University of South Florida), Alexander McLean (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

People affected by Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) exhibit a variety of maladaptive behaviors, such as behavioral variability, irritability, aggressive behavior, and lack of motivation. Individuals with TBI also tend to display insensitivity to environmental contingencies that may preclude the success of traditional direct contingency manipulations. Over-reliance on rule-governed behavior, an inability to contact feedback from the environment, and a loss of sense of self, defined as the irreconcilability of the conceptualized self with post-injury reality, are all possible causes for this insensitivity. Relational Frame Theory (RFT), by offering a thoroughly behavioral account of language and cognition, enables us to explain why the aforementioned deficits contribute to environmental insensitivity, while Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), a third-wave behavior therapy based on RFT, offers a way to alleviate these symptoms through the use of metaphor and experiential (mindfulness) exercises to transform stimulus functions. This work will outline the role ACT processes could potentially have in attempting to aid individuals with TBI in accepting a defused, post-injury sense of self, with specific emphasis on the self-as-context process.

 
Building Stronger Relationships Through Stronger Repertoires: Perspective Taking and Verbal Competence in Children
REBECCA J. HAMBLIN (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: Perspective taking has gained attention as potentially affecting individuals’ behavior within the social environment. Perspective taking ability has received the most attention within the developmental literature and is largely conceptualized as developing naturally in a stage progression without a focus on environmental contingencies necessary for building a strong repertoire in this domain. The purpose of the present study was to explore possible relationships between age and verbal ability in the prediction of perspective taking abilities and peer relationships and to examine which aspects of perspective taking best predict social functioning. Third through seventh graders (N=191) completed measures of perspective taking and verbal ability, and participated in a direct measure of prosocial behavior. Peer sociometric nominations were also obtained in the domains of prosocial and aggressive behavior, peer preference, victimization, and popularity. Results showed that verbal ability was a significant predictor of perspective taking ability while age was not. Both verbal ability and perspective taking scores were correlated with measures of social behavior (aggression, prosocial behavior) but were not related to peer reports of social standing (e.g. popular vs. unpopular).
 
Dismantling Mindfulness Meditation: Components of a Brief Intervention
SOLOMON KURZ (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: Interest in present moment processes, mindfulness, and mindfulness-based treatments grew markedly during the last decade. Clinical and basic research indicate that mindfulness processes are readily teachable to clinical and nonclinical populations, are associated with psychological health, and can be effectively integrated into complex treatment protocols or used as stand-alone interventions. Typical mindfulness-based treatment protocols consist of 8 2-hour weekly group sessions. Recent research suggests participants may benefit from mindfulness meditation taught in as few as 3 or 4 of 20-minute sessions. Brief mindfulness meditation protocols may be suitable alternatives to traditional 8-week protocols due to time flexibility, cost efficiency, increased in participant compliance, ease of implementation, and ease of integration into existing formats. The present study examined the effectiveness and components of 3 brief 3 20-minute session interventions—mindfulness meditation, sham meditation, and health psychology reading. Participants were 45 undergraduate students in a southern American university. Results indicate differences between conditions on measures of mindfulness, cognitive fusion, psychological inflexibility, mood, and anxiety.
 
Psychometric Properties of the Valued Living Questionnaire–II: An Expanded Measure of Values and Committed Action.
Stephanie L. Nassar (University of Mississippi), LINDSY MAGEE (University of Mississippi), Olga Berkout (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: The present research describes the development and preliminary psychometric evaluation of a second version of the Valued Living Questionnaire (VLQ-II), which assesses 12 domains of valued living: Family, Marriage/Couples/Intimate Relations, Parenting, Friends/Social Life, Work, Education/Training, Recreation/Fun, Spirituality, Community Life, Physical Self-Care, The Environment, and Aesthetics. Each of the 12 domains is rated on the following six aspects using a scale of 1 (not at all) to 10 (very): Possibility, Current Importance, Overall Importance, Action, Satisfaction with Level of Action, and Concern. Data from 127 participants suggest a 7-factor structure (Close Relationships, Fun, Career, Connection, Hippie/Culture, Physical, and Concern) with satisfactory reliability and validity of this measure. For example, the mean alpha coefficient for all seven factors is .86 (Physical a = .78 - Concern a = .92). Results indicate that VLQ-II scores correlate in a theoretically congruent manner with measures of relevant constructs, including psychological flexibility, mindfulness, and emotional facility. The VLQ-II also demonstrates appropriate discriminant validity from measures of psychological distress and thought suppression. The VLQ-II appears to measure the same construct as the VLQ.
 
 
Symposium #216
Novel Methodological Directions for Behavior Analytic Research and Application
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
102 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael N. Reynolds (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The papers presented in this symposium are all seeking to disseminate novel methodological innovations to research and applied settings. The first describes the design and evaluation of a modified consent procedure intended to promote a high degree of participant understanding of research protocols, as encouraged by our ethical standards and required by Federal law. The second paper describes and evaluates an innovative method to evaluate the usability of computerized treatment delivery systems. The iterative process is designed to systematically identify errors in treatment software, based on typical client response patterns. The third paper describes the creation of an observational coding system designed to measure clinician adherence to a behavioral activation treatment protocol for depression. Using videotapes of clinicians performing BA before and after receiving training, the authors tested a simplified checklist of major protocol elements using trained undergraduate coders. The fourth and final paper describes preliminary outcome data from an open trial using a novel computerized behavioral activation treatment program for moderately to severely depressed individuals.
Keyword(s): Computerized Depression Treatment, Computerized Treatment Integrity, Observational Coding System, Promoting Informed Consent
 
Promoting Understanding of Informed Consent
MICHAEL N. REYNOLDS (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Informed consent is a cornerstone of participant protections in the social sciences, but research has shown that standard consent procedure may not result in fully informed participants. This study compared the effects of two consent procedures on college student participants' performance on a post-study consent materials comprehension test. The group exposed to the experimental consent procedure, consisting of a pre-consent educational tool and active reading consent document, scored an average of 92.2% on the post-consent test, compared with the standard read-and-sign consent group who scored an average of 78.7%, a statistically significant difference. The results of this study suggest that the experimental consent procedure can produce a more highly informed participant pool than standard consent procedures. There is little empirical benchmarking of participant understanding of research protocols to determine whether these improvements match ethical and legal obligations. Additionally, a highly informed participant sample may have other unexpected consequences for future researchers.
 

Validation Testing of a Computerized Behavioral Treatment for PTSD

KELLIE R. REYNOLDS (Western Michigan University), C. Richard Spates (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The mental health literature indicates that individuals who need evidence based psychological treatments are those that have the least economic means to access such services. Projected increases in the global burden of mood and anxiety disorders suggest that already strained community mental health providers will have limited means to assist those who cannot afford services. Computerized interventions have been identified as an efficacious alternative to standard face-to-face psychological treatment. There is a lack of systematic empirical research on the development process of computer based mental health interventions. This project focused on validation testing, a component of that development process, within the context of the development of a computerized behavioral treatment for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder. Validation testing entails an iterative assessment of the frequency of errors in a test-revise-retest fashion. Results indicated that validation-testers endorsed higher ratings of user satisfaction, and decreasing software error counts with increasing number of validation testing iterations. These findings indicate the utility of using an iterative validation testing process to improve the usability of computerized treatment programs.

 
Development and Testing of an Observational Coding System to Measure Adherence to a Behavioral Activation Protocol
MATTHEW T. JAMESON (Western Michigan University), Suzanne Decker (Western Michigan University), Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Observational coding systems for constructs like treatment adherence have a variety of practical uses, including measuring the effectiveness of training interventions and providing feedback in the context of training or consultation (see: Decker, Jameson, & Naugle, 2011). However, observational coding systems have only been developed for a limited range of treatment protocols, and are typically intended to be scored by coders with high levels of expertise (e.g. clinicians at the master's or doctoral levels) with concomitant practical barriers. This paper describes the second round of testing of a recently developed coding system intended to assess adherence to a behavioral activation (BA) protocol. The coding system was designed for parsimony and reliability, and was tested using a group of undergraduate research assistants trained as coders. The coders rated a series of videorecorded mock therapy sessions conducted by community clinicians. These clinicians received training in before and after receiving training in behavioral activation as part of a separate study. Intraclass correlation coefficients (ICC's) for each coding item were calculated, and varied widely. The author will describe the items that achieved at least adequate reliability, and future directions to improve reliability of the current system, and eventually to expand it to include other protocol elements from a range of manualized versions of behavioral activation.
 

The Efficacy of a Novel Computerized Version of Behavioral Activation

ANDREW HALE (Western Michigan University), C. Richard Spates (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

This presentation will report preliminary findings from a study examining the efficacy of a novel computerized version of Behavioral Activation, an evidence-based psychological intervention to treat depression. The program is entitled, Building a Meaningful Life Through Behavioral Activation, (BAML). Data presented were obtained from an open trial with moderate to severely depressed individuals (N=15) in an Intent to Treat (ITT) sample. BAML treatment was conducted across 10 weeks with participants interacting with the program once per week. Utilizing criteria of 50% reduction in symptoms as indicative of treatment response, and Beck Depression Inventory-II scores at 10 or below for remission, 7 participants met criterion for response and 6 met criterion for remission at the end of the treatment phase. Hierarchical linear modeling (HLM) analyses were conducted and revealed a significant change over time on Beck Depression Inventory-II scores, with changes in negative automatic thoughts and behavioral activation scores over time accounting for a significant portion of the variance. Piecewise HLM follow-up analyses revealed that significant change overtime was associated with active treatment, rather than baseline and follow-up evaluation periods. Findings encourage further study of this tool and modality for treating depression.

 
 
Symposium #217
CE Offered: BACB
The Role of Stimulus Control in the Acquisition, Maintenance, and Generalization of Behavior
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
M101 A (Convention Center)
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Pamela L. Neidert, Ph.D.
Abstract: Stimulus control is the process by which antecedent events exert control over behavior through differential pairing with consequences for responding, and understanding factors that influence stimulus control is critical for generalization and maintenance of successful behavior changes. This symposium consists of four presentations describing applied investigations involving stimulus control in various contexts. The first presentation describes the use of a multiple-schedule training procedure to establish discriminative control over appropriate social behavior by a young man with developmental disabilities. The second presentation describes an investigation of behavioral mechanisms (adventitious reinforcement and stimulus control) that influence the maintenance of behavior under fixed-time schedules of reinforcement. The final two presentations describe examinations of the ways in which stimulus control influences vicarious reinforcement effects (i.e., changes in the behavior of one individual as a function of observing reinforcement delivered to another individual). Taken together, these presentations offer important practical, conceptual, and methodological implications for behavior analysts regarding the role of stimulus control in applied settings.
 

Teaching Discriminated Social Approaches to a Teenager With Angelman Syndrome

CAITLIN SHEA PEPLINSKI (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Angelman syndrome is a neuro-genetic disorder characterized by intellectual and developmental disability. Common behavioral characteristics of this disorder include a heightened interest in social interactions and frequent bids to initiate interaction. These bids can be problematic, for instance when a child attempts to hug strangers in public places. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate a discrimination training program to teach appropriate and inappropriate times to initiate a social interaction with a 16 year-old male with Angelman Syndrome whose mother reported frequent hugging as a problem. During a baseline, we alternated periods in which attention was delivered on an FR-1 schedule following hugs with periods in which hugs were blocked (i.e., placed on extinction). Following this baseline, we implemented a discrimination training program to bring hugs under the stimulus control of a salient discriminative stimulus and then presented that stimulus during FR 1 conditions in sessions that were similar to baseline. We evaluated the effects of presenting the discriminative stimulus in a combination reversal design and multiple baselines design across therapists. In the second baseline, the childs mother conducted sessions. Upon development of discriminated hugging, we then extended treatment to the participants home during longer observation periods.

 
An Evaluation of the Effects of Fixed-Time Schedules on Response Maintenance
STEVEN W. PAYNE (University of Kansas), Adam M. Briggs (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Some researchers have suggested that responding may maintain under time-based schedules, but it is unclear as to what mechanisms are responsible for this maintenance. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate whether responding would maintain under fixed-time schedules and to evaluate possible mechanisms by which response maintenance under fixed-time schedules occurred. Three typically developing preschool-age children have participated in this study thus far. For one participant, we showed that responding did not maintain under fixed-time schedules. For two participants, however, we showed that responding did maintain under fixed-time schedules. Further evaluation was conducted in which the possibility for adventitious reinforcement was removed by using response-contingent delays to reinforcement. Responding maintained under these conditions, suggesting that adventitious reinforcement was not necessary for the maintenance of responding. In the next evaluation, several stimuli (therapist, session room, presence of reinforcer) were changed in the sessions to remove potential discriminative stimuli that may have influenced responding. Responding did not maintain under this condition for either subject, suggesting that stimulus control was the likely mechanism for response maintenance under fixed-time schedules.
 

An Evaluation of Stimulus Control on Vicarious Reinforcement Effects

DANIELLE L. GUREGHIAN (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Vicarious reinforcement (VSR) refers to a change in behavior as a result of observing another individual receive reinforcement (Kazdin, 1973). VSR has implications for programming reinforcement-based procedures in classroom and therapeutic settings. The purpose of the study was to conduct a systematic replication of Camp and Iwata (2009; unpublished dissertation) on the extent to which vicarious reinforcement effects are influenced by stimulus control. Six typically developing preschool children have participated in the study to date. During each phase of the study, sessions were conducted in each of two different rooms (SD and S?), and the participant was seated next to a peer model. During baseline (BL), the model did not engage in the target response in either the SD or the S? setting, and no programmed consequences were delivered to the model or to the observer. During VSR, the model engaged in the target response in both the SD and the S? settings. Model responses resulted in reinforcement only in the SD setting, but observer responses were never reinforced. During Discrimination (Dis.) Training, both model and observer responses resulted in direct reinforcement (SD setting only). Overall, results showed that vicariously reinforced responding (a) was more likely following a history of direct reinforcement, but (b) rarely maintained across sessions. Results are discussed in terms of the implications for operant mechanisms involved in vicarious reinforcement effects and programming reinforcement in classroom settings.

 
Vicarious Reinforcement: Stimulus Control Effects
JILL M. HARPER (Melmark New England), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Sarah C. Mead (University of Florida)
Abstract: Vicarious reinforcement occurs when the behavior of one individual changes as a result of observing reinforcement delivered to another individual. We examined the influence of stimulus control over vicarious reinforcement effects by comparing conditions under which reinforcement delivered to another person served as either an S? or an SD for responding in the absence of direct reinforcement. We compared rates of responding on a task for which reinforcement was never delivered (vicarious reinforcement task) following a history of differing schedules of direct reinforcement for responding on other tasks in the presence of a reinforced model. The particular histories of reinforcement included extinction (S?), continuous reinforcement (SD), and various variable-ratio schedules of reinforcement (varying degrees of stimulus control). Two individuals with developmental disabilities have completed this study to date. Varied degrees vicarious reinforcement effects were observed across participants following a history of intermittent reinforcement for other tasks.
 
 
Invited Symposium #218
CE Offered: BACB
Behaviorism Since Watson
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Auditorium Room 1 (Convention Center)
Area: SCI/TPC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
Discussant: M. Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech)
CE Instructor: James E. Carr, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The year 2013 marks two notable occasions. First, it is the 100th anniversary of the 1913 founding of behaviorism by John B. Watson -- his classical behaviorism. Behavior analysis is a variant of behaviorism. Second, the year 2013 is behaviorism’s 100th birthday. Behavior analysis is its latest variant. This symposium commemorates both occasions by looking backward at classical behaviorism and forward to behavior analysis in three presentations and discussant comments. The presentations address the evolution of behaviorism’s basic research, conceptual foundations, and applied research. Basic research is addressed in the context of Skinner’s early research (i.e., from reflexes to operant behavior to stimulus control). Conceptual foundations are examined through the lens of contemporary issues (e.g., behavior as subject matter in its own right, private events, pragmatism, verbal behavior). Applied research is reviewed in several significant domains (e.g., experimental analyses of human behavior, the dimensions of applied behavior analysis, institutional foundings, professionalization). Basic and applied research and conceptual foundation are not, of course, independent of each other nor of the social, behavioral, and cognitive sciences -- and they have a future. These points are also considered in the presentations and discussant comments.

Keyword(s): Behaviorism, Watson
 

Skinner's Early Research: From Reflexes to Operant Behavior to Stimulus Control

IVER H. IVERSEN (University of North Florida)
Abstract:

The main theme of Skinner's early research in the 1930s was an empirical and methodological separation between what is now known as respondent conditioning and operant conditioning. Skinner acknowledged and respected Pavlov's respondent conditioning, but argued that there was an additional form of conditioning that did not need an eliciting stimulus preceding conditioned behavior. In the new form of conditioning, behavior is controlled by the stimulus that follows the behavior, that is, by consequences. In 1937, Skinner used the term "operant" conditioning for this second type of conditioning and separated it from respondent conditioning. But Skinner's early experiments also showed that operant behavior could be brought under control by stimuli that preceded it. Incredibly, Skinner first demonstrated that an eliciting stimulus is not needed in operant conditioning, only then shortly thereafter to show that a stimulus preceding a reinforced operant response can control that response just like a conditioned stimulus in respondent conditioning controls a response. This discovery of the discriminated operant brought about a whole new area of research--stimulus control of voluntary behavior. The presentation will mix methods and facts from Skinner's early research with autobiographical accounts of this research.

Dr. Iversen received his Ph.D. in experimental psychology from University of Copenhagen, Denmark, in 1978. Since 1986, he has been a professor of experimental psychology at the University of North Florida, Jacksonville. His research has addressed basic mechanisms of operant behavior, primarily in nonhuman subjects. He has served on the board of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior for five, three-year terms and currently serves on the boards of European Journal of Behavior Analysis and Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis. He believes that strong methodology is necessary to advance a science of behavior and has developed several automated methods to shape and control behavior, as well as methods to analyze complex data from behavioral experiments. Together with Dr. Kenon A. Lattal (West Virginia University), he has edited a two-volume text on methodology in operant conditioning. Together with Professor Wendon W. Henton, he wrote a research monograph on response pattern analyses in operant and classical conditioning. In addition, he has published several papers and chapters that document development of behavior control techniques and methods of data analysis.
 

Conceptual Issues from Watson to Skinner

JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

The presentation will examine the relation between Watson's classical behaviorism and nine conceptual issues from contemporary behavior analysis: (a) Behavior as subject matter in its own right; (b) Selection by consequences; (c) A distinction between elicited and emitted behavior; (d) Private behavioral events; (e) Anti-mentalism; (f) Pragmatism; (g) Generic and functional nature of analytic and explanatory concepts; (h) The importance of verbal behavior; and (i) Social activism. We conclude that Watson anticipated many but not all conceptual issues that are important in contemporary behavior analysis, perhaps because of Watson's early influence on Skinner.

Dr. Jay Moore received his master's degree from Western Michigan University in 1969, where his adviser was Dr. David Lyon. He received his Ph.D. from the University of California-San Diego in 1975, under Dr. Edmund Fantino. He is currently on the faculty of the Department of Psychology at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, where he has been since 1977. His principal professional interests are in the experimental analysis of behavior, and the theoretical-philosophical-conceptual analysis of behavior. A recent book is Conceptual Foundations of Radical Behaviorism. Dr. Moore has been a member of ABAI since 1977. He has served as editor of The Behavior Analyst, as board coordinator for ABAI's Accreditation and Professional Standards Board, and on the ABAI Executive Council, including a term as president of ABAI.
 

A Century of Applied Behavior Analysis

JAMES E. CARR (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

The presentation will describe the significant developments in the history of applied behavior analysis since Watson's declaration of behavior as the proper subject matter of psychology and his demonstration of learning principles in humans. It focuses on eight activity domains that have culminated in the applied behavior analysis of today. These include the development of radical behaviorism, early efforts to transport the experimental analysis of behavior to humans, the codification of applied behavior analysis (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968), the development of key scientific journals and textbooks, the influences of major graduate-training programs, the breadth of successful behavior-analytic applications, the emergence of a practitioner base, and professional credentialing and legislation.

James E. Carr, Ph.D., BCBA-D is the chief executive officer of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. His professional interests include behavior analyst credentialing, behavioral assessment and treatment of developmental disabilities, verbal behavior, and practitioner training. He is currently an associate editor of the journals Behavior Analysis in Practice, The Behavior Analyst, and The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and is a past associate editor of Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. He received his doctorate in 1996 from Florida State University and previously served on the behavior analysis faculties at University of Nevada-Reno (1996-1999), Western Michigan University (1999-2008), and Auburn University (2008-2011).
 
 
Symposium #219
CE Offered: BACB
Interteaching Online: A Novel Application of Evidence-Based Teaching in Higher Education
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
M100 A (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer K. Gilbert (Positive ABA)
Discussant: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University)
CE Instructor: James L. Soldner, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Interteaching (Boyce & Hineline, 2002), an emerging evidence-based behavior analytic teaching method, has been shown to positively impact student learning and satisfaction. While interteaching in face-to-face courses has been shown to be highly beneficial (Saville, Lambert, & Robertson, 2011; Saville, Zinn, & Elliot, 2005; Saville, Zinn, Neef, Van Norman, & Ferreri, 2006) and preferred by students, the utility of integrating interteaching within online courses has not been reported and therefore is not yet known. This symposium will provide preliminary reports of implementing interteaching within online courses. First, a comparison of student learning outcomes across two sections of the same course will be presented; one course received teaching-as-usual and the other, interteaching. Next, an investigation into the pair discussion component of interteaching online, and the effects on student quiz scores, will be presented. Finally, the effects on interteaching on test scores of lower performance topics in an online program will be discussed.

 

A Comparison of Interteaching and Teaching-as-Usual in an Online Applied Behavior Analysis Course

CHRYSTAL E.R. JANSZ (Texas Tech University-Burkhart Center for Autism Education & Research), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University), Stacy L. Carter (Texas Tech University), Jennifer K. Gilbert (Positive ABA)
Abstract:

Several studies have shown interteaching to be more effective than traditional methods of face-to-face instruction in higher education (e.g., lectures; Saville, Lambert, & Robertson, 2011; Saville, Zinn, & Elliot, 2005; Saville, Zinn, Neef, Van Norman, & Ferreri, 2006) and students have reported a preference for face-to-face courses utilizing interteaching and find it impactful on their learning (Kienhuis, Elgar, Chester, & Wilson, 2011). While including interteaching approaches into face-to-face courses has been shown to be highly beneficial, the utility of integrating interteaching within online courses is not known. The purpose of this study was to investigate the feasibility and effectiveness of incorporating interteaching into an asynchronous online graduate Applied Behaviour Analysis course. Outcomes (e.g., assignment and test scores) were compared across two sections of the same course that were taught simultaneously. The control section experienced the course as has been traditionally offered (i.e., teaching as usual) while the experimental section included interteaching. Between condition comparisons will be presented as well as issues (e.g., material preparation, instructor time, technology) relevant to implementing interteaching online.

 
Interteaching Technology in Online Education: A Preliminary Investigation
JAMES L. SOLDNER (Assumption College), Rocio Rosales (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: Interteaching has been emprically demonstrated to enhance student learning and satisfaction when compared to traditional lecture methods of classroom instruction. To date, no published interteaching studies have utilized an online course format. Furthermore, no published studies have evaluated the pair discussion component of interteaching. Therefore, the purpose of the present study was to examine the effects of pair discussion on student performance and satisfaction in an online graduate rehabilitation course. An alternating treatments design was implemented in which pair discussion was randomly alternated with no pair discussion throughout the semester. Each condition included all components of interteaching with the exception of the pair discussion. During the “pair discussion” condition, student dyads were placed in online breakout rooms via Adobe Connect to discuss the prep guide assigned. In the “no pair-discussion” condition, individual students were placed in online breakout rooms to complete the prep guide on their own. Preliminary results indicate the pair discussion condition resulted in higher student quiz scores. In addition, preliminary social validity findings indicate student preference for interteaching with the pair discussion component. These results will be discussed in a question and answer forum to evaluate the importance of future interteaching research for on-line instruction.
 

Moving Interteaching Online: A Demonstration

CATALINA REY (New Way Day), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Tech and ABA Tech)
Abstract:

Interteaching is a behavioral approach to instruction that has been demonstrated as effective and preferred by many students in both undergraduate and graduate courses. To date, this technology has not been demonstrated in peer reviewed research in an online medium. In the current study, we demonstrate the use of interteaching in a characteristics and principles of behavior course offered through Florida Institute of Technology's online professional development program. We identified topics that generally result in lower performance on tests, targeted them with the interteaching and compared the randomly assigned subjects' scores on related test items to others who have not been exposed to treatment. Examination of data indicate that interteaching is both effective and preferred even in an online medium.

 
 
Panel #220
CE Offered: BACB
Supervising a Scope of Practice: What Should Behavior Analysts Be Able to Do?
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
M100 J (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: John D. Molteni, Ph.D.
Chair: John D. Molteni (University of Saint Joseph)
DEIRDRE LEE FITZGERALD (University of Saint Joseph)
JAMES A. HOKO (Area Cooperative Educational Services)
TARA BELLEFLEUR (St. Timothy Middle School, West Hartford, CT)
Abstract:

The practice of applied behavior analysis consists of both knowledge and skills delineated in the 3rd Edition Task List of the BACB(TM). The 72 skills described in this document can be considered the scope of practice in behavior analysis although a definitive standard of practice is not universally accepted. This panel will consider how to address supervision as part of a comprehensive training program, differentiate between supervision and training and discuss methods to ensure competence in behavior analytic skills of students enrolled in behavior analysis preparation programs. Faculty, community partners and students will discuss their efforts to improve the quality of training and directions for future development.

Keyword(s): Supervision Standards
 
 
Symposium #221
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Skinner's Analysis of Verbal Behavior to Older Adults
Sunday, May 26, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
200 H-I (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Jonathan C. Baker, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior has been applied to many different populations, though it has been used predominately in the establishment of language. Recently, researchers have also begun to apply Skinner's analysis to the re-establishment of language. That is, older individuals who had a complex verbal repertoire but as a result of aging or pathology, have begun to lose that repertoire. This symposium will involve empirical talks evaluating Skinner's analysis among older adults with and without cognitive impairment. Talks will include evaluations of protocols to teach intraverbal problem solving skills to older adults without cognitive impairment, the assessment and treatment of aphasia, and teaching mands to older adults with dementia.

Keyword(s): Aphasia, Behavioral Gerontology, Verbal Behavior
 
Development and Treatment Utility of a Behavioral Assessment for Aphasia
Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), KATHLEEN FAIRCHILD (Rehabilitation Institute Southern Illinois University), James R. Mellor (Southern Illinois University), Stephanie Hood (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Aphasia, an acquired language impairment caused by lesions in the brain, is a commonly occurring problem that causes significant negative impacts on the individual. Despite significant attention in the speech disorder research literature, accurate diagnosis leading directly to treatment of aphasia remains an allusive goal (Crary, Wertz, & Deal, 1998; Gordon, 1998; Spreen & Risser, 2003). Baker, LeBlanc, and Raetz (2007) proposed a new taxonomy of aphasia, based on a behavioral conceptualization of the deficits seen in aphasia. They proposed that this new taxonomy could be used in the assessment of aphasia and would directly lead to treatment implications. The purpose of this study was two fold: a) to develop the assessment based on the new taxonomy of aphasia and b) to assess the treatment utility of the assessment. Results and implications will be discussed
 

Mand Training and Maintenance in Older Adults With Dementia

MARANDA TRAHAN (Johns Hopkins University), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Older adults with dementia gradually lose their ability to communicate effectively, often leading to conflicts among patients and their caregivers. Additionally, these individuals fail to initiate basic wants and needs, which contributes to patient isolation and depression. Communication training using augmentative, nonverbal strategies may help to mitigate these problems. Picture systems have been used to facilitate communication in non-demented populations, but it is unknown if this technique can be used with dementia patients. The present study examined the effects of using picture cards in mand training with older adults diagnosed with moderate to severe dementia. A multiple baseline design was used, and results showed that participants were able to acquire the skill of exchanging a picture card to get access to preferred activities. Complexities of training this population are discussed and suggestions for future research are reviewed.

 

Teaching Picture Recall for Older Adults: A Comparison of Two Verbal Behavior Protocols

KIRSTIE HATHAWAY (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

As the number of people age 65 years or older continues to grow, the need for better designed gerontology programs aimed at addressing the normal memory changes associated with aging, which may lead to treatments designed to offset the effects Alzheimers (Peterson & Wendt, 1990; Rosen et al., 2002) is also increasing. Looking at memory from a behavior analytic point of view may provide additional insight into ways to develop treatments needed to increase memory in older adults. Therefore, this study will compare and systematically replicate two previous studies, Dixon et al. (2011) and Sautter et al. (2011) to investigate if older adults without dementia can learn to recall names of pictures of famous people using problem solving techniques which involve tact training and response prompting versus echoic prompting and immediate intraverbal questions.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #222
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Enhancing the Effectiveness, Efficiency, and Practicality of Functional Communication Training

Sunday, May 26, 2013
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Main Auditorium (Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Wayne W. Fisher, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
WAYNE W. FISHER (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Wayne Fisher is the H.B. Munroe Professor of Behavioral Research and director of the Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders at the Munroe-Meyer Institute within the University of Nebraska Medical Center. Dr. Fisher's methodologically sophisticated research has focused on several intersecting lines, including preference, choice, and the assessment and treatment of autism and severe behavior disorders, that have been notable for the creative use of concurrent schedules of reinforcement, which have become more commonplace in clinical research primarily as a result of his influence. He has published more than 130 peer-reviewed research studies in 28 different behavioral and/or medical journals, including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Pediatrics, and The Lancet. Dr. Fisher is president of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, chair of the Childhood Psychopathology and Developmental Disabilities Study Section for the National Institutes of Health, a past editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, a fellow in the Association for Behavior Analysis, and recipient of the Bush Leadership Fellowship Award, the APA (Division 25) Award for Distinguished Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research, and the Distinguished Scientist Award from the University of Nebraska Medical Center.
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) involve social and language impairments and repetitive behavior. Prevalence rates have grown 20-fold, and ASD now affects about 1 in 91 children. Without effective treatment, long-term outcomes for individuals with ASD remain bleak; few maintain friends, jobs, or independent living. A principal barrier to successful community life for this group is the presence of destructive behavior (e.g., aggression). The greatest recent advancement in the treatment of destructive behavior has been the development of functional analysis (FA), which is used to prescribe effective treatments. One such treatment, functional communication training (FCT), is often prescribed when an FA implicates social reinforcers (e.g., attention) for destructive behavior. With FCT, the consequence that heretofore reinforced destructive behavior is delivered contingent on an appropriate communication response and problem behavior is placed on extinction. Although this straightforward approach to the treatment of destructive behavior can be highly effective, many pitfalls and practical challenges arise when this treatment is implemented by caregivers in natural community settings. The presentation will feature data and describe a line of research aimed at increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and practicality of FCT for individuals with ASD who display destructive behavior in typical community settings.

Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation is graduate students, practitioners, and researchers interested in the study and treatment of individuals with autism and related disorders who display severe destructive behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: 1. distinguish between topographical and functional approaches to categorizing aberrant behavior; 2. identify potentially effective behavioral interventions, such as Function Communication Training (FCT), based on the results of a formal functional analysis; 3. determine how to select an appropriate functional communication response (FCR); and 4. describe effective methods for increasing the practicality of FCT.
 
 
Paper Session #223
Behavior Analytic Approaches to Sexual Offenders
Sunday, May 26, 2013
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
101 E (Convention Center)
Area: CSE
Chair: Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Behavior Analytic Strategies to Overcome Child Sex Trafficking in the United States
Domain: Applied Research
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: Child sex trafficking is a rapidly growing issue throughout the United States, and the prevalence of this crime is astonishingly high in a couple key states. This type of trafficking is a fundamental violation of children’s rights, as it is considered to be a form of modern-day slavery in which children are exploited sexually. Despite the nature of this socially relevant issue, this area has been unexplored by the field of behavior analysis. This paper will provide an overview of the child sex trafficking problem in the United States and how this issue has been dealt with, including techniques and challenges in human trafficking investigations. Discussion will conclude with ways in which behavior analysts could help prevent this practice or intervene on the various levels of the relatively sophisticated child sex trafficking system. Explicit examples of basic and applied research studies that could be conducted in the field of behavior analysis to target this problem will be provided.
 

Rights, Responsibilities, and Risks: Working With Persons With Special Needs Who Sexually Offend

Domain: Service Delivery
MICHELE KARIN BURNS (Peel Behavioural Services, Credit Valley Hospital and Trillium Health Centre), Leanne B. Baldwin (Peel Behavioural Services, Trillium Health Centre), Angel Cardinal Milton (Community Development Manager, Christian Horizons)
 
Abstract:

Rights, responsibilities, and risks: Working with persons with special needs who sexually offend This dynamic presentation will provide an overview of the 24/7 treatment program offered to intellectually disabled persons who sexually offend by Peel Behavioural Services (PBS) in collaboration with Christian Horizons (CH). Use of erotica, implementation of self-management protocols, and balancing personal vs. community rights issues will be explored through interactive discussion and use of case study examples. This workshop follows an external review requisitioned by the provincial government and intended to highlight best practice models and to identify areas for improvement. The review focused on the seamless partnership between Peel Behavioural Services and Christian Horizons in their support of individuals diagnosed with an intellectual disability and who also have a history of sexual offensive behaviour. This partnership has focused on putting the client first, while taking advantage of the strengths each partner brings to the table on behalf of our clients. The PBS/CH partnership strives to implement evidence-based, best practice models. In this interactive workshop, participants will be provided with specific examples of treatment concepts and strategies applied to the population. Methods of assessing, collecting, and tabulating data will be discussed as they relate to the assessment and generalization of self-regulation skills to the community. Additionally, client and family feedback will be shared that indicate the significant transformations observed in the lives of the persons we serve.

 
 
 
Panel #224
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior SIG Career Award: Celebrating the Contributions of Dr. Nathan Azrin
Sunday, May 26, 2013
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
101 J (Convention Center)
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
NATHAN AZRIN (Nova Southeastern University)
TEODORO AYLLON (Behavioral Consultant)
ERIC A. JACOBS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group invites you to formally recognize the contributions of Dr. Nathan Azrin. Dr. Azrin earned his PhD from Harvard University under B.F. Skinner in 1957. In a career spanning more than 50 years, Dr. Azrin has embodied the scientist-practitioner model, having conducted pioneering work in basic, translational, and applied behavior analysis. A few of his numerous achievements include advancing our understanding of aversive control of behavior, introducing applied technologies which are now commonplace, such as the use of time out from positive reinforcement and token economies, and advancing clinical practice by developing interventions for drug and alcohol dependence, Tourette's syndrome, depression, marital dysfunction, parenting, toilet training, and chronic unemployment, to name but a few. Dr. Azrin has also been a committed steward of the discipline by serving as editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, helping to found the Midwestern Association for Behavior Analysis (now ABAi), and helping to launch the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Azrin and the panelists will reflect upon his many and diverse contributions with an eye toward the future.

Keyword(s): aversive control, time out, toilet training, token economies
 
 
Invited Paper Session #225
CE Offered: BACB

Which Academic Intervention Do I Choose?

Sunday, May 26, 2013
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Auditorium Room 3 (Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Edward J. Daly III, Ph.D.
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon)
EDWARD J. DALY III (University of Nebraska–Lincoln)
Edward J. Daly III received his Ph.D. in school psychology from Syracuse University in 1992, worked in the schools as a school psychologist for several years, and has been training school psychologists in consultation and academic and behavioral intervention since 1995. His research is in the area of developing functional assessment methods for academic performance problems. He has co-authored two texts and numerous chapters and journal articles on this topic. Dr. Daly served as editor of the Journal of School Psychology. He also has served as associate editor for both the School Psychology Review and the School Psychology Quarterly. In addition, he has served on a number of editorial boards, including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of Behavioral Education. Dr. Daly is a fellow of Division 16 of the American Psychological Association. He is also a board-certified behavior analyst (Doctoral).
Abstract:

Sorting through the wide variety of interventions available for students experiencing academic difficulties can be difficult. The challenge is to identify not just any empirically supported intervention, but the right intervention that works for a particular child. The purpose of this presentation is to present a practical model for selecting supplemental academic interventions based on the four-term contingency. A variety of intervention strategies will be examined according to functional properties and presented to illustrate how to adapt instruction to the learner's level of skill proficiency. The intervention model will emphasize both efficiency (i.e., ease of use) and level of skill proficiency as guiding principles for selecting supplemental interventions. Interventions for behavior problems related to skill deficits also will be addressed. Attendees will learn how to prioritize a variety of supplemental interventions and how to use them.

 
 
Special Event #226
CE Offered: BACB
Presidential Scholar's Address: Paleofantasy: What Evolution Really Tells Us About Modern Life
Sunday, May 26, 2013
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Main Auditorium (Convention Center)
Chair: Kurt Salzinger (Hofstra University)
CE Instructor: Kurt Salzinger, Ph.D.
 

Presidential Scholar's Address: Paleofantasy: What Evolution Really Tells Us About Modern Life

Abstract:

We evolved to eat berries rather than bagels, to live in mud huts rather than condos, to sprint barefoot rather than play football—or did we? Are our bodies and brains truly at odds with modern life? Everyone is fond of paleofantasies, stories about how humans lived eons ago, and we use them to explain why many elements of our lives, from the food we eat to the way we raise our children, seem very distant from what nature intended. Many diets and self-help books are predicated on the notion that our behavior and bodies evolved under a certain set of circumstances, from which we deviate to our peril. Implicit in that idea is the assumption that humans in a modern society aren’t evolving any more, that we have somehow freed ourselves from evolution, or at the very least, that evolution always requires so long to act that we can’t expect to have adapted to our current circumstances. But popular theories about how our ancestors lived—and why we should emulate them—are often based on speculation, not scientific evidence, and they reflect a basic misunderstanding about how evolution works. There was never a time when everything about us—our bodies, our minds, and our behavior—was perfectly in synch with the environment. Evolution is continuous, and all organisms alive today, whether chimpanzees, modern-day hunter-gatherers, or bacteria, are all equally evolved. What really matters is the rate of evolution, which is sometimes fast and sometimes slow. Instead of trying to live like cavemen, we need to understand that process.

 
MARLENE ZUK (University of Minnesota)
 
Marlene Zuk, Ph.D., is a biologist and writer. She is a professor in the Department of Ecology, Evolution and Behavior at the University of Minnesota, where her research focuses on animal behavior and evolution, mostly using insects as subjects. Dr. Zuk is interested in the ways that people use animal behavior to think about human behavior, and vice versa.  She teaches graduate and undergraduate courses on a diversity of topics, including a seminar on “What’s the Alternative to Alternative Medicine?” In addition to publishing numerous scientific articles, Dr. Zuk has written for The New York Times, the Los Angeles Times, the Chronicle for Higher Education, and Natural History magazine. She has published four books for a general audience: Sexual Selections: What We Can and Can’t Learn About Sex From Animals; Riddled With Life: Friendly Worms, Ladybug Sex, and the Parasites That Make Us Who We Are; Sex on Six Legs: Lessons on Life, Love and Language From the Insect World (a New York Times “Editor’s Choice”); and most recently Paleofantasy: What Evolution Really Tells Us About Sex, Diet and the Way We Live. 
 
 
 
Business Meeting #227
Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
202 A-B (Convention Center)
Chair: Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of this meeting is to review issues of interest affecting people with acquired brain injury and related neurological deficits. Treatment for this population is complex and requires a tremendous collaboration to be successful. This group provides an opportunity for networking with rehabilitation professionals working in neurobehavioral programs around the country. Topics such as staff training, community re-integration, military-related injuries, funding, research, jobs, and internships will be discussed. Search: Facebook - ABA Rehab Special Interest Group to connect with this group and join at the meeting.

Keyword(s): brain injury, neurobehavioral, rehabilitation
 
 
Business Meeting #228
Evidence-Based Practice Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
101 I (Convention Center)
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of the Evidence-Based Practice Special Interest Groupis to promote socially important behavior by facilitating effective and sustainable practices in real-world settings. Our goal is to maintain a SIG that reflects member input and focuses on a select number of activities that can be completed within the year. We believe EBP serves as an important approach with which behavior analysts should be familiar. The purpose of this business meeting is toconduct our annual meeting to review our policies, objectives, and future directions of the SIG. In this business meeting, we seek to identify new members who would like to learn about the benefits of participating in the EBP SIG.

 
 
Business Meeting #229
Autism Knows No Borders; Neither Should We
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
200 F-G (Convention Center)
Chair: Molly Ola Pinney (Global Autism Project)
Presenting Authors:

This meeting has been well attended for several years and a lot of great contacts are made for those working internationally. Chaired by the founder of the Global Autism Project, this meeting offers a unique opportunity to learn more about the work of the Global Autism Project and allows participants to meet others working internationally, including our partners from around the world.

Keyword(s): autism, dissemination, international
 
 
Business Meeting #230
Association for Behavior Analysis International Student Committee
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
101 G (Convention Center)
Chair: Megan D. Aclan (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles)
Presenting Authors:

The Association for Behavior Analysis International Student Committee Business meeting will be conducted for all student members of ABAI and any other interested parties. The meeting will cover the initiatives, events, and progress made by the ABAI Student Committee this past year leading up to and including the ABAI annual convention. Student representatives and student members will have an opportunity to review the committee's work, ask questions and receive information on student initiatives, and provide potential suggestions or recommendations for the committee to consider for future endeavors.

 
 
Business Meeting #231
Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
101 H (Convention Center)
Chair: Cassie T. Bradford (Behavioral Intervention Group)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of this meeting is to provide an update on current issues and activities concerning state of behavior analysis and the practice of behavior analysis in Louisiana. The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice, and to promote access to responsible behavior analytic services by professionals sufficiently trained in the discipline of behavior analysis and compliance with relevant ethical standards.

Keyword(s): LaBAA, louisiana
 
 
Business Meeting #232
Human Development Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
101 F (Convention Center)
Chair: Hayne W. Reese (West Virginia University)
Presenting Authors:

This is the annual business meeting of the Human Development SIG (formerly called the Developmental Behavior Analysis SIG). All members and nonmembers who are interested in human development are invited to attend. The agenda is rather informal but includes reports about the SIG, finances, plans, the SIG's journal (Behavioral Development Bulletin), and election of officers.

Keyword(s): Behavioral development, Development of behavior, Human development
 
 
Special Event #233
Behavior Analytic Ignite
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
211 A-B (Convention Center)
Chair: Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)

IGNITE is a worldwide phenomenon promoting exciting presentations that are only five minutes long. Each speaker submits a slideshow with 20-slides preprogrammed to advance every 15-seconds. The Chair collects the slideshows and organizes them on one laptop so there is no equipment change between speakers. The presentations are intended to IGNITE the interest of audience members and to stimulate conversation and encourage further exploration of topics. Come enjoy a series of fast-paced, explosive presentations aimed to inform and educate. Come get your passion for behavior analysis ignited!

 
 
Business Meeting #234
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
101 D (Convention Center)
Chair: Michael A. Magoon (NORC at the University of Chicago)
Presenting Authors:

The Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) Special Interest Group (SIG) traditionally gathers to explore and share ways that the science of behavior can and should contribute to social justice, human rights, environmental action, and other important social goals. Recent meetings have seen a dramatic increase in interest and attendance, including post-meeting activity around several issues. This meeting will build from the last. We anticipate having consensus on the "top" issues of interest to the SIG and will brainstorm continued actions for each. We believe it is this type of continued interaction which will drive momentum and advance the mission, which focuses on bringing the science of behavior analysis to bear on critical and timely social issues.

 
 
Business Meeting #235
ABAI Education Board
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
M101 C (Convention Center)
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:

This meeting is open to anyone interested in the work of the ABAI Education Board. The ABAI Executive Council has charged the Education Board with two primary tasks. The first is to encourage undergraduate and graduate programs in behavior analysis to pursue ABAI accreditation, and to provide assistance to these programs as needed to achieve this goal. The second charge to the Education Board has been to prepare an application for recognition of the ABAI accreditation system by the Council for Higher Education Accreditation. The meeting will address these issues as well as other matters of interest or concern to the membership.

Keyword(s): accreditation, education, education board, training programs
 
 
Business Meeting #236
Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
101 A (Convention Center)
Chair: Christine Hoffner Barthold (University of Delaware)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of the meeting is to conduct the business of the Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group. We will update members on the events of the past year and set goals for the coming year. Even if you are new and have never attended a business meeting before, please feel free to join us. There are many ways that you can get involved, and we need your help. Membership in the SIG is not required to attend.

Keyword(s): Special Interest Group, Teaching
 
 
Business Meeting #237
Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
201 A-B (Convention Center)
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom)
Presenting Authors:

The Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) SIG brings together individuals who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the appreciation, understanding, and management of animal behavior across species. The AAB SIG has three primary purposes: 1) To promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of animal behavior; 2) To advocate for and promote high standards in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change with animals in applied settings; and 3) To support and promote excellence in the education and research practices of individuals dedicated to the study and management of animal behavior in applied settings. Membership of the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers, and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with or interested in animal behavior in applied settings. All are welcome to attend.

 
 
Business Meeting #238
Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
101 J (Convention Center)
Chair: Kenneth MacAleese (Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis)
Presenting Authors:

At this meeting,members will review business items associated with the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis. This meeting is open to all sustaining, full, affiliate and student members.

Keyword(s): Business Meeting, NABA
 
 
Business Meeting #239
Journal of Organizational Behavior Management
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
101 B-C (Convention Center)
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of this meeting is to provide an overveiew of theJournal of Organizational Behavior Management and its editorial practices. In addition, a data-based update pertaining to the areas of growth and impact will be provided. Finally, future directions of the journal in terms of the emerging topics associated with publications and editorial practices will be discussed.

 
 
Business Meeting #240
Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
200 J (Convention Center)
Chair: Tracie L. Lindblad (Four Point Intervention Strategies, Inc.)
Presenting Authors:

Our Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group business meeting is open to anyone interested in promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech and language disorders. Admission is free, and membership in the SIG is not required to attend. The meeting will consist of member reports on SIG mission-related activities and several invited presentations of professional interest to attendees. The two SPABA award winners--the Student Research Grant award winner and the Dissemination Award winner--will present their winning submissions. The SPABA business meeting also will include a social reception to encourage interaction and discussion among SIG members, new members, and interested attendees. Please feel free to join us and bring your friends. To further support the Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group, please consider formally joining our SIG by registering online at www.behavioralspeech.com.

Keyword(s): interprofessional collaboration, speech language pathology, speech therapy, verbal behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #241
History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
101 E (Convention Center)
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of the business meeting is to review theHistory of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group's current status, that is, how well it is addressing its purpose, mission, and objectives (e.g., its Listserv) and consider new activities that may further advance them (e.g., a website, ABAI HoBA symposia, or an awards program).

Keyword(s): History
 
 
Business Meeting #242
Sex Therapy and Educational Programming Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2013
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
102 F (Convention Center)
Chair: Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Presenting Authors:

All individuals attending the ABAI convention who have an interest in sex research, sex education, and/or procedures used to change sex-related behaviors are invited to attend the Sex Therapy and Educational Programming Special Interest Group's annual meeting. Items of business will include a discussion of current SIG activities occurring both at and outside the ABAI convention, the sharing of relevant research findings, and plans for the next year of SIG activities.

Keyword(s): sex education, sex research, sex therapy, sexual behavior
 
 
Poster Session #243
EAB POster Session - Sunday Evening
Sunday, May 26, 2013
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
1. How Motorists Decide Their Lateral Distances When They Pass Bicyclists?
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JI-LIANG DOONG (Lunghwa University of Science and Technology), Kai-Hsiang Chuang (National Central University), Ching-huei Lai (Institute of Transportation, Ministry of Transportation and Communications), Chun-Chia Hsu (Lunghwa University of Science and Technology), Ming-Chang Jeng (National Central University)
Abstract:

The present study aimed to investigate how motorized vehicle-related factors, road-related factors, and bicyclist-related factors influenced motorists decisions about initial passing distances. A quasi-naturalistic riding method was used for thirty-four participating bicyclists riding an instrumented bicycle in real traffic. The study included 1,380 incidents of left-side passing by motorists and revealed that the factors studied influenced both the motorists initial passing distance. Some factors were related to the motorized vehicles; for example, the initial passing distance was smaller when motorcycles passed than when cars and small trucks passed. For road-related factors, a clear and longitudinal solid line separation helped to maintain a greater lateral distance between motorists and bicyclists. Moreover, when bicyclists avoided road surface hazards, they reduced the initial passing distances that the motorists had chosen. Considering bicyclist-related factors, the motorists selected a greater initial passing distance for female bicyclists. The present study demonstrated that the quasi-naturalistic riding method is capable of collecting rich data concerning bicyclists behaviors, which could potentially be utilized in various types of studies. However, this method requires a large sample and considerable time and effort for data processing.

 
2. Preference Pulses in Concurrent Random Ratio Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BENIGNO ALONSO ALVAREZ (University of Oviedo), Carlos F. Aparicio (Savannah State University), William M. Baum (University of California, Davis), Angel Jimenez (University of Guadalajara, Mexico)
Abstract:

Preference pulses have been documented in dynamic choice situations where the relative rate of food delivery changes rapidly according to concurrent random interval schedules. We extended the generality of this finding to concurrent random ratio schedules using three response units (2, 4, and 8 responses) and seven pairs of probabilities (0.16-0.02, 0.16-0.04, 0.16-0.08, 0.16-0.16, 0.08-0.16, 0.04-0.16, & 0.02-0.16), defining unsignaled components (8-1, 4-1, 2-1, 1-1, 1-2, 1-4, and 1-8) occurring in random order within sessions. Each component provided 10 food deliveries and was followed by a 1-minute black out. At the extended level sensitivity was consistent with undermatching, ruling out the possibility of exclusive preference. At the local level sensitivity increased with successive food deliveries. Continuations of food deliveries in the same lever moved preference towards that lever. But discontinuations moved it towards the opposite lever. Pulses of preference were similar to those observed in choice situations using concurrent variable interval schedules. A giving-up response rule might be governing switching from one lever to the other.

 
3. Rapid Assessment of Sensitivity to Concurrent Token Reinforcer Ratios in a Rapidly Changing Environment in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TRAVIS RAY SMITH (Southern Illinois University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

Lever pressing was maintained by a concurrent token-production schedule in rats. Token deliveries (i.e., steel ball bearings) were assigned probabilistically to either the right or left lever such that the ratio of left to right token deliveries were 1:9, 1:6, 1:3, 1:1, 3:1, 6:1, or 9:1. Within a session, a total of 70 token reinforcers were earned and exchanged for sweetened condensed milk. The session was divided into seven components, where the components changed after 10 token deliveries and were separated by a 15 s inter-component interval. The location of the rich lever alternated, at random, between components according to the programmed token reinforcer ratios. Once assigned to a lever, token delivery was arranged by a random interval 30 s schedule. Transition to token exchange was arranged after each token was earned. During token exchange, depositing each token in a receptacle produced access to the sweetened condensed milk (FR 1 token exchange). Session-wide lever press ratios tracked daily changes in the programmed token ratio with considerable undermatching. Overall, the rats had a tendency to return to the just-productive lever following a token exchange and the tendency to return was stronger when the reinforcer ratio was more extreme.

 
4. Deficits in Two-Choice Discrimination Following Bilateral Frontal Controlled Cortical Impact Injury in the Rat
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERIC FRENCH (Southern Illinois University), Travis Ray Smith (Southern Illinois University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract: The range of assessments designed to specifically test frontal functioning in preclinical traumatic brain injury (TBI) is lacking. In a two lever tone discrimination task, rats were trained to press the left lever following a low pitch tone (600 hz) and press the right lever following a high pitched tone (2000 hz). Sessions consisted of 200 discrete trials with equal number of tone presentations. Once rats had reached 85% accuracy, they were moved on to surgery. Rats were given a bilateral frontal controlled cortical impact injury or sham procedures. Starting approximately five days following surgery, rats were reassessed on the two-choice discrimination. Injured rats showed severe initial impairments, which gradually recovered over a two week period to a level approaching pre-injury discrimination. Once rats had reacquired 85% accuracy, the discrimination contingencies were reversed. Injured rats were unable to learn the novel discrimination and developed biases to one side. This discrimination task demonstrated considerable, but recoverable deficits on a previously learned discrimination and lasting deficits on novel reversal learning. The strength and profile of the injury effect makes this an ideal task for the assessment of novel drugs and therapies for TBI.
 
5. BALB/c Mice Overmatch, C57BL/6 Mice Undermatch, and d-Amphetamine Speeds up Within-Session Transitions
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DEREK POPE (Auburn University), Blake A. Hutsell (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: We investigated the adaptation of preference to within-session transitions on concurrent variable-interval (VI) schedules with C57BL/6 and BALB/c mice. In baseline sessions, lever pressing was reinforced on independent concurrent VI 30 s, VI 30 s schedules. Transition sessions consisted of unsignaled changes of the programmed reinforcer ratio to either 20:1 or 1:20 ten minutes into the experimental session. BALB/c mice responded at higher rates and earned more reinforcers than C57BL/6 mice under control conditions. Generalized matching analyses applied to response ratios at the end of control sessions, indicated that BALB/c mice showed either strict- or overmatching to programmed reinforcer ratios, while C57BL/6 mice showed considerable undermatching. After extensive exposure, the effects of a range of doses of d-amphetamine (0.1-1.7 mg kg-1) were assessed on within-session transitions. d-Amphetamine increased asymptotic preference for the C57BL/6 mice at higher doses. In addition, d- amphetamine increased the speed of within-session transitions in both inbred strains in a dose-dependent manner.
 
6. Effects of Nose-poke Location and Intermittent Reinforcement on Incremental Repeated Acquisition
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANDREW SHEN (Auburn University), Derek Pope (Auburn University), Blake A. Hutsell (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract:

The ability to rapidly change behavior in response to disruptions in environmental contingencies is important. The current study investigated the ability of adult mice to change behavior in response to a series of disruptions to a previously learned incremental repeated acquisition task (IRA). Subjects were 10 adult BALB/c mice with previous IRA experience. The IRA required subjects to perform the same response chain during each session, beginning with a single lever press, which then incremented up to a six-link chain. Disruptors to the IRA were elevations in nose-poke height and addition of variable interval schedules (VI) of reinforcement. Results showed that performance declined in a nose-poke height related fashion compared to baseline. VI 30 and 15 sec schedules increased correct chains and errors while a VI 5 sec reduced completed chains but increased accuracy and max chain length. Reinforcers earned per correct chain were greatest under the VI 5.

 
7. Evaluating Delayed-discounting Values Among Adults Prescribed Psycho-stimulant Medications Using an Abbreviated Computerized Assessment
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Louisiana State University), Claire Advokat (Louisiana State University), Melissa R. Beck (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

Delay discounting (DD) is a task used to assess an individuals ability to resist an immediate smaller reinforcement in lieu of a delayed, but more preferred reinforcement. The rate by which individuals will discount a delayed reward differs greatly and may be dependent on the individuals history of reinforcement. Past research suggests that individuals identified as hyperactive or inattentive may have detrimental performance on DD tasks. The current study evaluated 60 adults divided into three independent groups: control group, a group with ADHD who were on stimulant medications, and a group diagnosed with ADHD not on an associated medication. We administered an abbreviated-computerized version of the DD task, including hypothetical monetary values at a variety of delays. Comparisons of discounting rates for individuals with and without ADHD are presented. Counter to previous research, the ADHD group did not show statistically significant differential discounting comparative to the control group and medication did not play a significant role. In addition, discrepancies between ascending and descending approaches and the effects of the abbreviated version, as opposed to the full test, are also considered.

 
8. Behavioral Effects of Manipulating Response Effort in an Animal Model of Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LINE FLATEB&OSLASH; WIDMARK (Oslo and Akershus University College), Alexander Belgum Andresen (Oslo and Akershus University College), Espen Borgå Johansen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) is characterized by inattention, hyperactivity and impulsivity, and is a highly heritable behavioral disorder affecting 3-5% of children. Rate, magnitude, quality, and immediacy of reinforcement are important variables that influence behavior. Although less well studied, response effort is an additional variable that affect behavior including choice, stimulus control and response rate, and may affect behavior characteristic of ADHD differently than behavior in typically developing children. Spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR/NCrl), the best validated animal model of ADHD, display poor stimulus control (inattention), high rates of responses (hyperactivity) and responses with short interresponse times (impulsivity) in operant tasks. Using an operant two-lever visual discrimination task and response effort manipulations, the present study explored effects on stimulus control, response rate and interresponse times in SHR/NCrl and WKY/NHsd controls. Prior to response effort manipulation, stimulus control was lower and rates of responses and short interresponse times were higher in SHR/NCrl relative to WKY/NHsd controls, while increased response effort reduced overall responding in both strains.

 
9. The Relative Effects of Increasing Probability and Magnitude on Delay in an Experience-Based Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TARA WEBB (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Michael Young (Kansas State University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract: In everyday decision making, people often face decisions with outcomes that differ on multiple dimensions. The tradeoff in preferences between amount (or magnitude), delay, and probability is a fundamental concern in the decision making literature. Yet, the relative impacts of probability, delay, and magnitude have not been studied together even though researchers have been advocating for the combined study of these variables for decades. The current study was designed to determine the relative impacts of magnitude and probability when they were both increasing over a 10 s delay, using a modified version of the escalating interest task. A first-person shooter video game was adapted for the study of choice when outcome magnitude and probability of reinforcement were increasing either simultaneously (Experiment 1) or separately (Experiment 2) over a 10 s delay to maximum weapon charge. Experiment 1 showed that participants waited longer to ensure a greater probability than to ensure a greater magnitude. The results of Experiment 2 indicated that probability had a stronger impact on behavior than magnitude when they were increasing separately.
 
10. The Effects of Force Requirement on Dimensions of the Operant
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RACHEL J. DOVE (University of North Texas), Lindsey N. McBee (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The practice of defining operant behavior in terms of switch closure complicates the analysis of response effort because the threshold for response detection equals the criterion for reinforcement. Notterman and Mintz (1965) separated the criterion for reinforcement from the threshold by using an analog recording approach that measures responses exceeding the criterion force, but also measures responses that fall short of the criterion (subcriterion responses). We applied a similar approach to investigate the effect of increased response effort on response rate. Rats were trained to press a force transducer; each press that exceeded the force criterion produced a 0.1-ml drop of 10% sucrose. Once pressing rate reached stability, the criterion force requirement was increased to the 33rd or 50th percentile of forces observed during baseline. Baseline reversals were conducted after each criterion change. When response rate was calculated in terms of criterion forces, there was a tendency for rates to be reduced by increased force requirements, consistent with previous reports documenting the "punishing" effects of high-force requirements. When all super-threshold responses determined rate, however, only response increases were observed. The data suggest previous findings indicating "punishing" effects of increased force requirements are artifacts of the failure to consider the subcriterion response.
 
11. Force Dynamics Operating in Fixed-Ratio Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LINDSEY N. MCBEE (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas)
Abstract: In the analysis of behavior, the primary measurement has been response rate. However, Notterman and Mintz (1965) showed that other dimensions of behavior, such as duration and force, were independent of rate, and could be more sensitive to certain variables than was rate. There has been little exploration of other dimensions of behavior in regards to schedule performance. In the present study, we examined force dynamics operating under fixed-ratio schedules of sucrose production. Five rats were trained to press a force-sensitive operandum. Manipulandum provided for the recording of the force and duration of each response. Initially, we examined responding under fixed-ratio 10 and 20. We found that peak force (PF) was correlated with the ordinal location of each response. Both schedules demonstrated an increase in PF which was followed by a steady decrease in PF. To evaluate the possibility that low forces at the end of the ratio were due to the rate-differentiating properties of ratio schedules, we implemented a tandem FR 19 interresponse time (IRT) 2-s schedule. PF distributions throughout the tandem schedule remained similar to those observed during the initial fixed-ratio schedules. Response duration however, increased proportionately to the IRT. The current findings show surprising regularity in the force dynamics describing fixed-ratio behavior. The pattern of results do not seem to be due to the response-rate differentiating properties of ratio schedules, suggesting force and rate are governed by distinct variables operating in fixed-ratio schedules.
 
12. Punishing Effects of Fixed-Ratio Schedules of Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CASSANDRA LYNN STEM (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina at Wilmington)
Abstract:

Aversive effects of fixed-ratio (FR) schedules of reinforcement have been studied in many ways, such as through escape, avoidance, and aggression; another way is punishment. A multiple FR variable-interval (VI) 2-min schedule was used with pigeons. Twelve components of the VI and FR schedules alternated with a maximum of 24 reinforcers. Across phases, the FR schedule was increased from 5 to 100. Once behavior was stable, probe sessions were conducted every 3 days, in which, the stimulus associated with the FR schedule was flashed for 0.3 s contingent on a response during the VI schedule according to a random-ratio (RR) 3 schedule. That is, a conjoint VI 2-min of food and RR 3 of FR stimulus was arranged. In general, VI baseline rates were higher for two subjects (P480 & P286) compared to other subjects (P49889 & P269), and did not change much as the FR increased. As the ratio increased in the FR component, punishment effects (decreased VI rates) were found during the probes at FR 100; that is, VI responding was punished by FR-stimulus presentation. At FR 5 and 25, FR-stimulus presentation has not punished rates. The FR will be increased until punishment is seen.

 
13. Negative Incentive Shift Effects on Fixed-ratio Pausing and Locomotor Behavior in Water-deprived Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANDREW T. FOX (University of Kansas), Yusuke Hayashi (University of Kansas), Adam T. Brewer (University of Kansas), Stephen Fowler (University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Pausing on fixed-ratio schedules is jointly controlled by the preceding reinforcer and the signal associated with the upcoming reinforcer. More specifically, when a transition occurs from a relatively good situation (e.g., high reinforcer magnitude, low work requirement) to a relatively poor situation (e.g., low reinforcer magnitude, high work requirement) pausing is by far the longest. This rich-to-lean transition effect (a type of negative incentive shift) has been observed across an array of species (pigeons, rats, monkeys, humans with mild-to-moderate intellectual disabilities) and scenarios. We sought to extend the phenomenon to water-deprived rats pressing isometric force transducers for different quantities of water reinforcement with the eventual goal of pharmacological testing. Additionally, the apparatus included a force-plate floor that measured the locomotion of the rats in real time, allowing us to approach the typically unasked question of what the rats are actually doing when they are pausing. The rich-to-lean transition effect was observed in 8 out of 8 subjects although the size of the effect (or whether it was observed at all) depended upon multiple factors, including the method of signaling the schedule components, the difference in reinforcer magnitudes, the establishing operations for the use of water reinforcement, and the fixed-ratio size.

 
14. Fixed Interval Performance in Free-flying Honey Bees (Apis mellifera L.): An Analysis of Individual Performance
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
David Craig (Oklahoma State University), CHRIS VARNON (Oklahoma State University), Charles I. Abramson (Oklahoma State University)
Abstract:

Honey bees (Apis mellifera L.) were placed on continuous reinforcement before being exposed to an FI-15, FI-30, FI-60, or FI-120 second schedule. We measured response rate and post-reinforcement pause within each interval, and found honey bees responded at higher frequencies earlier in the interval. Response rates were lower during FI conditions compared to performance on continuous reinforcement schedules. Subjects exposed to FI conditions were more resistant to extinction than subjects only provided with continuous reinforcement. However, no "scalloped" or "break-and-run" patterns of responding were observed, and no evidence of temporal control by honey bees was produced.

 
15. Schedules of Reinforcement in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW L. JOHNSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University), Allison Chaimberlain (Southern Illinois University), Karl Gunnarsson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ashley Shayter (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

While numerous demonstrations of schedules of reinforcement have been produced using a variety of model organisms, few studies have attempted to replicate the varied schedules of reinforcement typical of pigeon and rodent research with invertebrate organisms. The following study sought to demonstrate simple schedules of reinforcement with the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina poertentosa). Individual roaches were exposed to a simple operant chamber which provided reinforcement, in the form of feed solution, as consequence of the roach moving through a laser sensor. Results indicate that these giant wingless cockcoaches are sensitive to changes in the ratio and interval schedules as evident by appropriate increases and decreases in responding following alterations of the schedule. As invertebrate organisms, i.e. insects, crustacean, annelids, etc. fall under few research regulations and cost far less to maintain than invertebrate organisms, further exploration into viability of using invertebrate model organisms is warranted.

 
16. Post-reinforcement Pausing in Variable Interval Schedules with an Added Clock
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ROBERT W. ALLAN (Lafayette College), Julia Brodsky (Lafayette College)
Abstract:

The post-reinforcement pause is commonly observed in fixed ratio and fixed interval schedules. It appears as a pause correlated with the response or time requirement preceding reinforcement with longer pauses following longer runs of responses or longer time to reinforcement. Using a novel procedure that randomly presents one of 80 possible interval schedule values (1-80), a small 1-cm dot moves across a touch screen toward a short vertical line that signals time to the next reinforcer. The dot stops after touching the vertical line and the next peck is reinforced with access to a food hopper. Under these conditions pausing, for two of the four birds in the study, increased as a linear function of signaled time. For the other two birds, very short pauses precede schedule values between 1 and 30-40, with pausing increasing in a linear fashion for interval values from 31-41 to 80 (these latter data comport well with ratio data collected in earlier studies). The breakpoint for the latter two birds has never been observed on variable interval schedules. These data suggest a very careful sensitivity to signaled intervals and probably serve as homologies of human procrastination. The longer the interval, the longer the wait time (after the breakpoint) suggesting that pausing is not always linearly related to signaled time. In conjunction with the ratio schedule findings these data suggest that the particulars of post-reinforcement pausing require reconsideration.

 
17. Temporal Control in a Peak-Interval Procedure in Lewis and Fischer 344 Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MEAGAN ELIZABETH FOLLETT (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Delay-discounting procedures are often used in the experimental analysis of impulsive choice. Roles of genetic and behavioral factors on impulsive choice have been examined by comparing different rat strains. Recently, studies have examined differences in impulsive choice between Lewis (LEW) and Fischer 344 (F344) rats, two strains with known neurochemical differences, particularly in levels of dopamine and serotonin in certain parts of the brain. LEW rats make more impulsive choices in delay-discounting procedures than F344 rats. Recent data suggest these differences may be due to differences in sensitivity to temporal variables, or temporal control. The present study assesses temporal control in LEW and F344 rats using a peak-interval procedure, in which fixed-interval (FI) trials are randomly presented with peak-interval (PI) trials, during which the interval is extended and no reinforcement is delivered. The peak value, or the time when response rates are the highest in a PI trial, can be compared to the FI value as a measure of temporal control. Data from three FI/PI conditions (10/30, 30/90, 60/180) will be presented, and strain differences will be discussed.
 
18. Probability, Preference, and the Peak Procedure: A Multi-scaled Analysis of Preference for Variable Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALEXANDER WARD (West Virginia University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract: It has been shown that individuals prefer to work in variable-outcome situations over equivalent fixed-outcome situations. This preference for variability is typically studied using concurrent-chains scheduling which allows organisms to choose between fixed (FI) and variable interval (VI) conditions to earn reinforcers. Pigeons responded in a peak procedure embedded in a discrete-trial, concurrent-chains arrangement. This peak procedure was implemented after choice ratios stabilized on several different concurrent-chains schedules with fixed interval (FI) and random interval (RI) terminal links, allowing for a multi-scaled analysis of global preference ratios and local response patterns within the terminal links. The programmed rate of reinforcement for the RI terminal link was half that of the alternative. The probability of obtaining the minimum programmed delay to reinforcement during the RI terminal link was manipulated across sessions. RI peak responding more closely resembled FI responding as the probability of the minimum interval on the RI increased and preference for the RI systematically increased.
 
19. Effects of the Type of Free Food on the Acquisition of the Avoidance of Timeout
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AUGUST F. HOLTYN (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Research on the avoidance of timeout from food deliveries has examined the effects of manipulating the type and amount of the food deliveries after avoidance responding was established. The present experiment assessed the contribution of the type of food delivered to the acquisition of avoidance. Lever pressing was established in eight rats by reinforcing it with either plain water or pellets. After responding was established, the water or pellets were delivered freely according to a variable-time 0.5 min schedule. The rats could press the lever to avoid a 30-s timeout that was programmed whenever 30 s elapsed without a press. The rats failed to avoid timeouts from free deliveries of plain water, but they learned to avoid timeouts from pellets. When sucrose water replaced the plain water, avoidance was acquired. Free deliveries of pellets and sucrose water established timeout as an aversive event, whereas free deliveries of plain water did not. The fact that a stimulus can be a reinforcer does not mean that timeout from the stimulus will acquire aversive functions.
 
 
 
Poster Session #244
EDC Poster Session - Sunday Evening
Sunday, May 26, 2013
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
20. Using MimioSprout Early Reading with Typically Developing Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
EMILY TYLER (Bangor University, Wales), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University, Wales), Michael Beverley (Bangor University, Wales), Richard P. Hastings (Bangor University, Wales)
Abstract:

The ability to read is essential if children are to access the rest of their academic curriculum and failure to read effectively can have significant detrimental effects on their future life choices and future prospects. In this study children from two first grade classes in two local primary schools were randomly allocated to either receive MimioSprout Early Reading or teaching as usual for most of one academic year. Results from the Randomised Control Design are discussed in the context of effectiveness, cost efficiency, and technological interventions to help mainstream schools ensure that all children develop functional reading skills.

 
21. Teaching Children with Autism to Read Using MimioSprout Early Reading
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
ANDREW SWARTFIGURE (Ambitious About Autism), Corinna F. Grindle (Bangor University, Wales), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University, Wales)
Abstract: MimioSprout Early Reading is an internet based approach of explicit instruction in phonetic awareness, phonics and a strategy for sounding out words. Five male participants with autism spectrum disorder were identified as being ready to learn to read using MimioSprout. A pre and post-test design was implemented using two standardised tests, DIBELS and WRaPS. An additional test using the flash cards provided by MimioSprout was administered and National Curriculum level reading scores taken. Follow up tests were conducted four weeks after cessation of the MimioSproutprogram. Results are discussed in the context of using MimioSprout with children with autism spectrum disorder and the challenges and benefits of using this medium for teaching reading. Further data a year on from cessation is discussed.
 
22. Teaching Children with Autism to Comprehend Text using Headsprout Reading Comprehension
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CORINNA F. GRINDLE (Bangor University, Wales), Olivia Kurzeja (Step by Step Academy), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University, Wales), Maria Saville (Bangor University, Wales)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of the online reading program MimioReading Comprehension with typical learners. The program aims to teach learners four comprehension strategies: literal comprehension, inferential comprehension, main idea comprehension and derived meaning (vocabulary) comprehension. These skills are particularly difficult for children with autism to acquire and there have been no published studies that have empirically demonstrated the effectiveness of MimioReading for children with autism. Using a pre-test post-test design, the present study evaluated the benefits of using MimioReading with seven children with a diagnosis of autism. Results from standardised tests showed that participants made improvements in both reading comprehension and auditory comprehension. The clinical implications of the results will be discussed.
 
23. Increasing Basic Literacy Skills in Adults at Risk of Engaging in offending Behaviour
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
AMY HULSON-JONES (Bangor University, Wales), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University, Wales), Richard P. Hastings (Bangor University, Wales)
Abstract: A substantial amount of evidence indicates a strong inverse relationship exists between educational achievement and criminal behaviour. Previous studies have shown that criminal behaviour can be reduced through the improvement of reading skills in adults at risk of engaging in criminal behaviour. The aim of this research was to improve the reading ability of four underperforming adults using the Toolbox Series for Literacy, a Direct Instruction (DI) reading programme. DI programmes have been shown to be effective in remediating reading difficulties with children, but little research has been conducted with adults, or adults at risk of engaging in offending behaviour. Intervention consisted of 36 hours of tuition for four adult participants being lead through The Literacy Toolbox Series reading programme. Results yielded increases in reading performance measured using continuous progress assessments and a pre- and post-test norm referenced reading assessment. Thus the results of the current work offer support for the use of Literacy Toolbox Series to be used with adults at risk of engaging in offending behaviour.
 
24. Using Embedded Video-based Instruction on an iPod Touch to Increase the Independent Work Skills of High School Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JESSE W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University), Trista Boden (Northern Illinois Universiry), Toni R. Van Laarhoven (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract: In recent years, researchers and practitioners have extended the use of video modeling and video prompting through the use of portable handheld devices such as iPods and iPads. While most of the research on the use of video-based instruction on handheld devices has been conducted with students with ASD and individuals with cognitive disabilities (Van Laarhoven, Johnson, Van Laarhoven-Myers, Grider and Grider, 2009), there is emerging research with students with emotional and behavioral disorders. For example, Blood, Johnson, Ridenour, Simmons, and Crouch (2011) used video modeling presented on an iPod Touch to address off task and disruptive behavior of a 10 year-old boy with emotional and behavioral disorders. The purpose of the current study was to assess the effectiveness of using embedded video-based instruction, delivered on an iPod Touch, to increase on-task behavior and self-management skills of three high school students with emotional and behavioral disorders. The students were presented with an intervention package that included instruction on organization, strategies for completing work, and procedures for self-monitoring task engagement. The effectiveness of the intervention package was assessed in the context of a multiple baseline across subjects design. When the intervention was implemented during a daily "study hall" period, all three students showed immediate and sustained increases in on-task behavior.
 
25. Using an iPad® or iPod® effectively in ABA classrooms with pupils with an Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
GEMMA HARDING (Jigsaw CABAS® School), Katie Axon (Jigsaw CABAS® School), Amy Jones (Jigsaw CABAS® School), Emma Hawkins (Jigsaw CABAS® School)
Abstract: An iPad® or iPod® can be used effectively to aid independence, improve communication skills, aid academic skills and expand the community of reinforcers for pupils with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. This presentation includes a series of case studies that demonstrate the effective use of an iPad® or iPod® in an ABA classroom to effectively improve each of the above areas. Additional tactics have been applied to improve these skill areas and these are described in full. For example, to aid independence in the classroom, one pupil has used video modelling on his iPad® and another has used text prompts and alarms on his iPod®. Certain apps have also been found to be effective in improving each of the above four areas and these will be shared. The iPad® and iPod® have been found to have numerous benefits for pupils with an Autism Spectrum Disorder beyond being used simply as a reinforcing activity.
 
26. A Behavior Analysis of the Collegiate Group Project: PM on PM
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TOM PETRINI (Florida State University Panama City), Kelley Ward (Florida State University Panama City), Beth Shults (Florida State University Panama City), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University Panama City)
Abstract: Performance management (PM) is a systematic, data oriented method of motivating employees, relying on the use of positive reinforcement to increase performance” (Daniels & Daniels, 2004). We used PM to increase student completion of tasks associated with a group PM project in an academic setting. Baseline data provided behavioral evidence of the diffusion of responsibility that can occur when students are part of a group project. We then implemented an intervention package consisting of social reinforcement, raffle tickets, and monetary incentives to increase completion of assignments by all members of each student group.
 
27. Contingency Management of Academic Performance
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BRYAN ACTON (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Jacob Conway (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
Abstract: Contingency- management procedures were employed with students at risk for academic suspension. Participants, students on academic probation at a public liberal arts college, were recruited. All participants attended weekly one-on-one meetings with a tutor during which they turned in homework assignments regarding logistics of their current courses and took a brief quiz containing questions requiring mastery of information similar to that requested on the homework. Following each session, all participants had the opportunity to win monetary rewards via a lottery system. Participants were randomly assigned to one of two groups. For participants in a contingent reinforcement group, the number of lottery entries was determined by performance on the homework and quizzes. For participants in a non-contingent reinforcement group, a set number of lottery entries was provided each session regardless of performance. For every session, homework and quiz performance was higher in the contingent-reinforcement group. There were no differences between groups in overall attendance rates. The dollar cost of the intervention would likely be offset with the prevention of suspension and student attrition.
 
28. Effects of Varied Response Methods During In-Class Activity and Reviews on Student Performance and Preference
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS RATKOS (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Sean Field (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The effects of three response modalities (hand raising, iClicker electronic responding, write-on response boards) were compared in an alternating treatments design for two undergraduate psychology courses. Dependent measures included frequency of responding, performance on end-of-class assessments, and a survey that assessed students’ preferences. Response opportunities were imbedded into lectures and students had the opportunity to respond using the designated modality. At the end of each class session, students completed an end-of-class assessment that aligned to questions posed throughout the class session. Results of both student performance and preference will be presented. A functional relationship between response modality and performance on end-of-class assessments was absent. However, write-on response boards occasioned more responses per opportunity than either hand-raising or electronic responding across both classes and hand raises garnered the least responses per opportunity. Select survey items will be highlighted. In particular data regarding students’ preference for specific features of the response modalities will be discussed including factors such as ease of use, which modality struck students as being most engaging, and anonymity will be discussed further. Future directions for research in the area of ASR and utilizing ASR techniques to increase students’ performance as well as meeting preferences will be discussed.
 
29. Interteaching to Increase Active Student Responding and Differentiate Instruction
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LEE L. MASON (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: Interteaching has been shown to be an effective method for increasing quiz scores and course evaluations. Although these increased scores are typically attributed to higher rates of active student responding throughout class sessions, the extent to which student responding increases during interteaching sessions has not yet been empirically validated. This paper will review the existing literature on interteaching, including current research examining the effects of interteaching on direct measures of active student responding and teacher behavior, assessed in terms of amount of content presented in class as a result of each previous interteach. The effects of interteaching and traditional lecturing within a university classroom are systematically compared in this paper. Present research examining levels of active student responding and a frequency count of instructor presented slides are compared across these two conditions. An increase in student responding and a decrease in slides presented are found in the interteach condition alone. These data indicate that interteaching is both an efficient and effective procedure for instruction at the university level.
 
30. Evaluating student response systems: Comparing clickers, response cards, and traditional methods on student academic performance
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RYAN M. ZAYAC (University of North Alabama), Amber Paulk (University of North Alabama)
Abstract: Instructors in higher education have been increasingly incorporating student response systems (i.e., clickers) in their classrooms. While the empirical research on clicker use seems promising, a number of studies supporting their use have been limited by confounding variables (Anthis, 2011). The current study controlled for question-asking, while also examining additional methods for increasing student responding (e.g., response cards; Kellum, Carr, & Dozier, 2001). An alternating treatments design was used to examine the effects of instructional method on students’ test performance. The instructor alternated between presenting review questions using one of four conditions: (a) clickers, (b) hand-raising, (c) response cards, and (d) control. The format of instruction was counterbalanced across all sections. A one-way ANOVA was conducted to determine if there were significant differences in exam scores based on the type of student response system utilized by the instructor. A significant difference was found between conditions. Additional analyses indicated significant differences between the control condition and each experimental condition. No significant differences were found between any of the experimental conditions. Similar to Anthis (2011), these results suggest that the critical factor in the effectiveness of student response systems is simply asking questions, and not the type of response system utilized.
 
31. Using SAFMEDS to Assist Language Learners to Acquire Second Language Arabic Vocabulary
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE P. KELLY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Mona Al Haddad (Dar Al-Hekma College)
Abstract: SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Every Day Shuffled) were introduced by Dr. Ogden Lindsley in the 1970s and have been widely researched since that time. SAFMEDS were used to teach Welsh words to second language learners in Wales, UK (Beverly, Hughes & Hastings, 2006). In this study, the students vocabulary improved significantly compared to students who didnt use SAFMEDS. For any language, vocabulary is a key component when learning to speak, read, and write. Although vocabulary acquisition forms only one element of a comprehensive language program to learn Arabic, it nevertheless plays a central role in language acquisition and is of particular importance to beginner language learners. The focus of the present research is on the learning of spoken vocabulary in the context of second language learning. A multiple baseline design across participants was employed with five employees of Dar Al Hekma College in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. The aim was to teach functional Arabic words and to enable participants to say these words fluently.
 
32. Contingent Praise Can Maintain On-Task Behavior During Engagement in Academic Tasks Requiring More Response Effort: A Systematic Replication Study
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RYOJI NISHIYAMA (Kwansei Gakuin University), Junko Tanaka-Matsumi (Kwansei Gakuin University)
Abstract: In a classroom and/or an individual tutorial setting, children have difficulty maintaining their on-task behavior when a given task requires response effort to complete problems (Skinner, 1998). However, we have demonstrated that contingent praise can counteract negative effects of response effort. On-task behavior during engagement in the effortful task can also be maintained without praise after a sufficient number of trials with the praise (Nishiyama & Tanaka-Matsumi, 2011, 2012) . In the present study, we used a changing conditions design to examine the effect of response effort (trials 1-18) and an ABA reversal design to examine the effect of praise (trials 19-81) on on-task behaviors with a 7 year-old-boy who has difficulties with attention and hyperactivity. The child engaged in previously determined less- and more-effort math computation tasks in a series of one-minute trials. Results systematically replicated our previous findings: First, on-task behavior declined when the child engaged in more-effort task. Second, contingent praise for working on problems improved on-task behavior during engagement in a more-effort task. Third, the child maintained on-task behavior without praise after a certain number of the contingently praised trials.
 
33. Behavioral Training Program for Japanese Delinquent Girls in a Children's Self-Reliance Support Facility
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
WATARU NODA (Hamamatsu University School of Medicine, Research Center for Child Mental Development), Naoto Mochizuki (Hamamatsu University School of Medicine, Research Center for Child Mental Development), Nobuya Takayanagi (Hamamatsu University School of Medicine, Research Center for Child Mental Development), Kazuyo Nomura (Hamamatsu University School of Medicine), Yoshihiro Tanaka (The Association for Preventive Medicine of Japan), Shin Harada (Hamamatsu University School of Medicine), Toshiro Sugiyama (Hamamatsu University School of Medicine), Masatsugu Tsujii (Chukyo University)
Abstract: Many Japanese juvenile delinquents have the difficulties in social skills and emotion control in self-reliance support facilities. Effective training programs to improve these skills are needed in Japanese institutions. We developed group-based behavioral training program to benefit Japanese delinquent girls in a children's self-reliance support facility and examined the effect of the program. Participants were five girls (aged from 12 to 14) with delinquency and childhood adversities. This program was designed to be highly structured, informative and entertaining. Target skills were social skills and emotion control skills. In social skills training, program consisted of instruction, modeling, behavioral rehearsal, and reinforcement/feedback to teach self-introduction and assertion. On the other hand, emotion control skills training included the psychoeducation of emotion such as distinguishing emotion, understanding and controlling their own emotion among others. Results showed that the training program was effective in improving the participants' social skills and emotion control skills measured by self-report and role-play assessment. We discussed how to introduce effective behavioral programs to the institutions. This study was supported by Research Institute of Science and Technology for Society, Japan Science and Technology Agency.
 
34. An Application of the Good Behavior Games in a Developing Country
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JULENE NOLAN (Minnesota State University), Kevin Filter (Minnesota State University), Daniel D. Houlihan (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Sara Ebsen (Minnesota State University), Angela Christensen (Minnesota State University)
Abstract: This study is an attempt at utilizing the Good Behavior Games (GBG) in a private elementary school in a small town in the developing country of Belize, Central America. Timing of this study is significant in that the country of Belize in 2010 did away with the use of corporal punishment as part of the accepted educational practices in Belize. Many teachers and administrators are currently looking for reasonable and effective methods to replace the former method of discipline. In this study, thirty-two elementary students aged six to 12 years from three regular classrooms participated. These included Beginners (i.e., kindergarten), Infant II (i.e., grade 2), and a combined classroom of Standard IV and V (i.e., grade 4 & 5). The participants represented diverse backgrounds of Belize including 19% Mestizo, 10% Kriol, 29% Spanish, 32% North American, and 10% Mayan. This was reflective of the overall ethnic makeup of the school. The classrooms were approximately equally distributed according to gender. Teacher participants had been trained in the United States and teaching experience ranged from 2 to 15 years. A combination ABAB and multiple baseline design was used. Results show a very robust change from baseline to intervention phases. The results indicate that the GBG was successful in reducing disruptive classroom behaviors from baseline (M=47% of intervals) to intervention (M=9% of intervals) for classroom one. It was also successful in reducing disruptive classroom behaviors from baseline (M=23% of intervals) to intervention (M=2% of intervals) for classroom two. Disruptive behaviors decreased in classroom three from a mean of 42% of intervals in baseline to a mean of 8% of intervals in treatment condition. The conclusion was that the GBG is a viable and effective classroom intervention for use in schools in a developing country.
 
35. Interventions for Third-grade Spanish Speaking Students with Significant Reading Difficulties
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN C. BEGENY (North Carolina State University), Abigail Yeager (Chicago Public Schools)
Abstract: A central mission of the Association for Behavior Analysis International is to strengthen the presence of behavior analysis worldwide, and to achieve this mission more international, context-specific research is needed to more clearly examine the utility of practices that are consistent with applied behavior analysis. In education, only one previous study has attempted to evaluate behaviorally-based instruction practices within a Spanish-speaking country in order to improve children’s reading fluency—a critical skill in reading. This presentation describes a systematic replication of that earlier study, and likewise evaluates the effects of two intervention conditions: a one-on-one intervention and, a more resource efficient, small-group intervention. Each intervention was implemented with 6 third-grade students attending school in Costa Rica and each was compared to the other and to a control condition. The present study also addresses a major limitation of the earlier, similar study because the intervention was used with students experiencing significant reading difficulties. Results showed that intervention effects were positive for all but one student, but some students responded more favorably to one intervention versus the other. Implications for research and practice will be presented.
 
 
 
Poster Session #245
CSE Poster Session - Sunday Evening
Sunday, May 26, 2013
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
36. Teaching Parents to Teach: A Role Model in a public university (USP) in Brazil
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
ANDRESA A. DE SOUZA (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Martha Hübner (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Marina Lemos (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Robson Faggiani (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Ana Luiza Roncati (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Larissa Santos (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Daniela Landim (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Manuyla Silva Luciano Gomes (University of São Paulo, Brazil)
Abstract:

Currently, there are still a big number of children with autism that are not contemplated with appropriate services. This is the scenario in Brazil, where families struggle to provide proper treatment to their children while behavioral analytical services are limited, often unaffordable, and not supported by the government. As a response to this condition, the University of Sao Paulo created the Centro para o Autismo e Incluso Social (CAIS): The first free of charge community project in Brazil with the main goal of training parents on science-based procedures to become their own childrens therapist and conduct most of the treatment at home. Moreover, the project offers training to undergraduate students on applied behavior analysis principles and techniques. With this role model, professionals specialized in Behavior Analysis should increase, as well as the improvement of parents and childrens abilities. Collected data demonstrate that since 2007, the CAIS has served over 15 children and capacitated around 49 undergraduate and graduate students. The CAIS has also received several national and international guest lecturers who have contributed to the improvement of the services offered. The social implication of training caregivers and students to improve behavioral knowledge and practice in a country where behavioral intervention to autism still lacks human resources is discussed.

 
37. Using Behavioral Skills Training Package to Teach Parents to Conduct Discrete Trial Sessions with Children with Autism: A Community Project in Brazil
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
ANDRESA A. DE SOUZA (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Martha Hübner (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Paulo Cesar Franco (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Camila Almeida (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Rafael Augusto Silva (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Leticia Cintra Alencar (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Elizabete Fortuna (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Flavia De Rosso (University of São Paulo, Brazil)
Abstract: Although behavioral analytical therapy is well established in the scientific community for the treatment of autism, many children still do not receive appropriate services, specially the low economic level population. This is the case of the children in Brazil, where applied behavioral services are limited, often expensive, and with small or no support from the government. One possible solution for such situation is training parents to conduct therapy sessions and to run most of the treatment with their children at home. Using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design, the current study evaluated the effects of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) as a tool to teach parents to conduct discrete trial sessions (DTT) with their children diagnosed with autism. BST has been widely used as a teaching tool and commonly includes a combination of direct instruction, modeling, role-play, positive reinforcement, and corrective feedback (Miles & Wilder, 2009). Results demonstrated that the procedure was efficient in developing the skills that parents need to competently conduct DTT with their children. As a collateral effect, childrens skills have improved considerably since the beginning of the study. The social implication of enabling caregivers to deliver treatment to their own children is discussed.
 
38. The Health Therapist's Behavior and the Drug Abuse Recovery After Treatment
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
JUDITH ELISA FERRER ALARCÓN (National University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chainé (National University of Mexico)
Abstract:

There is a significant proportion of drug users who don't finish the intervention plan without receiving the expected benefits with the procedures. Therapist�s behaviors of the health professionals have influence in the therapeutic adherence. The aim of this study was to describe the relationship between the health therapist�s behavior and the drugs abuse recovery. We worked with 20 therapist, 12 female and 8 male, aged 25 to 33 years old, at the public institution created to prevent use and drug abuse. We used an observation code of the interactional therapist-user behavior (Chamberlain, 1986), that includes eight categories with 21 responses, using a partial interval data sheet divided on 15 �during 50 minutes. We obtained a 90% reliability between observers. The results showed that health Therapist performed mostly the listening behavior with 40.7%. The paraphrase category of the health professionals was correlated with the drug users recovery, being a fiable predictor for treatment termination (r2=0.004, p = 0.05). By understanding the behavior performed by the health professional and his connection with the termination of treatment and recovery, we will hope foster the behaviors that increase adherence of substance users treatment and empirical evidence.

 
39. What Is the Impact of Self-Management on Daily Net Calories Consumed by Women Who Are Overweight?
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
CHAD DOLLAR (Georgia State University), Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University)
Abstract: The purpose of this research was to examine the impact of self-management on daily net calories consumed by women who are overweight. Four white females between the ages of 35 and 41 with a self-reported Body Mass Index (BMI) between 25 and 29.9 completed this study. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to demonstrate a functional relation between the independent variable (i.e., self-management) and the dependent variable (i.e., net calories consumed) for each participant. Three of the four participants decreased their daily net calories consumed after beginning the self-management intervention. This was the first single case research study to examine the effectiveness of self-management on daily net calories consumed (i.e., caloric intake minus caloric expenditure) and extended previous literature on white females who were overweight.
 
40. Validation of a Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Questionnaire for a Latin American Population
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
NORMA COFFIN (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Leonard A. Jason (DePaul University), Monica Alvarez Zuñiga (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Constanza Miralrio Medina (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Lourdes Jimenez Renteria (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Clara Bejar Nava (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Francisca Bejar Nava (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Etiology and probable causes for CFS are many and various; however, a concrete and sustained explanation has not aroused. In Mexico, no measure exists. Thus, the main goal was to validate for Latin American population an instrument derived from the CFS Questionnaire of Hawk, Jason and Torres-Harding (2006).The sample, a non-probabilistic one, was composed of 245 participants, Medicine and Psychology students from three different regions in Mexico, classified into three different groups: Total Sample (100%), Fatigue (43.98%), and Non-Fatigue (56.02%). Three factors were obtained: physical, cognitive and emotional. An ANOVA for the age variable reported no significant differences between the fatigue and non-fatigue groups: F(1) =.165 (MC 1.779), p>.05. Similarly, a chi square test was administered to the fatigue and non-fatigue groups for career and region. No significant differences were found in the fatigue group, (X2 Pearson(2) =2.491), nor career and region, and nor gender and region (X2 =4.65 for p>0.1). Work was based on an orthogonal rotation Varimax showing that physical factor is the most representative of all the symptoms of CFS (75.34%); a Cronbachs Alpha was applied (SPSS, 12.0). The level of reliability for the test in the Total Sample Group was of .959.
 
41. Anxiety in Psychology and High School Students of Mexico
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
BENITA CEDILLO ILDEFONSO (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Jorge Antonio Ramos Garcáa (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Jesús Osvaldo Alvarez Herrera (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Jenifer Samantha López Zahar (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Paola Favila Orduño (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Efren García Luis (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Miguel Angel Muciño Sanchez (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Anxiety is defined as an emotional state induced by a main disturbing stimulus, which does not precede or appear simultaneously to this state, but follows it. The stimulus that hasn't appeared might act as a cause, the result of a conditioned process (Skinner, 1979). Anxiety is an emotional disorder, in terms of a physiological, cognitive, or behavioral response, which affects students' academic achievement. Thus, the main goal for this study was to compare the anxiety of either response previously mentioned, among 68 students of the last degree of High School and 63 students belonging to the first semester of Psychology. They all answered the Inventory of Anxiety Situations and Responses (Tobal y Cano & Vindel, 1986). This Inventory evaluates three response systems: cognitive, physiological, and motor-behavioral responses. Results showed a higher cognitive anxiety level in High School students than in Psychology students. Anxiety presence is the result of expectations due the responsibility of making a decision of choosing a career after High School degree, as well as the generated anxiety on a different social context when they get into College, as long as the family pressure on which career to choose. All these components must be recognized as important ones to affect academic achievement in students.
 
42. An Investigation of Handout Type Effectiveness in Increasing Awareness of Child Sex Trafficking in Nevada
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno), RYLAND K. BAKER (University of Nevada, Reno), Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Child sex trafficking is a rapidly growing issue throughout the United States, and the prevalence of this crime is astonishingly high in the State of Nevada. This type of trafficking is a fundamental violation of children�s rights, as it is considered to be a form of modern-day slavery in which children are exploited sexually. Despite the nature of this socially relevant issue, this area has been unexplored by the field of behavior analysis. In addition, the effectiveness of the ways in which individuals are made aware of socially relevant issues in their community warrants further investigation. A common and inexpensive method of disseminating information to the public consists of distributing small, informative handouts. This study investigated the effectiveness of handout variations across visual and textual depictions in conveying information to the public and their corresponding response and form of involvement. The correlation of handout type and strength of public response will be discussed, as well as demographic and social validity measures.

 
43. Consumer Goods Labeling Practices in High-End vs. Discount Grocers: Prevalence Rates of Greenwashing
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
HALEY E. JONES (Furman University), Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University)
Abstract: A descriptive study was conducted to determine the prevalence rates of greenwashing among consumer goods sold in high-end and discount grocers in the Upstate area of South Carolina. Greenwashing is defined as “misinformation disseminated by an organization so as to present an environmentally responsible public image” (Oxford Dictionary, 10th Ed). The study was based on methodology developed by the TerraChoice Group. Investigators collected data from consumer goods sold in 8 grocers, categorized as either high-end or discount retailers (n = 4 in each category). Three product types (including Back to School, Produce, and Dairy) were targeted. Product labels of 160 total goods were analyzed to determine evidence of greenwashing. Definitions of five “sins of greenwashing” were created and used to score data. Results of total products indicate higher prevalence of greenwashing, meaning those products scored with at least one type of sin, in high-end grocers (41%) than in discount stores (22%). Findings suggest variances in price and demographics of shoppers across store type may be further explored. Implications for consumer shopper behavior will be discussed as well as grocer, and manufacturer considerations for claims regarding environmental responsibility.
 
44. Investigating the Effects of Mediated and Passive Prompts on Pedestrian- and Bicycle-Lane Compliance on a College Campus Footbridge
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
NICHOLAS KYLE REETZ (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Amy K. Loukus (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Kevin Taylor (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Shared pedestrian and bicyclist pathways can provide traveling opportunities that avoid the potential dangers imposed by motor vehicle traffic. While the availability of alternate pathways may decrease conflicts with motorists, bicyclist-pedestrian conflicts may correspondingly increase. To avoid such conflicts, shared bicyclist-pedestrian pathways are often divided into lanes that are specified for exclusive use according to traveler type. The effectiveness of shared pathways in enabling efficient and safe transportation, however, is dependent on the relative stimulus control exerted by signs and other prompts expected to influence lane compliance exhibited by bridge users. The current study investigated the effects of passive prompts (e.g., posted signs) and mediated prompts (e.g., spoken reminders) encouraging the lane compliance behavior of footbridge users on a college campus. Results showed an increased percentage of bridge user compliance compared to baseline in both the mediated and passive prompting conditions, with mediated prompting yielding the highest compliance measures across sessions. Implications the data may have on pedestrian and bicyclist safety are discussed.

 
45. A Behavioral Assessment of Alcohol Consumption: Does Corrective Feedback Influence Self-Report and Pouring Behavior?
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE SCHULTZ (University of the Pacific), Emily Metz (University of the Pacific), Katie Uhlhorn (University of the Pacific), Elise Martin (University of the Pacific), Samantha Russell (University of the Pacific), Valerie Segura (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: College student drinking is assessed primarily via self-report with the assumption that students' reports are accurate. However, students generally overestimate the fluid ounces that constitute a standard serving size of alcohol and few studies have compared self-report to demonstrated behavioral accuracy (i.e., pour tasks). Students assigned to either a feedback or control group (N = 20) reported their alcohol consumption during the previous 2 weeks before completing a free-pour of beer, wine and hard liquor. After receiving corrective feedback or reading an article (control group), they provided a post free-pour and again reported on their past two weeks' consumption. The experimental group's post-pours, measured as percent deviation from the standard serving size, of beer (M = -8.57%) and shots (M = 0.07%) deviated less in comparison to the control group's post-pours of beer (M = -16.27%) and shots (M = 9.69%). Additionally, of the four participants in the experimental group who reported alcohol consumption on the TLFB, two altered their self-report after receiving feedback, yet their free-pours remained inaccurate. These data tentatively suggest that corrective feedback may result in a small increase in free-pour accuracy, but that feedback alone may not necessarily enhance the accuracy of self-report.
 
46. Considerations With Behavior Analysis Graduate Student Training During Practicum
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research
JEFFREY B. SMITH (Independent ABA Consultant), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis)
Abstract: Academic and clinical practicums/internships serve the primary role of allowing students to generalize what they learned in a collegiate classroom environment to actual service delivery settings. However, the extent to which graduate students receive the appropriate and necessary training from their on-site practicum supervisor(s) may vary. Depending on the degree of opportunities provided to students during the time spent at practicum sites may impact how they provide specific services or incorporate best practices within their profession after they graduate. This presentation addresses Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) graduate students and the quality of their on-site clinical supervision as provided by Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) not associated with a particular university. This study targeted increasing the amount of time on-site BCBA supervisors spent with their graduate student interns, the type of clinical experiences they were being exposed to, and the varying ABA practices they were allowed to practice. Ethical considerations with practicum will also be outlined
 
47. Experimental Evaluation of an Informational and Behavior Change Program to Increase Undergraduate Students' Energy Conservation
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
MARCIE DESROCHERS (State University of New York, Brockport), Hilary Mosher (State University of New York, Brockport), Gwendolyn Meehan (State University of New York, Brockport)
Abstract:

Effective methods to increase peoples energy conservation behaviors are essential as humans continue to deplete the earths natural resources. In this experiment, we evaluated the effectiveness of an interactive workshop, involving education in sustainability issues and application of behavior change procedures, on introductory psychology students self-reported energy use. Following two baseline assessments of energy usage, 44 undergraduate psychology students were randomly assigned to experimental or control groups. The experimental group was presented with a 90-minute presentation reviewing sustainability issues and how to address them. Additionally, participants in the experimental group were asked by the researcher to complete a behavioral contract using goal setting, changing antecedents and programming consequences to decrease their energy use. Participants in the control group viewed an hour-long video on sustainability entitled: Journey to Planet Earth Plan B. Mobilizing to Save Civilization. Both groups completed three online assessments during the two-week period following the presentations as well as follow-up assessment four-weeks later. Participants in the experimental group showed consistent increases in energy savings over their baseline levels and when compared to those in the control group. These gains were maintained at follow-up. Compared to those in the control group, more participants in the experimental condition viewed their presentation as resulting in learning something new about green issues and influencing their green behavior. Although it is unknown which specific factors of this multi-component treatment are effective, it is encouraging that a fairly simple intervention may make a difference.

 
48. Examining the Effects of Outcome-related Stimuli on Recycling Behavior in a University Setting
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

Scientists are increasingly recognizing the effects of human behavior on the environment and the need for more pro-environmental behavior changes. Previous studies have increased pro-environmental behaviors in various settings, using a variety of procedures such as written instructions and direct reinforcement techniques to increase recycling behavior. The purpose of the current study was to examine the possibility of using a rule to produce a motivating effect on recycling behavior of paper materials. Seven staff members from two offices in a university setting participated in the study. Using an alternating treatments design, the participants were exposed to both simple written instructions and outcome-related statements. These statements were derived from the ratings of the importance of 14 paper recycling facts in a survey administered before the study. Behavior analytic research has suggested that words can serve a motivational function increasing responding toward the item or outcome specified by the words. The research question is: Will the use of outcome-related statements have a greater effect on recycling behavior than the use of simple written instructions?

 
49. Let the Data Talk: Implications for Behavior Analyst Discussing Public Policy
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory
MARK MALADY (High Sierra Industries), Ricky Thurman (High Sierra Industries/WARC)
Abstract:

During 2012 there were several shootings that occurred in America. These shootings captivated America and the listservs that behavior analyst are a part of. The discussions covered a wide range of topics and many were quick to look for possible phase change lines that may have impacted the data over the years. The current poster will present the data for deaths per year in America and why the alleged phase changes cannot be considered such. In addition to the deaths per year data, data on actual public policies that behavior analyst can provide meaningful conversation on will be presented. The current poster aims to urge behavior analyst to be cautious on their interpretation of data as it related to public policy and to refine their efforts to more meaningful conversations.

 
 
 
Poster Session #246
OBM Poster Session - Sunday Evening
Sunday, May 26, 2013
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
50. Teaching Direct Care Staff Behavioral Plans: A Comparison of Staff Training Using Videos
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SARA BETH RAWLINGS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Deeannah Taylor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Joseph Wakeman-Linn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: While behavioral skills training represents best practice in staff training, these strategies require a multitude of resources (e.g., money, time, and additional personnel) (Parsons & Reid, 1995). Videos are often utilized as a tool to aide; however, little information is known regarding the components that make staff training videos effective (Williams & Gallinat, 2011). The purpose of this study was to compare three types of techniques (written, video talk, and video model) used to train staff in the implementation of a behavioral plan. Participants included direct care staff employed on an inpatient hospital unit who performed a variety of duties (e.g., patient care, safety, data collection and protocol implementation). Staff was randomly assigned to one training condition and immediately following training, data were collected on treatment integrity, time required to complete each type of training, and staff satisfaction. In general, no differences were observed between conditions. Overall improvement in treatment integrity was observed across all participants following performance feedback, regardless of the condition. Staff reported the highest degree of satisfaction with the written and video model training in comparison to the video talk training. Reliability data were collected for 14.81% of sessions, with an average of 90.57% (range 79.25%-98.11%).
 
51. The Effects of A Video Instruction on Teachers' Performing Generalized Imitation Training Procedures Accurately
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Robin Nuzzolo (Fred S. Keller School), LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of a training video that demonstrates how to implement a Generalized Imitation (GI) protocol on teachers performing the procedures accurately. The participants were 7 first-year master students from a major university who had never conducted any instruction on generalized imitation before the study. We implemented a non-concurrent multiple probe design across participants. The dependent variable of the study was the numbers of teachers performing protocol procedures accurately. The independent variable was the training video that demonstrates how to induce generalized imitation using a mirror. During baseline condition, the participants were provided with a training manual which included brief description of the GI protocol. During intervention, the participants watched the GI training video, which consisted of pre-intervention assessment, mirror protocol to induce generalized imitation, and post-intervention assessment. Our results found that the participants had difficulty conducting the procedures from reading the manual alone during baseline condition, and watching the training video significantly increased their accuracy.

 
52. Minimizing Tally Counter Loss on an Inpatient Hospital Unit
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
SHARI M. PINCUS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rebecca Stern (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Direct care workers have a variety of responsibilities including implementing protocols, maintaining patient safety, and collecting reliable data. Electronic data collection systems enhance the accuracy and reliability of data collection and expedite the process of graphing and data analysis. Tally counters provide an inexpensive alternative to more expensive data collection options while maintaining accuracy. The purpose of this study was to update an ineffective process for keeping track of tally counters, ultimately producing cost-savings for the inpatient unit. A Performance Diagnostic Checklist was conducted (Austin, 2000). Results of this assessment were used to guide an intervention aimed at increasing the number of tally counters accounted for by direct care staff. Participants included approximately 125 direct care staff employed on an inpatient hospital unit. Data were collected on returned, missing, and broken tally counters. Results suggest that 51.4% (day shift) and 73.5% (evening shift) of tally counters were accounted for during baseline, while 92.4% (day shift) and 92.6% (evening shift) were accounted for during the final intervention phase. Intervention effects were sustained at 1 month (92% day shift, 100% evening shift) and 6 month (100% day shift, 99% evening shift) maintenance probes and produced total cost savings of 28.8%.
 
53. The Effects of Frequency and Specificity of Feedback on Quality Performance: An examination of the Interaction Effect
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JAEHEE LEE (Chung-Ang University), Jin A. Park (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung-Ang University)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of different frequencies and specificities of feedback on quality performance, and the interaction effect between frequency and specificity of feedback. A 2 2 factorial design was adopted. 79 participants randomly were assigned to one of the four groups: either specific or global feedback delivered after every session (high frequency); either specific or global feedback after every fourth session (low frequency). Participants were asked to work on a computerized task. They performed four tasks per session and attended 24 sessions. The dependent variable was error rate of the completed tasks. The results showed that the group which received feedback after every session had significantly lower the error rates than the group which received feedback after every fourth session. Furthermore, the specific feedback group had significantly lower the error rates than the global feedback groups. In addition, an interaction between feedback frequency and specificity was found. Specific feedback was effective in both feedback frequency groups, while global feedback was effective only when feedback was delivered after every session.
 
54. The Relative Effects of Positive Reinforcement and Negative Reinforcement on the Work Performance, Emotion and Stress
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KWANGSU MOON (Department of Psychology, Chung-Ang University), Dahee Shon (Columbia University), Shezeen Oah (Chung-Ang University)
Abstract: This study compared the effects of two types of reinforcement on visual-searching performance, emotion and stress. Participants were asked to work on a simulated baggage screening task. Searching responses of participants are sorted into one of four (hit, miss, false alarm, and correct rejection) categories. Between group design was adopted and 90 participants were randomly assigned to one of the three experimental groups: (1) positive reinforcement contingency under which monetary reward was added for each hit response, (2) negative reinforcement contingency under which monetary reward was reduced for each miss response, and (3) control group. Emotion was measured by facial expression, biological responses (e.g., SCL, PVA, ST, and HR), and perceived emotions. Stress was measured by cortisol hormone and perceived stress. The results showed that hit performances under two types of reinforcement were higher than control group, but the two types of reinforcement did not produce differences in the hit performance. For the results of emotion, the participants in the positive reinforcement group experienced positive emotions (e.g., joy, pleasant, and satisfactory), but the participants in the negative reinforcement group experienced negative emotions (e.g., tense, anxious, and unsatisfactory). In addition, the stress level under the negative reinforcement group was higher than positive reinforcement group and control group.
 
55. The Impact of Active Student Responses on Immediate Learning and Long-Term Retention
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CHANAE JAMISON (Florida Institute of Technology), David Kelley (Florida Institute of Technology), Cindy Schmitt (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Emily Meyer (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The purpose of the study was to determine the effectiveness and efficiency of Active Student Responses (ASR) as an instructional method for online staff training. Active Student Response, also known as Audience Response Systems (ARS), is a teaching strategy that increases the number of response opportunities in a presentation to improve a learner’s performance. The current study investigated the effect of online staff training videos with and without ASR's on the post-test and maintenance test scores across six instruction modules. Active Student Responses consisted of multiple choice questions administered throughout each teaching module. Five employees at a university located in the southeastern region of the United States participated in this study and completed the modules as a part of the company training. Data were recorded and analyzed using an alternating treatment design and demonstrate that both methods successfully increased baseline scores following the training. The present findings indicate that learning occurred as a result of the training; however, the effectiveness of the ASR's varied for each individual. This research highlighted other areas of ASR's for exploration, such as the importance of incorporating direct feedback with the ASR's.

 
56. The Effect of Temporal Delay of Discloser of Observation on Reactivity to Improve Staff Preformance
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Natalia Garrido (University of Nevada, Reno), KRISTEN GREEN (University of Nevada, Reno), Sarah M. Richling (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Reactivity refers to the effect that observing a behavior has on behavior (Kazdin, 1979). Reactivity is typically minimized and recognized as a limitation and confound in the observation of behavior. Studies have attempted to control for the effects of reactivity on participants behavior (Fleming &Sulzer-Azaroff, 1992). However there may be some benefit in evaluating the conditions under which reactivity occurs. Evaluating reactivity as a dependent variable may make it possible to identify which specific components of reactivity are responsible for an effect on behavior. In this study we attempted to increase staff on-task behavior through the use of reactivity. We attempted to further understand the components of reactivity that may control behavior. A possible controlling factor on the effectiveness of reactivity as an intervention is the temporal distance between the prompt that observation of behavior will occur and the actual observation of behavior. The distance of time between the delivery of the prompt and the actual observation varied.
 
57. Evaluation of Group Stimulus Preference Assessment in Organizational Settings
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL FANTETTI (Florida Institute of Technology), Kyle Ditzian (Florida Institute of Technology), Valdeep Saini (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the utility of a group stimulus preference assessment in an organizational setting. Participants were given a survey of ten preferred items as selected by management and experimenters. They were then asked to rank these stimuli from most preferred (10) to least preferred (1). The group preference item was determined by a preset criteria: the item with the highest mean from individual rankings and above the middle rank (5 or higher) in each individual ranking. This item was then used as the reward in a raffle system intervention for 3 participants to increase percentage of completed paperwork. Collectively, the results of the intervention showed that the preferred stimulus selected by the group preference assessment criteria acted as an effective reinforcer. This may be advantageous in organizational settings for situations in which assessing and purchasing individualized reinforcers is not possible, or situations in which participants are working for a single reinforcer (e.g., a raffle system). This method also takes significantly less time than completing individualized preference assessments.
 
58. Efficacy of and Preference for Feedback Sequence
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMY J. HENLEY (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Feedback is an effective method for increasing performance in a wide range of settings, although little research exists on the effects of feedback sequence on performance. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of and preference for feedback sequence. Undergraduate participants performed four office tasks each associated with a type of feedback sequence (positive-corrective-positive, positive-positive-corrective, corrective-positive-positive, and no feedback) in a counterbalanced fashion. A multi-element design was used to evaluate the effects of feedback sequence on the percent change in performance from baseline to subsequent conditions. Performance improvements for participant 1 were observed in the no feedback and positive-corrective-positive conditions. Performance was reduced in the corrective-positive-positive condition. Participant 1 indicated preference for the no feedback condition, which was also associated with continued performance improvement. The greatest improvements in performance for participant 2 were observed in the corrective-positive-positive and positive-positive-corrective conditions. Performance was reduced in the no feedback condition. Participant 2 showed equal preference for the corrective-positive-positive and positive-corrective-positive conditions. Mean IOA and fidelity were 100% and 99%, respectively. Idiosyncratic differences in the effects of feedback on performance as well as feedback preference were found. Data collection for the remaining two participants is underway.
 
59. Performance Feedback in the Service Sector: A review and suggestions for future research
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
MICHAEL PALMER (Central Michigan University), Christian Cullinan (Central Michigan University), Carl Merle Johnson (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: The service industry poses unique problems including high turn-over, complex systems, and low job satisfaction. Behavioral interventions in this sector of the economy typically involve multiple components, most often including performance feedback to service employees. The use of feedback in general for articles published in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (from inception of the journal to the present) will be addressed with a focus on the source of feedback: both within and outside the organization. Future directions for research involving organizational feedback will be discussed and how the use of feedback in a behavioral systems analysis can be modified to further improve the service sector.
 
60. Increasing Shift Attendance Through Task Clarification and Token-Economy Feedback
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
REND ALSAADI (Temple University), Elizabeth R. Lorah (Temple University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to investigate the use of feedback and a reinforcement system to increase scheduled shift attendance of 24 part-time student employees at a university call center. The overall job description of each employee was to call and aid prospective students who had not completed their application to the university. The intervention used a combination of task clarification and behavior contingent rewards as a form of feedback to increase the target behavior. The reward system was a token economy where employees could gain the opportunity to earn preferred items. Feedback was divided into individual and group level contingencies so that the feedback could target both individual and group behaviors. Baseline data suggests that employee absenteeism was most frequent during weekend shifts, which is expected for students in college. This study demonstrates that a low-cost reinforcement systems and feedback can increase the attendance behavior in an organization, including one that employs historically high turnover workers.

 
61. The Effects of Feedback Type on Fuel Consumption and Driving Workload
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KYEHOON LEE (Chung-Ang University), Hangsoo Cho (Chung-Ang University), Seongeun Kim (Chung-Ang University), Seunghoon Baek (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung-Ang University)
Abstract: Recent studies suggest that in-vehicle visual feedback on various driving behavior reduce fuel consumption up to 20%. However, increasing the amount of driving information by visual feedback can also cause high driving workload . Therefore, the goal of this study was to explore the efficient feedback type (visual vs. visual + auditory) that can increase fuel efficiency and minimize the driving workload simultaneously. The study adopted ABC within group design (n=19). We measured two dependent variables (fuel efficiency & driving workload) at the baseline phase (A). After the baseline, participants received the immediate visual feedback for their own driving behaviors (e.g., fuel efficiency, speeding, sudden acceleration, extreme break) during driving (B). At the next phase (C), in addition to the visual feedback, auditory feedback was provided. Results showed that although fuel efficiency increased 16% when visual feedback was delivered, driving workload also increased (phase B). However, the fuel efficiency increased 4% more in phase C than phase B by adding auditory feedback, driving workload did not have differences between two experimental conditions.
 
62. Would You Like Popcorn With That? Increasing Upselling at a Movie Theater
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMY S. POLICK (Florida State University Panama City), Christie Pellow (Florida State University Panama City), Carl Lee (Florida State University Panama City)
Abstract: Performance Management (PM) is a systematic and data-oriented approach to managing people at work that relies on positive reinforcement as a major way to maximize performance (Daniels & Daniels, 2006). Performance management has been shown to be an effective solution for improving employee performance across a wide variety of business settings including banks, restaurants, and hotels. The purposes of the current study were to (a) extend the application of PM- based strategies to a movie theater setting, and (b) increase upselling (i.e., suggesting sales) and greeting behaviors of movie theater employees.
 
63. Effects of Coaching on Teachers' Use of Function-Based Interventions for Students with Severe Disabilities
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KERI STEVENSON BETHUNE (James Madison University), Charles L. Wood (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract:

This study used a delayed multiple baseline across participants design to analyze the effects of coaching on special education teachers implementation of function-based interventions with students with severe disabilities. This study also examined the extent to which teachers could generalize function-based interventions to different situations. Additionally, this study examined the effects of function-based intervention on students problem and replacement behaviors. After an initial training on functional behavior assessment and implementation of function-based interventions, the experimenter coached each teacher. Results indicated a functional relationship between coaching and an increase in teacher fidelity scores. Teachers generalized the strategies to other situations with the target students. While some improvement in student behavior was noted upon teachers use of function-based interventions without coaching, this improvement was not consistent for all students and across the replacement behaviors. A functional relationship was found between accurate implementation of the function-based interventions and an increase in the students primary replacement behaviors.

 
64. A Comparison of Internal/External Locus of Control Scores Based Upon Amount of Behavior Analytic Training
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
SUSAN A. RAPOZA-HOULE (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: The science of applied behavior analysis requires that assumptions be made regarding the lawfulness of behavior (determinism). The identification of functional relations and the operant learning paradigm are predicated on this belief. Behavior analysts must focus on observable relationship between behavior and environment to identify functional relations and modify conditions to support socially significant behavior change. This requires behavior analyst to assume that their behavior may alter the course of events and that control of consequences is possible. Within the field of psychology, Locus of Control is a generalized expectancy of reward as contingent on ones own behavior (internal) or independent of it (external) (Rotter, 1966). In other words, do you believe that your actions make a difference in the outcome of your life, or do you believe that your behavior is unlikely to alter the course of events? To assess individual differences in beliefs about control of reinforcement, Rotter designed a 29 item forced choice scale. In this study, Rotters I-E Scale was administered to 144 employees of a home based ABA program for children with autism. The goal of this study is to identify differences in I-E scores in Board Certified Behavior Analysts versus entry level staff.
 
65. Discounting of Values across Job Characteristics
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research
NICHOLAS KYLE REETZ (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: In pursuit of employment, individuals often make decisions to take a job that fulfills some areas of value while leaving other areas unsatisfied. From a behavioral perspective, values are a type of verbal behavior in which individuals regulate their behavior by applying consequential functions to patterns of activity based on a stated value. However, in many circumstances individuals are faced with decisions that require a compromise between multiple values and pragmatic concerns. In such cases, the individual is likely to place priority on outcomes related to one value while decreasing their emphasis on another, a form of value discounting. This study sought to examine the presence of value discounting by presenting participants with a discounting protocol that had individuals choose between various levels of job characteristics, e.g. salary, job prestige, etc., and over-arching areas of value, e.g. relationships, social-life, etc. Participants were then exposed to a brief values clarification exercise, in which they were asked to prioritize their values and reflect on their lives. Analysis of the results showed that discounting occurred across all participants, suggesting that individuals were likely to place greater value on job characteristics as the percentage of ideal values offered by the job decreased. Results also indicated that participants were significantly more likely to discount job characteristics rather than values following the values clarification exercise.
 
 
 
Poster Session #247
CBM POster Session - Sunday Evening
Sunday, May 26, 2013
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
66. Effects of General and Corrective Statements Delivered Noncontingently on Excessive Spitting
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ELIANA PIZARRO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erin Schaller (Kennedy Krieger Institute), James Allen Chastain (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alison Shanholtzer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: There is a strong body of evidence showing that reprimands may serve as an effective punisher when delivered contingent on undesirable behavior (McKenzie, Smith, Simmons, & Soderlund, 2008; Maglieri, DeLeon, Rodriguez-Catter, & Sevin, 2000). The purpose of the current study was to reduce the rate of excessive spitting emitted by a 10-year-old male with autism. Results from a functional analysis indicated that spitting persisted in the absence of social contingencies and thus was automatically maintained. Interestingly, the participant emitted low rates of spitting and an increase in aggressive behavior during the attention condition; within session analyses indicated the corrective statements delivered during the attention condition functioned as a punisher for spitting. To further investigate the effects of attention as a punisher, a procedure was initiated in which a therapist delivered either a general statement or a corrective statement noncontingently on a fixed-time schedule. Results indicate that corrective statements resulted in an increase in aggression while general statements did not evoke aggressive behavior. However, results showed that when the corrective statements were delivered non-contingently, the rate of spitting increased from the initial functional analysis.
 
67. Effective Treatment of Ruminative Behavior in the Educational Setting
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
LLOYD R. THOMAS (Behavior Attention & Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC), Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention & Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC), Sheila Williamson (Integrated Health)
Abstract: Ruminative behavior leads to reduced availability of social opportunities and to more restrictive educational settings in childhood. ONeil, White, King, & Carek (1979) suggest that adding an aversive procedure to the use of differential reinforcement may provide greater treatment efficacy. In the current study, a service delivery intervention included antecedent manipulations and the combined use of both positive and negative consequences to decrease ruminative behavior in a 12 yr-old girl with autism. The intervention was implemented in the educational setting utilizing school personnel and led to a successful decrease in ruminative behavior by 89% when compared to baseline. Research has demonstrated the importance of abolishing the relationship between the motivating operation and ruminative behavior (Sanders-Dewey & Larson, 2006). The current treatment package included dietary manipulations, increased positive social interaction (i.e., increased stimulation and attention for desired behaviors), and verbal praise contingent on non-ruminative behaviors. Additionally, consequence manipulations were implemented contingent on the participant engaging in ruminative behavior that included an isolative time-out, an overcorrection procedure, and the participant putting on examination gloves at first sign of precursor behaviors. The success of the treatment allowed for the students inclusion in more classroom activities within a short period of time.
 
68. An Investigation of Indirect Versus Direct Methods in Identifying Functions of Challenging Behaviors in the Natural Environment
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BRIAN VAN MEERTEN (Behavioral Consultation Service of Northern Arizona, LLC)
Abstract: Indirect behavioral assessment methods are a cost-effective way to gather information about functional relations between environmental variables and observable behaviors. Additionally, indirect assessment methods are useful in gathering information for low-frequency/high-intensity behaviors that are unlikely to occur in a clinical setting. However, indirect methods have been identified as having poor reliability and validity compared to more direct methods (Paclawskyj, et al. 2001). Conversely, direct methods of analysis including brief functional analyses (BFA) (Wacker, et al. 2004), extended functional analyses (FA) (Iwata et al. 1982/1994) and reversal designs have been identified as effective in establishing reliable and predictable relationships between independent and dependent variables (Vollmer, et al. 1995). However, these direct methods can also be more costly, time consuming and intrusive. The current investigation examined two commonly used indirect assessment methods: the Motivation Assessment Scale II version 2 (MAS II) (Durand & Crimmins, 1988) and the Functional Analysis Screening Tool (FAST) (Iwata & DeLeon, 1996). The results of these tools were compared with direct assessment methods (i.e. BFA, ABAB) for 12 participants in natural settings. Thirty-one indirect assessments (20 FASTs; 11 MASIIs) were analyzed (across multiple caregivers) and compared to results from direct assessment methods. The results indicated that identified function of 11 out of 20 (55%) of the FASTs completed did agree with direct assessment methods. Where 5 out 11 (46%) of the MAS IIs completed did agree with direct assessment methods. Moreover, when the results from FASTs displayed agreement across the majority (51%) of caregivers, the identified functions agreed more often (were higher) with the direct assessment methods (3 out of 5 cases (60%). In other words, the more agreement across care providers indicated a higher probability that the function would match the function of the direct observations. Conversely, the results from the MAS II displayed agreement between the majorities (51%) of caregivers (1 out of 2 cases (50%), but demonstrated a lower agreement about function of behavior with the results from direct assessment. Conclusions and recommendations for the use of indirect and direct methods to identify function of behavior in natural settings will be discussed.
 
69. Parent Training Models for Families of Autistic Children in Ontario, Canada
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
KELLY ALVES (Surrey Place Centre), Karin Earle-Williams (Surrey Place Centre), Amoy Kito Hugh-Pennie (Surrey Place Centre), Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre), Janet Vogt (Surrey Place Centre), Polly Choi (Brock University), Kristy Balodis (ErinoakKids), Carol Chang (Brock University)
Abstract: This poster is a review of parent training literature in the context of three different service delivery models for parent training for families with autistic children in the Canadian province of Ontario. Data collected from two of the three models indicated that only a small percentage of families are choosing to access parent training but that those families who do attend parent training feel that it is effective and that it helps to improve their ability to manage behavior and improve their quality of life. Research literature converges on the idea that parent training packages are important to the success of treatment for children with autism. There is little consensus on what elements of those training packages are essential and on what should be included when treating families with autistic children. Three different service delivery models and the elements of each model that are being provided in an urban setting in Ontario are described in detail and the elements of each package are analyzed for their contribution to the success of the entire model. Findings include information about client demographics and how they might interact with the training models.
 
70. Response Class Hierarchy Analyses Performed on Twenty Clients in an Outpatient Setting
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN BORGEN (Nova Southeastern University), Brenna Cavanaugh (Nova Southeastern University), Keith Lit (Nova Southeastern University), Stephanie Trauschke (Nova Southeastern University), Jillian Benson (Nova Southeastern University), Kenneth Shamlian (Nova Southeastern University), Tara M. Sheehan (Mailman Segal Institute), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: Initial assessments in clinical outpatient settings typically include a functional analysis of target behaviors. Other assessments, such as a response class hierarchy functional analysis, offer a finer level of resolution to elucidate escalating patterns of behavior and the temporal sequence of target behaviors. Derby, Wacker, Sasso, Steege, Northup, Cigrand, and Asmus (1992) first assessed the utility of response class hierarchy analyses as part of a brief functional assessment in an outpatient setting. This study updates their work by analyzing the results of response class hierarchy functional analyses that were conducted in an outpatient setting as part of a three part functional assessment. Escalation from target behaviors that required less response effort (e.g. loud vocalizations and oppositional vocalizations) typically preceded target behaviors that required greater response effort (e.g. disruptive behavior and aggression). This suggests that interventions targeted at providing alternative behaviors to target behaviors that begin a response class hierarchy could prevent escalation to more dangerous target behaviors.
 
71. Effects of a Reflexive Conditioned Motivating Operation on Evocation of SIB, Aggression, and Disruptive Vocalizations
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE TRAUSCHKE (Nova Southeastern University), Jillian Benson (Nova Southeastern University), John Borgen (Nova Southeastern University), Brenna Cavanaugh (Nova Southeastern University), Keith Lit (Nova Southeastern University), Kenneth Shamlian (Nova Southeastern University), Tara M. Sheehan (Mailman Segal Institute), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other Pervasive Developmental Disorders (PDD) frequently present with sensitivity to transitions from locations and activities. Interventions to address this sensitivity to transitions may improve the quality of life for these children and their families. The participant in this study is an eleven-year-old Hispanic male diagnosed with ASD currently enrolled in an intensive day-treatment program who presents with sensitivity to transitions. Various transitions from one location and activity to another location and activity were identified. Those transitions that were correlated with moderate to high rates of self-injurious behavior, aggression, and disruptive vocalizations at baseline were targeted for intervention to evaluate the effects of a timer as a Reflexive Conditioned Motivating Operation (CMO-R) on evocations of target behaviors. Results suggest that rates of target behaviors were lower when the timer was present than the rates of target behaviors when the timer was not present during a transition.
 
72. Cumulative Record Versus Latency to First Occurrence to Analyzea Response Class Hierarchy
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JILLIAN BENSON (Nova Southeastern University), John Borgen (Nova Southeastern University), Brenna Cavanaugh (Nova Southeastern University), Keith Lit (Nova Southeastern University), Stephanie Trauschke (Nova Southeastern University), Kenneth Shamlian (Nova Southeastern University), Tara M. Sheehan (Mailman Segal Institute), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: A response class hierarchy is a set of topographically similar or dissimilar behaviors that serve the same function, with some responses being more probable than others. Response class hierarchy analyses are often used in clinical settings to identify a sequence of problem behaviors observed in children with severe behavior disorders. A data collection procedure that measures the latency to first occurrence for each problem behavior has been traditionally used to identify escalating sequences of problem behavior of different topographies during these assessments. The current study evaluated the problem behaviors of a 12-year-old male diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Problem behaviors were examined using an alternative data collection procedure. Rather than using latency to first occurrence data collection procedure, cumulative frequency data was collected during an extended extinction session. Results suggest that cumulative record data may be a beneficial alternative to the exclusive use of latency to first occurrence data.
 
73. Does the Behavioral Progress made at JRC Generalize Across Settings and Over Time? A Follow-up Study of Former JRC Students.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
NICK LOWTHER (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract:

Examining post-treatment outcomes for the users of residential care facilities remains an important aspect in assessing generalization of progress over time and across settings. We will survey post-treatment outcomes of former students of the Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (JRC), a residential care facility that employs a highly consistent application of behavioral treatment and educational programming. All former JRC students who are reachable and willing to participate will be surveyed. The surveyed former students will include those who are classified as developmentally/cognitively typical as well as those with developmental delays. We will use both a subjective General Life Adjustment rating scale (performed by guardians and/or the former students themselves) and objective counts of certain quality of life (QOL) indicators. QOL/current status indicators will include the persons need for ongoing treatment services (e.g., medication, therapy, etc.), family/relationship status, place of residence status, educational status, employment status, and leisure pursuit information. Data will be reported in terms of descriptive statistics.

 
74. Effects of Positive Reinforcers as Motivating Operations for Negative Reinforcement
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether positive reinforcers served as motivating operations for escape-maintained problem behavior. The participants were 4 typically developing children who engaged in problem behavior maintained by escape from demands. All procedures were conducted within a 90 min evaluation in a behavioral outpatient clinic. Interobserver agreement was assessed for 84% of sessions and averaged 95%. Brief functional analyses of problem behavior were conducted within a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants. Problem behavior was evaluated under escape conditions with and without a signaled positive reinforcer. During all conditions, escape from the demand was provided contingent on problem behavior. During the treatment (signaled positive reinforcer) condition, participants chose a toy/activity to obtain contingent on compliance with a demand. This toy/activity was placed next to the work task. For all participants, results showed that problem behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement (Figure 1, baseline left panels). Problem behavior decreased under the same escape conditions when a signaled positive reinforcer was present (treatment right panels). For all participants, results suggested that a signaled positive reinforcer was effective at altering the value of negative reinforcement without the need to use extinction procedures.

 
75. The effectiveness of Habit Reversal Training with and without Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Adult Trichotillomania.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
YANNETTE M. BARNES (Mercyhurst University), Jennifer Girts (Private practice), Robert Gulick (Mercyhurst University), Thomas P. Kitchen (Mercyhurst University)
Abstract: The standard treatment approach by mental health clinicians in treating adults diagnosed with trichotillomania can be multi-faceted. The use of medications, various forms of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT), or a combination of treatments are routinely utilized. CBT involves the examination of the participants unwanted feelings and thoughts as causal agents for hair pulling behavior. Habit Reversal Training (HRT) has been an effective behavioral treatment used to treat hair pulling in children and adolescents. In this study, both interventions (CBT and HRT) were implemented with a 23 year old female who had been participating in weekly CBT therapy. The initial phase of the intervention of CBT and HRT resulted in a reduction in the rate of hair pulling and hair manipulation from baseline. A return to baseline (CBT alone) reflected a significant increase in hair pulling and manipulation. An acute decline in the rate of hair pulling and hair manipulation behavior occurred over eight consecutive sessions during the reintroduction of CBT and HRT. In the last phase of the study, the participant was only exposed to HRT over eight sessions. The number of occurrences of hair pulling behavior and hair manipulation remained at very low levels during this last phase.
 
76. Use of Precision Teaching Methodology in the Rehabilitation of a Bilingual Brain Male with a Brain Injury
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CARYN CAPRIOTTI (Pate Rehabilitation), Shasta Brenske (Pate Rehabilitation)
Abstract:

Subject is a 30 year old Puerto Rican male who suffered a traumatic brain injury as the result of a motor vehicle accident, residing in a post acute rehabilitation facility. He was four months post injury at the start of treatment and presented with the dilemma of whether learning tasks were more efficiently taught in English verses Spanish. First, learning rates were established for picture-naming tasks in both languages. Intervention consisted of teaching and responding in Spanish for clock-reading and English for word-reading tasks using Precision Teaching. Probes of same tasks using untrained languages were conducted every fifth day to assess if rate of generalization was greater from Spanish to English-trained tasks or viceversa. Initial learning trials yielded similar learning rates in both languages and subsequent trials assessed whether there was a language preference for skill generalization. This methodology stresses the importance of assessing learning acquisition in both languages, as well as determining the preferred method of instruction to promote maximal generalization of skills with bilingual, neurologically impaired individuals.

 
77. Don't Walk Next to Me: A Simple Procedure to Improve Ambulation of an Adult with a Brain Injury
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SHASTA BRENSKE (Pate Rehabilitation), Caryn Capriotti (Pate Rehabilitation)
Abstract: This poster will discuss the use of an intervention to increase functional walking with an assistive device for a male with a brain injury who was several years post injury. Prior to the intervention staff at the facility proposed using a wheelchair rather than a walker because his rate of walking had become extremely slow and it appeared that the patient was at risk for increased falls. A brief functional assessment was conducted and indicated that attention from staff and their proximity to him maintained slow rates of walking. Thus, the intervention consisted of planned ignoring when walking, immediate attention when the patient reached his destination, and a daily review of his progress with one of the staff in the residence where he lived. The intervention produced an increase of approximately 3 times his average rate of walking and eliminated the need for a wheelchair in the residence.
 
78. Effects of Trait Anxiety and Experiential Avoidance on Brain Activation During Threat Avoidance in Humans
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SANDY MAGEE (University of North Texas), Michael W. Schlund (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, & University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Investigation of how individual difference variables modulate brain activation provides an opportunity for identifying sources of between-subject variability in human imaging studies. In human neurophysiological research on threat and avoidance, little is known about how various risk factors for affective disorders (anxiety, depression) modulate brain activation patterns during avoidance. To address this issue, we employed functional magnetic resonance imaging to understand how levels of trait anxiety (an increased tendency to perceive threats: STAI) and experiential avoidance (AAQ-2) modulate brain activation to threats that prompt avoidance. Imaging occurred while a healthy group of subjects (N=17) responded on a multiple FR avoidance-extinction schedule (16 s of threat-avoidance alternated with 16 s of extinction). Reported levels of experiential avoidance (AAQ-2) and trait anxiety (STAI) were correlated with activation during the initial transition to the threatening context. Significant negative correlations were found between activation associated with threat-avoidance and experiential avoidance in the right insula and trait anxiety in the left ventral putamen, bilateral thalamus, left DLPFC and dorsal medial anterior cingulate. These results suggest vulnerability factors associated with pathological avoidance modulate responsiveness in several brain regions responsible for behavioral regulation and threat recognition.

 
79. Shame in Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Dimensions
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
SONIA SINGH (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Lindsey Knott (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Chad Wetterneck (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Although one study has noted that shame may play a significant role in anxiety disorders (Fergus et al., 2010), the literature does not address the appearance of shame within specific dimensions of OCD. This study assesses the presence of shame within four common symptom dimensions of OCD; contamination, harm, unacceptable thoughts, and symmetry. We hypothesized that shame would be significantly related to unacceptable thoughts and harm, but not to other dimensions. Ninety-one individuals with OCD completed the Dimensional Obsessive-Compulsive Scale (measuring severity of OCD symptom dimensions) and the Test of Self-Conscious Affect (assessing shame). Results indicated a positive significant relationship existed between shame and harm, but not with unacceptable thoughts. Thus, harm could be related to a greater experience of shame than unacceptable thoughts (which has some content that affects others or ones sense of self adversely and other content that does not). Additionally, a significant correlation was found between shame and symmetry. This is possibly due to relationship between perfectionism and symmetry, but further research would be required to understand this relationship (Wu & Cortesi, 2009). These findings suggest that shame is related to certain dimensions of OCD and may deserve more consideration in how it relates to treatment.
 
 
 
Poster Session #248
VRB Poster Session - Sunday Evening
Sunday, May 26, 2013
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
3. CANCELLED: Effective Assessment of Intraverbal Skills in Children At Risk or Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE SEDAN (Sedan & Siebert International, Inc.), Elizabeth Siebert (Sedan & Siebert International, Inc.)
Abstract:

Six children with Autism (ASD) or suspected of having Autism require intraverbal (IV) behavioral assessment training to determine the ability to integrate into society, learn, problem solve, and create. In this study, intraverbal (IV) behavior assessment showed a correlation with age dependence but was conditional on where the child fell on the Autism Spectrum Disorder. Amazingly, non-verbal children scored high on the entrance exam of WH questions demonstrating that although they were non verbal or had limited speech they still continued to develop some (IV) behaviors without training which is consistent with the theory (IV) development is age dependent.. Non-verbal children demonstrated the ability to read as they often would correctly respond before they were even given the three verbal stimuli or VCDs paired with the contextual stimuli. This six month study did not reveal a compounding issue with VCDs in children with ASD. More over the intervention provided a comparative analysis of contextual picture stimuli versus contextual word stimuli was conducted and revealed that while contextual picture stimuli are important in the early stages of teaching (IV) behaviors with proper transference procedures such as the interventions used in this study, children with ASD can readily move to contextual word stimuli thus increasing literacy. The importance of this study is that with (IV) training intraverbal development can increase as it is not exclusively age dependent thus increasing thinking, generalization, reading, self editing and other more advance verbal behavior through intervention.

 
80. Differential Reinforcement of Novel and Variable Intravebal Responses
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SHU-HWEI KE (SEEK Education, Inc., Taiwan), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The purpose of this current study was to evaluate the effects of differential reinforcement on novel and intraverbal responses. Three children with autism who emitted limited and repetitive response to social questions participated in this study. A multiple baseline across behaviors embedded with BCDand C+D design was used in this study. During the baseline condition, a set of social questions was asked. Following the baseline, an intraverbal-training phase (B) was introduced and a stimulus transfer procedure was used to train intraverbal responses at a minimum of 2 correct responses. During the condition (C), a lag 1 schedule was introduced first and reinforcement was contingent on varied intraverbal responses . Followed by a CRF schedule (D), reinforcement was contingent on novel intraverbal responses. This was followed by concurrent schedules with Lag1 schedule and CRF schedule (C+D). The results show an increase for both the percentage of varied and appropriate intraverbal responses and the cumulative number of novel intraverbal responses for three participants. However, novel intraverbal responses increase to a large amount only after concurrent schedules are introduced.
 
81. Comparison of Tact, Echoic, and Tact Plus Echoic Prompts on Acquisition of an Intraverbal Repertoire
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MARIDITH RESENDEZ-GUTIERREZ (St. Cloud State University Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: The acquisition of an intraverbal repertoire can be a challenge for children with autism. Finding an effective intervention for improving intraverbal skills is critical to the further development of social, academic, and advanced communication skills. The purpose of this study was to replicate and extend existing literature. Previous studies have examined tact prompts and echoic prompts separately; however, there has not been a combination of the two prompts in the literature. The addition of the third prompt condition enabled an examination as to whether it further increased the rate of acquisition of intraverbal behavior. The participants included three boys diagnosed with autism, ages 4, 12, and 12. Intraverbal fill in the blank phrases were taught using three prompt conditions, a tact prompt, echoic prompt, and a tact plus echoic prompt. A systematic prompt delay was utilized to fade the designated prompt, given correct responding within the predetermined criteria of 5 s. Participant 3, age 4, acquired all exemplars in all three conditions and did not demonstrate significant differences between conditions. Participants 1 and 2, both 12 years, demonstrated the best acquisition within the echoic condition wherein they acquired all nine exemplars. The results of the current study demonstrate that older children, who may have a history with echoic prompts in skill acquisition, acquired intraverbal responses more consistently when using the echoic prompt. However, the younger participant, who demonstrated little intraverbal behavior prior to the study, responded consistently across all conditions.
 
82. Using Errorless Teaching to Teach Generalized Manding for Information Using "How?"
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER BLOH (Kutztown University), Christopher Scagliotti (Kutztown University), Sarah Baugh (Kutztown University), Megan Sheenan (Kutztown University), Shane Silas (Kutztown University), Nicole Zulli (Kutztown University)
Abstract:

Five reinforcing activities were presented to and interrupted for two participants with autism. An errorless teaching procedure was then introduced with two similar activities prompting the participant to request information saying How? in order to resume the activity. The dependent variable included both the cumulative number of times How? occurred and number of times he used the acquired information to access his reinforcer. Training was conducted across five clinicians to determine generalization across both activities and people. Results suggest that one participants manding for information generalized across activities and clinicians, although his utilizing the acquired information was not as apparent for 4 out of the 5 activities. The second participants behavior suggested his manding to have generalized to 3 out of 5 activities but limited (2 out of 5) use of acquired information. A maintenance trial conducted three weeks after the studys conclusion indicated that the target behaviors were maintained.

 
83. Increasing Mand Frame Repertoire: Acquisition Using Textual Prompts and Fading
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
KILEY J. BLISS (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

According to the current version of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th ed., text rev.; DSM-IV-TR; American Psychiatric Association [APA], 2000), one of the core features of autism is a communication deficit, and children diagnosed with autism may demonstrate verbal communication deficits in different ways. Children diagnosed with autism, for example, may not have the skills to mand and effectively manipulate their surrounding environment. Appropriately using a mand frame (e.g., I want, May I have) conveys that an establishing operation is present and increases the likelihood of contacting reinforcement. Having multiple mand frames in ones repertoire further increases the likelihood of contacting reinforcement given different environmental conditions. The current investigation targeted extinguishing the use of a consistently used incorrect mand frame and introducing novel mand frames into the repertoire of one male diagnosed with autism. Data show that using textual prompts with fading effectively extinguished the participants use of the incorrect mand frame. Further, teaching using textual prompts increased the participants mand frame repertoire such that response variability (i.e., targeted and novel mand frames) was observed during probe sessions.

 
84. CANCELLED: Case Study: Comparison of Two Mand Topographies Used With a 7-year Old Male With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH JANE SILVERS (Applied Behavior Center of Indiana), Keather Lynn Kent (ABA Programming Inc.)
Abstract:

Two mand topographies were analyzed for a child diagnosed with Autism. This child has minimal expressive language, struggles with fine motor behaviors and has difficulty retaining both sign and vocal mands. The purpose of this analysis is to identify which mand topography is used the most efficiently and effectively by this child when he is motivated for preferred items and activities. Over the past 12 months, a teaching procedure was implemented to increase his daily spontaneous mands using a mand topography consisting of laminated pictures and a portable Velcro book. This form limited his repertoire to a set number of pictures and was not implemented consistently across all environments. A teaching procedure for another mand topography, Proloquo2go, an Augmentative Alternative Communication (AAC) solution for Apple devices, was recently implemented. The key variable being analyzed and compared is the frequency of spontaneous mands throughout the child's 8 hour ABA/VBA therapy session, 5 days a week. Errorless teaching methods were used to teach new mands across both mand topographies. Data, including spontaneous and prompted mands, were charted and analyzed using the Standard Celeration Chart.

 
85. The Effects of Interspersing Known Items on the Acquisition of Sight Word and Letter Recognition
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Jinhyeok Choi (The Faison School for Autism), JENNIFER GRABOYES CAMBLIN (The Faison School for Autism), Krystal Everhart (The Faison School for Autism)
Abstract: We tested the effects of interspersal of known items to improve the acquisition of sight words and letter recognition. The effect of interspersing known items was measured using a baseline with all novel items, then introducing known items into the field size in the intervention. Participant 1 was a 12 year-old male who was a listener and emerging speaker. Interspersing known items was used for sight word acquisition. Participant 2 was an 11 year-old male who was an emerging listener and pre-speaker. Since Participant 2 did not have the pre-requisites required to identify words, the target was identifying letters of the alphabet. For Participant 1 the known items were mastered sight words. For Participant 2 the known items were pictures of reinforcing items. Results showed the interspersal of known items was successful in the mastery of identifying the unknown items.
 
86. Transformation of Stimulus Function Across Saying and Writing Numbers by Elementary Age Students
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Petra Wiehe (Teachers College, Columbia University), JENNIFER WEBER (Teachers College, Columbia University), Deanna Russell (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We tested the effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) on the acquisition of transformation of stimulus function across saying and writing numbers using a delayed multiple probe design, with four elementary age students. Participant 1 was diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, Participants 2 & 3 were English Language Learners (ELL) and Participant 4 was diagnosed with PDD-NOS. Probes were conducted on the participants 1) textually responding, and 2) writing numbers through the hundred thousands place. The study was conducted in the following sequence: 1) probes of textually responding and writing all sets of numbers, 2) one topography of numbers taught to mastery, 3) probes for untaught topography of numbers, 4) MEI across saying and writing a set of numbers, 5) probe of untaught topography of numbers, 6) new set of numbers taught in one topography to mastery, and 7) probe untaught topography of numbers. The results of the study demonstrated that participants acquired transformation of stimulus function across saying and writing numbers, which enabled students to learn numbers with direct instruction of one topography, and as a result, emit the untaught topography of numbers.
 
87. Functional Analysis of Recalling Past Events Using the Silent Dog Method: Role of Covert Behaviors
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
KOJI TAKESHIMA (Fremont Unified School District)
Abstract: Covert behaviors may play an important role in verbal behavior. Recent studies used silent dog method to help determine the functional relationship between participants’ self-verbalization (covert behavior) and their performance (overt behavior). In the current study, adult participants with no disabilities were shown 10 flashcards, waited 20 seconds, and were asked to recall these flashcards. The purpose of the study is to help determine, whether participants are using covert behaviors in the process and whether the covert behaviors are functionally related to their recalling performance. Experiment 1 was to investigate participants’ covert behavior during the 20-second waiting period. The goal was (a) to determine whether participants’ recalling performance is equivalent when they use and when they do not use the talk-aloud procedure, and (b) to determine whether participants’ recalling performance is altered when participants are presented with a distracter task. Experiment 2 was implemented similar manner, but the purpose was to further investigate participants’ covert behaviors when they review flashcards and when they recall these flashcards. The covert behaviors used by the participants were used to determine whether they improve the recalling performance of a typically developing young child.
 
88. Promoting Generalized Use and Maintenance of Autoclitics During Storytelling
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH WEDDLE (Northen Arizona University), Mandana Kajian (Northern Arizona University), Trina D. Spencer (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract: Narrative language is critical for academic and social development. Many Head Start eligible students experience impoverished home language environments and are at risk of developing language-related literacy problems. A multiple baseline design was implemented across 11 3-5 year old Head Start preschoolers. Children experienced limited language skills, but none had identified disabilities. Eight of them were English learners. In a small group storytelling intervention differentiated to individual needs, children were taught to use complex autoclitic structures (e.g. because, then, when, after) when retelling stories (part intraverbal/echoic). Pictures, icons, and vocal prompting were used for teaching and transfer of stimulus control was achieved through systematic fading of visual stimuli. The presence of targeted linguistic structures was extracted from retells of untrained stories. Autoclitic structures emerged in childrens retells following growth in length and content of stories and with explicit prompting of each structure and generalized to personal stories and maintained following a four-week period of no intervention. Autoclitic instruction embedded in storytelling was an effective strategy, but it was also authentic. Such approaches may efficiently enhance the generalized use and maintenance of complex linguistic structures.
 
 
 
Poster Session #249
DDA Poster Session - Sunday Evening
Sunday, May 26, 2013
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
89. Use of a change over delay during differential reinforcement of alternative behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JOLENE R. SY (Saint Louis University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Marissa Lewis-Wanninger (Saint Louis University), Ashlin Blum (Saint Louis University), Kathleen Mack (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this investigation was to identify differential reinforcement procedures that are both effective and practical, and that maximize reinforcement for individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. This was done by comparing two differential reinforcement procedures that aim to simultaneously increase appropriate behavior (e.g., requests for items or activities) and decrease problem behavior. In one condition, every appropriate response was reinforced, even if problem behavior occured close in time. This condition has previously been implemented with 3 subjects (Vollmer, Northup, Ringdahl, Leblanc, & Chauvin, 1996). Vollmer et al. found that these contingencies produced an increase in appropriate requests while maintaining low levels of problem behavior. However, the generality of these findings was previously unknown. In another condition, appropriate responses were only reinforced if problem behavior has not occurred within a specified time interval. Both of these conditions follow procedures that are typically used in the research literature but they had never been compared. In this study, we compared these two procedures with school-aged children diagnosed with intellectual disabilities.

 
90. Conducting Concurrent Assessments: Beware the MO
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MEGHAN DESHAIS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cara Lucia Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

When providing behavioral services to individuals with Intellectual Disabilities (ID), it is often necessary to conduct multiple assessments with an individual simultaneously due to time or financial constraints. However, conducting multiple assessments concurrently may yield incorrect or inconclusive results due a number of potential issues. Current literature examining the effects of presession exposure to reinforcement provides a possible explanation for these effects. Specifically, presession access to reinforcement may alter the motivating operation (MO) within the session. In the current study, a 17-year-old boy with autism participated during an inpatient admission on a specialized unit for the treatment of severe problem behavior. Two separate and topographically unrelated assessments were conducted concurrently: a functional analysis of elopement and a brief blocking assessment. During the attention condition of the functional analysis of elopement, verbal and physical attention were provided contingent on elopement. In the blocking assessment, the participant was physically blocked from engaging in arbitrary behaviors (e.g., scratching his head, touching his ears), to determine if blocking would extinguish or increase these behaviors. Sessions of both assessments were interspersed throughout the day. A significant decrease in responding was observed during the attention condition of the functional analysis of elopement on days in which blocking sessions were also conducted. Using a reversal design we reversed back to no concurrent assessment, saw the rates of elopement increase in the attention for elopement condition, and then decrease again when the blocking assessment was reintroduced concurrently. We hypothesized that blocking served as positive reinforcement for the participant in the form of physical attention, and this served as an abolishing function so that low rates of elopement were seen in the attention condition of the functional analysis when the sessions were run concurrently. These results have implications for behavioral service providers that conduct multiple assessments simultaneously with individuals due to time or budget constraints.

 
91. Utilizing a Shaping Procedure to Increase the Success of Transitions Between Locations
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER HANSON (Melmark), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark), Christopher J. Perrin (Melmark), Jennie Dorothea England (Melmark)
Abstract:

Shaping is utilized to teach behaviors systematically by reinforcing successful approximations of the desired terminal behavior. The objective of the current study was to increase the success of transitions between the educational and residential setting for one individual who was diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder and intellectual disability. A shaping procedure utilizing a wheelchair ride as reinforcement was implemented to decrease the challenging behaviors of dropping, elopement, and transition refusal in a 20 year old individual. Historically, this individual's behaviors of dropping, elopement, and transition refusal had led to unsafe situations involving inclement weather conditions and proximity to motor vehicles. The transition between the individual's school and residence was broken into 10 steps. After transitioning to the designated step, the individual was given access to a wheelchair for the remainder of the transition. Results of this study showed that the individual was able to successfully transition to the residence without exhibiting challenging behaviors after twenty weeks of implementation.

 
92. A Pre-treatment Assessment of Self-Restraint Items
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LILY DARNELL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mandy M. Park (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chloe J. McKay (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Self-restraint is a behavior sometimes exhibited by individuals who also engage in self-injury (Smith, Lerman, & Iwata, 1996). The present study describes a method for identifying preference for self-restraint items, and to determine the most effective contingency arrangement with which to apply those items. Initially, it appeared that the presentation of multiple self-restraint materials made it difficult for the participant to discriminate the contingencies when standard measures of preference were implemented. These standard measures of preference (MSWO, paired-choice) for self-restraint items were ineffective for a child with intellectual disabilities who engaged in automatically maintained self-injurious behavior. Therefore, a pre-treatment self-restraint assessment was conducted. Three phases were included: noncontingent access, choice access, and contingent access. Results indicated that noncontingent access to the self-restraint items resulted in the lowest rates of self-injury. When given a choice, the individual reliably chose to access all stimuli except one. Additionally, there was an overall suppression of self-injury in all phases.
 
93. Analysis of Reinforcement Contingencies for Prompt Dependent Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CRAIG STROHMEIER (The May Institute), Melanie DuBard (The May Institute)
Abstract: Reinforcement contingencies may be overlooked when prompt dependence and stimulus overselectivity are hypothesized in the persistent failure to transfer stimulus control from an explicit prompt to another environmental cue. The first phase of the current study examined the low rates of a student’s unprompted behaviors within an educational setting for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Initial clinical conceptualization of the student’s behavior suggested prompt dependence and stimulus overselectivity, but anecdotal reports from the student’s parent encouraged further analysis of reinforcement contingencies. After conducting a parent interview and separate paired stimulus preference assessments for edibles and leisure activities, an ABACA withdrawal design was used to investigate frequency of prompts and latency to task completion under various stimulus conditions. During intervention conditions, where access to a highly preferred item or activity was made contingent upon task completion, an immediate decrease in frequency of prompting and latency to task completion was observed. During each withdrawal condition the frequency of prompting and latency to task completion returned to baseline levels. Subsequent phases of the study will address the reinforcing nature of prompts in regard to delayed task completion, and potential schedules of reinforcement to maintain appropriate levels of unprompted responses towards task completion.
 
94. An Evaluation of Contingent Restraint to Reduce Self-Injury
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MOLLY GEMP (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Mechanical arm restraints have been used to decrease injury associated with hand-to-head self-injurious behavior (SIB). Fisher et al. (1997) successfully demonstrated that faded restraints exerted stimulus control over SIB for three participants. Restraint fading typically requires the individual to wear restraints continuously, and then the flexion of the restraints are increased gradually over time. Alternatively, arm restraints have rarely been used contingent upon SIB. The contingent use of restraint may be indicated when reinforcement-based strategies are found to be ineffective. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of briefly applying contingent arm splints to reduce the harmful SIB of a 17-year-old male admitted to an inpatient unit. Functional analyses indicated that SIB was maintained by automatic (sensory) reinforcement, escape from demands, and access to tangible items. First, a contingent restraint assessment was conducted to determine whether the arm restraints reduced hand-to-head SIB in a toy play context. Second, an extended evaluation was conducted to generalize treatment effects across caregivers and settings. Reliability data were collected on SIB in 57% of sessions and averaged 93% (range 86%-100%). Results suggest that contingent arm restraints were effective in reducing hand-to-head SIB.
 
95. Evaluating a Parent-implemented Intervention's Outcomes: A Social Validity Study
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HEDDA MEADAN (University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign), Maureen E. Angell (Illinois State University), Julia B. Stoner (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

The Parent-Implemented Communication Strategies (PiCS) project resulted in the development of an intervention package aimed at enhancing the social-pragmatic communication skills of young children with disabilities and limited expressive language. While the outcomes of the PiCS project seems to be positive a thorough and comprehensive assessment of social validity was warranted. Wolf (1978) contended that interventions should be assessed not only for effectiveness but also for social validity. This social validity evaluation addresses the question, Was the PiCS project socially valid from an expert perspective? Our expert evaluators were recruited from three groups: (a) parents of young children with disabilities, (b) early childhood special education teachers, and (c) speech language pathologists who worked with young children with disabilities. Each evaluator viewed video clips of parent-child interactions from baseline and postintervnetion sessions, in a random order, and completed a questionnaire about the parent and child behavior. The overall results allow us to answer the studys research question, 'Was the PiCS project socially valid from an expert perspective?' with a resounding yes. Further discussion that examines the differences in the ratings of the groups of evaluators and implications for research and practice is provided.

 
96. Identifying Communicative Responses to Treat Problem Behavior Maintained by Escape from Adult Attention
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Megan B. Black (Kennedy Krieger Institute, University of Maryland Baltimore County), BAILEY SCHERBAK (Kennedy Krieger Institute, University of Maryland Baltimore County), Deeannah Taylor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Daniel Clark (Kennedy Krieger Institute, University of Maryland Baltimore County)
Abstract: Researchers have established functional communication training (FCT) as an efficacious treatment for individuals who engage in problem behavior (see Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008 for a review). However, few researchers have explored the effects of training multiple communicative responses. Additionally, there are even fewer empirical demonstrations for treating problem behavior maintained by social avoidance. For the current study, the participant was a 14- year-old female with autism who was admitted to a hospital unit for the treatment of self-injury, aggression, and disruptions. An analog functional analysis determined that her problem behavior was in part maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from adult attention. Treatment consisted of extinction-induced response variability and FCT, with an emphasis on increasing the number of appropriate responses within the participants repertoire. Initially, the experimenter placed all problem behavior on extinction to identify socially appropriate (Grow, Kelley, Roane, & Shillingsburg, 2008). Next, the experimenter reinforced each appropriate response, while all problem behaviors remained on extinction. Then, the experimenter trained additional alternative responses using FCT. Results support the acquisition of appropriate responding and a clinically significant reduction in problem behavior. Treatment was generalized across settings and care providers.
 
97. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure and Multiple Exemplar Instruction: Establishing Listener and Tact relations with Children with Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BRITTANY BYRNE (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The current investigation evaluates the efficacy and efficiency of the stimulus pairing observation procedure (SPOP) in establishing speaker and listener responses with children with developmental disabilities. SPOP paired with multiple exemplar instruction has been shown to be effective with typically developing preschoolers in establishing the joint stimulus control required for the development of naming (Rosales et al., 2012). The purpose of the current investigation is to evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of the stimulus pairing observation procedure in establishing speaker and listener responses with children with developmental disabilities. Participants will be taught the names of common objects using a pairing procedure. Testing will be conducted after the instructional phase to assess if the children can tact the item when presented with the picture as well as select the object from an array when given the name of the object. If the participants do not correctly respond to the questions on the posttest, participants will be taught using a multiple exemplar procedure and we will examine its efficacy in establishing the joint stimulus control of the speaker and listener responses. During the multiple exemplar instruction, the participant will be exposed to the same pairing procedure using multiple sets of stimuli. Following multiple exemplar instruction, testing will be conducted. Previous research has shown that SPOP is effective in teaching listener responses with typically developing children; however, multiple exemplar instruction was required to establish the speaker responses (Rosales et al., 2012).
 
98. CANCELED: Least to Most Prompting Procedure: A Meta-analysis Study
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
METEHAN KUTLU (Anadolu University)
Abstract:

In recent years, it has been endeavored to develop certain instruction methods for individuals with disabilities in order to make them live as independent individuals. Least to most prompting is one of these instruction methods which can be defined as presenting the least intrusive prompt in order to make the student to give the correct response at the beginning of instruction. Then the type and the intensity of the prompt may be increased depending on the need of the student and the more intrusive level of prompt can be presented. Although, some research findings can be seen in the literature showing the effectiveness of least to most prompting procedure, it might be claimed that teaching some certain behaviors to individuals with disabilities, a meta-analysis study is still needed in order to aggregate the findings of all research findings. Therefore, in the present study the single subject research studies on least to most prompting which were published in peer reviewed journals between 1986 and 2011 were examined. Articles primarily have been descriptively analyzed and then examined by use of meta-analysis as the computation effect-size. Furthermore, in order to find the effect-size for all the studies included in this study, percentage of non-overlapping data (PND) and percentage of data points exceeding the mean (PEM) were calculated. Based on the findings of the study, it might be possible to claim that instruction through least to most prompting is effective on teaching individuals with disabilities.

 
99. Using a Modified Escape Extinction Procedure to Increase Weight in a Child with Feeding Problems
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE MILLER (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract: Children who are diagnosed with failure to thrive (FTT) have low weight gain and physical growth and are often below the 5th percentile on the Body Mass Index compared to other children of the same age and gender. These children typically have an insufficient intake of food caused by medical or behavioral problems. If appropriate nutrition is not obtained, there may be developmental delays, cognitive delays, and lower immunity against infections so many children diagnosed with FTT receive supplemental feedings via feeding tube. Behavioral strategies, such as positive reinforcement, escape extinction, texture fading, and the Premack Principal, have been utilized to increase food acceptance in children with severe food refusal. By increasing food acceptance, weight gain may be obtained. This study compared the effects of a modified escape extinction and positive reinforcement procedure to an escape extinction and positive reinforcement procedure using a multiple treatment reversal design in a home-based feeding program for a 3 year-old boy diagnosed with pediatric feeding disorder diagnosed with FTT. The boy’s weight was measured across treatment phases on a monthly basis at the same time of day, on the same scale, and only wearing a clean diaper. Results found that escape extinction and positive reinforcement combined was the most successful procedure at increasing weight gain.
 
 
 
Poster Session #250
AUT Poster Session - Sunday Evening
Sunday, May 26, 2013
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
23. CANCELLED: The Effects of Visual Prompt on the Color Properties of Fruits for A Child with Autism to Prompt Divergent Thinking
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WAN-CHI CHOU (National ChangHua University of Education), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education), Hui-Ting Wang (National Taiwan Normal University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of visual prompt on the color properties of fruits for a 6 year-old child with autism to prompt divergent thinking. The independent variable was visual prompt; i.e., if the child did not respond for 3 seconds, the researcher showed fruit cards as visual cue for the child to respond. The dependent variable(DV) in this study was the correct numbers of the fruits corresponding to the color. After teaching three trials each day, a probe would be conducted to gather the DV. In order to avoid the subject learning by memory, the researcher interspersed other activities (i.e., symbolic play, motion imitation, tact, intra-verbal, matching) into each teaching trial and probe. A multiple-probe-baseline design across behaviors (i.e., color) was used in this study. The research team will continue to take a pure baseline data in order to demonstrate stronger experiment control . The preliminary results showed good improvement on color properties of fruits. Social validity data also showed favorite outcome. Parents reported that this child had not only expanded the naming the color properties of fruits but also became more flexible in his pattern of thinking .

 
100. Teaching a Pre-Menstrual Girl with Autism to Use a Sanitary Pad Using a Task Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
POOJA PANESAR (Kaizora Consultants), Twahira Abdalla (Kaizora Consultants), Jacqueline Wandia Kinyua (Kaizora Consultants)
Abstract: The importance of preparing females with autism for their menstrual cycle is not emphasized in the literature though it is an experience that every female must go through. Many females experience menstrual cramps and mood swings at this time which can make learning difficult. In addition, the visual of bleeding can be scary and sanitary pads can be uncomfortable. This study used a task analysis to teach an eleven-year-old girl with autism, Missy, how to use a sanitary pad before her menstrual cycle began. Her age and physical development was used as an indicator to begin training. Through this training, it was anticipated that when Missy began her menstrual cycle, she would be able to deal with the novelty better as the additional routines would have been integrated into her schedule already. The first week of every month was used as the training period in which she practiced putting on a sanitary pad, keeping it on, and disposing of it correctly. She also avoided swimming at this time which was a regular activity that she enjoyed. She currently does this independently in her routine and thus has less to deal with when she does begin her menstrual cycle.
 
101. Behavioral Assessment and Treatment of Sleep Disorders Related to Intensified Daytime Behavior Problems in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
LINDSAY M. KNAPP (Penn State University, Harrisburg), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State University, Harrisburg)
Abstract: Sleep walking, screaming during the night, night waking, and difficulty settling to sleep - all sleep problems reportedly experienced by children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). In research, these sleep problems continually relate to daytime problems for children with ASD, such as intensified global ASD symptoms, aggression, self-injurious behaviors, adaptive skill deficits, and increased stereotypy. While most behavior analysts affectively conduct functional behavior assessments for these challenging daytime behaviors, few behavior analysts specifically and behaviorally assess sleep problems contributions to daytime behaviors. Assessing the effects of sleep on daytime behaviors in individual children with ASD may provide more comprehensive information for treatment of both the sleep disorder and related daytime behaviors problems. This poster provides examples of (a) the relationships between daytime behaviors and sleep problems, (b) suggestions for behavioral assessment of these sleep problems, and (c) recommendations for behavioral treatments of problematic sleep in children with ASD related to daytime behavior problems.
 
102. The Effects of Textually Cued Conversation Starters on Asking and Answering "WH" Questions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA J. DANTONA (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Visual supports have been shown to facilitate language production in children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD), (Sarokoff, Taylor, & Poulson, 2001). However, the ability to produce vocal responses does not necessarily result in the contextually cued initiation of social language in individuals with ASD. The current study assessed the effects of using visual cues to support the initiation and maintenance of conversation (asking and answering WH questions) in a child with autism spectrum disorder. A multi-element reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of a textual prompting and prompt fading procedure on targeted vocal (asking and answering social questions) and motor (orienting to the speaker) responses. Inter-observer agreement data and procedural fidelity data were collected on 30% of the experimental session and were above 90% on both measures. The data indicate that the text prompting procedure was effective in establishing the targeted vocal and motor responses. Additionally, the textual prompts were able to be systematically faded so that the presence of the communication partner cued initiation of the target social responses. The implications of these findings and the use of visual supports to increase language production are discussed.

 
103. Use of Picture Exchange Communication System to Reduce Screaming Behavior in a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Edil DeLeon (Florida International University), MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
Abstract:

Using a multiple baseline design across the math, reading, and writing subject areas, the effect of a package intervention consisting of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) to decrease the screaming behavior of a child with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) was examined. The participant in this study was a 10 year-old non-verbal boy with severe ASD. Data collection and the application of the independent variable took place in the childs school in a self-contained ASD cluster classroom with six other children with ASD. Visual inspection of the data showed that the PECS combined with DRA intervention had a positive effect, decreasing the screaming behavior of the participant across the math, reading, and writing subject areas, and increasing the use of the PECS. The results suggest that the PECS/DRA intervention was effective for the participant in this study. Suggestions for further research are discussed.

 
104. The Effect of Two Forms of Noncontingent Reinforcement on Compliance With Demands
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE H. LUSTIG (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (University of Iowa), Gun Sung Lee (University of Iowa)
Abstract: Little research has been conducted demonstrating response suppression using noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), or a fixed-time schedule of reinforcement, methodology on escape maintained problem behavior. In this case example, we evaluated the effects of two forms of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) delivered to a young girl with autism with a history of noncompliance without severe problem behavior (i.e., aggression, destruction, self-injury). The evaluation consisted of three phases. During Phase 1, an antecedent analysis of demands was conducted. Phase 2 consisted of implementing a differential reinforcement of compliance procedure. Results from both Phase 1and 2 showed high rates of noncompliance. During Phase 3, alternating treatments were conducted comparing fixed-time presentation of preferred activities versus fixed-time breaks from the demand (i.e., noncontingent escape). Results showed decrease in noncompliance using the fixed-time presentation of preferred activities, but no change in compliance when fixed-time breaks were provided. Interobserver agreement was collected on 31% of total sessions and averaged 95%.
 
105. Do Children with Autism Comprehend the Movement of Point-lights as Facial Expression? Behavior Analysis of "Central Coherence" by Conditional Discrimination Paradigm
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHIHIRO KADOYA (Keio University, Japan), Soichiro Matsuda (Keio University, Japan), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University, Japan)
Abstract:

The studies of cognitive development have been shown that children with autism have difficulty in understanding others facial expression. They supposed that the central coherence causes such difficulty. From the point of behavior analysis, the facial expression would not function as the conditional stimulus in children with autism. In the present study, we examined whether the children with autism comprehend the movement of point-lights as facial expression using conditional discrimination task. Two children with autism (mean age 6 years 1 month) participated in the present study. In the conditional discrimination task, the child was presented with the video clip of 70 point-light moving attached to human face showing human facial expression (happy and sad) as the sample stimulus. Then, the colored-still face pictures were presented as the comparison stimuli. The result showed that both children with autism could select the corresponding comparison stimulus. They can show the symbolic matching-to-sample between movement of point-lights and still picture of facial expression. The result suggests that the children with autism can comprehend others facial expression through the conditional discrimination. The repeated presentation of the movement of point-light would facilitate the acquisition of symbolic matching-to-sample in face recognition.

 
106. Conceptual Aspects of Applied Behavior Analysis Relevant to Peer-Mediated Interventions for Individuals With Autism and Related Disabilities
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
GREGORY L. LYONS (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Abstract: There has been a growing body of evidence regarding the efficacy and effectiveness of peer-mediated interventions on the socialization of learners with disabilities, including autism spectrum disorders and related disabilities (Chan et al., 2009). However, recent research on peer-mediated interventions has occurred in fields adjacent to, but somewhat outside the theoretical range of applied behavior analysis (e.g., special education, educational psychology; Kasari, Rotheram-Fuller, Locke, & Gulsrud, 2012) and few researchers have attempted to conceptualize mechanisms of behavior change through peer-mediated interventions. Certainly, behavior analysis could further contribute to and enhance such efforts (Smith, 2012). The proposed poster reviews the role of applied behavior analytic research in the development of peer-mediated strategies and subsequently offers a conceptual model of behavior change consistent with applied behavior analysis, and more specifically, the four-term contingencies associated with naturalistic teaching (Allen & Cowan, 2008). I then propose how researchers and practitioners could approach peer-mediated strategies through a behavior analytic lens in order to better understand and enhance components of peer-mediated strategies (e.g., by examining the role of cooperative contingencies). Emphasis is placed on how peer-mediated interventions improve socialization in learners who may not prefer peer interaction.
 
107. Acquisition and Generalization of Questioning Skills of Children With Autism in Small Group Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHIGEKI SHIMADA (Tokiwa University)
Abstract: One of the behavioral characteristics of autistic disorder is impairments in communication. Present study aimed to teach children with autism to ask a question in a small group activities. Seven children participated in the study, aged from 7 to 17. 5 of 7 were diagnosed with autism or PDD. Group activity was held for 90 minutes. Each session consisted of greeting and meeting, group activity, and snack time at public gymnastic facilities. University students served as a peer. Baseline phase consisted of 2 sessions. No instruction for participants to make a question about today's program in meeting period. In intervention phase, "search for treasure game" was introduced in group activity. Group leader hid a treasure in the activity area, then children asked leader to find the treasure. Because one child was not able to speak, question card written a question phrase was used. Participants were encouraged to ask to leader and to find a treasure. When participants got the treasure, they were reinforced by leader and other participants. Generalization of questioning skills was observed at meeting period. As a whole, frequency of question increased in intervention. Some children generalized questioning skills to other settings.
 
108. Variations on Stimulus Presentation Methods in a Progressive Ratio Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Lauren Alison Pepa (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Analysis of behavior using progressive ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement allows for the evaluation of the potency of a reinforcer by assessing the reinforcers ability to maintain a behavior across successively higher ratio requirements. Typically, when PR analyses are implemented, the number of responses required to earn reinforcement at a PR step is not known to the participant (cf. Roane, Lerman, & Vorndran, 2001). However, an individual may not respond to the lowest PR steps because of the non-preferred nature of the task or because of the structure of the task environment. We assessed two stimulus presentation methods for an adolescent with autism to determine whether performance in the PR task would be affected by manipulating the presentation of the task. In a multi-element design, an envelope-stuffing task was used to assess reinforcement using one of two presentation methods: (1) envelopes to be stuffed were presented in small groups sized according to their corresponding PR requirement or (2) all envelopes to be stuffed across PR requirements were presented simultaneously. We found the student stuffed more envelopes across sessions in the grouped presentation condition than the simultaneous presentation condition. Implications for considering task presentation in PR analyses will be discussed.
 
109. Initial Evaluation of Outcome Research Targeting Intense Behaviors in Children With ASD: 1995-2012
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PETER DOEHRING (ASD Roadmap), Brian Reichow (Yale University), Tamara Palka (Foundations Behavioral Health), Cara Lucia Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Intense behaviors such as aggression, self-injury, and destruction can result in injury, lead to residential placement if not hospitalization, and demand specialized and expensive programs. We undertook an initial evaluation of all outcome research published since 1995 that sought to decrease intense behaviors among children and adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder or Intellectual Disability, in preparation for a more extensive evaluation seeking to propose evidence-based practice standards for clinicians. Variables considered included population, target (topography and function), assessment procedures used, interventions (type, reported efficacy, etc.), and other study characteristics (type of design, measures of fidelity, etc.). Targeted search of electronic databases between 1995 and 2012 yielded 2572 relevant abstracts. Additional review revealed that 216 of these entailed outcome research on pertinent targets and populations, and 116 met criteria for full review. Initial results suggest that a wide variety of interventions have been effectively used to address intense behaviors, some of which with sufficient frequency to support recommendations broken down by target, function, and/or population. The use of interventions in combination with one another poses a special challenge. We discuss implications for further research and analysis.

 
110. Natural Rates of Eye Contact with and without the presence of Personal Electronic Devices
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University), Zachary Vargo (Youngstown State University), Vilmary Placeres (Youngstown State University), Mary Vallinger (Youngstown State University), Anthony Miller (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: Eye contact is often required as an element of attending behavior. Programs designed to teach children to make eye contact in response to the prompt “look at me” are common in applied behavior analysis and more generally when working autistic children. However, the rates of eye contact during conversations in natural environments by individuals without any diagnosis of autism have not been well documented. It could be that high rates of eye contact are actually “unnatural” and possibly counterproductive. In the present study 64 conversations between people in natural environments (coffee shops, faculty lounges, family meals, etc.) were observed and rates of eye contact were recorded for each of the first 6 verbal utterances. With and without the presence of Personal Electronic Devices, particularly at the start of conversation, high, but not asymptotic, rates of eye contact were recorded. These results suggest that eye contact is very often, but not always, part of normal interpersonal attending behavior.
 
112. Generalized Group Self-Control
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH M. DUNKEL-JACKSON (Southern Illinois University), Jennifer Elaine Watts (LCCSS/ CEAP), Shannon D. Borch (Kinark Child and Family Services), Melissa Ball (Kinark Child and Family Services), Shawn W. Carter (Kinark Child and Family Services)
Abstract: The present study examined the use of a progressive delay procedure to teach self-control and group cooperation to a group of children diagnosed with autism. The present study also examined whether increasing self-control and group cooperation during a trained sorting task would generalize to untrained group and individual tasks while maintaining high treatment fidelity. When presented with a choice between a small, immediate reinforcer and a large, delayed reinforcer during choice baselines, the participant group engaged in impulsive behavior. Self-Control Training resulted in the participant group meeting the goal duration for the trained task while achieving high treatment fidelity. Results were maintained in a return to choice baseline but slightly below group goal duration at one month follow-up. Participants preference for the self-controlled choice also generalized to an untrained group task and individual tasks where all participants engaged in the tasks at longer than baseline durations.
 
113. Issues and Strategies in Social Validity for Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Young Children with ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (University of Utah)
Abstract: This presentation will briefly review the primary components of social validity assessment. Then an overview will be provided of the application of social validity procedures reported in studies of early intensive behavioral intervention for young children with autism. Finally, suggestions will be provided for ongoing social validity assessment as an important component of early intervention research with young children with ASD.
 
114. Training on “Thematic” Matching Increases Accuracy on Arbitrary Matching for an Individual Diagnosed with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Rachel S. Farber (University of Massachusetts Medical School), KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School), Brent Maxwell Jones (Curtin University), William V. Dube (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract:

Matching-to-sample (MTS) is often used to teach symbolic relationships between words and their referents to children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Many children have difficulty acquiring symbolic MTS, even though they may demonstrate generalized identity matching. We report data from one such participant. OLY was an adolescent male diagnosed with autism. He was trained on symbolic MTS using non-representative forms as samples and comparisons. After 40 training sessions with four stimulus sets, accuracy did not exceed chance levels of performance. OLY was then given three sessions of "thematic" MTS (Pilgrim, Jackson, & Galizio, 2000), each with a different stimulus set. In these sessions, the samples and correct comparisons were clip-art pictures with a common theme (e.g., the sample was a swimsuit, the correct comparison a swimming pool, and the incorrect comparisons a basketball hoop and a chair). On these sessions, matching accuracies were 95% or greater. OLY was then returned to symbolic MTS with novel, non-representative stimuli. Accuracy on the first session was 80% and increased to 90% or greater for the remaining sessions. Training on thematic MTS may have served as an instructional cue that samples may be matched to non-identical comparison stimuli within the training context. Reference: Pilgrim, C., Jackson, J., & Galizio, M. (2000). Acquisition of arbitrary conditional discriminations by young normally developing children. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 73, 177-193.

 
115. Creating Stimulus Control: To Increase On-Task Behavior in a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY LEVY (The Ohio State University), Paul Beare (California State University, Fresno), Colleen Torgerson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: The term stimulus control is used to describe the situation when a behavior occurs in the presence of some stimuli and not others (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007). Stimulus control can be created through differential reinforcement, used with children with autism during discrete trial lessons, and implemented in a classroom to increase the on-task behavior of students. In this study, stimulus control was created to increase on-task behavior in a six year-old boy with autism in three settings. A light was used to signify that on-task behavior was required. When the light was extinguished, a reinforcer was provided. A multiple baseline across settings and changing criterion design was used. The mean level of on-task behavior increased from a baseline level of 22 seconds to a mean of 131 seconds in Setting One. This was replicated in Settings Two and Three with changes in baseline means from 67 seconds to 89 seconds in Setting Two and 41 seconds to 55 in Setting Three. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was conducted for 30% of sessions across all conditions and ranged from 85% to 100% with a mean of 95%.
 
116. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Aberrant Behavior Maintained by Multiple Functions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHERINE M. SHAW (Gonzaga University), Lauren M. Worcester (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to conduct a functional analysis to assess the aberrant behaviors of a preschool boy diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The participants behaviors included aggression, tantrums, property destruction, and self-injurious behavior. The functional analysis results showed that there was tangible and attention functional relationship for the participants physical aggression and tantrum behaviors. It also demonstrated the possibility of an automatic function relative to the property destruction. Functional communication training was implemented to provide the participant with an effective mode of communication and proved effective in decreasing his physical aggression and tantrum behavior. A consequence procedure was added to the intervention to address the automatic property destruction displayed by the participant. Interobserver agreement was collected for 65% of the sessions with an average of 97.6% agreement. Results will be discussed in terms of treatment of topographies of behavior for which a clear function was identified as well as for stereotypic behavior.

 
117. A Generalization of the Effects of Video Feedback on the Conversational Skills of Included Middle School Students Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TRACY REILLY-LAWSON (Caldwell College), Frank Ammirata (NYC Board of Education)
Abstract: Previous studies investigated the effects of video feedback as a self-monitoring procedure to teach conversational skills (eye contact, body language, turn taking). Participants, aged 12 to 13 and diagnosed with autism, engaged in conversations in groups of two. The interactions were video recorded and the experimenter and participants viewed the video in which the participants were required to take data on their target behavior using whole interval recording of 10 second intervals for five minute sessions. The results showed the video feedback procedure was effective in increasing the conversational skills for participants. This study generalized these findings to a larger group of six to eight students. Participants, aged 12 to 14 and diagnosed with autism, engaged in class discussions in a group. Baseline data were collected and a target behavior was selected for each participant. Using a multiple baseline design across participants, the video feedback procedure was implemented. Although this research study is still under investigation, preliminary results show video feedback is effective to increase conversational skills during small group class discussions.
 
118. Generalizing Social Skills in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARISSA CONGDON (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington), Debra M. Kamps (Juniper Gardens Children's Project)
Abstract:

Social skills are often considered to be a core area of deficit in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Many practitioners and researchers would agree that social skills continues to be one of the most difficult areas in which to provide an intervention that results in durable behavior change. In this study a say-do review was used with children with ASD to try to increase generalization of social skills learned in social skills groups to recess. The results suggest the say do review may be effective in generalizing social skills from a group setting to recess for children with ASD.

 
119. An Evaluation of a Self-Instructional Package for Teaching Tutors to Apply Discrete-Trials Teaching With Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JADE WIGHTMAN (University of Manitoba), Ashley L. Boris (University of Manitoba), Kendra Thomson (St. Amant Research Centre), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Daniela Fazzio (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Dickie C.T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba)
Abstract:

The present study examined the effectiveness of a self-instructional package for teaching discrete-trials teaching (DTT) to Applied Behaviour Analysis tutors at the St.Amant Applied Behaviour Analysis Program for Children with Autism. A modified multiple- baseline design across participants was used, and replicated six times. An AB design was used for one participant. The training package include a self-instructional manual, video demonstrations, and self-practice. Participants required an average of 3 hours and 56 minutes to master the manual. Eleven of the 13 participants achieved the mastery criterion during the post-training assessment. Mean DTT accuracy increased from 46.2% to 85.5% (a statistically significant increase). One tutor participated in a generalization phase with a child with autism, and their DTT accuracy averaged 80.1%. The results suggest that the self-instructional package appears to be an effective tool for teaching newly-hired tutors to conduct DTT.

 
120. CANCELED: Connections for Students With ASD: The Transition From Intensive Behavioural Intervention to School
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Bryon Robertson (Government of Ontario), FAUSTO IANNIALICE (Policy Analyst - Government of Ontario), Stephanie Dutrizac (Government of Ontario)
Abstract:

The Province of Ontario, Canada's Connections for Students model was developed to support school-aged children transitioning from Intensive Behavioural Intervention therapy services to ABA instructional methods in schools. Through the model, each child is supported by a multidisciplinary transition team that includes the parent(s), teacher, principal, an ASD consultant and other professionals as required. The model was piloted in 2009-10 in 16 school boards. 477 children transitioned through the Connections for Students model. A mixed-method approach of quantitative and qualitative data collection and analysis was used to evaluate the model. Results show that the model was effective in supporting school-aged children transitioning from IBI therapy services to ABA instructional methods in schools. School boards have begun to generalize the multi-disciplinary, team-based model to other transitions (e.g., grade-to-grade, primary to secondary school, etc.) for students with ASD and/or other exceptionalities. The model was fully implemented in all 72 school boards in Ontario in 2010-11. 1,221 children received transition supports through the Connections for Students model in 2011-12.

 
121. Drivers of Educational Achievement for Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
REBECCA EMBACHER (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Thomas W. Frazier (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Allison Voorman (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Jonathan Reeves (College of Wooster), Nicole McKay (Ursuline College), Brittany Fleming (John Carroll University)
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral intervention for students with autism has been shown to produce gains in intelligence, language, daily living skills, and pro-social behavior (Dawson et al., 2009 ; Elkevik, Hastings, Jahr, & Hughes, 2011; Remington et al., 2007). These gains have also been demonstrated in school age students with autism (Eikeseth, Smith, & Eldevik, 2002) with gains slowing or remaining stable as students enter adolescence and young adulthood (Sigman & McGovern, 2005). Age at entry of an intensive intervention program has also been demonstrated to be associated with outcomes with those who receive treatment at a younger age showing better outcomes (Dawson et al., 2009; Fenske, Zalenski, Krantz, & McClannahan, 1985; Harris & Handleman, 2000; Remington et al, 2007). However, to the authors knowledge, there are no studies examining the relationship between student age and attainment of educational goals in a school setting. The purpose of this study was to determine how age, in an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) program, effects levels of annual progress during the 2010- 2011 academic year for students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). We predicted a negative correlation would exist between student age and level of achievement based upon the notion that gains slow as students age. The proportion of educational goals achieved during the 2010-2011 academic year was recorded for 52 individuals with autism (ages 6-22 years). Individuals were assigned to one of three groups based upon school classroom placement: Primary (age 6 years to 9 years 11 months), Intermediate (ages 10 years to 14 years 11 months) or Secondary (15 years to 22 years). Results indicated lower levels of academic achievement for Intermediate (ages 10 to 15 years 11 months) aged students in total number of goals achieved. Trends of lower achievement for Intermediate-aged students were also noted in academic, communication, and independent living skills content domains. This finding suggests that early adolescence may be a difficult time for students with autism. This may imply that IEP goals for this age group should address possible replacement behavior and/or functional communication training to address challenging behavior. Education and treatment settings for Intermediate aged students may also want to incorporate increased choice throughout the day, use of high-p procedures and use of natural reinforcers to increase motivation for difficult tasks.
 
122. CANCELED: EIBI supervisors' beliefs about effects of low-intensity interventions
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LARS KLINTWALL (Oslo and Akershus University College), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Several studies have shown that Early and Intensive Behavioral Interventions (EIBI) can increase scores of IQ and adaptive behaviors, sometimes to the point of normal functioning. However, EIBI is seldom given at the intensity as is described in published studies. Thus, there is a risk that EIBI supervisors over-estimate the effects of the treatment they offer. We report data on what EIBI supervisors believe are the effects on IQ and Vineland-scores of low-intensity treatment (10-25 hrs/week) and compare those guessed results to actual results, obtained from published studies. The results show that supervisors over-estimate the effects of low-intensity EIBI. In other words, under-estimate the necessity of high-intensity when delivering EIBI.

 
123. Targeting Question-Asking Initiations through Video-Feedback to Improve Social Conversation in College Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WHITNEY J. SMITH (Gevirtz Graduate School of Education, University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract:

Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) display a marked impairment in social interaction and often exhibit difficulty in maintaining social conversations with peers. These deficiencies can manifest in low levels of question-asking initiations and inappropriate pragmatics in social conversation that persist throughout the developmental lifespan. The purpose of this study is to assess whether or not young adults with ASD can increase their use of question-asking initiations in social conversation and measure possible immediate collateral gains in targeting the pivotal area of initiations in young adults with ASD. Using a multiple-baseline across-participants research design, this study examines whether video feedback will be successful in teaching question-asking initiations in social conversation for each of 3 college student participants with ASD, measures generalization across peers and settings during social conversation, and assesses collateral gains. Data suggest that the video feedback intervention for question-asking initiations results in gains in appropriate question-asking initiations, ability to maintain fluid conversation, the participants interest/affect and perceived confidence in maintaining social conversation, overall pragmatic ratings, and a decrease in perseveration on restricted topics of interest.

 
124. The Effects of an Observational Learning Procedure on the Acquisition of Blocks, Play-doh, and Books as Conditioned Reinforcers for Play in a Free Operant Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Timothy Michael Yeager (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jeanne Marie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School, Columbia University), BIANCA VASSARE (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: A concurrent multiple probe design across stimuli was used to analyze whether blocks, books, and Play-doh, could be conditioned to function as reinforcers for play through an observational learning procedure. The independent variable of the study was an observational learning procedure which involved the participant sitting in between two students who received learn units for playing with the targeted stimuli; blocks, books, and Play-doh. During this procedure the participants behavior was not consequated by the experimenter, while 15-second whole interval data were recorded on the participant playing with the targeted stimuli. Upon the participant emitting 18 out 20 correct responses, the participant was placed in a free operant setting. The dependent variable was the number of 5 second whole intervals the participant independently played with the stimuli in a five minute free operant setting in which the participant had 40 different stimuli to select. Prior to the intervention, the student was passive; avoiding contact with the targeted stimuli, standing still, and emitting no overt behavior for three 5-minute pre-intervention probes. Following each phase of the intervention, the participant's level of pasivity decreased and his selection of the targeted stimuli increased. After conditioning all three of the targeted stimuli as reinforcers through observation, his level of passivity in a free operant setting decreased dramatically and his selection and play with the targeted stimuli increased from 0 to 57 of the 60 five second intervals. Findings support prior studies that have demonstrated that observational learning is effective in conditioning stimuli to function as reinforcers (Greer, R. D., & Singer-Dudek, J. 2008).
 
125. Use of a less intrusive method to reduce automatically reinforced non-contextual vocalizations in a child with autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EAN FAKAN (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Holly Hennessey (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Allison Newman (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Amanda Presto (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Thomas W. Frazier (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism)
Abstract: Identification and use of less restrictive interventions has become an important issue in the application of behavioral treatments. Previously, a more intrusive intervention consisting of a two-finger lip prompt was implemented to decrease automatically reinforced non-contextual vocalization behavior for a 9-year old boy with autism. The treatment was suspended after one year as there was no notable decrease in the target behavior. A less intrusive intervention plan consisting of Differential Reinforcement of Other behavior using a Fixed Interval schedule with redirection was implemented to reduce the frequency of behavior. A significant decrease in rates of behavior was noted. Technical description of teaching procedures and results will be described in further details.
 
126. The Effects of Auditory Match to Sample Instruction on the Improvement of Listener Literacy and Echoic Responses
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JINHYEOK CHOI (The Faison School for Autism), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison School for Autism)
Abstract: The effects of the acquisition of auditory match-to-sample (MTS) on the improvement of listener literacy and echoics were tested in the current study. The participant was an 11 year old male diagnosed with Autism. The experiment took place while the participant attended an after school program designed to teach children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). The participant was selected because he had low levels of correct echoic responses and skills requiring listener literacy. The advanced auditory match-to-sample (MTS) protocol was used by presenting the participant with stimuli on a computer. The stimuli included three identical circles that when clicked on made sounds. A time-lagged multiple probe design was used to test the relationship between the acquisition of advanced auditory MTS on listener literacy and echoic responses. The results showed a relationship between learning advanced auditory MTS and improvements in listener literacy and echoic responses for the participant.
 
127. Filling in the Gaps with Precision Teaching
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA GRANT (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Nicole LeMaster (The Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Ashley Geighes (The Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Whitney Small (The Applied Behavior Center for Autism)
Abstract: A 10-year-old has difficulty completing grade-level math lessons. When presented with math problems, he often makes errors and engages in inappropriate behaviors. According to Binder, Haughton, and Batemen (2002), "when students lack fluency in foundational skills, performance requiring the application of those skills is likely to be painfully show, difficult, and full of errors." This research project will determine if using Precision Teaching, an empirically proven method for increasing fluency, to supplement a client's current math lessons will increase his fluency with basic mathematical problems while decreasing the episodes of inappropriate behaviors when presented with challenging math problems.
 
128. Linking Reinforcer Magnitude to Response Rate Improves Academic Performance for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KEITH LIT (Nova Southeastern University), Jillian Benson (Nova Southeastern University), John Borgen (Nova Southeastern University), Brenna Cavanaugh (Nova Southeastern University), Kenneth Shamlian (Nova Southeastern University), Tara M. Sheehan (Mailman Segal Institute), Stephanie Trauschke (Nova Southeastern University), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: Educators of children with autism often supply ample amounts of reinforcement to evoke sustained task engagement, but adding reinforcement to contexts in which problem behavior occurs can strengthen the persistence of problem behavior. Functional analyses and preference assessments of two children with autism showed that both children's disruptive behaviors were maintained by escape from academic tasks and that both children preferred iPad access to other potential positive reinforcers. Initial treatment consisted of a Premack arrangement in which the completion of math tasks resulted in a period of iPad access. The effects of a rate-dependent reinforcer magnitude (RDRM) contingency were then evaluated by setting a countdown timer for the mean total work/play time from the Premack phase and granting iPad access for any remaining countdown time after task completion. Task response rates increased during RDRM compared to the Premack arrangement, while disruptive behavior decreased. The ratio of countdown time to tasks was then systematically varied resulting in an initial increase followed by a gradual decrease in response rates as a function of increasing countdown time. Therefore, this RDRM procedure can be used to identify an optimal arrangement that maximizes task performance while minimizing reinforcement in contexts in which problem behavior occurs.
 
129. This Use To Be My Playground: A Peer Network Recess Intervention to Increase Social Interaction for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROSE A. MASON (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Brandon McFadden (University of Kansas), Debra M. Kamps (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Kathy Thiemann (University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas Medical Center), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington), Sarah Feldmiller (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Todd Miller (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Early intervention addressing deficits in socio-communication skills are crucial for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Of particular importance are those interventions that occur in naturalistic settings. Interventions that utilize peers, such as peer networks, as the delivery agent also have strong evidence for increasing a variety of skills. School recess, an optimal setting for engagement in self-directed social and play opportunities with peers, is an underutilized, naturalistic intervention milieu. Recess is generally viewed as self-directed leisure time and, therefore, not conducive to common instructional practices. As a result, it becomes a lost opportunity for many children with ASD. The purpose of this intervention was to explore the feasibility and impact of a peer network intervention and say do procedures to increase peer interaction and communicative acts for first and second grade students with ASD. Peers were taught to prompt the focus child utilizing visual cue cards, gestures, and verbalizations. Students with ASD were taught to identify playmates and initiate during recess. Three studies, including two multiple baseline and one reversal designs were conducted, including a total of 11 participants. Results indicate a notable increase in communicative acts with a definitive mean shift immediately following introduction of the intervention. Implications for practice and areas for future research will be discussed.
 
130. An Empirical Investigation of Time-Savings During Data Sampling Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALLISON JOSEPHINE CASTILE (Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Mary Katherine Sellers (Western New England University)
Abstract: Researchers have suggested that sampling data saves valuable amounts of time, although this has not been shown experimentally. In this study, a time-saving analysis was conducted to empirically test whether a significant amount of time was saved through the use of data sampling during discrete trial training. Two sampling methods, trial sampling and session sampling, were compared across 24 archival data sets. Time spent in data collection per trial was derived from direct observations of teachers conducting discrete trial academic classes. Results suggested that both forms of data sampling resulted in relatively minimal time savings.
 
131. Increasing Exercise time in Students with Autism and Developmental Disabilities
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
IAN MELTON (Crossroads School for Children), Jill E. McGrale Maher (Crossroads School for Children)
Abstract: In the U.S., 16% of children aged 2-19 years are obese, while the prevalence among children with ASD increases to 19%, with 54% at risk for being overweight. As a result, one of the primary goals of the current project is to investigate simple strategies to motivate and provide students opportunities for daily exercise. Participants were 2 15-year-old male students at a private day school, both with ASD and DD. An ABAB reversal design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention. Duration data was collected, with IOA collected in 33% of sessions. During baseline, no reinforcement was provided. During intervention phases, time on the treadmill was increased by 10% every 5 consecutive days. Figures 1 & 2 depict the number of minutes spent and prompts provided Sid and Melvin. Results were consistent across participants with no treadmill activity in baseline conditions, and a steady increase during teaching sessions. During a return to baseline, Sid substantially decreased his time on the treadmill while Melvin returned to baseline levels. Little to no prompting was required across all experimental conditions. Results indicate that when provided with clear expectations, a gradually increasing goal, and conditioned reinforcement systems, students can increase cardio exercise.
 
132. Consultation on School Refusal to the Mother of a Child With Autism and Intellectual Disability
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YUMIKO SASADA (Hamamatsu-City Medical and Welfare Center for Development), Kenji Okuda (Academy of Behavioral Coaching)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to investigate the effect of consultation, starting with direct instruction by the therapist and then moving on to instruction by her mother, for a girl with autism who refused to go to school and showed aggressive behavior towards her mother. Participant: A fifth-grade girl with autism in a special needs school Intervention: The consultation was carried out with the mother and the teacher about school refusal and aggressive behavior prior to the direct intervention by the school. For shaping the behavior for the girl to go to school, the therapist visited the house and carried out direct instruction in Phase 1. In Phase 2, the goal was for the girl to go to school just by her mother's instruction and was conducted fading therapist visits. In order to fade therapist visits, the mother sent an e-mail to the therapist when the girl set off for school. Only on days when there was no e-mail from the mother by 8:15, did the therapist visit her home. In the follow-up, the mother continued to report when the girl set off for school by e-mail. Results: The school attendance was 100% in Phase 1. With the exception of the 4 days the girl was absent due to having a fever and starting her first menstruation, she was able to go to school with instruction just by her mother in Phase 2. In the follow-up period the girl has continued to go to school with instruction just by her mother, with the exception of the first day of her second menstruation. Conclusion: In this case of school refusal intervention, the mother was able to modify problem behavior and help with appropriate behavior with the consultation.
 
133. Effectiveness of a Computer Based Intervention on Teaching Emotions to Young Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NERI ROMERO (University of North Carolina)
Abstract:

Social impairments may be the most striking deficit in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). A common social impairment in individuals with ASD is difficulty interpreting and or predicting emotions of others. This difficulty can affect an individuals ability to develop and maintain positive relationships with others. Two boys and one girl, 4-8 years in age, who are educated in self-contained classrooms for students with communication and social skills deficits, participated in this study. A multiple probe across participants design was utilized to assess the effects of using a computer based intervention designed to teach young children to recognize and understand emotions in others. Episodes from the software program, The Transporters were shown three times daily with a quiz immediately following the third viewing each school day for a period of roughly four weeks (based on attendance). In addition, participants were tested on emotion recognition skills in live settings pre and post-intervention. All participants showed marked improvements in measures assessing their recognition of both basic and complex emotions in faces following a four week computer-based intervention in the school setting. All students made gains in performance on emotion recognition tasks in both quizzes and live scenarios.

 
134. Increasing Food Variety Across Food Groups and Decreasing Challenging Behaviours Around Mealtime
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHARMAINE SHEAHAN (ErinoakKids), Shannon Wright (KidsAbility Autism Services)
Abstract:

Children with a diagnosis of Autism may be identified as having a feeding disorder when they “are unable to, or refuse to, eat or drink sufficient quantities to maintain nutritional well being” McDowell, C., Duffy, K., Kerr, K. (2007) pg 267. At times patterns of behaviour can involve refusal of foods, selectivity of type and texture of foods, and disruptive behaviour associated with meal times (Ahearn, 2001). The current study aims to increase the food variety eaten across food groups and decrease challenging behaviours of three children with Autism. It is a replication of McDowell, C., Duffy, K., Kerr, K. (2007) and is informed by additional research on the treatment of feeding disorders in children with Autism. Like McDowell et al., visual and communicative supports will be the antecedent variables to promote independence in decision making. The functional assessment will identify maintaining factors so that appropriate behaviour reduction strategies can be utilized during mealtimes. The intervention will take place during non mealtimes in an in-centre intensive behavioural intervention (IBI) program. Initial baseline results indicated number of foods eaten across food groups and frequency of challenging behaviours at mealtimes. It is anticipated that the intervention will result in an increase in food varieties eaten across food groups and a decrease in challenging behaviours.

 
135. Enhancing Social Communication Skills Using Peer-Mediated Intervention for School-Aged Children with Autism: a Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
XUEQIN QIAN (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Deficits in social function are among the core deficits for school-aged children with autism, and recently a number of interventions have been developed to address this issue. Peer-mediated intervention (PMI), in which peers are trained to initiate interaction, or prompt the child with autism during an interaction, has emerged as a promising practice. The current review examines literature related to PMI by summarizing and evaluating 13 single subject studies published in peer-reviewed journals between 1990 and 2012. The current review also examines the variability in intervention variables across studies. The findings suggest that although much variability exists among studies, there is much empirical evidence supporting the claim that PMI is effective in enhancing social skills for school-aged children with autism. Using the criteria proposed by Reichow, Volkmar, and Cicchitti (2008), PMI met the criteria for evidence-based practice. Recommendation for practice and areas of future research are provided. Finally, the review revealed further studies need to provide systematic description of participants to address the question to whom PMI applies the best.
 
136. The Effects of Video Modeling and a Lag Schedule of Reinforcement on Toy Play Behaviors of Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINA FRAGALE (University of Texas, The Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, The Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk), Nigel Pierce (University of Texas at Austin), Jeannie M. Aguilar (University of Texas at Austin, Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Pamela J. White (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Video modeling is a research-based intervention used to teach play skills to children with autism. While children learned to imitate the play behaviors seen in the video, increases in play behaviors different from the video were not evident. The current study examined the use of video modeling and video modeling with an added lag schedule of reinforcement, on increasing toy play of five children with autism in their homes. During video modeling, the children watched a short video portraying a person playing with toy figurines. Then, they were given the toys and instructed to play independently for 5-min. During the video model with lag schedule reinforcement, praise and preferred snacks were provided when his or her toy play was different from immediately preceding responses during the play session. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design was used to examine the effects. Overall results indicated that the children learned scripted toy play and increased in levels of varied play, but did not increase significantly nor decrease in levels of unscripted toy play from baseline. With the additional reinforcement, only one of five children's play increased in levels of varied play, scripted or unscripted play behaviors. Discussion, limitations, and implications for future research are presented.
 
137. The Use Of Antecedent Strategies To Promote Successful Transitions For A Child With Asperger Syndrome
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY BROCK (Mackenzie Health), Leanne Cornell (Mackenzie Health)
Abstract: A visual timer was used to transition an elementary-aged male from preferred to non-preferred or neutral activities. A Behaviour Skills Training (BST) mediator model was used to teach the caregiver to implement Applied Behavioural Analysis strategies to teach the individual to set the timer, and follow a visual schedule. The successful fading of verbal prompts from the caregiver through the use of the visual timer was observed which led to an increase in successful transitions by setting the visual timer, providing choice and following a visual schedule. Data showed a decrease in non-compliance leading to tantrums as well. The data collected from the caregiver also revealed a shorter latency between initial instruction from the caregiver and transition to the next activity. Further investigation into transitioning the stimuli to more age-appropriate devices and inter-observer reliability across baseline is needed.
 
138. Using a Picture Activity Schedule to Teach Toothbrushing in Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN MORAN (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

Many children with autism often lack the self-care skill of tooth brushing. In the present study, a multiple-probe design across participants was used to assess the effectiveness of a treatment package consisting of a picture activity schedule in combination with a time-delay prompting procedure and reinforcement to teach the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of correct tooth brushing in three children with autism. Results demonstrate that independent tooth brushing increased once the treatment package was introduced and maintained during schedule removal. Social validity measures showed that treatment goals, procedures, and outcomes were socially accepted by professionals, teachers, and master students. Results add to previous research by demonstrating that a treatment package successfully taught the acquisition of tooth brushing, maintained when the picture activity schedule was removed, and generalized to a novel setting. Future research is also discussed to expand teaching and compare teaching procedures.

 
139. Increasing Accuracy of EpiPen Administration in Autism Care Staff
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University), SARAH SEIBRING (Southern Illinois University), Jeffrey Miller (Southern Illinois University), Allie Marie Hensel (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Behavioral staff at a school for children with autism investigated the effects of a brief behavioral skills training procedure to promote appropriate administration of the EpiPen in an emergency situation by school staff. A 10-item task analysis was created outlining the steps required to use the EpiPen effectively and safely, and was validated by the school's registered nurse. Following a pretest where members of both groups completed a minimal number of steps, the experimental group was trained via instructions, modeling, praise, feedback, and role-playing to correctly use the EpiPen while the control group received no such training. Posttest scores indicate that the brief intervention was an effective means to teach appropriate administration of the EpiPen with school staff.

 
 
 
Business Meeting #251
The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
205 A-B (Convention Center)
Chair: Malcolm D. Neely (Standard Celeration Society)
Presenting Authors:

The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share provides an opportunity for all to see, hear, and share data across the behavior spectrum using paper, transparency, and digital daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly Standard Celeration Charts presented rapidly in spirited friendship.

Keyword(s): Decision making, Evidence based, Precision Teaching, RTI-SCCharting
 
 
Reunion #252
University of Kansas
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Minneapolis Grand Ballroom F (Hilton)
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
At the University of Kansas, 2013 marks the 48th anniversary of the founding of its behavior analysis programs in the Department of Human Development and Family Life (1964-2004). They are sustained and evolved, today, in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science (2004-2013), which celebrates its 14th anniversary in 2013. The ABAI reunion offers anyone associated with the programs ample opportunity to meet again and meet anew, whether they are current and past faculty members, undergraduate and graduate students, alumni and friends of the departments, or their families. We feature a slide show and cash bar.
 
 
Reunion #253
Florida State University Ph.D. Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
The Rochester Room (Hilton)
Chair: Connie Taylor (Midland University)

This year marks six years since our Florida State University Grand Reunion in Tallahassee in 2007. We welcome all Ph.D. grads and their spouses and significant others to catch up, share memories, and enjoy the hors d'oeuvres. A cash bar will be available. Also someone is having a 70th birthday, and we will be celebrating that in a low-key way as well.

Keyword(s): FSU PhD Reunion
 
 
Reunion #254
Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group Social Hour Reception
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Board Room 3 (Hilton)
Chair: Tracie L. Lindblad (Four Point Intervention Strategies, Inc.)

The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group welcomes its members, and any other ABAI attendees, for an occasion of informal social interaction and dialogue. This is an opportunity for speech-language pathologists, behavior analysts, and students in the fields of SLP and/or ABA to meet and talk about areas of common professional interest and to further interprofessional collaboration. This social reception will begin prior to the formal SPABA SIG Business Meeting, and will continue afterwards, in order to provide our members and other interested professionals with ample opportunity to connect and converse. All current, previous, and future SPABA members welcome. Bring your friends!

Keyword(s): interprofessional collaboration, speech pathology, speech therapy, verbal behavior
 
 
Reunion #255
The Ohio State University Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Minneapolis Grand Ballroom D (Hilton)
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
The Ohio State University special education program will be hosting its annual reunion. All alumni, faculty, students, and friends are invited.
 
 
Reunion #256
The Chicago School, B. F. Skinner Foundation, and Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Duluth (Hilton)
Chair: Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)

This event provides an opportunity for all ABAI convention attendees involved with or interested in the B. F. Skinner Foundation, the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and the Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) departments of The Chicago School of Professional Psychology (Chicago, Los Angeles, and Washington, DC campuses) to get together, get updates on activities, and make plans for the future. Dr. Julie Vargas will be present on behalf of the BF Skinner Foundation; Dr. Hank Pennypacker will represent the Cambridge Center; and Drs. Diana Walker, David Pyles, and Mary Anderson-Caruso are the Department Chairs of the ABA departments in Chicago, LA, and DC, respectively. This event is a great time to meet a diverse group of behavior analysts and friends of behavior analysis, from students to seasoned faculty, to well-known researchers in the field. All ABAI attendees are invited to network, discuss common interests, and have an all-around good time!

Keyword(s): BF Skinner Foundation, Cambridge Center, Reunion, The Chicago School
 
 
Reunion #257
University of Florida Reunion: A Special Tribute to Marc N. Branch, Ph.D.
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Directors Row 1 (Hilton)
Chair: Michele R. Traub (University of Florida)

This year's University of Florida reunion will be extra-special as we gather to celebrate Dr. Marc N. Branch's contributions to behavior analysis! Dr. Branch recently retired from the University of Florida, where he is currently Professor Emeritus. Join your fellow Gators for a special tribute to him and to learn more about his work, and please contribute your stories and appreciation of Dr. Branch. Dr. Branch's mentor, Dr. Lewis Gollub, was Skinner's final PhD student, and Dr. Branch has carried on their legacy brilliantly in his teaching, writing, and research. Marc Branch is an experimental behavior analyst, a behavioral pharmacologist, and a radical behaviorist. He has taught many students in these areas and continues to influence the field through his presentations and conceptual work. His colleagues, advisees and other former students think he's great and welcome everyone to share in our celebration of him!

 
 
Reunion #258
University of São Paulo
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Directors Row 3 (Hilton)
Chair: Martha Hübner (University of São Paulo, Brazil)

Students, colleagues, and friends of the University of São Paulo's Psychology Department are invited to join in the celebration of the program's receipt of the 2013 SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis.

 
 
Reunion #259
University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Minneapolis Grand Ballroom A (Hilton)
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more than three decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at UNT.

Keyword(s): Reunion, UNT
 
 
Reunion #260
Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD), SKILLS, and Institute for Behavioral Training (IBT)
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Red Wing Room (Hilton)
Chair: Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
This event is a social gathering for ABAI convention attendees involved with or interested in CARD, SKILLS, and IBT to seek information, meet new people, socialize with old friends, and have an all-around good time. All ABAI attendees and friends are welcome. Free drinks and Skinner T-shirts will be provided!
Keyword(s): CARD, IBT, SKILLS, social event
 
 
Reunion #261
Columbia University and CABAS Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Minneapolis Grand Ballroom E (Hilton)
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)

This event is a social gathering for graduates of the programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Columbia University's Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and Teachers College, as well as CABAS professionals and friends from around the world.

Keyword(s): CABAS, Columbia
 
 
Reunion #262
Alumni and Friends of St. Cloud State University Reunion: Come for a Fun Time
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Minneapolis Grand Ballroom B (Hilton)
Chair: Gerald C. Mertens (St. Cloud State University)

Alumni and friends join us for conversation, surprises, awards, and food, and renew old friendships, meet the new students and new faculty at SCSU, and hear news about St. Cloud State. What are the door prizes this year? (We had a promise from Iceland--remember?) Come for the latest gossip, to hear what is happening to the old-timers, and who is retired. We are close to home in Minneapolis--hopefully, this will bring out the SCSU troops in mass. Will the Alum Association surprise us with new stuff? Rumors have it that "There is a pigeon in your future." If you prefer a more active pigeon compared to the "old" version, volunteer to bring youth to the pigeon who will join us, and donate a door prize to the collection. If we get some cash donations early, we will have a cash bar. All ABAI reunions have been great fun; send Boltuck, Murphy and other former attendees notes to get their hides to Minneapolis, and spread the word. We want a big spirited group in 2013.

 
 
Reunion #263
Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Minneapolis Grand Ballroom G (Hilton)
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)

This year marks the 23rd anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at University of Nevada, Reno. We look forward to celebrating the following accomplishments with our colleagues and students at ABAI 2013:

We received the Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010.

The program has conferred more than 40 Ph.D. degrees.

The On-Campus Master's Program has conferred more than 80 master's degrees.

The Satellite Master's Program has conferred more than 100 off-campus master's degrees in multiple national and international locations.

 
 
Reunion #264
Beacon ABA Services
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Directors Row 4 (Hilton)
Chair: Steven Woolf (Beacon ABA Services )
Beacon’s reunion is open to all of our current/former staff, professional acquiesces, MassABA members, and friends.
 
 
Reunion #265
Western Michigan University: Reunion for Alumni, Students, Faculty, and Friends
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Minneapolis Grand Ballroom C (Hilton)
Chair: R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)

This is a social reunion for alumni, students, and friends of Western Michigan University.

 
 
Reunion #266
University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2013
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Directors Row 2 (Hilton)
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
All current students, faculty, alumni, and friends are invited to this year's UWEC reunion.
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}